diff --git a/11-0.txt b/11-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfca8ca --- /dev/null +++ b/11-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3761 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, by Lewis Carroll + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland + +Author: Lewis Carroll + +Release Date: January, 1991 [eBook #11] +[Most recently updated: October 12, 2020] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Arthur DiBianca and David Widger + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALICE’S ADVENTURES IN WONDERLAND *** + +[Illustration] + + + + +Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland + +by Lewis Carroll + +THE MILLENNIUM FULCRUM EDITION 3.0 + +Contents + + CHAPTER I. Down the Rabbit-Hole + CHAPTER II. The Pool of Tears + CHAPTER III. A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale + CHAPTER IV. The Rabbit Sends in a Little Bill + CHAPTER V. Advice from a Caterpillar + CHAPTER VI. Pig and Pepper + CHAPTER VII. A Mad Tea-Party + CHAPTER VIII. The Queen’s Croquet-Ground + CHAPTER IX. The Mock Turtle’s Story + CHAPTER X. The Lobster Quadrille + CHAPTER XI. Who Stole the Tarts? + CHAPTER XII. Alice’s Evidence + + + + +CHAPTER I. +Down the Rabbit-Hole + + +Alice was beginning to get very tired of sitting by her sister on the +bank, and of having nothing to do: once or twice she had peeped into +the book her sister was reading, but it had no pictures or +conversations in it, “and what is the use of a book,” thought Alice +“without pictures or conversations?” + +So she was considering in her own mind (as well as she could, for the +hot day made her feel very sleepy and stupid), whether the pleasure of +making a daisy-chain would be worth the trouble of getting up and +picking the daisies, when suddenly a White Rabbit with pink eyes ran +close by her. + +There was nothing so _very_ remarkable in that; nor did Alice think it +so _very_ much out of the way to hear the Rabbit say to itself, “Oh +dear! Oh dear! I shall be late!” (when she thought it over afterwards, +it occurred to her that she ought to have wondered at this, but at the +time it all seemed quite natural); but when the Rabbit actually _took a +watch out of its waistcoat-pocket_, and looked at it, and then hurried +on, Alice started to her feet, for it flashed across her mind that she +had never before seen a rabbit with either a waistcoat-pocket, or a +watch to take out of it, and burning with curiosity, she ran across the +field after it, and fortunately was just in time to see it pop down a +large rabbit-hole under the hedge. + +In another moment down went Alice after it, never once considering how +in the world she was to get out again. + +The rabbit-hole went straight on like a tunnel for some way, and then +dipped suddenly down, so suddenly that Alice had not a moment to think +about stopping herself before she found herself falling down a very +deep well. + +Either the well was very deep, or she fell very slowly, for she had +plenty of time as she went down to look about her and to wonder what +was going to happen next. First, she tried to look down and make out +what she was coming to, but it was too dark to see anything; then she +looked at the sides of the well, and noticed that they were filled with +cupboards and book-shelves; here and there she saw maps and pictures +hung upon pegs. She took down a jar from one of the shelves as she +passed; it was labelled “ORANGE MARMALADE”, but to her great +disappointment it was empty: she did not like to drop the jar for fear +of killing somebody underneath, so managed to put it into one of the +cupboards as she fell past it. + +“Well!” thought Alice to herself, “after such a fall as this, I shall +think nothing of tumbling down stairs! How brave they’ll all think me +at home! Why, I wouldn’t say anything about it, even if I fell off the +top of the house!” (Which was very likely true.) + +Down, down, down. Would the fall _never_ come to an end? “I wonder how +many miles I’ve fallen by this time?” she said aloud. “I must be +getting somewhere near the centre of the earth. Let me see: that would +be four thousand miles down, I think—” (for, you see, Alice had learnt +several things of this sort in her lessons in the schoolroom, and +though this was not a _very_ good opportunity for showing off her +knowledge, as there was no one to listen to her, still it was good +practice to say it over) “—yes, that’s about the right distance—but +then I wonder what Latitude or Longitude I’ve got to?” (Alice had no +idea what Latitude was, or Longitude either, but thought they were nice +grand words to say.) + +Presently she began again. “I wonder if I shall fall right _through_ +the earth! How funny it’ll seem to come out among the people that walk +with their heads downward! The Antipathies, I think—” (she was rather +glad there _was_ no one listening, this time, as it didn’t sound at all +the right word) “—but I shall have to ask them what the name of the +country is, you know. Please, Ma’am, is this New Zealand or Australia?” +(and she tried to curtsey as she spoke—fancy _curtseying_ as you’re +falling through the air! Do you think you could manage it?) “And what +an ignorant little girl she’ll think me for asking! No, it’ll never do +to ask: perhaps I shall see it written up somewhere.” + +Down, down, down. There was nothing else to do, so Alice soon began +talking again. “Dinah’ll miss me very much to-night, I should think!” +(Dinah was the cat.) “I hope they’ll remember her saucer of milk at +tea-time. Dinah my dear! I wish you were down here with me! There are +no mice in the air, I’m afraid, but you might catch a bat, and that’s +very like a mouse, you know. But do cats eat bats, I wonder?” And here +Alice began to get rather sleepy, and went on saying to herself, in a +dreamy sort of way, “Do cats eat bats? Do cats eat bats?” and +sometimes, “Do bats eat cats?” for, you see, as she couldn’t answer +either question, it didn’t much matter which way she put it. She felt +that she was dozing off, and had just begun to dream that she was +walking hand in hand with Dinah, and saying to her very earnestly, +“Now, Dinah, tell me the truth: did you ever eat a bat?” when suddenly, +thump! thump! down she came upon a heap of sticks and dry leaves, and +the fall was over. + +Alice was not a bit hurt, and she jumped up on to her feet in a moment: +she looked up, but it was all dark overhead; before her was another +long passage, and the White Rabbit was still in sight, hurrying down +it. There was not a moment to be lost: away went Alice like the wind, +and was just in time to hear it say, as it turned a corner, “Oh my ears +and whiskers, how late it’s getting!” She was close behind it when she +turned the corner, but the Rabbit was no longer to be seen: she found +herself in a long, low hall, which was lit up by a row of lamps hanging +from the roof. + +There were doors all round the hall, but they were all locked; and when +Alice had been all the way down one side and up the other, trying every +door, she walked sadly down the middle, wondering how she was ever to +get out again. + +Suddenly she came upon a little three-legged table, all made of solid +glass; there was nothing on it except a tiny golden key, and Alice’s +first thought was that it might belong to one of the doors of the hall; +but, alas! either the locks were too large, or the key was too small, +but at any rate it would not open any of them. However, on the second +time round, she came upon a low curtain she had not noticed before, and +behind it was a little door about fifteen inches high: she tried the +little golden key in the lock, and to her great delight it fitted! + +Alice opened the door and found that it led into a small passage, not +much larger than a rat-hole: she knelt down and looked along the +passage into the loveliest garden you ever saw. How she longed to get +out of that dark hall, and wander about among those beds of bright +flowers and those cool fountains, but she could not even get her head +through the doorway; “and even if my head would go through,” thought +poor Alice, “it would be of very little use without my shoulders. Oh, +how I wish I could shut up like a telescope! I think I could, if I only +knew how to begin.” For, you see, so many out-of-the-way things had +happened lately, that Alice had begun to think that very few things +indeed were really impossible. + +There seemed to be no use in waiting by the little door, so she went +back to the table, half hoping she might find another key on it, or at +any rate a book of rules for shutting people up like telescopes: this +time she found a little bottle on it, (“which certainly was not here +before,” said Alice,) and round the neck of the bottle was a paper +label, with the words “DRINK ME,” beautifully printed on it in large +letters. + +It was all very well to say “Drink me,” but the wise little Alice was +not going to do _that_ in a hurry. “No, I’ll look first,” she said, +“and see whether it’s marked ‘_poison_’ or not”; for she had read +several nice little histories about children who had got burnt, and +eaten up by wild beasts and other unpleasant things, all because they +_would_ not remember the simple rules their friends had taught them: +such as, that a red-hot poker will burn you if you hold it too long; +and that if you cut your finger _very_ deeply with a knife, it usually +bleeds; and she had never forgotten that, if you drink much from a +bottle marked “poison,” it is almost certain to disagree with you, +sooner or later. + +However, this bottle was _not_ marked “poison,” so Alice ventured to +taste it, and finding it very nice, (it had, in fact, a sort of mixed +flavour of cherry-tart, custard, pine-apple, roast turkey, toffee, and +hot buttered toast,) she very soon finished it off. + +* * * * * * * + + * * * * * * + +* * * * * * * + + +“What a curious feeling!” said Alice; “I must be shutting up like a +telescope.” + +And so it was indeed: she was now only ten inches high, and her face +brightened up at the thought that she was now the right size for going +through the little door into that lovely garden. First, however, she +waited for a few minutes to see if she was going to shrink any further: +she felt a little nervous about this; “for it might end, you know,” +said Alice to herself, “in my going out altogether, like a candle. I +wonder what I should be like then?” And she tried to fancy what the +flame of a candle is like after the candle is blown out, for she could +not remember ever having seen such a thing. + +After a while, finding that nothing more happened, she decided on going +into the garden at once; but, alas for poor Alice! when she got to the +door, she found she had forgotten the little golden key, and when she +went back to the table for it, she found she could not possibly reach +it: she could see it quite plainly through the glass, and she tried her +best to climb up one of the legs of the table, but it was too slippery; +and when she had tired herself out with trying, the poor little thing +sat down and cried. + +“Come, there’s no use in crying like that!” said Alice to herself, +rather sharply; “I advise you to leave off this minute!” She generally +gave herself very good advice, (though she very seldom followed it), +and sometimes she scolded herself so severely as to bring tears into +her eyes; and once she remembered trying to box her own ears for having +cheated herself in a game of croquet she was playing against herself, +for this curious child was very fond of pretending to be two people. +“But it’s no use now,” thought poor Alice, “to pretend to be two +people! Why, there’s hardly enough of me left to make _one_ respectable +person!” + +Soon her eye fell on a little glass box that was lying under the table: +she opened it, and found in it a very small cake, on which the words +“EAT ME” were beautifully marked in currants. “Well, I’ll eat it,” said +Alice, “and if it makes me grow larger, I can reach the key; and if it +makes me grow smaller, I can creep under the door; so either way I’ll +get into the garden, and I don’t care which happens!” + +She ate a little bit, and said anxiously to herself, “Which way? Which +way?”, holding her hand on the top of her head to feel which way it was +growing, and she was quite surprised to find that she remained the same +size: to be sure, this generally happens when one eats cake, but Alice +had got so much into the way of expecting nothing but out-of-the-way +things to happen, that it seemed quite dull and stupid for life to go +on in the common way. + +So she set to work, and very soon finished off the cake. + +* * * * * * * + + * * * * * * + +* * * * * * * + + + + +CHAPTER II. +The Pool of Tears + + +“Curiouser and curiouser!” cried Alice (she was so much surprised, that +for the moment she quite forgot how to speak good English); “now I’m +opening out like the largest telescope that ever was! Good-bye, feet!” +(for when she looked down at her feet, they seemed to be almost out of +sight, they were getting so far off). “Oh, my poor little feet, I +wonder who will put on your shoes and stockings for you now, dears? I’m +sure _I_ shan’t be able! I shall be a great deal too far off to trouble +myself about you: you must manage the best way you can;—but I must be +kind to them,” thought Alice, “or perhaps they won’t walk the way I +want to go! Let me see: I’ll give them a new pair of boots every +Christmas.” + +And she went on planning to herself how she would manage it. “They must +go by the carrier,” she thought; “and how funny it’ll seem, sending +presents to one’s own feet! And how odd the directions will look! + + _Alice’s Right Foot, Esq., Hearthrug, near the Fender,_ (_with + Alice’s love_). + +Oh dear, what nonsense I’m talking!” + +Just then her head struck against the roof of the hall: in fact she was +now more than nine feet high, and she at once took up the little golden +key and hurried off to the garden door. + +Poor Alice! It was as much as she could do, lying down on one side, to +look through into the garden with one eye; but to get through was more +hopeless than ever: she sat down and began to cry again. + +“You ought to be ashamed of yourself,” said Alice, “a great girl like +you,” (she might well say this), “to go on crying in this way! Stop +this moment, I tell you!” But she went on all the same, shedding +gallons of tears, until there was a large pool all round her, about +four inches deep and reaching half down the hall. + +After a time she heard a little pattering of feet in the distance, and +she hastily dried her eyes to see what was coming. It was the White +Rabbit returning, splendidly dressed, with a pair of white kid gloves +in one hand and a large fan in the other: he came trotting along in a +great hurry, muttering to himself as he came, “Oh! the Duchess, the +Duchess! Oh! won’t she be savage if I’ve kept her waiting!” Alice felt +so desperate that she was ready to ask help of any one; so, when the +Rabbit came near her, she began, in a low, timid voice, “If you please, +sir—” The Rabbit started violently, dropped the white kid gloves and +the fan, and skurried away into the darkness as hard as he could go. + +Alice took up the fan and gloves, and, as the hall was very hot, she +kept fanning herself all the time she went on talking: “Dear, dear! How +queer everything is to-day! And yesterday things went on just as usual. +I wonder if I’ve been changed in the night? Let me think: was I the +same when I got up this morning? I almost think I can remember feeling +a little different. But if I’m not the same, the next question is, Who +in the world am I? Ah, _that’s_ the great puzzle!” And she began +thinking over all the children she knew that were of the same age as +herself, to see if she could have been changed for any of them. + +“I’m sure I’m not Ada,” she said, “for her hair goes in such long +ringlets, and mine doesn’t go in ringlets at all; and I’m sure I can’t +be Mabel, for I know all sorts of things, and she, oh! she knows such a +very little! Besides, _she’s_ she, and _I’m_ I, and—oh dear, how +puzzling it all is! I’ll try if I know all the things I used to know. +Let me see: four times five is twelve, and four times six is thirteen, +and four times seven is—oh dear! I shall never get to twenty at that +rate! However, the Multiplication Table doesn’t signify: let’s try +Geography. London is the capital of Paris, and Paris is the capital of +Rome, and Rome—no, _that’s_ all wrong, I’m certain! I must have been +changed for Mabel! I’ll try and say ‘_How doth the little_—’” and she +crossed her hands on her lap as if she were saying lessons, and began +to repeat it, but her voice sounded hoarse and strange, and the words +did not come the same as they used to do:— + +“How doth the little crocodile + Improve his shining tail, +And pour the waters of the Nile + On every golden scale! + +“How cheerfully he seems to grin, + How neatly spread his claws, +And welcome little fishes in + With gently smiling jaws!” + + +“I’m sure those are not the right words,” said poor Alice, and her eyes +filled with tears again as she went on, “I must be Mabel after all, and +I shall have to go and live in that poky little house, and have next to +no toys to play with, and oh! ever so many lessons to learn! No, I’ve +made up my mind about it; if I’m Mabel, I’ll stay down here! It’ll be +no use their putting their heads down and saying ‘Come up again, dear!’ +I shall only look up and say ‘Who am I then? Tell me that first, and +then, if I like being that person, I’ll come up: if not, I’ll stay down +here till I’m somebody else’—but, oh dear!” cried Alice, with a sudden +burst of tears, “I do wish they _would_ put their heads down! I am so +_very_ tired of being all alone here!” + +As she said this she looked down at her hands, and was surprised to see +that she had put on one of the Rabbit’s little white kid gloves while +she was talking. “How _can_ I have done that?” she thought. “I must be +growing small again.” She got up and went to the table to measure +herself by it, and found that, as nearly as she could guess, she was +now about two feet high, and was going on shrinking rapidly: she soon +found out that the cause of this was the fan she was holding, and she +dropped it hastily, just in time to avoid shrinking away altogether. + +“That _was_ a narrow escape!” said Alice, a good deal frightened at the +sudden change, but very glad to find herself still in existence; “and +now for the garden!” and she ran with all speed back to the little +door: but, alas! the little door was shut again, and the little golden +key was lying on the glass table as before, “and things are worse than +ever,” thought the poor child, “for I never was so small as this +before, never! And I declare it’s too bad, that it is!” + +As she said these words her foot slipped, and in another moment, +splash! she was up to her chin in salt water. Her first idea was that +she had somehow fallen into the sea, “and in that case I can go back by +railway,” she said to herself. (Alice had been to the seaside once in +her life, and had come to the general conclusion, that wherever you go +to on the English coast you find a number of bathing machines in the +sea, some children digging in the sand with wooden spades, then a row +of lodging houses, and behind them a railway station.) However, she +soon made out that she was in the pool of tears which she had wept when +she was nine feet high. + +“I wish I hadn’t cried so much!” said Alice, as she swam about, trying +to find her way out. “I shall be punished for it now, I suppose, by +being drowned in my own tears! That _will_ be a queer thing, to be +sure! However, everything is queer to-day.” + +Just then she heard something splashing about in the pool a little way +off, and she swam nearer to make out what it was: at first she thought +it must be a walrus or hippopotamus, but then she remembered how small +she was now, and she soon made out that it was only a mouse that had +slipped in like herself. + +“Would it be of any use, now,” thought Alice, “to speak to this mouse? +Everything is so out-of-the-way down here, that I should think very +likely it can talk: at any rate, there’s no harm in trying.” So she +began: “O Mouse, do you know the way out of this pool? I am very tired +of swimming about here, O Mouse!” (Alice thought this must be the right +way of speaking to a mouse: she had never done such a thing before, but +she remembered having seen in her brother’s Latin Grammar, “A mouse—of +a mouse—to a mouse—a mouse—O mouse!”) The Mouse looked at her rather +inquisitively, and seemed to her to wink with one of its little eyes, +but it said nothing. + +“Perhaps it doesn’t understand English,” thought Alice; “I daresay it’s +a French mouse, come over with William the Conqueror.” (For, with all +her knowledge of history, Alice had no very clear notion how long ago +anything had happened.) So she began again: “Où est ma chatte?” which +was the first sentence in her French lesson-book. The Mouse gave a +sudden leap out of the water, and seemed to quiver all over with +fright. “Oh, I beg your pardon!” cried Alice hastily, afraid that she +had hurt the poor animal’s feelings. “I quite forgot you didn’t like +cats.” + +“Not like cats!” cried the Mouse, in a shrill, passionate voice. “Would +_you_ like cats if you were me?” + +“Well, perhaps not,” said Alice in a soothing tone: “don’t be angry +about it. And yet I wish I could show you our cat Dinah: I think you’d +take a fancy to cats if you could only see her. She is such a dear +quiet thing,” Alice went on, half to herself, as she swam lazily about +in the pool, “and she sits purring so nicely by the fire, licking her +paws and washing her face—and she is such a nice soft thing to +nurse—and she’s such a capital one for catching mice—oh, I beg your +pardon!” cried Alice again, for this time the Mouse was bristling all +over, and she felt certain it must be really offended. “We won’t talk +about her any more if you’d rather not.” + +“We indeed!” cried the Mouse, who was trembling down to the end of his +tail. “As if _I_ would talk on such a subject! Our family always +_hated_ cats: nasty, low, vulgar things! Don’t let me hear the name +again!” + +“I won’t indeed!” said Alice, in a great hurry to change the subject of +conversation. “Are you—are you fond—of—of dogs?” The Mouse did not +answer, so Alice went on eagerly: “There is such a nice little dog near +our house I should like to show you! A little bright-eyed terrier, you +know, with oh, such long curly brown hair! And it’ll fetch things when +you throw them, and it’ll sit up and beg for its dinner, and all sorts +of things—I can’t remember half of them—and it belongs to a farmer, you +know, and he says it’s so useful, it’s worth a hundred pounds! He says +it kills all the rats and—oh dear!” cried Alice in a sorrowful tone, +“I’m afraid I’ve offended it again!” For the Mouse was swimming away +from her as hard as it could go, and making quite a commotion in the +pool as it went. + +So she called softly after it, “Mouse dear! Do come back again, and we +won’t talk about cats or dogs either, if you don’t like them!” When the +Mouse heard this, it turned round and swam slowly back to her: its face +was quite pale (with passion, Alice thought), and it said in a low +trembling voice, “Let us get to the shore, and then I’ll tell you my +history, and you’ll understand why it is I hate cats and dogs.” + +It was high time to go, for the pool was getting quite crowded with the +birds and animals that had fallen into it: there were a Duck and a +Dodo, a Lory and an Eaglet, and several other curious creatures. Alice +led the way, and the whole party swam to the shore. + + + + +CHAPTER III. +A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale + + +They were indeed a queer-looking party that assembled on the bank—the +birds with draggled feathers, the animals with their fur clinging close +to them, and all dripping wet, cross, and uncomfortable. + +The first question of course was, how to get dry again: they had a +consultation about this, and after a few minutes it seemed quite +natural to Alice to find herself talking familiarly with them, as if +she had known them all her life. Indeed, she had quite a long argument +with the Lory, who at last turned sulky, and would only say, “I am +older than you, and must know better;” and this Alice would not allow +without knowing how old it was, and, as the Lory positively refused to +tell its age, there was no more to be said. + +At last the Mouse, who seemed to be a person of authority among them, +called out, “Sit down, all of you, and listen to me! _I’ll_ soon make +you dry enough!” They all sat down at once, in a large ring, with the +Mouse in the middle. Alice kept her eyes anxiously fixed on it, for she +felt sure she would catch a bad cold if she did not get dry very soon. + +“Ahem!” said the Mouse with an important air, “are you all ready? This +is the driest thing I know. Silence all round, if you please! ‘William +the Conqueror, whose cause was favoured by the pope, was soon submitted +to by the English, who wanted leaders, and had been of late much +accustomed to usurpation and conquest. Edwin and Morcar, the earls of +Mercia and Northumbria—’” + +“Ugh!” said the Lory, with a shiver. + +“I beg your pardon!” said the Mouse, frowning, but very politely: “Did +you speak?” + +“Not I!” said the Lory hastily. + +“I thought you did,” said the Mouse. “—I proceed. ‘Edwin and Morcar, +the earls of Mercia and Northumbria, declared for him: and even +Stigand, the patriotic archbishop of Canterbury, found it advisable—’” + +“Found _what_?” said the Duck. + +“Found _it_,” the Mouse replied rather crossly: “of course you know +what ‘it’ means.” + +“I know what ‘it’ means well enough, when _I_ find a thing,” said the +Duck: “it’s generally a frog or a worm. The question is, what did the +archbishop find?” + +The Mouse did not notice this question, but hurriedly went on, “‘—found +it advisable to go with Edgar Atheling to meet William and offer him +the crown. William’s conduct at first was moderate. But the insolence +of his Normans—’ How are you getting on now, my dear?” it continued, +turning to Alice as it spoke. + +“As wet as ever,” said Alice in a melancholy tone: “it doesn’t seem to +dry me at all.” + +“In that case,” said the Dodo solemnly, rising to its feet, “I move +that the meeting adjourn, for the immediate adoption of more energetic +remedies—” + +“Speak English!” said the Eaglet. “I don’t know the meaning of half +those long words, and, what’s more, I don’t believe you do either!” And +the Eaglet bent down its head to hide a smile: some of the other birds +tittered audibly. + +“What I was going to say,” said the Dodo in an offended tone, “was, +that the best thing to get us dry would be a Caucus-race.” + +“What _is_ a Caucus-race?” said Alice; not that she wanted much to +know, but the Dodo had paused as if it thought that _somebody_ ought to +speak, and no one else seemed inclined to say anything. + +“Why,” said the Dodo, “the best way to explain it is to do it.” (And, +as you might like to try the thing yourself, some winter day, I will +tell you how the Dodo managed it.) + +First it marked out a race-course, in a sort of circle, (“the exact +shape doesn’t matter,” it said,) and then all the party were placed +along the course, here and there. There was no “One, two, three, and +away,” but they began running when they liked, and left off when they +liked, so that it was not easy to know when the race was over. However, +when they had been running half an hour or so, and were quite dry +again, the Dodo suddenly called out “The race is over!” and they all +crowded round it, panting, and asking, “But who has won?” + +This question the Dodo could not answer without a great deal of +thought, and it sat for a long time with one finger pressed upon its +forehead (the position in which you usually see Shakespeare, in the +pictures of him), while the rest waited in silence. At last the Dodo +said, “_Everybody_ has won, and all must have prizes.” + +“But who is to give the prizes?” quite a chorus of voices asked. + +“Why, _she_, of course,” said the Dodo, pointing to Alice with one +finger; and the whole party at once crowded round her, calling out in a +confused way, “Prizes! Prizes!” + +Alice had no idea what to do, and in despair she put her hand in her +pocket, and pulled out a box of comfits, (luckily the salt water had +not got into it), and handed them round as prizes. There was exactly +one a-piece, all round. + +“But she must have a prize herself, you know,” said the Mouse. + +“Of course,” the Dodo replied very gravely. “What else have you got in +your pocket?” he went on, turning to Alice. + +“Only a thimble,” said Alice sadly. + +“Hand it over here,” said the Dodo. + +Then they all crowded round her once more, while the Dodo solemnly +presented the thimble, saying “We beg your acceptance of this elegant +thimble;” and, when it had finished this short speech, they all +cheered. + +Alice thought the whole thing very absurd, but they all looked so grave +that she did not dare to laugh; and, as she could not think of anything +to say, she simply bowed, and took the thimble, looking as solemn as +she could. + +The next thing was to eat the comfits: this caused some noise and +confusion, as the large birds complained that they could not taste +theirs, and the small ones choked and had to be patted on the back. +However, it was over at last, and they sat down again in a ring, and +begged the Mouse to tell them something more. + +“You promised to tell me your history, you know,” said Alice, “and why +it is you hate—C and D,” she added in a whisper, half afraid that it +would be offended again. + +“Mine is a long and a sad tale!” said the Mouse, turning to Alice, and +sighing. + +“It _is_ a long tail, certainly,” said Alice, looking down with wonder +at the Mouse’s tail; “but why do you call it sad?” And she kept on +puzzling about it while the Mouse was speaking, so that her idea of the +tale was something like this:— + + “Fury said to a mouse, That he met in the house, ‘Let us both + go to law: _I_ will prosecute _you_.—Come, I’ll take no + denial; We must have a trial: For really this morning I’ve + nothing to do.’ Said the mouse to the cur, ‘Such a trial, dear + sir, With no jury or judge, would be wasting our breath.’ + ‘I’ll be judge, I’ll be jury,’ Said cunning old Fury: ‘I’ll + try the whole cause, and condemn you to death.’” + +“You are not attending!” said the Mouse to Alice severely. “What are +you thinking of?” + +“I beg your pardon,” said Alice very humbly: “you had got to the fifth +bend, I think?” + +“I had _not!_” cried the Mouse, sharply and very angrily. + +“A knot!” said Alice, always ready to make herself useful, and looking +anxiously about her. “Oh, do let me help to undo it!” + +“I shall do nothing of the sort,” said the Mouse, getting up and +walking away. “You insult me by talking such nonsense!” + +“I didn’t mean it!” pleaded poor Alice. “But you’re so easily offended, +you know!” + +The Mouse only growled in reply. + +“Please come back and finish your story!” Alice called after it; and +the others all joined in chorus, “Yes, please do!” but the Mouse only +shook its head impatiently, and walked a little quicker. + +“What a pity it wouldn’t stay!” sighed the Lory, as soon as it was +quite out of sight; and an old Crab took the opportunity of saying to +her daughter “Ah, my dear! Let this be a lesson to you never to lose +_your_ temper!” “Hold your tongue, Ma!” said the young Crab, a little +snappishly. “You’re enough to try the patience of an oyster!” + +“I wish I had our Dinah here, I know I do!” said Alice aloud, +addressing nobody in particular. “She’d soon fetch it back!” + +“And who is Dinah, if I might venture to ask the question?” said the +Lory. + +Alice replied eagerly, for she was always ready to talk about her pet: +“Dinah’s our cat. And she’s such a capital one for catching mice you +can’t think! And oh, I wish you could see her after the birds! Why, +she’ll eat a little bird as soon as look at it!” + +This speech caused a remarkable sensation among the party. Some of the +birds hurried off at once: one old Magpie began wrapping itself up very +carefully, remarking, “I really must be getting home; the night-air +doesn’t suit my throat!” and a Canary called out in a trembling voice +to its children, “Come away, my dears! It’s high time you were all in +bed!” On various pretexts they all moved off, and Alice was soon left +alone. + +“I wish I hadn’t mentioned Dinah!” she said to herself in a melancholy +tone. “Nobody seems to like her, down here, and I’m sure she’s the best +cat in the world! Oh, my dear Dinah! I wonder if I shall ever see you +any more!” And here poor Alice began to cry again, for she felt very +lonely and low-spirited. In a little while, however, she again heard a +little pattering of footsteps in the distance, and she looked up +eagerly, half hoping that the Mouse had changed his mind, and was +coming back to finish his story. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. +The Rabbit Sends in a Little Bill + + +It was the White Rabbit, trotting slowly back again, and looking +anxiously about as it went, as if it had lost something; and she heard +it muttering to itself “The Duchess! The Duchess! Oh my dear paws! Oh +my fur and whiskers! She’ll get me executed, as sure as ferrets are +ferrets! Where _can_ I have dropped them, I wonder?” Alice guessed in a +moment that it was looking for the fan and the pair of white kid +gloves, and she very good-naturedly began hunting about for them, but +they were nowhere to be seen—everything seemed to have changed since +her swim in the pool, and the great hall, with the glass table and the +little door, had vanished completely. + +Very soon the Rabbit noticed Alice, as she went hunting about, and +called out to her in an angry tone, “Why, Mary Ann, what _are_ you +doing out here? Run home this moment, and fetch me a pair of gloves and +a fan! Quick, now!” And Alice was so much frightened that she ran off +at once in the direction it pointed to, without trying to explain the +mistake it had made. + +“He took me for his housemaid,” she said to herself as she ran. “How +surprised he’ll be when he finds out who I am! But I’d better take him +his fan and gloves—that is, if I can find them.” As she said this, she +came upon a neat little house, on the door of which was a bright brass +plate with the name “W. RABBIT,” engraved upon it. She went in without +knocking, and hurried upstairs, in great fear lest she should meet the +real Mary Ann, and be turned out of the house before she had found the +fan and gloves. + +“How queer it seems,” Alice said to herself, “to be going messages for +a rabbit! I suppose Dinah’ll be sending me on messages next!” And she +began fancying the sort of thing that would happen: “‘Miss Alice! Come +here directly, and get ready for your walk!’ ‘Coming in a minute, +nurse! But I’ve got to see that the mouse doesn’t get out.’ Only I +don’t think,” Alice went on, “that they’d let Dinah stop in the house +if it began ordering people about like that!” + +By this time she had found her way into a tidy little room with a table +in the window, and on it (as she had hoped) a fan and two or three +pairs of tiny white kid gloves: she took up the fan and a pair of the +gloves, and was just going to leave the room, when her eye fell upon a +little bottle that stood near the looking-glass. There was no label +this time with the words “DRINK ME,” but nevertheless she uncorked it +and put it to her lips. “I know _something_ interesting is sure to +happen,” she said to herself, “whenever I eat or drink anything; so +I’ll just see what this bottle does. I do hope it’ll make me grow large +again, for really I’m quite tired of being such a tiny little thing!” + +It did so indeed, and much sooner than she had expected: before she had +drunk half the bottle, she found her head pressing against the ceiling, +and had to stoop to save her neck from being broken. She hastily put +down the bottle, saying to herself “That’s quite enough—I hope I shan’t +grow any more—As it is, I can’t get out at the door—I do wish I hadn’t +drunk quite so much!” + +Alas! it was too late to wish that! She went on growing, and growing, +and very soon had to kneel down on the floor: in another minute there +was not even room for this, and she tried the effect of lying down with +one elbow against the door, and the other arm curled round her head. +Still she went on growing, and, as a last resource, she put one arm out +of the window, and one foot up the chimney, and said to herself “Now I +can do no more, whatever happens. What _will_ become of me?” + +Luckily for Alice, the little magic bottle had now had its full effect, +and she grew no larger: still it was very uncomfortable, and, as there +seemed to be no sort of chance of her ever getting out of the room +again, no wonder she felt unhappy. + +“It was much pleasanter at home,” thought poor Alice, “when one wasn’t +always growing larger and smaller, and being ordered about by mice and +rabbits. I almost wish I hadn’t gone down that rabbit-hole—and yet—and +yet—it’s rather curious, you know, this sort of life! I do wonder what +_can_ have happened to me! When I used to read fairy-tales, I fancied +that kind of thing never happened, and now here I am in the middle of +one! There ought to be a book written about me, that there ought! And +when I grow up, I’ll write one—but I’m grown up now,” she added in a +sorrowful tone; “at least there’s no room to grow up any more _here_.” + +“But then,” thought Alice, “shall I _never_ get any older than I am +now? That’ll be a comfort, one way—never to be an old woman—but +then—always to have lessons to learn! Oh, I shouldn’t like _that!_” + +“Oh, you foolish Alice!” she answered herself. “How can you learn +lessons in here? Why, there’s hardly room for _you_, and no room at all +for any lesson-books!” + +And so she went on, taking first one side and then the other, and +making quite a conversation of it altogether; but after a few minutes +she heard a voice outside, and stopped to listen. + +“Mary Ann! Mary Ann!” said the voice. “Fetch me my gloves this moment!” +Then came a little pattering of feet on the stairs. Alice knew it was +the Rabbit coming to look for her, and she trembled till she shook the +house, quite forgetting that she was now about a thousand times as +large as the Rabbit, and had no reason to be afraid of it. + +Presently the Rabbit came up to the door, and tried to open it; but, as +the door opened inwards, and Alice’s elbow was pressed hard against it, +that attempt proved a failure. Alice heard it say to itself “Then I’ll +go round and get in at the window.” + +“_That_ you won’t!” thought Alice, and, after waiting till she fancied +she heard the Rabbit just under the window, she suddenly spread out her +hand, and made a snatch in the air. She did not get hold of anything, +but she heard a little shriek and a fall, and a crash of broken glass, +from which she concluded that it was just possible it had fallen into a +cucumber-frame, or something of the sort. + +Next came an angry voice—the Rabbit’s—“Pat! Pat! Where are you?” And +then a voice she had never heard before, “Sure then I’m here! Digging +for apples, yer honour!” + +“Digging for apples, indeed!” said the Rabbit angrily. “Here! Come and +help me out of _this!_” (Sounds of more broken glass.) + +“Now tell me, Pat, what’s that in the window?” + +“Sure, it’s an arm, yer honour!” (He pronounced it “arrum.”) + +“An arm, you goose! Who ever saw one that size? Why, it fills the whole +window!” + +“Sure, it does, yer honour: but it’s an arm for all that.” + +“Well, it’s got no business there, at any rate: go and take it away!” + +There was a long silence after this, and Alice could only hear whispers +now and then; such as, “Sure, I don’t like it, yer honour, at all, at +all!” “Do as I tell you, you coward!” and at last she spread out her +hand again, and made another snatch in the air. This time there were +_two_ little shrieks, and more sounds of broken glass. “What a number +of cucumber-frames there must be!” thought Alice. “I wonder what +they’ll do next! As for pulling me out of the window, I only wish they +_could!_ I’m sure _I_ don’t want to stay in here any longer!” + +She waited for some time without hearing anything more: at last came a +rumbling of little cartwheels, and the sound of a good many voices all +talking together: she made out the words: “Where’s the other +ladder?—Why, I hadn’t to bring but one; Bill’s got the other—Bill! +fetch it here, lad!—Here, put ’em up at this corner—No, tie ’em +together first—they don’t reach half high enough yet—Oh! they’ll do +well enough; don’t be particular—Here, Bill! catch hold of this +rope—Will the roof bear?—Mind that loose slate—Oh, it’s coming down! +Heads below!” (a loud crash)—“Now, who did that?—It was Bill, I +fancy—Who’s to go down the chimney?—Nay, _I_ shan’t! _You_ do +it!—_That_ I won’t, then!—Bill’s to go down—Here, Bill! the master says +you’re to go down the chimney!” + +“Oh! So Bill’s got to come down the chimney, has he?” said Alice to +herself. “Shy, they seem to put everything upon Bill! I wouldn’t be in +Bill’s place for a good deal: this fireplace is narrow, to be sure; but +I _think_ I can kick a little!” + +She drew her foot as far down the chimney as she could, and waited till +she heard a little animal (she couldn’t guess of what sort it was) +scratching and scrambling about in the chimney close above her: then, +saying to herself “This is Bill,” she gave one sharp kick, and waited +to see what would happen next. + +The first thing she heard was a general chorus of “There goes Bill!” +then the Rabbit’s voice along—“Catch him, you by the hedge!” then +silence, and then another confusion of voices—“Hold up his head—Brandy +now—Don’t choke him—How was it, old fellow? What happened to you? Tell +us all about it!” + +Last came a little feeble, squeaking voice, (“That’s Bill,” thought +Alice,) “Well, I hardly know—No more, thank ye; I’m better now—but I’m +a deal too flustered to tell you—all I know is, something comes at me +like a Jack-in-the-box, and up I goes like a sky-rocket!” + +“So you did, old fellow!” said the others. + +“We must burn the house down!” said the Rabbit’s voice; and Alice +called out as loud as she could, “If you do, I’ll set Dinah at you!” + +There was a dead silence instantly, and Alice thought to herself, “I +wonder what they _will_ do next! If they had any sense, they’d take the +roof off.” After a minute or two, they began moving about again, and +Alice heard the Rabbit say, “A barrowful will do, to begin with.” + +“A barrowful of _what?_” thought Alice; but she had not long to doubt, +for the next moment a shower of little pebbles came rattling in at the +window, and some of them hit her in the face. “I’ll put a stop to +this,” she said to herself, and shouted out, “You’d better not do that +again!” which produced another dead silence. + +Alice noticed with some surprise that the pebbles were all turning into +little cakes as they lay on the floor, and a bright idea came into her +head. “If I eat one of these cakes,” she thought, “it’s sure to make +_some_ change in my size; and as it can’t possibly make me larger, it +must make me smaller, I suppose.” + +So she swallowed one of the cakes, and was delighted to find that she +began shrinking directly. As soon as she was small enough to get +through the door, she ran out of the house, and found quite a crowd of +little animals and birds waiting outside. The poor little Lizard, Bill, +was in the middle, being held up by two guinea-pigs, who were giving it +something out of a bottle. They all made a rush at Alice the moment she +appeared; but she ran off as hard as she could, and soon found herself +safe in a thick wood. + +“The first thing I’ve got to do,” said Alice to herself, as she +wandered about in the wood, “is to grow to my right size again; and the +second thing is to find my way into that lovely garden. I think that +will be the best plan.” + +It sounded an excellent plan, no doubt, and very neatly and simply +arranged; the only difficulty was, that she had not the smallest idea +how to set about it; and while she was peering about anxiously among +the trees, a little sharp bark just over her head made her look up in a +great hurry. + +An enormous puppy was looking down at her with large round eyes, and +feebly stretching out one paw, trying to touch her. “Poor little +thing!” said Alice, in a coaxing tone, and she tried hard to whistle to +it; but she was terribly frightened all the time at the thought that it +might be hungry, in which case it would be very likely to eat her up in +spite of all her coaxing. + +Hardly knowing what she did, she picked up a little bit of stick, and +held it out to the puppy; whereupon the puppy jumped into the air off +all its feet at once, with a yelp of delight, and rushed at the stick, +and made believe to worry it; then Alice dodged behind a great thistle, +to keep herself from being run over; and the moment she appeared on the +other side, the puppy made another rush at the stick, and tumbled head +over heels in its hurry to get hold of it; then Alice, thinking it was +very like having a game of play with a cart-horse, and expecting every +moment to be trampled under its feet, ran round the thistle again; then +the puppy began a series of short charges at the stick, running a very +little way forwards each time and a long way back, and barking hoarsely +all the while, till at last it sat down a good way off, panting, with +its tongue hanging out of its mouth, and its great eyes half shut. + +This seemed to Alice a good opportunity for making her escape; so she +set off at once, and ran till she was quite tired and out of breath, +and till the puppy’s bark sounded quite faint in the distance. + +“And yet what a dear little puppy it was!” said Alice, as she leant +against a buttercup to rest herself, and fanned herself with one of the +leaves: “I should have liked teaching it tricks very much, if—if I’d +only been the right size to do it! Oh dear! I’d nearly forgotten that +I’ve got to grow up again! Let me see—how _is_ it to be managed? I +suppose I ought to eat or drink something or other; but the great +question is, what?” + +The great question certainly was, what? Alice looked all round her at +the flowers and the blades of grass, but she did not see anything that +looked like the right thing to eat or drink under the circumstances. +There was a large mushroom growing near her, about the same height as +herself; and when she had looked under it, and on both sides of it, and +behind it, it occurred to her that she might as well look and see what +was on the top of it. + +She stretched herself up on tiptoe, and peeped over the edge of the +mushroom, and her eyes immediately met those of a large blue +caterpillar, that was sitting on the top with its arms folded, quietly +smoking a long hookah, and taking not the smallest notice of her or of +anything else. + + + + +CHAPTER V. +Advice from a Caterpillar + + +The Caterpillar and Alice looked at each other for some time in +silence: at last the Caterpillar took the hookah out of its mouth, and +addressed her in a languid, sleepy voice. + +“Who are _you?_” said the Caterpillar. + +This was not an encouraging opening for a conversation. Alice replied, +rather shyly, “I—I hardly know, sir, just at present—at least I know +who I _was_ when I got up this morning, but I think I must have been +changed several times since then.” + +“What do you mean by that?” said the Caterpillar sternly. “Explain +yourself!” + +“I can’t explain _myself_, I’m afraid, sir,” said Alice, “because I’m +not myself, you see.” + +“I don’t see,” said the Caterpillar. + +“I’m afraid I can’t put it more clearly,” Alice replied very politely, +“for I can’t understand it myself to begin with; and being so many +different sizes in a day is very confusing.” + +“It isn’t,” said the Caterpillar. + +“Well, perhaps you haven’t found it so yet,” said Alice; “but when you +have to turn into a chrysalis—you will some day, you know—and then +after that into a butterfly, I should think you’ll feel it a little +queer, won’t you?” + +“Not a bit,” said the Caterpillar. + +“Well, perhaps your feelings may be different,” said Alice; “all I know +is, it would feel very queer to _me_.” + +“You!” said the Caterpillar contemptuously. “Who are _you?_” + +Which brought them back again to the beginning of the conversation. +Alice felt a little irritated at the Caterpillar’s making such _very_ +short remarks, and she drew herself up and said, very gravely, “I +think, you ought to tell me who _you_ are, first.” + +“Why?” said the Caterpillar. + +Here was another puzzling question; and as Alice could not think of any +good reason, and as the Caterpillar seemed to be in a _very_ unpleasant +state of mind, she turned away. + +“Come back!” the Caterpillar called after her. “I’ve something +important to say!” + +This sounded promising, certainly: Alice turned and came back again. + +“Keep your temper,” said the Caterpillar. + +“Is that all?” said Alice, swallowing down her anger as well as she +could. + +“No,” said the Caterpillar. + +Alice thought she might as well wait, as she had nothing else to do, +and perhaps after all it might tell her something worth hearing. For +some minutes it puffed away without speaking, but at last it unfolded +its arms, took the hookah out of its mouth again, and said, “So you +think you’re changed, do you?” + +“I’m afraid I am, sir,” said Alice; “I can’t remember things as I +used—and I don’t keep the same size for ten minutes together!” + +“Can’t remember _what_ things?” said the Caterpillar. + +“Well, I’ve tried to say “How doth the little busy bee,” but it all +came different!” Alice replied in a very melancholy voice. + +“Repeat, “_You are old, Father William_,’” said the Caterpillar. + +Alice folded her hands, and began:— + +“You are old, Father William,” the young man said, + “And your hair has become very white; +And yet you incessantly stand on your head— + Do you think, at your age, it is right?” + +“In my youth,” Father William replied to his son, + “I feared it might injure the brain; +But, now that I’m perfectly sure I have none, + Why, I do it again and again.” + +“You are old,” said the youth, “as I mentioned before, + And have grown most uncommonly fat; +Yet you turned a back-somersault in at the door— + Pray, what is the reason of that?” + +“In my youth,” said the sage, as he shook his grey locks, + “I kept all my limbs very supple +By the use of this ointment—one shilling the box— + Allow me to sell you a couple?” + +“You are old,” said the youth, “and your jaws are too weak + For anything tougher than suet; +Yet you finished the goose, with the bones and the beak— + Pray, how did you manage to do it?” + +“In my youth,” said his father, “I took to the law, + And argued each case with my wife; +And the muscular strength, which it gave to my jaw, + Has lasted the rest of my life.” + +“You are old,” said the youth, “one would hardly suppose + That your eye was as steady as ever; +Yet you balanced an eel on the end of your nose— + What made you so awfully clever?” + +“I have answered three questions, and that is enough,” + Said his father; “don’t give yourself airs! +Do you think I can listen all day to such stuff? + Be off, or I’ll kick you down stairs!” + + +“That is not said right,” said the Caterpillar. + +“Not _quite_ right, I’m afraid,” said Alice, timidly; “some of the +words have got altered.” + +“It is wrong from beginning to end,” said the Caterpillar decidedly, +and there was silence for some minutes. + +The Caterpillar was the first to speak. + +“What size do you want to be?” it asked. + +“Oh, I’m not particular as to size,” Alice hastily replied; “only one +doesn’t like changing so often, you know.” + +“I _don’t_ know,” said the Caterpillar. + +Alice said nothing: she had never been so much contradicted in her life +before, and she felt that she was losing her temper. + +“Are you content now?” said the Caterpillar. + +“Well, I should like to be a _little_ larger, sir, if you wouldn’t +mind,” said Alice: “three inches is such a wretched height to be.” + +“It is a very good height indeed!” said the Caterpillar angrily, +rearing itself upright as it spoke (it was exactly three inches high). + +“But I’m not used to it!” pleaded poor Alice in a piteous tone. And she +thought of herself, “I wish the creatures wouldn’t be so easily +offended!” + +“You’ll get used to it in time,” said the Caterpillar; and it put the +hookah into its mouth and began smoking again. + +This time Alice waited patiently until it chose to speak again. In a +minute or two the Caterpillar took the hookah out of its mouth and +yawned once or twice, and shook itself. Then it got down off the +mushroom, and crawled away in the grass, merely remarking as it went, +“One side will make you grow taller, and the other side will make you +grow shorter.” + +“One side of _what?_ The other side of _what?_” thought Alice to +herself. + +“Of the mushroom,” said the Caterpillar, just as if she had asked it +aloud; and in another moment it was out of sight. + +Alice remained looking thoughtfully at the mushroom for a minute, +trying to make out which were the two sides of it; and as it was +perfectly round, she found this a very difficult question. However, at +last she stretched her arms round it as far as they would go, and broke +off a bit of the edge with each hand. + +“And now which is which?” she said to herself, and nibbled a little of +the right-hand bit to try the effect: the next moment she felt a +violent blow underneath her chin: it had struck her foot! + +She was a good deal frightened by this very sudden change, but she felt +that there was no time to be lost, as she was shrinking rapidly; so she +set to work at once to eat some of the other bit. Her chin was pressed +so closely against her foot, that there was hardly room to open her +mouth; but she did it at last, and managed to swallow a morsel of the +lefthand bit. + +* * * * * * * + + * * * * * * + +* * * * * * * + + +“Come, my head’s free at last!” said Alice in a tone of delight, which +changed into alarm in another moment, when she found that her shoulders +were nowhere to be found: all she could see, when she looked down, was +an immense length of neck, which seemed to rise like a stalk out of a +sea of green leaves that lay far below her. + +“What _can_ all that green stuff be?” said Alice. “And where _have_ my +shoulders got to? And oh, my poor hands, how is it I can’t see you?” +She was moving them about as she spoke, but no result seemed to follow, +except a little shaking among the distant green leaves. + +As there seemed to be no chance of getting her hands up to her head, +she tried to get her head down to them, and was delighted to find that +her neck would bend about easily in any direction, like a serpent. She +had just succeeded in curving it down into a graceful zigzag, and was +going to dive in among the leaves, which she found to be nothing but +the tops of the trees under which she had been wandering, when a sharp +hiss made her draw back in a hurry: a large pigeon had flown into her +face, and was beating her violently with its wings. + +“Serpent!” screamed the Pigeon. + +“I’m _not_ a serpent!” said Alice indignantly. “Let me alone!” + +“Serpent, I say again!” repeated the Pigeon, but in a more subdued +tone, and added with a kind of sob, “I’ve tried every way, and nothing +seems to suit them!” + +“I haven’t the least idea what you’re talking about,” said Alice. + +“I’ve tried the roots of trees, and I’ve tried banks, and I’ve tried +hedges,” the Pigeon went on, without attending to her; “but those +serpents! There’s no pleasing them!” + +Alice was more and more puzzled, but she thought there was no use in +saying anything more till the Pigeon had finished. + +“As if it wasn’t trouble enough hatching the eggs,” said the Pigeon; +“but I must be on the look-out for serpents night and day! Why, I +haven’t had a wink of sleep these three weeks!” + +“I’m very sorry you’ve been annoyed,” said Alice, who was beginning to +see its meaning. + +“And just as I’d taken the highest tree in the wood,” continued the +Pigeon, raising its voice to a shriek, “and just as I was thinking I +should be free of them at last, they must needs come wriggling down +from the sky! Ugh, Serpent!” + +“But I’m _not_ a serpent, I tell you!” said Alice. “I’m a—I’m a—” + +“Well! _What_ are you?” said the Pigeon. “I can see you’re trying to +invent something!” + +“I—I’m a little girl,” said Alice, rather doubtfully, as she remembered +the number of changes she had gone through that day. + +“A likely story indeed!” said the Pigeon in a tone of the deepest +contempt. “I’ve seen a good many little girls in my time, but never +_one_ with such a neck as that! No, no! You’re a serpent; and there’s +no use denying it. I suppose you’ll be telling me next that you never +tasted an egg!” + +“I _have_ tasted eggs, certainly,” said Alice, who was a very truthful +child; “but little girls eat eggs quite as much as serpents do, you +know.” + +“I don’t believe it,” said the Pigeon; “but if they do, why then +they’re a kind of serpent, that’s all I can say.” + +This was such a new idea to Alice, that she was quite silent for a +minute or two, which gave the Pigeon the opportunity of adding, “You’re +looking for eggs, I know _that_ well enough; and what does it matter to +me whether you’re a little girl or a serpent?” + +“It matters a good deal to _me_,” said Alice hastily; “but I’m not +looking for eggs, as it happens; and if I was, I shouldn’t want +_yours_: I don’t like them raw.” + +“Well, be off, then!” said the Pigeon in a sulky tone, as it settled +down again into its nest. Alice crouched down among the trees as well +as she could, for her neck kept getting entangled among the branches, +and every now and then she had to stop and untwist it. After a while +she remembered that she still held the pieces of mushroom in her hands, +and she set to work very carefully, nibbling first at one and then at +the other, and growing sometimes taller and sometimes shorter, until +she had succeeded in bringing herself down to her usual height. + +It was so long since she had been anything near the right size, that it +felt quite strange at first; but she got used to it in a few minutes, +and began talking to herself, as usual. “Come, there’s half my plan +done now! How puzzling all these changes are! I’m never sure what I’m +going to be, from one minute to another! However, I’ve got back to my +right size: the next thing is, to get into that beautiful garden—how +_is_ that to be done, I wonder?” As she said this, she came suddenly +upon an open place, with a little house in it about four feet high. +“Whoever lives there,” thought Alice, “it’ll never do to come upon them +_this_ size: why, I should frighten them out of their wits!” So she +began nibbling at the righthand bit again, and did not venture to go +near the house till she had brought herself down to nine inches high. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. +Pig and Pepper + + +For a minute or two she stood looking at the house, and wondering what +to do next, when suddenly a footman in livery came running out of the +wood—(she considered him to be a footman because he was in livery: +otherwise, judging by his face only, she would have called him a +fish)—and rapped loudly at the door with his knuckles. It was opened by +another footman in livery, with a round face, and large eyes like a +frog; and both footmen, Alice noticed, had powdered hair that curled +all over their heads. She felt very curious to know what it was all +about, and crept a little way out of the wood to listen. + +The Fish-Footman began by producing from under his arm a great letter, +nearly as large as himself, and this he handed over to the other, +saying, in a solemn tone, “For the Duchess. An invitation from the +Queen to play croquet.” The Frog-Footman repeated, in the same solemn +tone, only changing the order of the words a little, “From the Queen. +An invitation for the Duchess to play croquet.” + +Then they both bowed low, and their curls got entangled together. + +Alice laughed so much at this, that she had to run back into the wood +for fear of their hearing her; and when she next peeped out the +Fish-Footman was gone, and the other was sitting on the ground near the +door, staring stupidly up into the sky. + +Alice went timidly up to the door, and knocked. + +“There’s no sort of use in knocking,” said the Footman, “and that for +two reasons. First, because I’m on the same side of the door as you +are; secondly, because they’re making such a noise inside, no one could +possibly hear you.” And certainly there _was_ a most extraordinary +noise going on within—a constant howling and sneezing, and every now +and then a great crash, as if a dish or kettle had been broken to +pieces. + +“Please, then,” said Alice, “how am I to get in?” + +“There might be some sense in your knocking,” the Footman went on +without attending to her, “if we had the door between us. For instance, +if you were _inside_, you might knock, and I could let you out, you +know.” He was looking up into the sky all the time he was speaking, and +this Alice thought decidedly uncivil. “But perhaps he can’t help it,” +she said to herself; “his eyes are so _very_ nearly at the top of his +head. But at any rate he might answer questions.—How am I to get in?” +she repeated, aloud. + +“I shall sit here,” the Footman remarked, “till tomorrow—” + +At this moment the door of the house opened, and a large plate came +skimming out, straight at the Footman’s head: it just grazed his nose, +and broke to pieces against one of the trees behind him. + +“—or next day, maybe,” the Footman continued in the same tone, exactly +as if nothing had happened. + +“How am I to get in?” asked Alice again, in a louder tone. + +“_Are_ you to get in at all?” said the Footman. “That’s the first +question, you know.” + +It was, no doubt: only Alice did not like to be told so. “It’s really +dreadful,” she muttered to herself, “the way all the creatures argue. +It’s enough to drive one crazy!” + +The Footman seemed to think this a good opportunity for repeating his +remark, with variations. “I shall sit here,” he said, “on and off, for +days and days.” + +“But what am _I_ to do?” said Alice. + +“Anything you like,” said the Footman, and began whistling. + +“Oh, there’s no use in talking to him,” said Alice desperately: “he’s +perfectly idiotic!” And she opened the door and went in. + +The door led right into a large kitchen, which was full of smoke from +one end to the other: the Duchess was sitting on a three-legged stool +in the middle, nursing a baby; the cook was leaning over the fire, +stirring a large cauldron which seemed to be full of soup. + +“There’s certainly too much pepper in that soup!” Alice said to +herself, as well as she could for sneezing. + +There was certainly too much of it in the air. Even the Duchess sneezed +occasionally; and as for the baby, it was sneezing and howling +alternately without a moment’s pause. The only things in the kitchen +that did not sneeze, were the cook, and a large cat which was sitting +on the hearth and grinning from ear to ear. + +“Please would you tell me,” said Alice, a little timidly, for she was +not quite sure whether it was good manners for her to speak first, “why +your cat grins like that?” + +“It’s a Cheshire cat,” said the Duchess, “and that’s why. Pig!” + +She said the last word with such sudden violence that Alice quite +jumped; but she saw in another moment that it was addressed to the +baby, and not to her, so she took courage, and went on again:— + +“I didn’t know that Cheshire cats always grinned; in fact, I didn’t +know that cats _could_ grin.” + +“They all can,” said the Duchess; “and most of ’em do.” + +“I don’t know of any that do,” Alice said very politely, feeling quite +pleased to have got into a conversation. + +“You don’t know much,” said the Duchess; “and that’s a fact.” + +Alice did not at all like the tone of this remark, and thought it would +be as well to introduce some other subject of conversation. While she +was trying to fix on one, the cook took the cauldron of soup off the +fire, and at once set to work throwing everything within her reach at +the Duchess and the baby—the fire-irons came first; then followed a +shower of saucepans, plates, and dishes. The Duchess took no notice of +them even when they hit her; and the baby was howling so much already, +that it was quite impossible to say whether the blows hurt it or not. + +“Oh, _please_ mind what you’re doing!” cried Alice, jumping up and down +in an agony of terror. “Oh, there goes his _precious_ nose!” as an +unusually large saucepan flew close by it, and very nearly carried it +off. + +“If everybody minded their own business,” the Duchess said in a hoarse +growl, “the world would go round a deal faster than it does.” + +“Which would _not_ be an advantage,” said Alice, who felt very glad to +get an opportunity of showing off a little of her knowledge. “Just +think of what work it would make with the day and night! You see the +earth takes twenty-four hours to turn round on its axis—” + +“Talking of axes,” said the Duchess, “chop off her head!” + +Alice glanced rather anxiously at the cook, to see if she meant to take +the hint; but the cook was busily stirring the soup, and seemed not to +be listening, so she went on again: “Twenty-four hours, I _think_; or +is it twelve? I—” + +“Oh, don’t bother _me_,” said the Duchess; “I never could abide +figures!” And with that she began nursing her child again, singing a +sort of lullaby to it as she did so, and giving it a violent shake at +the end of every line: + +“Speak roughly to your little boy, + And beat him when he sneezes: +He only does it to annoy, + Because he knows it teases.” + + +CHORUS. +(In which the cook and the baby joined): + + +“Wow! wow! wow!” + + +While the Duchess sang the second verse of the song, she kept tossing +the baby violently up and down, and the poor little thing howled so, +that Alice could hardly hear the words:— + +“I speak severely to my boy, + I beat him when he sneezes; +For he can thoroughly enjoy + The pepper when he pleases!” + + +CHORUS. + + +“Wow! wow! wow!” + + +“Here! you may nurse it a bit, if you like!” the Duchess said to Alice, +flinging the baby at her as she spoke. “I must go and get ready to play +croquet with the Queen,” and she hurried out of the room. The cook +threw a frying-pan after her as she went out, but it just missed her. + +Alice caught the baby with some difficulty, as it was a queer-shaped +little creature, and held out its arms and legs in all directions, +“just like a star-fish,” thought Alice. The poor little thing was +snorting like a steam-engine when she caught it, and kept doubling +itself up and straightening itself out again, so that altogether, for +the first minute or two, it was as much as she could do to hold it. + +As soon as she had made out the proper way of nursing it, (which was to +twist it up into a sort of knot, and then keep tight hold of its right +ear and left foot, so as to prevent its undoing itself,) she carried it +out into the open air. “If I don’t take this child away with me,” +thought Alice, “they’re sure to kill it in a day or two: wouldn’t it be +murder to leave it behind?” She said the last words out loud, and the +little thing grunted in reply (it had left off sneezing by this time). +“Don’t grunt,” said Alice; “that’s not at all a proper way of +expressing yourself.” + +The baby grunted again, and Alice looked very anxiously into its face +to see what was the matter with it. There could be no doubt that it had +a _very_ turn-up nose, much more like a snout than a real nose; also +its eyes were getting extremely small for a baby: altogether Alice did +not like the look of the thing at all. “But perhaps it was only +sobbing,” she thought, and looked into its eyes again, to see if there +were any tears. + +No, there were no tears. “If you’re going to turn into a pig, my dear,” +said Alice, seriously, “I’ll have nothing more to do with you. Mind +now!” The poor little thing sobbed again (or grunted, it was impossible +to say which), and they went on for some while in silence. + +Alice was just beginning to think to herself, “Now, what am I to do +with this creature when I get it home?” when it grunted again, so +violently, that she looked down into its face in some alarm. This time +there could be _no_ mistake about it: it was neither more nor less than +a pig, and she felt that it would be quite absurd for her to carry it +further. + +So she set the little creature down, and felt quite relieved to see it +trot away quietly into the wood. “If it had grown up,” she said to +herself, “it would have made a dreadfully ugly child: but it makes +rather a handsome pig, I think.” And she began thinking over other +children she knew, who might do very well as pigs, and was just saying +to herself, “if one only knew the right way to change them—” when she +was a little startled by seeing the Cheshire Cat sitting on a bough of +a tree a few yards off. + +The Cat only grinned when it saw Alice. It looked good-natured, she +thought: still it had _very_ long claws and a great many teeth, so she +felt that it ought to be treated with respect. + +“Cheshire Puss,” she began, rather timidly, as she did not at all know +whether it would like the name: however, it only grinned a little +wider. “Come, it’s pleased so far,” thought Alice, and she went on. +“Would you tell me, please, which way I ought to go from here?” + +“That depends a good deal on where you want to get to,” said the Cat. + +“I don’t much care where—” said Alice. + +“Then it doesn’t matter which way you go,” said the Cat. + +“—so long as I get _somewhere_,” Alice added as an explanation. + +“Oh, you’re sure to do that,” said the Cat, “if you only walk long +enough.” + +Alice felt that this could not be denied, so she tried another +question. “What sort of people live about here?” + +“In _that_ direction,” the Cat said, waving its right paw round, “lives +a Hatter: and in _that_ direction,” waving the other paw, “lives a +March Hare. Visit either you like: they’re both mad.” + +“But I don’t want to go among mad people,” Alice remarked. + +“Oh, you can’t help that,” said the Cat: “we’re all mad here. I’m mad. +You’re mad.” + +“How do you know I’m mad?” said Alice. + +“You must be,” said the Cat, “or you wouldn’t have come here.” + +Alice didn’t think that proved it at all; however, she went on “And how +do you know that you’re mad?” + +“To begin with,” said the Cat, “a dog’s not mad. You grant that?” + +“I suppose so,” said Alice. + +“Well, then,” the Cat went on, “you see, a dog growls when it’s angry, +and wags its tail when it’s pleased. Now _I_ growl when I’m pleased, +and wag my tail when I’m angry. Therefore I’m mad.” + +“_I_ call it purring, not growling,” said Alice. + +“Call it what you like,” said the Cat. “Do you play croquet with the +Queen to-day?” + +“I should like it very much,” said Alice, “but I haven’t been invited +yet.” + +“You’ll see me there,” said the Cat, and vanished. + +Alice was not much surprised at this, she was getting so used to queer +things happening. While she was looking at the place where it had been, +it suddenly appeared again. + +“By-the-bye, what became of the baby?” said the Cat. “I’d nearly +forgotten to ask.” + +“It turned into a pig,” Alice quietly said, just as if it had come back +in a natural way. + +“I thought it would,” said the Cat, and vanished again. + +Alice waited a little, half expecting to see it again, but it did not +appear, and after a minute or two she walked on in the direction in +which the March Hare was said to live. “I’ve seen hatters before,” she +said to herself; “the March Hare will be much the most interesting, and +perhaps as this is May it won’t be raving mad—at least not so mad as it +was in March.” As she said this, she looked up, and there was the Cat +again, sitting on a branch of a tree. + +“Did you say pig, or fig?” said the Cat. + +“I said pig,” replied Alice; “and I wish you wouldn’t keep appearing +and vanishing so suddenly: you make one quite giddy.” + +“All right,” said the Cat; and this time it vanished quite slowly, +beginning with the end of the tail, and ending with the grin, which +remained some time after the rest of it had gone. + +“Well! I’ve often seen a cat without a grin,” thought Alice; “but a +grin without a cat! It’s the most curious thing I ever saw in my life!” + +She had not gone much farther before she came in sight of the house of +the March Hare: she thought it must be the right house, because the +chimneys were shaped like ears and the roof was thatched with fur. It +was so large a house, that she did not like to go nearer till she had +nibbled some more of the lefthand bit of mushroom, and raised herself +to about two feet high: even then she walked up towards it rather +timidly, saying to herself “Suppose it should be raving mad after all! +I almost wish I’d gone to see the Hatter instead!” + + + + +CHAPTER VII. +A Mad Tea-Party + + +There was a table set out under a tree in front of the house, and the +March Hare and the Hatter were having tea at it: a Dormouse was sitting +between them, fast asleep, and the other two were using it as a +cushion, resting their elbows on it, and talking over its head. “Very +uncomfortable for the Dormouse,” thought Alice; “only, as it’s asleep, +I suppose it doesn’t mind.” + +The table was a large one, but the three were all crowded together at +one corner of it: “No room! No room!” they cried out when they saw +Alice coming. “There’s _plenty_ of room!” said Alice indignantly, and +she sat down in a large arm-chair at one end of the table. + +“Have some wine,” the March Hare said in an encouraging tone. + +Alice looked all round the table, but there was nothing on it but tea. +“I don’t see any wine,” she remarked. + +“There isn’t any,” said the March Hare. + +“Then it wasn’t very civil of you to offer it,” said Alice angrily. + +“It wasn’t very civil of you to sit down without being invited,” said +the March Hare. + +“I didn’t know it was _your_ table,” said Alice; “it’s laid for a great +many more than three.” + +“Your hair wants cutting,” said the Hatter. He had been looking at +Alice for some time with great curiosity, and this was his first +speech. + +“You should learn not to make personal remarks,” Alice said with some +severity; “it’s very rude.” + +The Hatter opened his eyes very wide on hearing this; but all he _said_ +was, “Why is a raven like a writing-desk?” + +“Come, we shall have some fun now!” thought Alice. “I’m glad they’ve +begun asking riddles.—I believe I can guess that,” she added aloud. + +“Do you mean that you think you can find out the answer to it?” said +the March Hare. + +“Exactly so,” said Alice. + +“Then you should say what you mean,” the March Hare went on. + +“I do,” Alice hastily replied; “at least—at least I mean what I +say—that’s the same thing, you know.” + +“Not the same thing a bit!” said the Hatter. “You might just as well +say that ‘I see what I eat’ is the same thing as ‘I eat what I see’!” + +“You might just as well say,” added the March Hare, “that ‘I like what +I get’ is the same thing as ‘I get what I like’!” + +“You might just as well say,” added the Dormouse, who seemed to be +talking in his sleep, “that ‘I breathe when I sleep’ is the same thing +as ‘I sleep when I breathe’!” + +“It _is_ the same thing with you,” said the Hatter, and here the +conversation dropped, and the party sat silent for a minute, while +Alice thought over all she could remember about ravens and +writing-desks, which wasn’t much. + +The Hatter was the first to break the silence. “What day of the month +is it?” he said, turning to Alice: he had taken his watch out of his +pocket, and was looking at it uneasily, shaking it every now and then, +and holding it to his ear. + +Alice considered a little, and then said “The fourth.” + +“Two days wrong!” sighed the Hatter. “I told you butter wouldn’t suit +the works!” he added looking angrily at the March Hare. + +“It was the _best_ butter,” the March Hare meekly replied. + +“Yes, but some crumbs must have got in as well,” the Hatter grumbled: +“you shouldn’t have put it in with the bread-knife.” + +The March Hare took the watch and looked at it gloomily: then he dipped +it into his cup of tea, and looked at it again: but he could think of +nothing better to say than his first remark, “It was the _best_ butter, +you know.” + +Alice had been looking over his shoulder with some curiosity. “What a +funny watch!” she remarked. “It tells the day of the month, and doesn’t +tell what o’clock it is!” + +“Why should it?” muttered the Hatter. “Does _your_ watch tell you what +year it is?” + +“Of course not,” Alice replied very readily: “but that’s because it +stays the same year for such a long time together.” + +“Which is just the case with _mine_,” said the Hatter. + +Alice felt dreadfully puzzled. The Hatter’s remark seemed to have no +sort of meaning in it, and yet it was certainly English. “I don’t quite +understand you,” she said, as politely as she could. + +“The Dormouse is asleep again,” said the Hatter, and he poured a little +hot tea upon its nose. + +The Dormouse shook its head impatiently, and said, without opening its +eyes, “Of course, of course; just what I was going to remark myself.” + +“Have you guessed the riddle yet?” the Hatter said, turning to Alice +again. + +“No, I give it up,” Alice replied: “what’s the answer?” + +“I haven’t the slightest idea,” said the Hatter. + +“Nor I,” said the March Hare. + +Alice sighed wearily. “I think you might do something better with the +time,” she said, “than waste it in asking riddles that have no +answers.” + +“If you knew Time as well as I do,” said the Hatter, “you wouldn’t talk +about wasting _it_. It’s _him_.” + +“I don’t know what you mean,” said Alice. + +“Of course you don’t!” the Hatter said, tossing his head +contemptuously. “I dare say you never even spoke to Time!” + +“Perhaps not,” Alice cautiously replied: “but I know I have to beat +time when I learn music.” + +“Ah! that accounts for it,” said the Hatter. “He won’t stand beating. +Now, if you only kept on good terms with him, he’d do almost anything +you liked with the clock. For instance, suppose it were nine o’clock in +the morning, just time to begin lessons: you’d only have to whisper a +hint to Time, and round goes the clock in a twinkling! Half-past one, +time for dinner!” + +(“I only wish it was,” the March Hare said to itself in a whisper.) + +“That would be grand, certainly,” said Alice thoughtfully: “but then—I +shouldn’t be hungry for it, you know.” + +“Not at first, perhaps,” said the Hatter: “but you could keep it to +half-past one as long as you liked.” + +“Is that the way _you_ manage?” Alice asked. + +The Hatter shook his head mournfully. “Not I!” he replied. “We +quarrelled last March—just before _he_ went mad, you know—” (pointing +with his tea spoon at the March Hare,) “—it was at the great concert +given by the Queen of Hearts, and I had to sing + +‘Twinkle, twinkle, little bat! +How I wonder what you’re at!’ + + +You know the song, perhaps?” + +“I’ve heard something like it,” said Alice. + +“It goes on, you know,” the Hatter continued, “in this way:— + +‘Up above the world you fly, +Like a tea-tray in the sky. + Twinkle, twinkle—’” + + +Here the Dormouse shook itself, and began singing in its sleep +“_Twinkle, twinkle, twinkle, twinkle_—” and went on so long that they +had to pinch it to make it stop. + +“Well, I’d hardly finished the first verse,” said the Hatter, “when the +Queen jumped up and bawled out, ‘He’s murdering the time! Off with his +head!’” + +“How dreadfully savage!” exclaimed Alice. + +“And ever since that,” the Hatter went on in a mournful tone, “he won’t +do a thing I ask! It’s always six o’clock now.” + +A bright idea came into Alice’s head. “Is that the reason so many +tea-things are put out here?” she asked. + +“Yes, that’s it,” said the Hatter with a sigh: “it’s always tea-time, +and we’ve no time to wash the things between whiles.” + +“Then you keep moving round, I suppose?” said Alice. + +“Exactly so,” said the Hatter: “as the things get used up.” + +“But what happens when you come to the beginning again?” Alice ventured +to ask. + +“Suppose we change the subject,” the March Hare interrupted, yawning. +“I’m getting tired of this. I vote the young lady tells us a story.” + +“I’m afraid I don’t know one,” said Alice, rather alarmed at the +proposal. + +“Then the Dormouse shall!” they both cried. “Wake up, Dormouse!” And +they pinched it on both sides at once. + +The Dormouse slowly opened his eyes. “I wasn’t asleep,” he said in a +hoarse, feeble voice: “I heard every word you fellows were saying.” + +“Tell us a story!” said the March Hare. + +“Yes, please do!” pleaded Alice. + +“And be quick about it,” added the Hatter, “or you’ll be asleep again +before it’s done.” + +“Once upon a time there were three little sisters,” the Dormouse began +in a great hurry; “and their names were Elsie, Lacie, and Tillie; and +they lived at the bottom of a well—” + +“What did they live on?” said Alice, who always took a great interest +in questions of eating and drinking. + +“They lived on treacle,” said the Dormouse, after thinking a minute or +two. + +“They couldn’t have done that, you know,” Alice gently remarked; +“they’d have been ill.” + +“So they were,” said the Dormouse; “_very_ ill.” + +Alice tried to fancy to herself what such an extraordinary ways of +living would be like, but it puzzled her too much, so she went on: “But +why did they live at the bottom of a well?” + +“Take some more tea,” the March Hare said to Alice, very earnestly. + +“I’ve had nothing yet,” Alice replied in an offended tone, “so I can’t +take more.” + +“You mean you can’t take _less_,” said the Hatter: “it’s very easy to +take _more_ than nothing.” + +“Nobody asked _your_ opinion,” said Alice. + +“Who’s making personal remarks now?” the Hatter asked triumphantly. + +Alice did not quite know what to say to this: so she helped herself to +some tea and bread-and-butter, and then turned to the Dormouse, and +repeated her question. “Why did they live at the bottom of a well?” + +The Dormouse again took a minute or two to think about it, and then +said, “It was a treacle-well.” + +“There’s no such thing!” Alice was beginning very angrily, but the +Hatter and the March Hare went “Sh! sh!” and the Dormouse sulkily +remarked, “If you can’t be civil, you’d better finish the story for +yourself.” + +“No, please go on!” Alice said very humbly; “I won’t interrupt again. I +dare say there may be _one_.” + +“One, indeed!” said the Dormouse indignantly. However, he consented to +go on. “And so these three little sisters—they were learning to draw, +you know—” + +“What did they draw?” said Alice, quite forgetting her promise. + +“Treacle,” said the Dormouse, without considering at all this time. + +“I want a clean cup,” interrupted the Hatter: “let’s all move one place +on.” + +He moved on as he spoke, and the Dormouse followed him: the March Hare +moved into the Dormouse’s place, and Alice rather unwillingly took the +place of the March Hare. The Hatter was the only one who got any +advantage from the change: and Alice was a good deal worse off than +before, as the March Hare had just upset the milk-jug into his plate. + +Alice did not wish to offend the Dormouse again, so she began very +cautiously: “But I don’t understand. Where did they draw the treacle +from?” + +“You can draw water out of a water-well,” said the Hatter; “so I should +think you could draw treacle out of a treacle-well—eh, stupid?” + +“But they were _in_ the well,” Alice said to the Dormouse, not choosing +to notice this last remark. + +“Of course they were,” said the Dormouse; “—well in.” + +This answer so confused poor Alice, that she let the Dormouse go on for +some time without interrupting it. + +“They were learning to draw,” the Dormouse went on, yawning and rubbing +its eyes, for it was getting very sleepy; “and they drew all manner of +things—everything that begins with an M—” + +“Why with an M?” said Alice. + +“Why not?” said the March Hare. + +Alice was silent. + +The Dormouse had closed its eyes by this time, and was going off into a +doze; but, on being pinched by the Hatter, it woke up again with a +little shriek, and went on: “—that begins with an M, such as +mouse-traps, and the moon, and memory, and muchness—you know you say +things are “much of a muchness”—did you ever see such a thing as a +drawing of a muchness?” + +“Really, now you ask me,” said Alice, very much confused, “I don’t +think—” + +“Then you shouldn’t talk,” said the Hatter. + +This piece of rudeness was more than Alice could bear: she got up in +great disgust, and walked off; the Dormouse fell asleep instantly, and +neither of the others took the least notice of her going, though she +looked back once or twice, half hoping that they would call after her: +the last time she saw them, they were trying to put the Dormouse into +the teapot. + +“At any rate I’ll never go _there_ again!” said Alice as she picked her +way through the wood. “It’s the stupidest tea-party I ever was at in +all my life!” + +Just as she said this, she noticed that one of the trees had a door +leading right into it. “That’s very curious!” she thought. “But +everything’s curious today. I think I may as well go in at once.” And +in she went. + +Once more she found herself in the long hall, and close to the little +glass table. “Now, I’ll manage better this time,” she said to herself, +and began by taking the little golden key, and unlocking the door that +led into the garden. Then she went to work nibbling at the mushroom +(she had kept a piece of it in her pocket) till she was about a foot +high: then she walked down the little passage: and _then_—she found +herself at last in the beautiful garden, among the bright flower-beds +and the cool fountains. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. +The Queen’s Croquet-Ground + + +A large rose-tree stood near the entrance of the garden: the roses +growing on it were white, but there were three gardeners at it, busily +painting them red. Alice thought this a very curious thing, and she +went nearer to watch them, and just as she came up to them she heard +one of them say, “Look out now, Five! Don’t go splashing paint over me +like that!” + +“I couldn’t help it,” said Five, in a sulky tone; “Seven jogged my +elbow.” + +On which Seven looked up and said, “That’s right, Five! Always lay the +blame on others!” + +“_You’d_ better not talk!” said Five. “I heard the Queen say only +yesterday you deserved to be beheaded!” + +“What for?” said the one who had spoken first. + +“That’s none of _your_ business, Two!” said Seven. + +“Yes, it _is_ his business!” said Five, “and I’ll tell him—it was for +bringing the cook tulip-roots instead of onions.” + +Seven flung down his brush, and had just begun “Well, of all the unjust +things—” when his eye chanced to fall upon Alice, as she stood watching +them, and he checked himself suddenly: the others looked round also, +and all of them bowed low. + +“Would you tell me,” said Alice, a little timidly, “why you are +painting those roses?” + +Five and Seven said nothing, but looked at Two. Two began in a low +voice, “Why the fact is, you see, Miss, this here ought to have been a +_red_ rose-tree, and we put a white one in by mistake; and if the Queen +was to find it out, we should all have our heads cut off, you know. So +you see, Miss, we’re doing our best, afore she comes, to—” At this +moment Five, who had been anxiously looking across the garden, called +out “The Queen! The Queen!” and the three gardeners instantly threw +themselves flat upon their faces. There was a sound of many footsteps, +and Alice looked round, eager to see the Queen. + +First came ten soldiers carrying clubs; these were all shaped like the +three gardeners, oblong and flat, with their hands and feet at the +corners: next the ten courtiers; these were ornamented all over with +diamonds, and walked two and two, as the soldiers did. After these came +the royal children; there were ten of them, and the little dears came +jumping merrily along hand in hand, in couples: they were all +ornamented with hearts. Next came the guests, mostly Kings and Queens, +and among them Alice recognised the White Rabbit: it was talking in a +hurried nervous manner, smiling at everything that was said, and went +by without noticing her. Then followed the Knave of Hearts, carrying +the King’s crown on a crimson velvet cushion; and, last of all this +grand procession, came THE KING AND QUEEN OF HEARTS. + +Alice was rather doubtful whether she ought not to lie down on her face +like the three gardeners, but she could not remember ever having heard +of such a rule at processions; “and besides, what would be the use of a +procession,” thought she, “if people had all to lie down upon their +faces, so that they couldn’t see it?” So she stood still where she was, +and waited. + +When the procession came opposite to Alice, they all stopped and looked +at her, and the Queen said severely “Who is this?” She said it to the +Knave of Hearts, who only bowed and smiled in reply. + +“Idiot!” said the Queen, tossing her head impatiently; and, turning to +Alice, she went on, “What’s your name, child?” + +“My name is Alice, so please your Majesty,” said Alice very politely; +but she added, to herself, “Why, they’re only a pack of cards, after +all. I needn’t be afraid of them!” + +“And who are _these?_” said the Queen, pointing to the three gardeners +who were lying round the rose-tree; for, you see, as they were lying on +their faces, and the pattern on their backs was the same as the rest of +the pack, she could not tell whether they were gardeners, or soldiers, +or courtiers, or three of her own children. + +“How should _I_ know?” said Alice, surprised at her own courage. “It’s +no business of _mine_.” + +The Queen turned crimson with fury, and, after glaring at her for a +moment like a wild beast, screamed “Off with her head! Off—” + +“Nonsense!” said Alice, very loudly and decidedly, and the Queen was +silent. + +The King laid his hand upon her arm, and timidly said “Consider, my +dear: she is only a child!” + +The Queen turned angrily away from him, and said to the Knave “Turn +them over!” + +The Knave did so, very carefully, with one foot. + +“Get up!” said the Queen, in a shrill, loud voice, and the three +gardeners instantly jumped up, and began bowing to the King, the Queen, +the royal children, and everybody else. + +“Leave off that!” screamed the Queen. “You make me giddy.” And then, +turning to the rose-tree, she went on, “What _have_ you been doing +here?” + +“May it please your Majesty,” said Two, in a very humble tone, going +down on one knee as he spoke, “we were trying—” + +“_I_ see!” said the Queen, who had meanwhile been examining the roses. +“Off with their heads!” and the procession moved on, three of the +soldiers remaining behind to execute the unfortunate gardeners, who ran +to Alice for protection. + +“You shan’t be beheaded!” said Alice, and she put them into a large +flower-pot that stood near. The three soldiers wandered about for a +minute or two, looking for them, and then quietly marched off after the +others. + +“Are their heads off?” shouted the Queen. + +“Their heads are gone, if it please your Majesty!” the soldiers shouted +in reply. + +“That’s right!” shouted the Queen. “Can you play croquet?” + +The soldiers were silent, and looked at Alice, as the question was +evidently meant for her. + +“Yes!” shouted Alice. + +“Come on, then!” roared the Queen, and Alice joined the procession, +wondering very much what would happen next. + +“It’s—it’s a very fine day!” said a timid voice at her side. She was +walking by the White Rabbit, who was peeping anxiously into her face. + +“Very,” said Alice: “—where’s the Duchess?” + +“Hush! Hush!” said the Rabbit in a low, hurried tone. He looked +anxiously over his shoulder as he spoke, and then raised himself upon +tiptoe, put his mouth close to her ear, and whispered “She’s under +sentence of execution.” + +“What for?” said Alice. + +“Did you say ‘What a pity!’?” the Rabbit asked. + +“No, I didn’t,” said Alice: “I don’t think it’s at all a pity. I said +‘What for?’” + +“She boxed the Queen’s ears—” the Rabbit began. Alice gave a little +scream of laughter. “Oh, hush!” the Rabbit whispered in a frightened +tone. “The Queen will hear you! You see, she came rather late, and the +Queen said—” + +“Get to your places!” shouted the Queen in a voice of thunder, and +people began running about in all directions, tumbling up against each +other; however, they got settled down in a minute or two, and the game +began. Alice thought she had never seen such a curious croquet-ground +in her life; it was all ridges and furrows; the balls were live +hedgehogs, the mallets live flamingoes, and the soldiers had to double +themselves up and to stand on their hands and feet, to make the arches. + +The chief difficulty Alice found at first was in managing her flamingo: +she succeeded in getting its body tucked away, comfortably enough, +under her arm, with its legs hanging down, but generally, just as she +had got its neck nicely straightened out, and was going to give the +hedgehog a blow with its head, it _would_ twist itself round and look +up in her face, with such a puzzled expression that she could not help +bursting out laughing: and when she had got its head down, and was +going to begin again, it was very provoking to find that the hedgehog +had unrolled itself, and was in the act of crawling away: besides all +this, there was generally a ridge or furrow in the way wherever she +wanted to send the hedgehog to, and, as the doubled-up soldiers were +always getting up and walking off to other parts of the ground, Alice +soon came to the conclusion that it was a very difficult game indeed. + +The players all played at once without waiting for turns, quarrelling +all the while, and fighting for the hedgehogs; and in a very short time +the Queen was in a furious passion, and went stamping about, and +shouting “Off with his head!” or “Off with her head!” about once in a +minute. + +Alice began to feel very uneasy: to be sure, she had not as yet had any +dispute with the Queen, but she knew that it might happen any minute, +“and then,” thought she, “what would become of me? They’re dreadfully +fond of beheading people here; the great wonder is, that there’s any +one left alive!” + +She was looking about for some way of escape, and wondering whether she +could get away without being seen, when she noticed a curious +appearance in the air: it puzzled her very much at first, but, after +watching it a minute or two, she made it out to be a grin, and she said +to herself “It’s the Cheshire Cat: now I shall have somebody to talk +to.” + +“How are you getting on?” said the Cat, as soon as there was mouth +enough for it to speak with. + +Alice waited till the eyes appeared, and then nodded. “It’s no use +speaking to it,” she thought, “till its ears have come, or at least one +of them.” In another minute the whole head appeared, and then Alice put +down her flamingo, and began an account of the game, feeling very glad +she had someone to listen to her. The Cat seemed to think that there +was enough of it now in sight, and no more of it appeared. + +“I don’t think they play at all fairly,” Alice began, in rather a +complaining tone, “and they all quarrel so dreadfully one can’t hear +oneself speak—and they don’t seem to have any rules in particular; at +least, if there are, nobody attends to them—and you’ve no idea how +confusing it is all the things being alive; for instance, there’s the +arch I’ve got to go through next walking about at the other end of the +ground—and I should have croqueted the Queen’s hedgehog just now, only +it ran away when it saw mine coming!” + +“How do you like the Queen?” said the Cat in a low voice. + +“Not at all,” said Alice: “she’s so extremely—” Just then she noticed +that the Queen was close behind her, listening: so she went on, +“—likely to win, that it’s hardly worth while finishing the game.” + +The Queen smiled and passed on. + +“Who _are_ you talking to?” said the King, going up to Alice, and +looking at the Cat’s head with great curiosity. + +“It’s a friend of mine—a Cheshire Cat,” said Alice: “allow me to +introduce it.” + +“I don’t like the look of it at all,” said the King: “however, it may +kiss my hand if it likes.” + +“I’d rather not,” the Cat remarked. + +“Don’t be impertinent,” said the King, “and don’t look at me like +that!” He got behind Alice as he spoke. + +“A cat may look at a king,” said Alice. “I’ve read that in some book, +but I don’t remember where.” + +“Well, it must be removed,” said the King very decidedly, and he called +the Queen, who was passing at the moment, “My dear! I wish you would +have this cat removed!” + +The Queen had only one way of settling all difficulties, great or +small. “Off with his head!” she said, without even looking round. + +“I’ll fetch the executioner myself,” said the King eagerly, and he +hurried off. + +Alice thought she might as well go back, and see how the game was going +on, as she heard the Queen’s voice in the distance, screaming with +passion. She had already heard her sentence three of the players to be +executed for having missed their turns, and she did not like the look +of things at all, as the game was in such confusion that she never knew +whether it was her turn or not. So she went in search of her hedgehog. + +The hedgehog was engaged in a fight with another hedgehog, which seemed +to Alice an excellent opportunity for croqueting one of them with the +other: the only difficulty was, that her flamingo was gone across to +the other side of the garden, where Alice could see it trying in a +helpless sort of way to fly up into a tree. + +By the time she had caught the flamingo and brought it back, the fight +was over, and both the hedgehogs were out of sight: “but it doesn’t +matter much,” thought Alice, “as all the arches are gone from this side +of the ground.” So she tucked it away under her arm, that it might not +escape again, and went back for a little more conversation with her +friend. + +When she got back to the Cheshire Cat, she was surprised to find quite +a large crowd collected round it: there was a dispute going on between +the executioner, the King, and the Queen, who were all talking at once, +while all the rest were quite silent, and looked very uncomfortable. + +The moment Alice appeared, she was appealed to by all three to settle +the question, and they repeated their arguments to her, though, as they +all spoke at once, she found it very hard indeed to make out exactly +what they said. + +The executioner’s argument was, that you couldn’t cut off a head unless +there was a body to cut it off from: that he had never had to do such a +thing before, and he wasn’t going to begin at _his_ time of life. + +The King’s argument was, that anything that had a head could be +beheaded, and that you weren’t to talk nonsense. + +The Queen’s argument was, that if something wasn’t done about it in +less than no time she’d have everybody executed, all round. (It was +this last remark that had made the whole party look so grave and +anxious.) + +Alice could think of nothing else to say but “It belongs to the +Duchess: you’d better ask _her_ about it.” + +“She’s in prison,” the Queen said to the executioner: “fetch her here.” +And the executioner went off like an arrow. + +The Cat’s head began fading away the moment he was gone, and, by the +time he had come back with the Duchess, it had entirely disappeared; so +the King and the executioner ran wildly up and down looking for it, +while the rest of the party went back to the game. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. +The Mock Turtle’s Story + + +“You can’t think how glad I am to see you again, you dear old thing!” +said the Duchess, as she tucked her arm affectionately into Alice’s, +and they walked off together. + +Alice was very glad to find her in such a pleasant temper, and thought +to herself that perhaps it was only the pepper that had made her so +savage when they met in the kitchen. + +“When _I’m_ a Duchess,” she said to herself, (not in a very hopeful +tone though), “I won’t have any pepper in my kitchen _at all_. Soup +does very well without—Maybe it’s always pepper that makes people +hot-tempered,” she went on, very much pleased at having found out a new +kind of rule, “and vinegar that makes them sour—and camomile that makes +them bitter—and—and barley-sugar and such things that make children +sweet-tempered. I only wish people knew _that_: then they wouldn’t be +so stingy about it, you know—” + +She had quite forgotten the Duchess by this time, and was a little +startled when she heard her voice close to her ear. “You’re thinking +about something, my dear, and that makes you forget to talk. I can’t +tell you just now what the moral of that is, but I shall remember it in +a bit.” + +“Perhaps it hasn’t one,” Alice ventured to remark. + +“Tut, tut, child!” said the Duchess. “Everything’s got a moral, if only +you can find it.” And she squeezed herself up closer to Alice’s side as +she spoke. + +Alice did not much like keeping so close to her: first, because the +Duchess was _very_ ugly; and secondly, because she was exactly the +right height to rest her chin upon Alice’s shoulder, and it was an +uncomfortably sharp chin. However, she did not like to be rude, so she +bore it as well as she could. + +“The game’s going on rather better now,” she said, by way of keeping up +the conversation a little. + +“’Tis so,” said the Duchess: “and the moral of that is—‘Oh, ’tis love, +’tis love, that makes the world go round!’” + +“Somebody said,” Alice whispered, “that it’s done by everybody minding +their own business!” + +“Ah, well! It means much the same thing,” said the Duchess, digging her +sharp little chin into Alice’s shoulder as she added, “and the moral of +_that_ is—‘Take care of the sense, and the sounds will take care of +themselves.’” + +“How fond she is of finding morals in things!” Alice thought to +herself. + +“I dare say you’re wondering why I don’t put my arm round your waist,” +the Duchess said after a pause: “the reason is, that I’m doubtful about +the temper of your flamingo. Shall I try the experiment?” + +“He might bite,” Alice cautiously replied, not feeling at all anxious +to have the experiment tried. + +“Very true,” said the Duchess: “flamingoes and mustard both bite. And +the moral of that is—‘Birds of a feather flock together.’” + +“Only mustard isn’t a bird,” Alice remarked. + +“Right, as usual,” said the Duchess: “what a clear way you have of +putting things!” + +“It’s a mineral, I _think_,” said Alice. + +“Of course it is,” said the Duchess, who seemed ready to agree to +everything that Alice said; “there’s a large mustard-mine near here. +And the moral of that is—‘The more there is of mine, the less there is +of yours.’” + +“Oh, I know!” exclaimed Alice, who had not attended to this last +remark, “it’s a vegetable. It doesn’t look like one, but it is.” + +“I quite agree with you,” said the Duchess; “and the moral of that +is—‘Be what you would seem to be’—or if you’d like it put more +simply—‘Never imagine yourself not to be otherwise than what it might +appear to others that what you were or might have been was not +otherwise than what you had been would have appeared to them to be +otherwise.’” + +“I think I should understand that better,” Alice said very politely, +“if I had it written down: but I can’t quite follow it as you say it.” + +“That’s nothing to what I could say if I chose,” the Duchess replied, +in a pleased tone. + +“Pray don’t trouble yourself to say it any longer than that,” said +Alice. + +“Oh, don’t talk about trouble!” said the Duchess. “I make you a present +of everything I’ve said as yet.” + +“A cheap sort of present!” thought Alice. “I’m glad they don’t give +birthday presents like that!” But she did not venture to say it out +loud. + +“Thinking again?” the Duchess asked, with another dig of her sharp +little chin. + +“I’ve a right to think,” said Alice sharply, for she was beginning to +feel a little worried. + +“Just about as much right,” said the Duchess, “as pigs have to fly; and +the m—” + +But here, to Alice’s great surprise, the Duchess’s voice died away, +even in the middle of her favourite word ‘moral,’ and the arm that was +linked into hers began to tremble. Alice looked up, and there stood the +Queen in front of them, with her arms folded, frowning like a +thunderstorm. + +“A fine day, your Majesty!” the Duchess began in a low, weak voice. + +“Now, I give you fair warning,” shouted the Queen, stamping on the +ground as she spoke; “either you or your head must be off, and that in +about half no time! Take your choice!” + +The Duchess took her choice, and was gone in a moment. + +“Let’s go on with the game,” the Queen said to Alice; and Alice was too +much frightened to say a word, but slowly followed her back to the +croquet-ground. + +The other guests had taken advantage of the Queen’s absence, and were +resting in the shade: however, the moment they saw her, they hurried +back to the game, the Queen merely remarking that a moment’s delay +would cost them their lives. + +All the time they were playing the Queen never left off quarrelling +with the other players, and shouting “Off with his head!” or “Off with +her head!” Those whom she sentenced were taken into custody by the +soldiers, who of course had to leave off being arches to do this, so +that by the end of half an hour or so there were no arches left, and +all the players, except the King, the Queen, and Alice, were in custody +and under sentence of execution. + +Then the Queen left off, quite out of breath, and said to Alice, “Have +you seen the Mock Turtle yet?” + +“No,” said Alice. “I don’t even know what a Mock Turtle is.” + +“It’s the thing Mock Turtle Soup is made from,” said the Queen. + +“I never saw one, or heard of one,” said Alice. + +“Come on, then,” said the Queen, “and he shall tell you his history,” + +As they walked off together, Alice heard the King say in a low voice, +to the company generally, “You are all pardoned.” “Come, _that’s_ a +good thing!” she said to herself, for she had felt quite unhappy at the +number of executions the Queen had ordered. + +They very soon came upon a Gryphon, lying fast asleep in the sun. (If +you don’t know what a Gryphon is, look at the picture.) “Up, lazy +thing!” said the Queen, “and take this young lady to see the Mock +Turtle, and to hear his history. I must go back and see after some +executions I have ordered;” and she walked off, leaving Alice alone +with the Gryphon. Alice did not quite like the look of the creature, +but on the whole she thought it would be quite as safe to stay with it +as to go after that savage Queen: so she waited. + +The Gryphon sat up and rubbed its eyes: then it watched the Queen till +she was out of sight: then it chuckled. “What fun!” said the Gryphon, +half to itself, half to Alice. + +“What _is_ the fun?” said Alice. + +“Why, _she_,” said the Gryphon. “It’s all her fancy, that: they never +executes nobody, you know. Come on!” + +“Everybody says ‘come on!’ here,” thought Alice, as she went slowly +after it: “I never was so ordered about in all my life, never!” + +They had not gone far before they saw the Mock Turtle in the distance, +sitting sad and lonely on a little ledge of rock, and, as they came +nearer, Alice could hear him sighing as if his heart would break. She +pitied him deeply. “What is his sorrow?” she asked the Gryphon, and the +Gryphon answered, very nearly in the same words as before, “It’s all +his fancy, that: he hasn’t got no sorrow, you know. Come on!” + +So they went up to the Mock Turtle, who looked at them with large eyes +full of tears, but said nothing. + +“This here young lady,” said the Gryphon, “she wants for to know your +history, she do.” + +“I’ll tell it her,” said the Mock Turtle in a deep, hollow tone: “sit +down, both of you, and don’t speak a word till I’ve finished.” + +So they sat down, and nobody spoke for some minutes. Alice thought to +herself, “I don’t see how he can _ever_ finish, if he doesn’t begin.” +But she waited patiently. + +“Once,” said the Mock Turtle at last, with a deep sigh, “I was a real +Turtle.” + +These words were followed by a very long silence, broken only by an +occasional exclamation of “Hjckrrh!” from the Gryphon, and the constant +heavy sobbing of the Mock Turtle. Alice was very nearly getting up and +saying, “Thank you, sir, for your interesting story,” but she could not +help thinking there _must_ be more to come, so she sat still and said +nothing. + +“When we were little,” the Mock Turtle went on at last, more calmly, +though still sobbing a little now and then, “we went to school in the +sea. The master was an old Turtle—we used to call him Tortoise—” + +“Why did you call him Tortoise, if he wasn’t one?” Alice asked. + +“We called him Tortoise because he taught us,” said the Mock Turtle +angrily: “really you are very dull!” + +“You ought to be ashamed of yourself for asking such a simple +question,” added the Gryphon; and then they both sat silent and looked +at poor Alice, who felt ready to sink into the earth. At last the +Gryphon said to the Mock Turtle, “Drive on, old fellow! Don’t be all +day about it!” and he went on in these words: + +“Yes, we went to school in the sea, though you mayn’t believe it—” + +“I never said I didn’t!” interrupted Alice. + +“You did,” said the Mock Turtle. + +“Hold your tongue!” added the Gryphon, before Alice could speak again. +The Mock Turtle went on. + +“We had the best of educations—in fact, we went to school every day—” + +“_I’ve_ been to a day-school, too,” said Alice; “you needn’t be so +proud as all that.” + +“With extras?” asked the Mock Turtle a little anxiously. + +“Yes,” said Alice, “we learned French and music.” + +“And washing?” said the Mock Turtle. + +“Certainly not!” said Alice indignantly. + +“Ah! then yours wasn’t a really good school,” said the Mock Turtle in a +tone of great relief. “Now at _ours_ they had at the end of the bill, +‘French, music, _and washing_—extra.’” + +“You couldn’t have wanted it much,” said Alice; “living at the bottom +of the sea.” + +“I couldn’t afford to learn it.” said the Mock Turtle with a sigh. “I +only took the regular course.” + +“What was that?” inquired Alice. + +“Reeling and Writhing, of course, to begin with,” the Mock Turtle +replied; “and then the different branches of Arithmetic—Ambition, +Distraction, Uglification, and Derision.” + +“I never heard of ‘Uglification,’” Alice ventured to say. “What is it?” + +The Gryphon lifted up both its paws in surprise. “What! Never heard of +uglifying!” it exclaimed. “You know what to beautify is, I suppose?” + +“Yes,” said Alice doubtfully: “it means—to—make—anything—prettier.” + +“Well, then,” the Gryphon went on, “if you don’t know what to uglify +is, you _are_ a simpleton.” + +Alice did not feel encouraged to ask any more questions about it, so +she turned to the Mock Turtle, and said “What else had you to learn?” + +“Well, there was Mystery,” the Mock Turtle replied, counting off the +subjects on his flappers, “—Mystery, ancient and modern, with +Seaography: then Drawling—the Drawling-master was an old conger-eel, +that used to come once a week: _he_ taught us Drawling, Stretching, and +Fainting in Coils.” + +“What was _that_ like?” said Alice. + +“Well, I can’t show it you myself,” the Mock Turtle said: “I’m too +stiff. And the Gryphon never learnt it.” + +“Hadn’t time,” said the Gryphon: “I went to the Classics master, +though. He was an old crab, _he_ was.” + +“I never went to him,” the Mock Turtle said with a sigh: “he taught +Laughing and Grief, they used to say.” + +“So he did, so he did,” said the Gryphon, sighing in his turn; and both +creatures hid their faces in their paws. + +“And how many hours a day did you do lessons?” said Alice, in a hurry +to change the subject. + +“Ten hours the first day,” said the Mock Turtle: “nine the next, and so +on.” + +“What a curious plan!” exclaimed Alice. + +“That’s the reason they’re called lessons,” the Gryphon remarked: +“because they lessen from day to day.” + +This was quite a new idea to Alice, and she thought it over a little +before she made her next remark. “Then the eleventh day must have been +a holiday?” + +“Of course it was,” said the Mock Turtle. + +“And how did you manage on the twelfth?” Alice went on eagerly. + +“That’s enough about lessons,” the Gryphon interrupted in a very +decided tone: “tell her something about the games now.” + + + + +CHAPTER X. +The Lobster Quadrille + + +The Mock Turtle sighed deeply, and drew the back of one flapper across +his eyes. He looked at Alice, and tried to speak, but for a minute or +two sobs choked his voice. “Same as if he had a bone in his throat,” +said the Gryphon: and it set to work shaking him and punching him in +the back. At last the Mock Turtle recovered his voice, and, with tears +running down his cheeks, he went on again:— + +“You may not have lived much under the sea—” (“I haven’t,” said +Alice)—“and perhaps you were never even introduced to a lobster—” +(Alice began to say “I once tasted—” but checked herself hastily, and +said “No, never”) “—so you can have no idea what a delightful thing a +Lobster Quadrille is!” + +“No, indeed,” said Alice. “What sort of a dance is it?” + +“Why,” said the Gryphon, “you first form into a line along the +sea-shore—” + +“Two lines!” cried the Mock Turtle. “Seals, turtles, salmon, and so on; +then, when you’ve cleared all the jelly-fish out of the way—” + +“_That_ generally takes some time,” interrupted the Gryphon. + +“—you advance twice—” + +“Each with a lobster as a partner!” cried the Gryphon. + +“Of course,” the Mock Turtle said: “advance twice, set to partners—” + +“—change lobsters, and retire in same order,” continued the Gryphon. + +“Then, you know,” the Mock Turtle went on, “you throw the—” + +“The lobsters!” shouted the Gryphon, with a bound into the air. + +“—as far out to sea as you can—” + +“Swim after them!” screamed the Gryphon. + +“Turn a somersault in the sea!” cried the Mock Turtle, capering wildly +about. + +“Change lobsters again!” yelled the Gryphon at the top of its voice. + +“Back to land again, and that’s all the first figure,” said the Mock +Turtle, suddenly dropping his voice; and the two creatures, who had +been jumping about like mad things all this time, sat down again very +sadly and quietly, and looked at Alice. + +“It must be a very pretty dance,” said Alice timidly. + +“Would you like to see a little of it?” said the Mock Turtle. + +“Very much indeed,” said Alice. + +“Come, let’s try the first figure!” said the Mock Turtle to the +Gryphon. “We can do without lobsters, you know. Which shall sing?” + +“Oh, _you_ sing,” said the Gryphon. “I’ve forgotten the words.” + +So they began solemnly dancing round and round Alice, every now and +then treading on her toes when they passed too close, and waving their +forepaws to mark the time, while the Mock Turtle sang this, very slowly +and sadly:— + +“Will you walk a little faster?” said a whiting to a snail. +“There’s a porpoise close behind us, and he’s treading on my tail. +See how eagerly the lobsters and the turtles all advance! +They are waiting on the shingle—will you come and join the dance? +Will you, won’t you, will you, won’t you, will you join the dance? +Will you, won’t you, will you, won’t you, won’t you join the dance? + +“You can really have no notion how delightful it will be +When they take us up and throw us, with the lobsters, out to sea!” +But the snail replied “Too far, too far!” and gave a look askance— +Said he thanked the whiting kindly, but he would not join the dance. +Would not, could not, would not, could not, would not join the dance. +Would not, could not, would not, could not, could not join the dance. + +“What matters it how far we go?” his scaly friend replied. +“There is another shore, you know, upon the other side. +The further off from England the nearer is to France— +Then turn not pale, beloved snail, but come and join the dance. +Will you, won’t you, will you, won’t you, will you join the dance? +Will you, won’t you, will you, won’t you, won’t you join the dance?” + + +“Thank you, it’s a very interesting dance to watch,” said Alice, +feeling very glad that it was over at last: “and I do so like that +curious song about the whiting!” + +“Oh, as to the whiting,” said the Mock Turtle, “they—you’ve seen them, +of course?” + +“Yes,” said Alice, “I’ve often seen them at dinn—” she checked herself +hastily. + +“I don’t know where Dinn may be,” said the Mock Turtle, “but if you’ve +seen them so often, of course you know what they’re like.” + +“I believe so,” Alice replied thoughtfully. “They have their tails in +their mouths—and they’re all over crumbs.” + +“You’re wrong about the crumbs,” said the Mock Turtle: “crumbs would +all wash off in the sea. But they _have_ their tails in their mouths; +and the reason is—” here the Mock Turtle yawned and shut his +eyes.—“Tell her about the reason and all that,” he said to the Gryphon. + +“The reason is,” said the Gryphon, “that they _would_ go with the +lobsters to the dance. So they got thrown out to sea. So they had to +fall a long way. So they got their tails fast in their mouths. So they +couldn’t get them out again. That’s all.” + +“Thank you,” said Alice, “it’s very interesting. I never knew so much +about a whiting before.” + +“I can tell you more than that, if you like,” said the Gryphon. “Do you +know why it’s called a whiting?” + +“I never thought about it,” said Alice. “Why?” + +“_It does the boots and shoes_,” the Gryphon replied very solemnly. + +Alice was thoroughly puzzled. “Does the boots and shoes!” she repeated +in a wondering tone. + +“Why, what are _your_ shoes done with?” said the Gryphon. “I mean, what +makes them so shiny?” + +Alice looked down at them, and considered a little before she gave her +answer. “They’re done with blacking, I believe.” + +“Boots and shoes under the sea,” the Gryphon went on in a deep voice, +“are done with a whiting. Now you know.” + +“And what are they made of?” Alice asked in a tone of great curiosity. + +“Soles and eels, of course,” the Gryphon replied rather impatiently: +“any shrimp could have told you that.” + +“If I’d been the whiting,” said Alice, whose thoughts were still +running on the song, “I’d have said to the porpoise, ‘Keep back, +please: we don’t want _you_ with us!’” + +“They were obliged to have him with them,” the Mock Turtle said: “no +wise fish would go anywhere without a porpoise.” + +“Wouldn’t it really?” said Alice in a tone of great surprise. + +“Of course not,” said the Mock Turtle: “why, if a fish came to _me_, +and told me he was going a journey, I should say ‘With what porpoise?’” + +“Don’t you mean ‘purpose’?” said Alice. + +“I mean what I say,” the Mock Turtle replied in an offended tone. And +the Gryphon added “Come, let’s hear some of _your_ adventures.” + +“I could tell you my adventures—beginning from this morning,” said +Alice a little timidly: “but it’s no use going back to yesterday, +because I was a different person then.” + +“Explain all that,” said the Mock Turtle. + +“No, no! The adventures first,” said the Gryphon in an impatient tone: +“explanations take such a dreadful time.” + +So Alice began telling them her adventures from the time when she first +saw the White Rabbit. She was a little nervous about it just at first, +the two creatures got so close to her, one on each side, and opened +their eyes and mouths so _very_ wide, but she gained courage as she +went on. Her listeners were perfectly quiet till she got to the part +about her repeating “_You are old, Father William_,” to the +Caterpillar, and the words all coming different, and then the Mock +Turtle drew a long breath, and said “That’s very curious.” + +“It’s all about as curious as it can be,” said the Gryphon. + +“It all came different!” the Mock Turtle repeated thoughtfully. “I +should like to hear her try and repeat something now. Tell her to +begin.” He looked at the Gryphon as if he thought it had some kind of +authority over Alice. + +“Stand up and repeat ‘’_Tis the voice of the sluggard_,’” said the +Gryphon. + +“How the creatures order one about, and make one repeat lessons!” +thought Alice; “I might as well be at school at once.” However, she got +up, and began to repeat it, but her head was so full of the Lobster +Quadrille, that she hardly knew what she was saying, and the words came +very queer indeed:— + +“’Tis the voice of the Lobster; I heard him declare, +“You have baked me too brown, I must sugar my hair.” +As a duck with its eyelids, so he with his nose +Trims his belt and his buttons, and turns out his toes.” + +[later editions continued as follows +When the sands are all dry, he is gay as a lark, +And will talk in contemptuous tones of the Shark, +But, when the tide rises and sharks are around, +His voice has a timid and tremulous sound.] + + +“That’s different from what _I_ used to say when I was a child,” said +the Gryphon. + +“Well, I never heard it before,” said the Mock Turtle; “but it sounds +uncommon nonsense.” + +Alice said nothing; she had sat down with her face in her hands, +wondering if anything would _ever_ happen in a natural way again. + +“I should like to have it explained,” said the Mock Turtle. + +“She can’t explain it,” said the Gryphon hastily. “Go on with the next +verse.” + +“But about his toes?” the Mock Turtle persisted. “How _could_ he turn +them out with his nose, you know?” + +“It’s the first position in dancing.” Alice said; but was dreadfully +puzzled by the whole thing, and longed to change the subject. + +“Go on with the next verse,” the Gryphon repeated impatiently: “it +begins ‘_I passed by his garden_.’” + +Alice did not dare to disobey, though she felt sure it would all come +wrong, and she went on in a trembling voice:— + +“I passed by his garden, and marked, with one eye, +How the Owl and the Panther were sharing a pie—” + +[later editions continued as follows +The Panther took pie-crust, and gravy, and meat, +While the Owl had the dish as its share of the treat. +When the pie was all finished, the Owl, as a boon, +Was kindly permitted to pocket the spoon: +While the Panther received knife and fork with a growl, +And concluded the banquet—] + + +“What _is_ the use of repeating all that stuff,” the Mock Turtle +interrupted, “if you don’t explain it as you go on? It’s by far the +most confusing thing _I_ ever heard!” + +“Yes, I think you’d better leave off,” said the Gryphon: and Alice was +only too glad to do so. + +“Shall we try another figure of the Lobster Quadrille?” the Gryphon +went on. “Or would you like the Mock Turtle to sing you a song?” + +“Oh, a song, please, if the Mock Turtle would be so kind,” Alice +replied, so eagerly that the Gryphon said, in a rather offended tone, +“Hm! No accounting for tastes! Sing her ‘_Turtle Soup_,’ will you, old +fellow?” + +The Mock Turtle sighed deeply, and began, in a voice sometimes choked +with sobs, to sing this:— + +“Beautiful Soup, so rich and green, +Waiting in a hot tureen! +Who for such dainties would not stoop? +Soup of the evening, beautiful Soup! +Soup of the evening, beautiful Soup! + Beau—ootiful Soo—oop! + Beau—ootiful Soo—oop! +Soo—oop of the e—e—evening, + Beautiful, beautiful Soup! + +“Beautiful Soup! Who cares for fish, +Game, or any other dish? +Who would not give all else for two p +ennyworth only of beautiful Soup? +Pennyworth only of beautiful Soup? + Beau—ootiful Soo—oop! + Beau—ootiful Soo—oop! +Soo—oop of the e—e—evening, + Beautiful, beauti—FUL SOUP!” + + +“Chorus again!” cried the Gryphon, and the Mock Turtle had just begun +to repeat it, when a cry of “The trial’s beginning!” was heard in the +distance. + +“Come on!” cried the Gryphon, and, taking Alice by the hand, it hurried +off, without waiting for the end of the song. + +“What trial is it?” Alice panted as she ran; but the Gryphon only +answered “Come on!” and ran the faster, while more and more faintly +came, carried on the breeze that followed them, the melancholy words:— + +“Soo—oop of the e—e—evening, + Beautiful, beautiful Soup!” + + + + +CHAPTER XI. +Who Stole the Tarts? + + +The King and Queen of Hearts were seated on their throne when they +arrived, with a great crowd assembled about them—all sorts of little +birds and beasts, as well as the whole pack of cards: the Knave was +standing before them, in chains, with a soldier on each side to guard +him; and near the King was the White Rabbit, with a trumpet in one +hand, and a scroll of parchment in the other. In the very middle of the +court was a table, with a large dish of tarts upon it: they looked so +good, that it made Alice quite hungry to look at them—“I wish they’d +get the trial done,” she thought, “and hand round the refreshments!” +But there seemed to be no chance of this, so she began looking at +everything about her, to pass away the time. + +Alice had never been in a court of justice before, but she had read +about them in books, and she was quite pleased to find that she knew +the name of nearly everything there. “That’s the judge,” she said to +herself, “because of his great wig.” + +The judge, by the way, was the King; and as he wore his crown over the +wig, (look at the frontispiece if you want to see how he did it,) he +did not look at all comfortable, and it was certainly not becoming. + +“And that’s the jury-box,” thought Alice, “and those twelve creatures,” +(she was obliged to say “creatures,” you see, because some of them were +animals, and some were birds,) “I suppose they are the jurors.” She +said this last word two or three times over to herself, being rather +proud of it: for she thought, and rightly too, that very few little +girls of her age knew the meaning of it at all. However, “jury-men” +would have done just as well. + +The twelve jurors were all writing very busily on slates. “What are +they doing?” Alice whispered to the Gryphon. “They can’t have anything +to put down yet, before the trial’s begun.” + +“They’re putting down their names,” the Gryphon whispered in reply, +“for fear they should forget them before the end of the trial.” + +“Stupid things!” Alice began in a loud, indignant voice, but she +stopped hastily, for the White Rabbit cried out, “Silence in the +court!” and the King put on his spectacles and looked anxiously round, +to make out who was talking. + +Alice could see, as well as if she were looking over their shoulders, +that all the jurors were writing down “stupid things!” on their slates, +and she could even make out that one of them didn’t know how to spell +“stupid,” and that he had to ask his neighbour to tell him. “A nice +muddle their slates’ll be in before the trial’s over!” thought Alice. + +One of the jurors had a pencil that squeaked. This of course, Alice +could _not_ stand, and she went round the court and got behind him, and +very soon found an opportunity of taking it away. She did it so quickly +that the poor little juror (it was Bill, the Lizard) could not make out +at all what had become of it; so, after hunting all about for it, he +was obliged to write with one finger for the rest of the day; and this +was of very little use, as it left no mark on the slate. + +“Herald, read the accusation!” said the King. + +On this the White Rabbit blew three blasts on the trumpet, and then +unrolled the parchment scroll, and read as follows:— + +“The Queen of Hearts, she made some tarts, + All on a summer day: +The Knave of Hearts, he stole those tarts, + And took them quite away!” + + +“Consider your verdict,” the King said to the jury. + +“Not yet, not yet!” the Rabbit hastily interrupted. “There’s a great +deal to come before that!” + +“Call the first witness,” said the King; and the White Rabbit blew +three blasts on the trumpet, and called out, “First witness!” + +The first witness was the Hatter. He came in with a teacup in one hand +and a piece of bread-and-butter in the other. “I beg pardon, your +Majesty,” he began, “for bringing these in: but I hadn’t quite finished +my tea when I was sent for.” + +“You ought to have finished,” said the King. “When did you begin?” + +The Hatter looked at the March Hare, who had followed him into the +court, arm-in-arm with the Dormouse. “Fourteenth of March, I _think_ it +was,” he said. + +“Fifteenth,” said the March Hare. + +“Sixteenth,” added the Dormouse. + +“Write that down,” the King said to the jury, and the jury eagerly +wrote down all three dates on their slates, and then added them up, and +reduced the answer to shillings and pence. + +“Take off your hat,” the King said to the Hatter. + +“It isn’t mine,” said the Hatter. + +“_Stolen!_” the King exclaimed, turning to the jury, who instantly made +a memorandum of the fact. + +“I keep them to sell,” the Hatter added as an explanation; “I’ve none +of my own. I’m a hatter.” + +Here the Queen put on her spectacles, and began staring at the Hatter, +who turned pale and fidgeted. + +“Give your evidence,” said the King; “and don’t be nervous, or I’ll +have you executed on the spot.” + +This did not seem to encourage the witness at all: he kept shifting +from one foot to the other, looking uneasily at the Queen, and in his +confusion he bit a large piece out of his teacup instead of the +bread-and-butter. + +Just at this moment Alice felt a very curious sensation, which puzzled +her a good deal until she made out what it was: she was beginning to +grow larger again, and she thought at first she would get up and leave +the court; but on second thoughts she decided to remain where she was +as long as there was room for her. + +“I wish you wouldn’t squeeze so.” said the Dormouse, who was sitting +next to her. “I can hardly breathe.” + +“I can’t help it,” said Alice very meekly: “I’m growing.” + +“You’ve no right to grow _here_,” said the Dormouse. + +“Don’t talk nonsense,” said Alice more boldly: “you know you’re growing +too.” + +“Yes, but _I_ grow at a reasonable pace,” said the Dormouse: “not in +that ridiculous fashion.” And he got up very sulkily and crossed over +to the other side of the court. + +All this time the Queen had never left off staring at the Hatter, and, +just as the Dormouse crossed the court, she said to one of the officers +of the court, “Bring me the list of the singers in the last concert!” +on which the wretched Hatter trembled so, that he shook both his shoes +off. + +“Give your evidence,” the King repeated angrily, “or I’ll have you +executed, whether you’re nervous or not.” + +“I’m a poor man, your Majesty,” the Hatter began, in a trembling voice, +“—and I hadn’t begun my tea—not above a week or so—and what with the +bread-and-butter getting so thin—and the twinkling of the tea—” + +“The twinkling of the _what?_” said the King. + +“It _began_ with the tea,” the Hatter replied. + +“Of course twinkling begins with a T!” said the King sharply. “Do you +take me for a dunce? Go on!” + +“I’m a poor man,” the Hatter went on, “and most things twinkled after +that—only the March Hare said—” + +“I didn’t!” the March Hare interrupted in a great hurry. + +“You did!” said the Hatter. + +“I deny it!” said the March Hare. + +“He denies it,” said the King: “leave out that part.” + +“Well, at any rate, the Dormouse said—” the Hatter went on, looking +anxiously round to see if he would deny it too: but the Dormouse denied +nothing, being fast asleep. + +“After that,” continued the Hatter, “I cut some more bread-and-butter—” + +“But what did the Dormouse say?” one of the jury asked. + +“That I can’t remember,” said the Hatter. + +“You _must_ remember,” remarked the King, “or I’ll have you executed.” + +The miserable Hatter dropped his teacup and bread-and-butter, and went +down on one knee. “I’m a poor man, your Majesty,” he began. + +“You’re a _very_ poor _speaker_,” said the King. + +Here one of the guinea-pigs cheered, and was immediately suppressed by +the officers of the court. (As that is rather a hard word, I will just +explain to you how it was done. They had a large canvas bag, which tied +up at the mouth with strings: into this they slipped the guinea-pig, +head first, and then sat upon it.) + +“I’m glad I’ve seen that done,” thought Alice. “I’ve so often read in +the newspapers, at the end of trials, “There was some attempts at +applause, which was immediately suppressed by the officers of the +court,” and I never understood what it meant till now.” + +“If that’s all you know about it, you may stand down,” continued the +King. + +“I can’t go no lower,” said the Hatter: “I’m on the floor, as it is.” + +“Then you may _sit_ down,” the King replied. + +Here the other guinea-pig cheered, and was suppressed. + +“Come, that finished the guinea-pigs!” thought Alice. “Now we shall get +on better.” + +“I’d rather finish my tea,” said the Hatter, with an anxious look at +the Queen, who was reading the list of singers. + +“You may go,” said the King, and the Hatter hurriedly left the court, +without even waiting to put his shoes on. + +“—and just take his head off outside,” the Queen added to one of the +officers: but the Hatter was out of sight before the officer could get +to the door. + +“Call the next witness!” said the King. + +The next witness was the Duchess’s cook. She carried the pepper-box in +her hand, and Alice guessed who it was, even before she got into the +court, by the way the people near the door began sneezing all at once. + +“Give your evidence,” said the King. + +“Shan’t,” said the cook. + +The King looked anxiously at the White Rabbit, who said in a low voice, +“Your Majesty must cross-examine _this_ witness.” + +“Well, if I must, I must,” the King said, with a melancholy air, and, +after folding his arms and frowning at the cook till his eyes were +nearly out of sight, he said in a deep voice, “What are tarts made of?” + +“Pepper, mostly,” said the cook. + +“Treacle,” said a sleepy voice behind her. + +“Collar that Dormouse,” the Queen shrieked out. “Behead that Dormouse! +Turn that Dormouse out of court! Suppress him! Pinch him! Off with his +whiskers!” + +For some minutes the whole court was in confusion, getting the Dormouse +turned out, and, by the time they had settled down again, the cook had +disappeared. + +“Never mind!” said the King, with an air of great relief. “Call the +next witness.” And he added in an undertone to the Queen, “Really, my +dear, _you_ must cross-examine the next witness. It quite makes my +forehead ache!” + +Alice watched the White Rabbit as he fumbled over the list, feeling +very curious to see what the next witness would be like, “—for they +haven’t got much evidence _yet_,” she said to herself. Imagine her +surprise, when the White Rabbit read out, at the top of his shrill +little voice, the name “Alice!” + + + + +CHAPTER XII. +Alice’s Evidence + + +“Here!” cried Alice, quite forgetting in the flurry of the moment how +large she had grown in the last few minutes, and she jumped up in such +a hurry that she tipped over the jury-box with the edge of her skirt, +upsetting all the jurymen on to the heads of the crowd below, and there +they lay sprawling about, reminding her very much of a globe of +goldfish she had accidentally upset the week before. + +“Oh, I _beg_ your pardon!” she exclaimed in a tone of great dismay, and +began picking them up again as quickly as she could, for the accident +of the goldfish kept running in her head, and she had a vague sort of +idea that they must be collected at once and put back into the +jury-box, or they would die. + +“The trial cannot proceed,” said the King in a very grave voice, “until +all the jurymen are back in their proper places—_all_,” he repeated +with great emphasis, looking hard at Alice as he said so. + +Alice looked at the jury-box, and saw that, in her haste, she had put +the Lizard in head downwards, and the poor little thing was waving its +tail about in a melancholy way, being quite unable to move. She soon +got it out again, and put it right; “not that it signifies much,” she +said to herself; “I should think it would be _quite_ as much use in the +trial one way up as the other.” + +As soon as the jury had a little recovered from the shock of being +upset, and their slates and pencils had been found and handed back to +them, they set to work very diligently to write out a history of the +accident, all except the Lizard, who seemed too much overcome to do +anything but sit with its mouth open, gazing up into the roof of the +court. + +“What do you know about this business?” the King said to Alice. + +“Nothing,” said Alice. + +“Nothing _whatever?_” persisted the King. + +“Nothing whatever,” said Alice. + +“That’s very important,” the King said, turning to the jury. They were +just beginning to write this down on their slates, when the White +Rabbit interrupted: “_Un_important, your Majesty means, of course,” he +said in a very respectful tone, but frowning and making faces at him as +he spoke. + +“_Un_important, of course, I meant,” the King hastily said, and went on +to himself in an undertone, + +“important—unimportant—unimportant—important—” as if he were trying +which word sounded best. + +Some of the jury wrote it down “important,” and some “unimportant.” +Alice could see this, as she was near enough to look over their slates; +“but it doesn’t matter a bit,” she thought to herself. + +At this moment the King, who had been for some time busily writing in +his note-book, cackled out “Silence!” and read out from his book, “Rule +Forty-two. _All persons more than a mile high to leave the court_.” + +Everybody looked at Alice. + +“_I’m_ not a mile high,” said Alice. + +“You are,” said the King. + +“Nearly two miles high,” added the Queen. + +“Well, I shan’t go, at any rate,” said Alice: “besides, that’s not a +regular rule: you invented it just now.” + +“It’s the oldest rule in the book,” said the King. + +“Then it ought to be Number One,” said Alice. + +The King turned pale, and shut his note-book hastily. “Consider your +verdict,” he said to the jury, in a low, trembling voice. + +“There’s more evidence to come yet, please your Majesty,” said the +White Rabbit, jumping up in a great hurry; “this paper has just been +picked up.” + +“What’s in it?” said the Queen. + +“I haven’t opened it yet,” said the White Rabbit, “but it seems to be a +letter, written by the prisoner to—to somebody.” + +“It must have been that,” said the King, “unless it was written to +nobody, which isn’t usual, you know.” + +“Who is it directed to?” said one of the jurymen. + +“It isn’t directed at all,” said the White Rabbit; “in fact, there’s +nothing written on the _outside_.” He unfolded the paper as he spoke, +and added “It isn’t a letter, after all: it’s a set of verses.” + +“Are they in the prisoner’s handwriting?” asked another of the jurymen. + +“No, they’re not,” said the White Rabbit, “and that’s the queerest +thing about it.” (The jury all looked puzzled.) + +“He must have imitated somebody else’s hand,” said the King. (The jury +all brightened up again.) + +“Please your Majesty,” said the Knave, “I didn’t write it, and they +can’t prove I did: there’s no name signed at the end.” + +“If you didn’t sign it,” said the King, “that only makes the matter +worse. You _must_ have meant some mischief, or else you’d have signed +your name like an honest man.” + +There was a general clapping of hands at this: it was the first really +clever thing the King had said that day. + +“That _proves_ his guilt,” said the Queen. + +“It proves nothing of the sort!” said Alice. “Why, you don’t even know +what they’re about!” + +“Read them,” said the King. + +The White Rabbit put on his spectacles. “Where shall I begin, please +your Majesty?” he asked. + +“Begin at the beginning,” the King said gravely, “and go on till you +come to the end: then stop.” + +These were the verses the White Rabbit read:— + +“They told me you had been to her, + And mentioned me to him: +She gave me a good character, + But said I could not swim. + +He sent them word I had not gone + (We know it to be true): +If she should push the matter on, + What would become of you? + +I gave her one, they gave him two, + You gave us three or more; +They all returned from him to you, + Though they were mine before. + +If I or she should chance to be + Involved in this affair, +He trusts to you to set them free, + Exactly as we were. + +My notion was that you had been + (Before she had this fit) +An obstacle that came between + Him, and ourselves, and it. + +Don’t let him know she liked them best, + For this must ever be +A secret, kept from all the rest, + Between yourself and me.” + + +“That’s the most important piece of evidence we’ve heard yet,” said the +King, rubbing his hands; “so now let the jury—” + +“If any one of them can explain it,” said Alice, (she had grown so +large in the last few minutes that she wasn’t a bit afraid of +interrupting him,) “I’ll give him sixpence. _I_ don’t believe there’s +an atom of meaning in it.” + +The jury all wrote down on their slates, “_She_ doesn’t believe there’s +an atom of meaning in it,” but none of them attempted to explain the +paper. + +“If there’s no meaning in it,” said the King, “that saves a world of +trouble, you know, as we needn’t try to find any. And yet I don’t +know,” he went on, spreading out the verses on his knee, and looking at +them with one eye; “I seem to see some meaning in them, after all. +“—_said I could not swim_—” you can’t swim, can you?” he added, turning +to the Knave. + +The Knave shook his head sadly. “Do I look like it?” he said. (Which he +certainly did _not_, being made entirely of cardboard.) + +“All right, so far,” said the King, and he went on muttering over the +verses to himself: “‘_We know it to be true_—’ that’s the jury, of +course—‘_I gave her one, they gave him two_—’ why, that must be what he +did with the tarts, you know—” + +“But, it goes on ‘_they all returned from him to you_,’” said Alice. + +“Why, there they are!” said the King triumphantly, pointing to the +tarts on the table. “Nothing can be clearer than _that_. Then +again—‘_before she had this fit_—’ you never had fits, my dear, I +think?” he said to the Queen. + +“Never!” said the Queen furiously, throwing an inkstand at the Lizard +as she spoke. (The unfortunate little Bill had left off writing on his +slate with one finger, as he found it made no mark; but he now hastily +began again, using the ink, that was trickling down his face, as long +as it lasted.) + +“Then the words don’t _fit_ you,” said the King, looking round the +court with a smile. There was a dead silence. + +“It’s a pun!” the King added in an offended tone, and everybody +laughed, “Let the jury consider their verdict,” the King said, for +about the twentieth time that day. + +“No, no!” said the Queen. “Sentence first—verdict afterwards.” + +“Stuff and nonsense!” said Alice loudly. “The idea of having the +sentence first!” + +“Hold your tongue!” said the Queen, turning purple. + +“I won’t!” said Alice. + +“Off with her head!” the Queen shouted at the top of her voice. Nobody +moved. + +“Who cares for you?” said Alice, (she had grown to her full size by +this time.) “You’re nothing but a pack of cards!” + +At this the whole pack rose up into the air, and came flying down upon +her: she gave a little scream, half of fright and half of anger, and +tried to beat them off, and found herself lying on the bank, with her +head in the lap of her sister, who was gently brushing away some dead +leaves that had fluttered down from the trees upon her face. + +“Wake up, Alice dear!” said her sister; “Why, what a long sleep you’ve +had!” + +“Oh, I’ve had such a curious dream!” said Alice, and she told her +sister, as well as she could remember them, all these strange +Adventures of hers that you have just been reading about; and when she +had finished, her sister kissed her, and said, “It _was_ a curious +dream, dear, certainly: but now run in to your tea; it’s getting late.” +So Alice got up and ran off, thinking while she ran, as well she might, +what a wonderful dream it had been. + + +But her sister sat still just as she left her, leaning her head on her +hand, watching the setting sun, and thinking of little Alice and all +her wonderful Adventures, till she too began dreaming after a fashion, +and this was her dream:— + +First, she dreamed of little Alice herself, and once again the tiny +hands were clasped upon her knee, and the bright eager eyes were +looking up into hers—she could hear the very tones of her voice, and +see that queer little toss of her head to keep back the wandering hair +that _would_ always get into her eyes—and still as she listened, or +seemed to listen, the whole place around her became alive with the +strange creatures of her little sister’s dream. + +The long grass rustled at her feet as the White Rabbit hurried by—the +frightened Mouse splashed his way through the neighbouring pool—she +could hear the rattle of the teacups as the March Hare and his friends +shared their never-ending meal, and the shrill voice of the Queen +ordering off her unfortunate guests to execution—once more the pig-baby +was sneezing on the Duchess’s knee, while plates and dishes crashed +around it—once more the shriek of the Gryphon, the squeaking of the +Lizard’s slate-pencil, and the choking of the suppressed guinea-pigs, +filled the air, mixed up with the distant sobs of the miserable Mock +Turtle. + +So she sat on, with closed eyes, and half believed herself in +Wonderland, though she knew she had but to open them again, and all +would change to dull reality—the grass would be only rustling in the +wind, and the pool rippling to the waving of the reeds—the rattling +teacups would change to tinkling sheep-bells, and the Queen’s shrill +cries to the voice of the shepherd boy—and the sneeze of the baby, the +shriek of the Gryphon, and all the other queer noises, would change +(she knew) to the confused clamour of the busy farm-yard—while the +lowing of the cattle in the distance would take the place of the Mock +Turtle’s heavy sobs. + +Lastly, she pictured to herself how this same little sister of hers +would, in the after-time, be herself a grown woman; and how she would +keep, through all her riper years, the simple and loving heart of her +childhood: and how she would gather about her other little children, +and make _their_ eyes bright and eager with many a strange tale, +perhaps even with the dream of Wonderland of long ago: and how she +would feel with all their simple sorrows, and find a pleasure in all +their simple joys, remembering her own child-life, and the happy summer +days. + +THE END + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALICE’S ADVENTURES IN WONDERLAND *** + +***** This file should be named 11-0.txt or 11-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/11/ + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/48795.txt b/48795.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b665cd --- /dev/null +++ b/48795.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10107 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Sylvie and Bruno Concluded (Illustrated), by +Lewis Carroll + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most +other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of +the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have +to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. + + + +Title: Sylvie and Bruno Concluded (Illustrated) + +Author: Lewis Carroll + +Illustrator: Harry Furniss + +Release Date: April 26, 2015 [EBook #48795] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SYLVIE AND BRUNO CONCLUDED *** + + + + +Produced by MWS, Stephen Hutcheson, Carol Spears, and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + + + + + SYLVIE AND BRUNO + CONCLUDED + + + BY + LEWIS CARROLL + + _WITH FORTY-SIX ILLUSTRATIONS + BY + HARRY FURNISS_ + + + _New York_ + MACMILLAN AND CO. + AND LONDON + 1894 + _The Right of Translation and Reproduction is Reserved_ + + + Dreams, that elude the Waker’s frenzied grasp— + Hands, stark and still, on a dead Mother’s breast, + Which nevermore shall render clasp for clasp, + Or deftly soothe a weeping Child to rest— + In suchlike forms me listeth to portray + My Tale, here ended. Thou delicious Fay— + The guardian of a Sprite that lives to tease thee— + Loving in earnest, chiding but in play + The merry mocking Bruno! Who, that sees thee, + Can fail to love thee, Darling, even as I?— + My sweetest Sylvie, we must say ‘Good-bye!’ + + + + + PREFACE. + + +I must begin with the same announcement as in the previous Volume (which +I shall henceforward refer to as “Vol. I.,” calling the present Volume +“Vol. II.”), viz. that the Locket, at p. 405, was drawn by ‘Miss Alice +Havers.’ And my reason, for not stating this on the title-page—that it +seems only due, to the artist of these wonderful pictures, that his name +should stand there alone—has, I think, even greater weight in Vol. II. +than it had in Vol. I. Let me call especial attention to the three +“Little Birds” borders, at pp. 365, 371, 377. The way, in which he has +managed to introduce the most minute details of the stanzas to be +illustrated, seems to me a triumph of artistic ingenuity. + + +Let me here express my sincere gratitude to the many Reviewers who have +noticed, whether favorably or unfavorably, the previous Volume. Their +unfavorable remarks were, most probably, well-deserved; the favorable +ones less probably so. Both kinds have no doubt served to make the book +known, and have helped the reading Public to form their opinions of it. +Let me also here assure them that it is not from any want of respect for +their criticisms, that I have carefully forborne from reading _any_ of +them. I am strongly of opinion that an author had far better _not_ read +any reviews of his books: the unfavorable ones are almost certain to +make him cross, and the favorable ones conceited; and _neither_ of these +results is desirable. + +Criticisms have, however, reached me from private sources, to some of +which I propose to offer a reply. + +One such critic complains that Arthur’s strictures, on sermons and on +choristers, are too severe. Let me say, in reply, that I do _not_ hold +myself responsible for _any_ of the opinions expressed by the characters +in my book. They are simply opinions which, it seemed to me, might +probably be held by the persons into whose mouths I put them, and which +were worth consideration. + +Other critics have objected to certain innovations in spelling, such as +“ca’n’t,” “wo’n’t,” “traveler.” In reply, I can only plead my firm +conviction that the popular usage is _wrong_. As to “ca’n’t,” it will +not be disputed that, in all _other_ words ending in “n’t,” these +letters are an abbreviation of “not”; and it is surely absurd to suppose +that, in this solitary instance, “not” is represented by “’t”! In fact +“can’t” is the _proper_ abbreviation for “can it,” just as “is’t” is for +“is it.” Again, in “wo’n’t,” the first apostrophe is needed, because the +word “would” is here _abridged_ into “wo”: but I hold it proper to spell +“don’t” with only _one_ apostrophe, because the word “do” is here +_complete_. As to such words as “traveler,” I hold the correct principle +to be, to _double_ the consonant when the accent falls on that syllable; +otherwise to leave it _single_. This rule is observed in most cases +(e.g. we double the “r” in “preferred,” but leave it single in +“offered”), so that I am only extending, to other cases, an existing +rule. I admit, however, that I do not spell “parallel,” as the rule +would have it; but here we are constrained, by the etymology, to insert +the double “l”. + + +In the Preface to Vol. I. were two puzzles, on which my readers might +exercise their ingenuity. One was, to detect the 3 lines of “padding,” +which I had found it necessary to supply in the passage extending from +the top of p. 35 to the middle of p. 38. They are the 14th, 15th, and +16th lines of p. 37. The other puzzle was, to determine which (if any) +of the 8 stanzas of the Gardener’s Song (see pp. 65, 78, 83, 90, 106, +116, 164, 168) were adapted to the context, and which (if any) had the +context adapted to them. The last of them is the only one that was +adapted to the context, the “Garden-Door that opened with a key” having +been substituted for some creature (a Cormorant, I think) “that nestled +in a tree.” At pp. 78, 106, and 164, the context was adapted to the +stanza. At p. 90, neither stanza nor context was altered: the connection +between them was simply a piece of good luck. + +In the Preface to Vol. I., at pp. ix., x., I gave an account of the +making-up of the story of “Sylvie and Bruno.” A few more details may +perhaps be acceptable to my Readers. + +It was in 1873, as I _now_ believe, that the idea first occurred to me +that a little fairy-tale (written, in 1867, for “Aunt Judy’s Magazine,” +under the title “Bruno’s Revenge”) might serve as the nucleus of a +longer story. This I surmise, from having found the original draft of +the last paragraph of Vol. II., dated 1873. So that this paragraph has +been waiting 20 years for its chance of emerging into print—more than +twice the period so cautiously recommended by Horace for ‘repressing’ +one’s literary efforts! + +It was in February, 1885, that I entered into negotiations, with Mr. +Harry Furniss, for illustrating the book. Most of the substance of +_both_ Volumes was then in existence in manuscript: and my original +intention was to publish the _whole_ story at once. In September, 1885, +I received from Mr. Furniss the first set of drawings—the four which +illustrate “Peter and Paul” (see I. pp. 144, 147, 150, 154): in +November, 1886, I received the second set—the three which illustrate the +Professor’s song about the “little man” who had “a little gun” (Vol. II. +pp. 265, 266, 267): and in January, 1887, I received the third set—the +four which illustrate the “Pig-Tale.” + +So we went on, illustrating first one bit of the story, and then +another, without any idea of sequence. And it was not till March, 1889, +that, having calculated the number of pages the story would occupy, I +decided on dividing it into _two_ portions, and publishing it half at a +time. This necessitated the writing of a _sort_ of conclusion for the +first Volume: and _most_ of my Readers, I fancy, regarded this as the +_actual_ conclusion, when that Volume appeared in December, 1889. At any +rate, among all the letters I received about it, there was only _one_ +which expressed _any_ suspicion that it was not a _final_ conclusion. +This letter was from a child. She wrote “we were so glad, when we came +to the end of the book, to find that there was no ending-up, for that +shows us that you are going to write a sequel.” + +It may interest some of my Readers to know the _theory_ on which this +story is constructed. It is an attempt to show what might _possibly_ +happen, supposing that Fairies really existed; and that they were +sometimes visible to us, and we to them; and that they were sometimes +able to assume human form: and supposing, also, that human beings might +sometimes become conscious of what goes on in the Fairy-world—by actual +transference of their immaterial essence, such as we meet with in +‘Esoteric Buddhism.’ + +I have supposed a Human being to be capable of various psychical states, +with varying degrees of consciousness, as follows:— + +(_a_) the ordinary state, with no consciousness of the presence of +Fairies; + +(_b_) the ‘eerie’ state, in which, while conscious of actual +surroundings, he is _also_ conscious of the presence of Fairies; + +(_c_) a form of trance, in which, while _un_conscious of actual +surroundings, and apparently asleep, he (i.e. his immaterial essence) +migrates to other scenes, in the actual world, or in Fairyland, and is +conscious of the presence of Fairies. + +I have also supposed a Fairy to be capable of migrating from Fairyland +into the actual world, and of assuming, at pleasure, a Human form; and +also to be capable of various psychical states, viz. + +(_a_) the ordinary state, with no consciousness of the presence of Human +beings; + +(_b_) a sort of ‘eerie’ state, in which he is conscious, if in the +actual world, of the presence of actual Human beings; if in Fairyland, +of the presence of the immaterial essences of Human beings. + +I will here tabulate the passages, in both Volumes, where abnormal +states occur. + + Historian’s Locality and State. Other characters. + Vol. I. + pp. 1-16 In train _c_ Chancellor (_b_) p. 2. + 33-55 do. _c_ + 65-79 do. _c_ + 83-99 At lodgings _c_ + 105-117 On beach _c_ + 119-183 At lodgings _c_ S. and B. (_b_) pp. 158-163. + Professor (_b_) p. 169. + 190-221 In wood _b_ Bruno (_b_) pp. 198-220. + 225-233 do. sleep-walking _c_ S. and B. (_b_). + 247-253 Among ruins _c_ do. (_b_). + 262, 263 do. dreaming _a_ + 263-269 do. sleep-walking _c_ S. B. and Professor in Human + form. + 270 In street _b_ + 279-294 At station, &c. _b_ S. and B. (_b_). + 304-323 In garden _c_ S. B. and Professor (_b_). + 329-344 On road, &c. _a_ S. and B. in Human form. + 345-356 In street, &c. _a_ + 361-382 In wood _b_ S. and B. (_b_). + Vol. II. + pp. 4-18 In garden _b_ S. and B (_b_). + 47-52 On road _b_ do. (_b_). + 53-78 do. _b_ do. in Human form. + 79-92 do _b_ do. (_b_). + 152-211 In drawing-room _a_ do. in Human form. + 212-246 do. _c_ do. (_b_). + 262-270 In smoking-room _c_ do. (_b_). + 304-309 In wood _b_ do. (_a_); Lady Muriel (_b_). + 311-345 At lodgings _c_ + 351-399 do. _c_ + 407-end. do. _b_ + +In the Preface to Vol. I., at p. x., I gave an account of the +_origination_ of some of the ideas embodied in the book. A few more such +details may perhaps interest my Readers:— + +I. p. 203. The very peculiar use, here made of a dead mouse, comes from +real life. I once found two very small boys, in a garden, playing a +microscopic game of ‘Single-Wicket.’ The bat was, I think, about the +size of a table-spoon; and the utmost distance attained by the ball, in +its most daring flights, was some 4 or 5 yards. The _exact_ length was +of course a matter of _supreme_ importance; and it was always carefully +measured out (the batsman and the bowler amicably sharing the toil) with +a dead mouse! + +I. p. 259. The two quasi-mathematical Axioms, quoted by Arthur at p. 259 +of Vol. I., (“Things that are greater than the same are greater than one +another,” and “All angles are equal”) were actually enunciated, in all +seriousness, by undergraduates at a University situated not 100 miles +from Ely. + +II. p. 10. Bruno’s remark (“I can, if I like, &c.”) was actually made by +a little boy. + +II. p. 12. So also was his remark (“I know what it _doesn’t_ spell.”) +And his remark (“I just twiddled my eyes, &c.”) I heard from the lips of +a little girl, who had just solved a puzzle I had set her. + +II. p. 57. Bruno’s soliloquy (“For its father, &c.”) was actually spoken +by a little girl, looking out of the window of a railway-carriage. + +II. p. 138. The remark, made by a guest at the dinner-party, when asking +for a dish of fruit (“I’ve been wishing for them, &c.”) I heard made by +the great Poet-Laureate, whose loss the whole reading-world has so +lately had to deplore. + +II. p. 163. Bruno’s speech, on the subject of the age of ‘Mein Herr,’ +embodies the reply of a little girl to the question “Is your grandmother +an _old_ lady?” “I don’t know if she’s an _old_ lady,” said this +cautious young person; “she’s _eighty-three_.” + +II. p. 203. The speech about ‘Obstruction’ is no mere creature of my +imagination! It is copied _verbatim_ from the columns of the Standard, +and was spoken by Sir William Harcourt, who was, at the time, a member +of the ‘Opposition,’ at the ‘National Liberal Club,’ on July the 16th, +1890. + +II. p. 329. The Professor’s remark, about a dog’s tail, that “it doesn’t +bite at _that_ end,” was actually made by a child, when warned of the +danger he was incurring by pulling the dog’s tail. + +II. p. 374. The dialogue between Sylvie and Bruno, which occupies lines +6 to 15, is a _verbatim_ report (merely substituting “cake” for “penny”) +of a dialogue overheard between two children. + + +One story in this Volume—‘Bruno’s Picnic’—I can vouch for as suitable +for telling to children, having tested it again and again; and, whether +my audience has been a dozen little girls in a village-school, or some +thirty or forty in a London drawing-room, or a hundred in a High School, +I have always found them earnestly attentive, and keenly appreciative of +such fun as the story supplied. + +May I take this opportunity of calling attention to what I flatter +myself was a successful piece of name-coining, at p. 42 of Vol. I. Does +not the name ‘Sibimet’ fairly embody the character of the Sub-Warden? +The gentle Reader has no doubt observed what a singularly useless +article in a house a brazen trumpet is, if you simply leave it lying +about, and never blow it! + +Readers of the first Volume, who have amused themselves by trying to +solve the two puzzles propounded at pp. xi., xii. of the Preface, may +perhaps like to exercise their ingenuity in discovering which (if any) +of the following parallelisms were intentional, and which (if any) +accidental. + + “Little Birds.” Events, and Persons. + Stanza 1. Banquet. + 2. Chancellor. + 3. Empress and Spinach (II. 325). + 4. Warden’s Return. + 5. Professor’s Lecture (II. 339). + 6. Other Professor’s song (I. 138). + 7. Petting of Uggug. + 8. Baron Doppelgeist. + 9. Jester and Bear (I. 119). Little Foxes. + 10. Bruno’s Dinner-Bell; Little Foxes. + +I will publish the answer to this puzzle in the Preface to a little book +of “Original Games and Puzzles,” now in course of preparation. + +I have reserved, for the last, one or two rather more serious topics. + + +I had intended, in this Preface, to discuss more fully, than I had done +in the previous Volume, the ‘Morality of Sport’, with special reference +to letters I have received from lovers of Sport, in which they point out +the many great advantages which men get from it, and try to prove that +the suffering, which it inflicts on animals, is too trivial to be +regarded. + +But, when I came to think the subject out, and to arrange the whole of +the arguments ‘pro’ and ‘con’, I found it much too large for treatment +here. Some day, I hope to publish an essay on this subject. At present, +I will content myself with stating the net result I have arrived at. + +It is, that God has given to Man an absolute right to take the _lives_ +of other animals, for _any_ reasonable cause, such as the supply of +food: but that He has _not_ given to Man the right to inflict _pain_, +unless when _necessary_: that mere pleasure, or advantage, does not +constitute such a necessity: and, consequently, that pain, inflicted for +the purposes of _Sport_, is cruel, and therefore wrong. But I find it a +far more complex question than I had supposed; and that the ‘case’, on +the side of the Sportsman, is a much stronger one than I had supposed. +So, for the present, I say no more about it. + + +Objections have been raised to the severe language I have put into the +mouth of ‘Arthur’, at p. 277, on the subject of ‘Sermons,’ and at pp. +273, 274, on the subjects of Choral Services and ‘Choristers.’ + +I have already protested against the assumption that I am ready to +endorse the opinions of characters in my story. But, in these two +instances, I admit that I am much in sympathy with ‘Arthur.’ In my +opinion, far too many sermons are expected from our preachers; and, as a +consequence, a great many are preached, which are not worth listening +to; and, as a consequence of _that_, we are very apt _not_ to listen. +The reader of this paragraph probably heard a sermon last Sunday +morning? Well, let him, if he can, name the text, and state how the +preacher treated it! + +Then, as to ‘Choristers,’ and all the other accessories—of music, +vestments, processions, &c.,—which have come, along with them, into +fashion—while freely admitting that the ‘Ritual’ movement was sorely +needed, and that it has effected a vast improvement in our +Church-Services, which had become dead and dry to the last degree, I +hold that, like many other desirable movements, it has gone too far in +the opposite direction, and has introduced many new dangers. + +For the Congregation this new movement involves the danger of learning +to think that the Services are done _for_ them; and that their bodily +_presence_ is all they need contribute. And, for Clergy and Congregation +alike, it involves the danger of regarding these elaborate Services as +_ends in themselves_, and of forgetting that they are simply _means_, +and the very hollowest of mockeries, unless they bear fruit in our +_lives_. + +For the Choristers it seems to involve the danger of self-conceit, as +described at p. 274, the danger of regarding those parts of the Service, +where their help is not required, as not worth attending to, the danger +of coming to regard the Service as a mere outward form—a series of +postures to be assumed, and of words to be said or sung, while the +_thoughts_ are elsewhere—and the danger of ‘familiarity’ breeding +‘contempt’ for sacred things. + +Let me illustrate these last two forms of danger, from my own +experience. Not long ago, I attended a Cathedral-Service, and was placed +immediately behind a row of men, members of the Choir; and I could not +help noticing that they treated the _Lessons_ as a part of the Service +to which they needed not to give _any_ attention, and as affording them +a convenient opportunity for arranging music-books, &c., &c. Also I have +frequently seen a row of little choristers, after marching in procession +to their places, kneel down, as if about to pray, and rise from their +knees after a minute spent in looking about them, it being but too +evident that the attitude was a mere mockery. Surely it is very +dangerous, for these children, to thus accustom them to _pretend_ to +pray? As an instance of irreverent treatment of holy things, I will +mention a custom, which no doubt many of my readers have noticed in +Churches where the Clergy and Choir enter in procession, viz. that, at +the end of the private devotions, which are carried on in the vestry, +and which are of course inaudible to the Congregation, the final “Amen” +is _shouted_, loud enough to be heard all through the Church. This +serves as a signal, to the Congregation, to prepare to rise when the +procession appears: and it admits of no dispute that it is for this +purpose that it is thus shouted. When we remember to Whom that “Amen” is +_really_ addressed, and consider that it is here _used_ for the same +purpose as one of the Church-bells, we must surely admit that it is a +piece of gross irreverence? To _me_ it is much as if I were to see a +Bible used as a footstool. + +As an instance of the dangers, for the Clergy themselves, introduced by +this new movement, let me mention the fact that, according to _my_ +experience, Clergymen of this school are _specially_ apt to retail comic +anecdotes, in which the most sacred names and words—sometimes actual +texts from the Bible—are used as themes for jesting. Many such things +are repeated as having been originally said by _children_, whose utter +ignorance of evil must no doubt acquit _them_, in the sight of God, of +all blame; but it must be otherwise for those who _consciously_ use such +innocent utterances as material for their unholy mirth. + +Let me add, however, _most_ earnestly, that I fully believe that this +profanity is, in many cases, _un_conscious: the ‘environment’ (as I have +tried to explain at p. 123) makes all the difference between man and +man; and I rejoice to think that many of these profane stories—which _I_ +find so painful to listen to, and should feel it a sin to repeat—give to +_their_ ears no pain, and to _their_ consciences no shock; and that +_they_ can utter, not less sincerely than myself, the two prayers, +“_Hallowed be Thy Name_” and “_from hardness of heart, and contempt of +Thy Word and Commandment, Good Lord, deliver us!_” To which I would +desire to add, for their sake and for my own, Keble’s beautiful +petition, “_help us, this and every day, To live more nearly as we +pray!_” It is, in fact, for its _consequences_—for the grave dangers, +both to speaker and to hearer, which it involves—rather than for what it +is _in itself_, that I mourn over this clerical habit of profanity in +social talk. To the _believing_ hearer it brings the danger of loss of +reverence for holy things, by the mere act of listening to, and +enjoying, such jests; and also the temptation to retail them for the +amusement of others. To the _unbelieving_ hearer it brings a welcome +confirmation of his theory that religion is a fable, in the spectacle of +its accredited champions thus betraying their trust. And to the speaker +himself it must surely bring the danger of _loss of faith_. For surely +such jests, if uttered with no consciousness of harm, must necessarily +be also uttered with no consciousness, at the moment, of the _reality_ +of God, as a _living being_, who hears all we say. And he, who allows +himself the habit of thus uttering holy words, with no thought of their +meaning, is but too likely to find that, for him, God has become a myth, +and heaven a poetic fancy—that, for him, the light of life is gone, and +that he is at heart an atheist, lost in “_a darkness that may be felt_.” + +There is, I fear, at the present time, an increasing tendency to +irreverent treatment of the name of God and of subjects connected with +religion. Some of our theatres are helping this downward movement by the +gross caricatures of clergymen which they put upon the stage: some of +our clergy are themselves helping it, by showing that they can lay aside +the spirit of reverence, along with their surplices, and can treat as +jests, when _outside_ their churches, names and things to which they pay +an almost superstitious veneration when _inside_: the “Salvation Army” +has, I fear, with the best intentions, done much to help it, by the +coarse familiarity with which they treat holy things: and surely every +one, who desires to _live_ in the spirit of the prayer “_Hallowed be thy +Name_,” ought to do what he can, however little that may be, to check +it. So I have gladly taken this unique opportunity, however unfit the +topic may seem for the Preface to a book of this kind, to express some +thoughts which have weighed on my mind for a long time. I did not +expect, when I wrote the Preface to Vol. I, that it would be read to any +appreciable extent: but I rejoice to believe, from evidence that has +reached me, that it _has_ been read by many, and to hope that this +Preface will also be so: and I think that, among them, some will be +found ready to sympathise with the views I have put forwards, and ready +to help, with their prayers and their example, the revival, in Society, +of the waning spirit of reverence. + + _Christmas_, 1893. + + + + + CONTENTS. + + + CHAPTER PAGE + I. BRUNO’S LESSONS 1 + II. LOVE’S CURFEW 20 + III. STREAKS OF DAWN 36 + IV. THE DOG-KING 52 + V. MATILDA JANE 67 + VI. WILLIE’S WIFE 82 + VII. FORTUNATUS’ PURSE 96 + VIII. IN A SHADY PLACE 110 + IX. THE FAREWELL-PARTY 128 + X. JABBERING AND JAM 147 + XI. THE MAN IN THE MOON 162 + XII. FAIRY-MUSIC 175 + XIII. WHAT TOTTLES MEANT 194 + XIV. BRUNO’S PICNIC 212 + XV. THE LITTLE FOXES 233 + XVI. BEYOND THESE VOICES 247 + XVII. TO THE RESCUE! 262 + XVIII. A NEWSPAPER-CUTTING 282 + XIX. A FAIRY-DUET 287 + XX. GAMMON AND SPINACH 310 + XXI. THE PROFESSOR’S LECTURE 329 + XXII. THE BANQUET 346 + XXIII. THE PIG-TALE 363 + XXIV. THE BEGGAR’S RETURN 381 + XXV. LIFE OUT OF DEATH 400 + General Index 413 + List of Works 426 + + + + + ILLUSTRATIONS TO VOL. I. + + + PAGE + THE MARCH-UP 3 + VISITING THE PROFESSOR 11 + BOOTS FOR HORIZONTAL WEATHER 15 + A PORTABLE PLUNGE-BATH 24 + REMOVAL OF UGGUG 41 + ‘WHAT A GAME!’ 48 + ‘DRINK THIS!’ 53 + ‘COME, YOU BE OFF!’ 62 + THE GARDENER 66 + A BEGGAR’S PALACE 72 + THE CRIMSON LOCKET 77 + ‘HE THOUGHT HE SAW A BUFFALO’ 79 + ‘IT WAS A HIPPOPOTAMUS’ 91 + THE MAP OF FAIRYLAND 96 + ‘HE THOUGHT HE SAW A KANGAROO’ 106 + THE MOUSE-LION 108 + ‘HAMMER IT IN!’ 115 + A BEAR WITHOUT A HEAD 117 + ‘COME UP, BRUIN!’ 123 + THE OTHER PROFESSOR 135 + ‘HOW CHEERFULLY THE BOND HE SIGNED!’ 144 + ‘POOR PETER SHUDDERED IN DESPAIR’ 147 + ‘SUCH BOOTS AS THESE YOU SELDOM SEE’ 150 + ‘I WILL LEND YOU FIFTY MORE!’ 154 + ‘HE THOUGHT HE SAW AN ALBATROSS’ 165 + THE MASTIFF-SENTINEL 172 + THE DOG-KING 176 + FAIRY-SYLVIE 193 + BRUNO’S REVENGE 213 + FAIRIES RESTING 226 + A CHANGED CROCODILE 229 + A LECTURE ON ART 240 + ‘THREE BADGERS ON A MOSSY STONE’ 247 + ‘THE FATHER-BADGER, WRITHING IN A CAVE’ 249 + ‘THOSE AGED ONES WAXED GAY’ 252 + ‘HOW PERFECTLY ISOCHRONOUS!’ 268 + THE LAME CHILD 280 + ‘IT WENT IN TWO HALVES’ 285 + FIVE O’CLOCK TEA 296 + ‘WHAT’S THE MATTER, DARLING?’ 307 + THE DEAD HARE 321 + CROSSING THE LINE 341 + ‘THE PUG-DOG SAT UP’ 351 + THE QUEEN’S BABY 363 + THE FROGS’ BIRTHDAY-TREAT 373 + ‘HE WRENCHED OUT THAT CROCODILE’S TOOF!’ 380 + ‘LOOK EASTWARD!’ 395 + + + + + ILLUSTRATIONS TO VOL. II. + + + PAGE + SYLVIE’S TRUANT-PUPIL 8 + KING FISHER’S WOOING 15 + ‘SPEND IT ALL FOR MINNIE’ 22 + ‘ARE NOT THOSE ORCHISES?’ 50 + A ROYAL THIEF-TAKER 62 + ‘SUMMAT WRONG WI’ MY SPECTACLES!’ 64 + BESSIE’S SONG 75 + THE RESCUE OF WILLIE 83 + WILLIE’S WIFE 88 + FORTUNATUS’ PURSE 103 + ‘I AM SITTING AT YOUR FEET’ 119 + MEIN HERR’S FAIRY-FRIENDS 163 + ‘HOW CALL YOU THE OPERA?’ 178 + SCHOLAR-HUNTING: THE PURSUED 188 + SCHOLAR-HUNTING: THE PURSUERS 189 + THE EGG-MERCHANT 197 + STARTING FOR BRUNO’S PICNIC 230 + ‘ENTER THE LION’ 236 + ‘WHIHUAUCH! WHIHUAUCH!’ 242 + ‘NEVER!’ YELLED TOTTLES 248 + BRUNO’S BED-TIME 265 + ‘LONG CEREMONIOUS CALLS’ 266 + THE VOICES 267 + ‘HIS SOUL SHALL BE SAD FOR THE SPIDER’ 268 + LORDS OF THE CREATION 271 + ‘WILL YOU NOT SPARE ME?’ 277 + IN THE CHURCH-YARD 291 + A FAIRY-DUET 304 + THE OTHER PROFESSOR FOUND 317 + ‘HER IMPERIAL HIGHNESS IS SURPRISED!’ 326 + ‘HE THOUGHT HE SAW AN ELEPHANT’ 335 + AN EXPLOSION 345 + ‘A CANNOT SHAK’ HANDS WI’ THEE!’ 350 + THE OTHER PROFESSOR’S FALL 352 + ‘TEACHING TIGRESSES TO SMILE’ 365 + ‘HORRID WAS THAT PIG’S DESPAIR!’ 367 + THE FATAL JUMP 369 + ‘BATHING CROCODILES IN CREAM’ 371 + ‘THAT PIG LAY STILL AS ANY STONE’ 372 + ‘STILL HE SITS IN MISERIE’ 373 + ‘BLESSED BY HAPPY STAGS’ 377 + THE OLD BEGGAR’S RETURN 382 + ‘PORCUPINE!’ 388 + ‘GOOD-NIGHT, PROFESSOR!’ 398 + ‘HIS WIFE KNELT DOWN AT HIS SIDE’ 404 + THE BLUE LOCKET 409 + ‘IT IS LOVE!’ 411 + + + + + SYLVIE AND BRUNO + CONCLUDED. + + + + + CHAPTER I. + BRUNO’S LESSONS. + + +During the next month or two my solitary town-life seemed, by contrast, +unusually dull and tedious. I missed the pleasant friends I had left +behind at Elveston—the genial interchange of thought—the sympathy which +gave to one’s ideas a new and vivid reality: but, perhaps more than all, +I missed the companionship of the two Fairies—or Dream-Children, for I +had not yet solved the problem as to who or what they were—whose sweet +playfulness had shed a magic radiance over my life. + +In office-hours—which I suppose reduce most men to the mental condition +of a coffee-mill or a mangle—time sped along much as usual: it was in +the pauses of life, the desolate hours when books and newspapers palled +on the sated appetite, and when, thrown back upon one’s own dreary +musings, one strove—all in vain—to people the vacant air with the dear +faces of absent friends, that the real bitterness of solitude made +itself felt. + +One evening, feeling my life a little more wearisome than usual, I +strolled down to my Club, not so much with the hope of meeting any +friend there, for London was now ‘out of town,’ as with the feeling that +here, at least, I should hear ‘sweet words of human speech,’ and come +into contact with human thought. + +However, almost the first face I saw there _was_ that of a friend. Eric +Lindon was lounging, with rather a ‘bored’ expression of face, over a +newspaper; and we fell into conversation with a mutual satisfaction +which neither of us tried to conceal. + +After a while I ventured to introduce what was just then the main +subject of my thoughts. “And so the Doctor” (a name we had adopted by a +tacit agreement, as a convenient compromise between the formality of +‘Doctor Forester’ and the intimacy—to which Eric Lindon hardly seemed +entitled—of ‘Arthur’) “has gone abroad by this time, I suppose? Can you +give me his present address?” + +“He is still at Elveston—I believe,” was the reply. “But I have not been +there since I last met you.” + +I did not know which part of this intelligence to wonder at most. “And +might I ask—if it isn’t taking too much of a liberty—when your +wedding-bells are to—or perhaps they _have_ rung, already?” + +“No,” said Eric, in a steady voice, which betrayed scarcely a trace of +emotion: “_that_ engagement is at an end. I am still ‘Benedick the +_un_married man.’” + +After this, the thick-coming fancies—all radiant with new possibilities +of happiness for Arthur—were far too bewildering to admit of any further +conversation, and I was only too glad to avail myself of the first +decent excuse, that offered itself, for retiring into silence. + +The next day I wrote to Arthur, with as much of a reprimand for his long +silence as I could bring myself to put into words, begging him to tell +me how the world went with him. + +Needs must that three or four days—possibly more—should elapse before I +could receive his reply; and never had I known days drag their slow +length along with a more tedious indolence. + +To while away the time, I strolled, one afternoon, into Kensington +Gardens, and, wandering aimlessly along any path that presented itself, +I soon became aware that I had somehow strayed into one that was wholly +new to me. Still, my elfish experiences seemed to have so completely +faded out of my life that nothing was further from my thoughts than the +idea of again meeting my fairy-friends, when I chanced to notice a small +creature, moving among the grass that fringed the path, that did not +seem to be an insect, or a frog, or any other living thing that I could +think of. Cautiously kneeling down, and making an _ex tempore_ cage of +my two hands, I imprisoned the little wanderer, and felt a sudden thrill +of surprise and delight on discovering that my prisoner was no other +than _Bruno_ himself! + +Bruno took the matter _very_ coolly, and, when I had replaced him on the +ground, where he would be within easy conversational distance, he began +talking, just as if it were only a few minutes since last we had met. + +“Doos oo know what the _Rule_ is,” he enquired, “when oo catches a +Fairy, withouten its having tolded oo where it was?” (Bruno’s notions of +English Grammar had certainly _not_ improved since our last meeting.) + +“No,” I said. “I didn’t know there was any Rule about it.” + +“I _think_ oo’ve got a right to _eat_ me,” said the little fellow, +looking up into my face with a winning smile. “But I’m not pruffickly +sure. Oo’d better not do it wizout asking.” + +It did indeed seem reasonable not to take so irrevocable a step as +_that_, without due enquiry. “I’ll certainly _ask_ about it, first,” I +said. “Besides, I don’t know yet whether you would be _worth_ eating!” + +“I guess I’m _deliciously_ good to eat,” Bruno remarked in a satisfied +tone, as if it were something to be rather proud of. + +“And what are you doing here, Bruno?” + +“_That’s_ not my name!” said my cunning little friend. “Don’t oo know my +name’s ‘Oh Bruno!’? That’s what Sylvie always calls me, when I says mine +lessons.” + +“Well then, what are you doing here, oh Bruno?” + +“Doing mine lessons, a-course!” With that roguish twinkle in his eye, +that always came when he knew he was talking nonsense. + +“Oh, _that’s_ the way you do your lessons, is it? And do you remember +them well?” + +“Always can ’member _mine_ lessons,” said Bruno. “It’s _Sylvie’s_ +lessons that’s so _dreffully_ hard to ’member!” He frowned, as if in +agonies of thought, and tapped his forehead with his knuckles. “I +_ca’n’t_ think enough to understand them!” he said despairingly. “It +wants _double_ thinking, I believe!” + +“But where’s Sylvie gone?” + +“That’s just what _I_ want to know!” said Bruno disconsolately. “What +ever’s the good of setting me lessons, when she isn’t here to ’splain +the hard bits?” + +“_I’ll_ find her for you!” I volunteered; and, getting up, I wandered +round the tree under whose shade I had been reclining, looking on all +sides for Sylvie. In another minute I _again_ noticed some strange thing +moving among the grass, and, kneeling down, was immediately confronted +with Sylvie’s innocent face, lighted up with a joyful surprise at seeing +me, and was accosted, in the sweet voice I knew so well, with what +seemed to be the _end_ of a sentence whose beginning I had failed to +catch. + +“—and I think he ought to have _finished_ them by this time. So I’m +going back to him. Will you come too? It’s only just round at the other +side of this tree.” + +It was but a few steps for _me_; but it was a great many for Sylvie; and +I had to be very careful to walk slowly, in order not to leave the +little creature so far behind as to lose sight of her. + +To find Bruno’s _lessons_ was easy enough: they appeared to be neatly +written out on large smooth ivy-leaves, which were scattered in some +confusion over a little patch of ground where the grass had been worn +away; but the pale student, who ought by rights to have been bending +over them, was nowhere to be seen: we looked in all directions, for some +time, in vain; but at last Sylvie’s sharp eyes detected him, swinging on +a tendril of ivy, and Sylvie’s stern voice commanded his instant return +to _terra firma_ and to the business of Life. + +[Illustration: SYLVIE’S TRUANT-PUPIL] + +“Pleasure first and business afterwards” seemed to be the motto of these +tiny folk, so many hugs and kisses had to be interchanged before +anything else could be done. + +“Now, Bruno,” Sylvie said reproachfully, “didn’t I tell you you were to +go on with your lessons, unless you heard to the contrary?” + +“But I _did_ heard to the contrary!” Bruno insisted, with a mischievous +twinkle in his eye. + +“_What_ did you hear, you wicked boy?” + +“It were a sort of noise in the air,” said Bruno: “a sort of a +scrambling noise. Didn’t _oo_ hear it, Mister Sir?” + +“Well, anyhow, you needn’t go to _sleep_ over them, you lazy-lazy!” For +Bruno had curled himself up, on the largest ‘lesson,’ and was arranging +another as a pillow. + +“I _wasn’t_ asleep!” said Bruno, in a deeply-injured tone. “When I shuts +mine eyes, it’s to show that I’m _awake_!” + +“Well, how much have you learned, then?” + +“I’ve learned a little tiny bit,” said Bruno, modestly, being evidently +afraid of overstating his achievement. “_Ca’n’t_ learn no more!” + +“Oh Bruno! You know you _can_, if you like.” + +“Course I can, if I _like_,” the pale student replied; “but I ca’n’t if +I _don’t_ like!” + +Sylvie had a way—which I could not too highly admire—of evading Bruno’s +logical perplexities by suddenly striking into a new line of thought; +and this masterly stratagem she now adopted. + +“Well, I must say _one_ thing——” + +“Did oo know, Mister Sir,” Bruno thoughtfully remarked, “that Sylvie +ca’n’t count? Whenever she says ‘I must say _one_ thing,’ I _know_ quite +well she’ll say _two_ things! And she always doos.” + +“Two heads are better than one, Bruno,” I said, but with no very +distinct idea as to what I meant by it. + +“I shouldn’t mind having two _heads_,” Bruno said softly to himself: +“one head to eat mine dinner, and one head to argue wiz Sylvie—doos oo +think oo’d look prettier if oo’d got _two_ heads, Mister Sir?” + +The case did not, I assured him, admit of a doubt. + +“The reason why Sylvie’s so cross——” Bruno went on very seriously, +almost sadly. + +Sylvie’s eyes grew large and round with surprise at this new line of +enquiry—her rosy face being perfectly radiant with good humour. But she +said nothing. + +“Wouldn’t it be better to tell me after the lessons are over?” I +suggested. + +“Very well,” Bruno said with a resigned air: “only she wo’n’t be cross +then.” + +“There’s only three lessons to do,” said Sylvie. “Spelling, and +Geography, and Singing.” + +“Not _Arithmetic_?” I said. + +“No, he hasn’t a head for Arithmetic——” + +“Course I haven’t!” said Bruno. “Mine head’s for _hair_. I haven’t got a +_lot_ of heads!” + +“—and he ca’n’t learn his Multiplication-table——” + +“I like _History_ ever so much better,” Bruno remarked. “Oo has to +_repeat_ that Muddlecome table——” + +“Well, and you have to repeat——” + +“No, oo hasn’t!” Bruno interrupted. “History repeats itself. The +Professor said so!” + +Sylvie was arranging some letters on a board——E—V—I—L. “Now, Bruno,” she +said, “what does _that_ spell?” + +Bruno looked at it, in solemn silence, for a minute. “I knows what it +_doosn’t_ spell!” he said at last. + +“That’s no good,” said Sylvie. “What _does_ it spell?” + +Bruno took another look at the mysterious letters. “Why, it’s ‘LIVE,’ +backwards!” he exclaimed. (I thought it was, indeed.) + +“How _did_ you manage to see that?” said Sylvie. + +“I just twiddled my eyes,” said Bruno, “and then I saw it directly. Now +may I sing the King-fisher Song?” + +“Geography next,” said Sylvie. “Don’t you know the Rules?” + +“I thinks there oughtn’t to be such a lot of Rules, Sylvie! I thinks——” + +“Yes, there _ought_ to be such a lot of Rules, you wicked, wicked boy! +And how dare you _think_ at all about it? And shut up that mouth +directly!” + +So, as ‘that mouth’ didn’t seem inclined to shut up of itself, Sylvie +shut it for him—with both hands—and sealed it with a kiss, just as you +would fasten up a letter. + +“Now that Bruno is fastened up from talking,” she went on, turning to +me, “I’ll show you the Map he does his lessons on.” + +And there it was, a large Map of the World, spread out on the ground. It +was so large that Bruno had to crawl about on it, to point out the +places named in the ‘King-fisher Lesson.’ + +“When a King-fisher sees a Lady-bird flying away, he says ‘_Ceylon_, if +you _Candia_!’ And when he catches it, he says ‘Come to _Media_! And if +you’re _Hungary_ or thirsty, I’ll give you some _Nubia_!’ When he takes +it in his claws, he says ‘_Europe!_’ When he puts it into his beak, he +says ‘_India!_’ When he’s swallowed it, he says ‘_Eton!_’ That’s all.” + +“That’s _quite_ perfect,” said Sylvie. “Now you may sing the King-fisher +Song.” + +“Will _oo_ sing the chorus?” Bruno said to me. + +I was just beginning to say “I’m afraid I don’t know the _words_,” when +Sylvie silently turned the map over, and I found the words were all +written on the back. In one respect it was a _very_ peculiar song: the +chorus to each verse came in the _middle_, instead of at the _end_ of +it. However, the tune was so easy that I soon picked it up, and managed +the chorus as well, perhaps, as it is possible for _one_ person to +manage such a thing. It was in vain that I signed to Sylvie to help me: +she only smiled sweetly and shook her head. + + “King Fisher courted Lady Bird— + _Sing Beans, sing Bones, sing Butterflies!_ + ‘Find me my match,’ he said, + ‘With such a noble head— + With such a beard, as white as curd— + With such expressive eyes!’ + + “‘Yet pins have heads,’ said Lady Bird— + _Sing Prunes, sing Prawns, sing Primrose-Hill!_ + ‘And, where you stick them in, + They stay, and thus a pin + Is very much to be preferred + To one that’s never still!’ + + “‘Oysters have beards,’ said Lady Bird— + _Sing Flies, sing Frogs, sing Fiddle-strings!_ + ‘I love them, for I know + _They_ never chatter so: + They would not say one single word— + Not if you crowned them Kings!’ + + “‘Needles have eyes,’ said Lady Bird— + _Sing Cats, sing Corks, sing Cowslip-tea!_ + ‘And they are sharp—just what + Your Majesty is _not:_ + So get you gone—’tis too absurd + To come a-courting _me_!’” + +[Illustration: KING FISHER’S WOOING] + +“So he went away,” Bruno added as a kind of postscript, when the last +note of the song had died away. “Just like he always did.” + +“Oh, my _dear_ Bruno!” Sylvie exclaimed, with her hands over her ears. +“You shouldn’t say ‘like’: you should say ‘_what_.’” + +To which Bruno replied, doggedly, “I only says ‘what!’ when oo doosn’t +speak loud, so as I can hear oo.” + +“Where did he go to?” I asked, hoping to prevent an argument. + +“He went more far than he’d never been before,” said Bruno. + +“You should never say ‘more far,’” Sylvie corrected him: “you should say +‘_farther_.’” + +“Then _oo_ shouldn’t say ‘more broth,’ when we’re at dinner,” Bruno +retorted: “oo should say ‘_brother_’!” + +This time Sylvie evaded an argument by turning away, and beginning to +roll up the Map. “Lessons are over!” she proclaimed in her sweetest +tones. + +“And has there been no _crying_ over them?” I enquired. “Little boys +_always_ cry over their lessons, don’t they?” + +“I never cries after twelve o’clock,” said Bruno: “’cause then it’s +getting so near to dinner-time.” + +“Sometimes, in the morning,” Sylvie said in a low voice; “when it’s +Geography-day, and when he’s been disobe——” + +“_What_ a fellow you are to talk, Sylvie!” Bruno hastily interposed. +“Doos oo think the world was _made_ for oo to talk in?” + +“Why, where would you _have_ me talk, then?” Sylvie said, evidently +quite ready for an argument. + +But Bruno answered resolutely. “I’m not going to argue about it, ’cause +it’s getting late, and there wo’n’t be time—but oo’s as ’ong as ever oo +can be!” And he rubbed the back of his hand across his eyes, in which +tears were beginning to glitter. + +_Sylvie’s_ eyes filled with tears in a moment. “I didn’t mean it, Bruno, +_darling_!” she whispered; and the rest of the argument was lost ‘amid +the tangles of Neæra’s hair,’ while the two disputants hugged and kissed +each other. + +But this new form of argument was brought to a sudden end by a flash of +lightning, which was closely followed by a peal of thunder, and by a +torrent of rain-drops, which came hissing and spitting, almost like live +creatures, through the leaves of the tree that sheltered us. + +“Why, it’s raining cats and dogs!” I said. + +“And all the _dogs_ has come down _first_,” said Bruno: “there’s nothing +but _cats_ coming down now!” + +In another minute the pattering ceased, as suddenly as it had begun. I +stepped out from under the tree, and found that the storm was over; but +I looked in vain, on my return, for my tiny companions. They had +vanished with the storm, and there was nothing for it but to make the +best of my way home. + +On the table lay, awaiting my return, an envelope of that peculiar +yellow tint which always announces a telegram, and which must be, in the +memories of so many of us, inseparably linked with some great and sudden +sorrow—something that has cast a shadow, never in this world to be +wholly lifted off, on the brightness of Life. No doubt it has _also_ +heralded—for many of us—some sudden news of joy; but this, I think, is +less common: human life seems, on the whole, to contain more of sorrow +than of joy. And yet the world goes on. Who knows why? + +This time, however, there was no shock of sorrow to be faced: in fact, +the few words it contained (“Could not bring myself to write. Come soon. +Always welcome. A letter follows this. Arthur.”) seemed so like Arthur +himself speaking, that it gave me quite a thrill of pleasure, and I at +once began the preparations needed for the journey. + + + + + CHAPTER II. + LOVE’S CURFEW. + + +“Fayfield Junction! Change for Elveston!” + +What subtle memory could there be, linked to these commonplace words, +that caused such a flood of happy thoughts to fill my brain? I +dismounted from the carriage in a state of joyful excitement for which I +could not at first account. True, I had taken this very journey, and at +the same hour of the day, six months ago; but many things had happened +since then, and an old man’s memory has but a slender hold on recent +events: I sought ‘the missing link’ in vain. Suddenly I caught sight of +a bench—the only one provided on the cheerless platform—with a lady +seated on it, and the whole forgotten scene flashed upon me as vividly +as if it were happening over again. + +“Yes,” I thought. “This bare platform is, for me, rich with the memory +of a dear friend! She was sitting on that very bench, and invited me to +share it, with some quotation from Shakespeare—I forget what. I’ll try +the Earl’s plan for the Dramatisation of Life, and fancy that figure to +be Lady Muriel; and I won’t undeceive myself too soon!” + +So I strolled along the platform, resolutely ‘making-believe’ (as +children say) that the casual passenger, seated on that bench, was the +Lady Muriel I remembered so well. She was facing away from me, which +aided the elaborate cheatery I was practising on myself: but, though I +was careful, in passing the spot, to look the other way, in order to +prolong the pleasant illusion, it was inevitable that, when I turned to +walk back again, I should see who it was. It was Lady Muriel herself! + +[Illustration: ‘SPEND IT ALL FOR MINNIE’] + +The whole scene now returned vividly to my memory; and, to make this +repetition of it stranger still, there was the same old man, whom I +remembered seeing so roughly ordered off, by the Station-Master, to make +room for his titled passenger. The same, but ‘with a difference’: no +longer tottering feebly along the platform, but actually seated at Lady +Muriel’s side, and in conversation with her! “Yes, put it in your +purse,” she was saying, “and remember you’re to spend it all for +_Minnie_. And mind you bring her something nice, that’ll do her real +good! And give her my love!” So intent was she on saying these words, +that, although the sound of my footstep had made her lift her head and +look at me, she did not at first recognise me. + +I raised my hat as I approached, and then there flashed across her face +a genuine look of joy, which so exactly recalled the sweet face of +Sylvie, when last we met in Kensington Gardens, that I felt quite +bewildered. + +Rather than disturb the poor old man at her side, she rose from her +seat, and joined me in my walk up and down the platform, and for a +minute or two our conversation was as utterly trivial and commonplace as +if we were merely two casual guests in a London drawing-room. Each of us +seemed to shrink, just at first, from touching on the deeper interests +which linked our lives together. + +The Elveston train had drawn up at the platform, while we talked; and, +in obedience to the Station-Master’s obsequious hint of “This way, my +Lady! Time’s up!”, we were making the best of our way towards the end +which contained the sole first-class carriage, and were just passing the +now-empty bench, when Lady Muriel noticed, lying on it, the purse in +which her gift had just been so carefully bestowed, the owner of which, +all unconscious of his loss, was being helped into a carriage at the +other end of the train. She pounced on it instantly. “Poor old man!” she +cried. “He mustn’t go off, and think he’s lost it!” + +“Let _me_ run with it! I can go quicker than you!” I said. But she was +already half-way down the platform, flying (‘running’ is much too +mundane a word for such fairy-like motion) at a pace that left all +possible efforts of _mine_ hopelessly in the rear. + +She was back again before I had well completed my audacious boast of +speed in running, and was saying, quite demurely, as we entered our +carriage, “and you really think _you_ could have done it quicker?” + +“No indeed!” I replied. “I plead ‘Guilty’ of gross exaggeration, and +throw myself on the mercy of the Court!” + +“The Court will overlook it—for this once!” Then her manner suddenly +changed from playfulness to an anxious gravity. + +“You are not looking your best!” she said with an anxious glance. “In +fact, I think you look _more_ of an invalid than when you left us. I +very much doubt if London agrees with you?” + +“It _may_ be the London air,” I said, “or it may be the hard work—or my +rather lonely life: anyhow, I’ve _not_ been feeling very well, lately. +But Elveston will soon set me up again. Arthur’s prescription—he’s my +doctor, you know, and I heard from him this morning—is ‘plenty of ozone, +and new milk, and _pleasant society_’!” + +“Pleasant society?” said Lady Muriel, with a pretty make-believe of +considering the question. “Well, really I don’t know where we can find +_that_ for you! We have so few neighbours. But new milk we _can_ manage. +Do get it of my old friend Mrs. Hunter, up there, on the hill-side. You +may rely upon the _quality_. And her little Bessie comes to school every +day, and passes your lodgings. So it would be very easy to send it.” + +“I’ll follow your advice, with pleasure,” I said; “and I’ll go and +arrange about it tomorrow. I know Arthur will want a walk.” + +“You’ll find it quite an easy walk—under three miles, I think.” + +“Well, now that we’ve settled that point, let me retort your own remark +upon yourself. I don’t think _you’re_ looking quite your best!” + +“I daresay not,” she replied in a low voice; and a sudden shadow seemed +to overspread her face. “I’ve had some troubles lately. It’s a matter +about which I’ve been long wishing to consult you, but I couldn’t easily +write about it. I’m _so_ glad to have this opportunity!” + +“Do you think,” she began again, after a minute’s silence, and with a +visible embarrassment of manner most unusual in her, “that a promise, +deliberately and solemnly given, is _always_ binding—except, of course, +where its fulfilment would involve some actual _sin_?” + +“I ca’n’t think of any other exception at this moment,” I said. “That +branch of casuistry is usually, I believe, treated as a question of +truth and untruth——” + +“Surely that _is_ the principle?” she eagerly interrupted. “I always +thought the Bible-teaching about it consisted of such texts as ‘_lie not +one to another_’?” + +“I have thought about that point,” I replied; “and it seems to me that +the essence of _lying_ is the intention of _deceiving_. If you give a +promise, fully _intending_ to fulfil it, you are certainly acting +truthfully _then_; and, if you afterwards break it, that does not +involve any _deception_. I cannot call it _untruthful_.” + +Another pause of silence ensued. Lady Muriel’s face was hard to read: +she looked pleased, I thought, but also puzzled; and I felt curious to +know whether her question had, as I began to suspect, some bearing on +the breaking off of her engagement with Captain (now Major) Lindon. + +“You have relieved me from a great fear,” she said; “but the thing is of +course _wrong_, somehow. What texts would _you_ quote, to prove it +wrong?” + +“Any that enforce the payment of _debts_. If _A_ promises something to +_B_, _B_ has a claim upon _A_. And _A_’s sin, if he breaks his promise, +seems to me more analogous to _stealing_ than to _lying_.” + +“It’s a new way of looking at it—to me,” she said; “but it seems a +_true_ way, also. However, I won’t deal in generalities, with an old +friend like you! For we _are_ old friends, somehow. Do you know, I think +we _began_ as old friends?” she said with a playfulness of tone that ill +accorded with the tears that glistened in her eyes. + +“Thank you very much for saying so,” I replied. “I like to think of you +as an _old_ friend,” (“—though you don’t look it!” would have been the +almost necessary sequence, with any other lady; but she and I seemed to +have long passed out of the time when compliments, or any such +trivialities, were possible.) + +Here the train paused at a station, where two or three passengers +entered the carriage; so no more was said till we had reached our +journey’s end. + +On our arrival at Elveston, she readily adopted my suggestion that we +should walk up together; so, as soon as our luggage had been duly taken +charge of—hers by the servant who met her at the station, and mine by +one of the porters—we set out together along the familiar lanes, now +linked in my memory with so many delightful associations. Lady Muriel at +once recommenced the conversation at the point where it had been +interrupted. + +“You knew of my engagement to my cousin Eric. Did you also hear——” + +“Yes,” I interrupted, anxious to spare her the pain of giving any +details. “I heard it had all come to an end.” + +“I would like to tell you how it happened,” she said; “as that is the +very point I want your advice about. I had long realised that we were +not in sympathy in religious belief. His ideas of Christianity are very +shadowy; and even as to the existence of a God he lives in a sort of +dreamland. But it has not affected his life! I feel sure, now, that the +most absolute Atheist _may_ be leading, though walking blindfold, a pure +and noble life. And if you knew half the good deeds——” she broke off +suddenly, and turned away her head. + +“I entirely agree with you,” I said. “And have we not our Saviour’s own +promise that such a life shall surely lead to the light?” + +“Yes, I know it,” she said in a broken voice, still keeping her head +turned away. “And so I told him. He said he would believe, for _my_ +sake, if he could. And he wished, for _my_ sake, he could see things as +I did. But that is all wrong!” she went on passionately. “God _cannot_ +approve such low motives as that! Still it was not _I_ that broke it +off. I knew he loved me; and I had _promised_; and——” + +“Then it was _he_ that broke it off?” + +“He released me unconditionally.” She faced me again now, having quite +recovered her usual calmness of manner. + +“Then what difficulty remains?” + +“It is _this_, that I don’t believe he did it of his own free will. Now, +supposing he did it _against_ his will, merely to satisfy my scruples, +would not his claim on me remain just as strong as ever? And would not +my promise be as binding as ever? My father says ‘no’; but I ca’n’t help +fearing he is biased by his love for me. And I’ve asked no one else. I +have many friends—friends for the bright sunny weather; not friends for +the clouds and storms of life; not _old_ friends like you!” + +“Let me think a little,” I said: and for some minutes we walked on in +silence, while, pained to the heart at seeing the bitter trial that had +come upon this pure and gentle soul, I strove in vain to see my way +through the tangled skein of conflicting motives. + +“If she loves him truly,” (I seemed at last to grasp the clue to the +problem) “is not _that_, for her, the voice of God? May she not hope +that she is sent to him, even as Ananias was sent to Saul in his +blindness, that he may receive his sight?” Once more I seemed to hear +Arthur whispering “_What knowest thou, O wife, whether thou shalt save +thy husband?_” and I broke the silence with the words “If you still love +him truly——” + +“I do _not_!” she hastily interrupted. “At least—not in _that_ way. I +_believe_ I loved him when I promised; but I was very young: it is hard +to know. But, whatever the feeling was, it is dead _now_. The motive on +_his_ side is Love: on _mine_ it is—Duty!” + +Again there was a long silence. The whole skein of thought was tangled +worse than ever. This time _she_ broke the silence. “Don’t misunderstand +me!” she said. “When I said my heart was not _his_, I did not mean it +was any one else’s! At present I feel bound to _him_; and, till I know I +am absolutely free, in the sight of God, to love any other than him, +I’ll never even _think_ of any one else—in _that_ way, I mean. I would +die sooner!” I had never imagined my gentle friend capable of such +passionate utterances. + +I ventured on no further remark until we had nearly arrived at the +Hall-gate; but, the longer I reflected, the clearer it became to me that +no call of Duty demanded the sacrifice—possibly of the happiness of a +life—which she seemed ready to make. I tried to make this clear to _her_ +also, adding some warnings on the dangers that surely awaited a union in +which mutual love was wanting. “The only argument for it, worth +considering,” I said in conclusion, “seems to be his supposed +_reluctance_ in releasing you from your promise. I have tried to give to +that argument its _full_ weight, and my conclusion is that it does _not_ +affect the rights of the case, or invalidate the release he has given +you. My belief is that you are _entirely_ free to act as _now_ seems +right.” + +“I am _very_ grateful to you,” she said earnestly. “Believe it, please! +I ca’n’t put it into proper words!” and the subject was dropped by +mutual consent: and I only learned, long afterwards, that our discussion +had really served to dispel the doubts that had harassed her so long. + +We parted at the Hall-gate, and I found Arthur eagerly awaiting my +arrival; and, before we parted for the night, I had heard the whole +story—how he had put off his journey from day to day, feeling that he +_could_ not go away from the place till his fate had been irrevocably +settled by the wedding taking place: how the preparations for the +wedding, and the excitement in the neighbourhood, had suddenly come to +an end, and he had learned (from Major Lindon, who called to wish him +good-bye) that the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent: how +he had instantly abandoned all his plans for going abroad, and had +decided to stay on at Elveston, for a year or two at any rate, till his +newly-awakened hopes should prove true or false; and how, since that +memorable day, he had avoided all meetings with Lady Muriel, fearing to +betray his feelings before he had had any sufficient evidence as to how +she regarded him. “But it is nearly six weeks since all that happened,” +he said in conclusion, “and we can meet in the ordinary way, now, with +no need for any painful allusions. I would have written to tell you all +this: only I kept hoping from day to day, that—that there would be +_more_ to tell!” + +“And how should there be _more_, you foolish fellow,” I fondly urged, +“if you never even go near her? Do you expect the offer to come from +_her_?” + +Arthur was betrayed into a smile. “No,” he said, “I hardly expect +_that_. But I’m a desperate coward. There’s no doubt about it!” + +“And what _reasons_ have you heard of for breaking off the engagement?” + +“A good many,” Arthur replied, and proceeded to count them on his +fingers. “First, it was found that she was dying of—something; so _he_ +broke it off. Then it was found that _he_ was dying of—some other thing; +so _she_ broke it off. Then the Major turned out to be a confirmed +gamester; so the _Earl_ broke it off. Then the Earl insulted him; so the +_Major_ broke it off. It got a good deal broken off, all things +considered!” + +“You have all this on the very best authority, of course?” + +“Oh, certainly! And communicated in the strictest confidence! Whatever +defects Elveston society suffers from, _want of information_ isn’t one +of them!” + +“Nor _reticence_, either, it seems. But, seriously, do you know the real +reason?” + +“No, I’m quite in the dark.” + +I did not feel that I had any right to enlighten him; so I changed the +subject, to the less engrossing one of “new milk,” and we agreed that I +should walk over, next day, to Hunter’s farm, Arthur undertaking to set +me part of the way, after which he had to return to keep a +business-engagement. + + + + + CHAPTER III. + STREAKS OF DAWN. + + +Next day proved warm and sunny, and we started early, to enjoy the +luxury of a good long chat before he would be obliged to leave me. + +“This neighbourhood has more than its due proportion of the _very_ +poor,” I remarked, as we passed a group of hovels, too dilapidated to +deserve the name of “cottages.” + +“But the few rich,” Arthur replied, “give more than their due proportion +of help in charity. So the balance is kept.” + +“I suppose the _Earl_ does a good deal?” + +“He _gives_ liberally; but he has not the health or strength to do more. +Lady Muriel does more in the way of school-teaching and cottage-visiting +than she would like me to reveal.” + +“Then _she_, at least, is not one of the ‘idle mouths’ one so often +meets with among the upper classes. I have sometimes thought they would +have a hard time of it, if suddenly called on to give their _raison +d’être_, and to show cause why they should be allowed to live any +longer!” + +“The whole subject,” said Arthur, “of what we may call ‘idle mouths’ (I +mean persons who absorb some of the material _wealth_ of a community—in +the form of food, clothes, and so on—without contributing its equivalent +in the form of productive _labour_) is a complicated one, no doubt. I’ve +tried to think it out. And it seemed to me that the simplest form of the +problem, to start with, is a community without _money_, who buy and sell +by _barter_ only; and it makes it yet simpler to suppose the food and +other things to be capable of _keeping_ for many years without +spoiling.” + +“Yours is an excellent plan,” I said. “What is your solution of the +problem?” + +“The commonest type of ‘idle mouths,’” said Arthur, “is no doubt due to +money being left by parents to their own children. So I imagined a +man—either exceptionally clever, or exceptionally strong and +industrious—who had contributed so much valuable labour to the needs of +the community that its equivalent, in clothes, &c., was (say) five times +as much as he needed for himself. We cannot deny his _absolute_ right to +give the superfluous wealth as he chooses. So, if he leaves _four_ +children behind him (say two sons and two daughters), with enough of all +the necessaries of life to last them a life-time, I cannot see that the +_community_ is in any way wronged if they choose to do nothing in life +but to ‘eat, drink, and be merry.’ Most certainly, the community could +not fairly say, in reference to _them_, ‘_if a man will not work, +neither let him eat_.’ Their reply would be crushing. ‘The labour has +already been _done_, which is a fair equivalent for the food we are +eating; and you have had the benefit of it. On what principle of justice +can you demand _two_ quotas of work for _one_ quota of food?’” + +“Yet surely,” I said, “there is something wrong _somewhere_, if these +four people are well able to do useful work, and if that work is +actually _needed_ by the community, and they elect to sit idle?” + +“I think there _is_,” said Arthur: “but it seems to me to arise from a +Law of God—that every one shall do as much as he can to help others—and +not from any _rights_, on the part of the community, to exact labour as +an equivalent for food that has already been fairly earned.” + +“I suppose the _second_ form of the problem is where the ‘idle mouths’ +possess _money_ instead of _material_ wealth?” + +“Yes,” replied Arthur: “and I think the simplest case is that of +_paper_-money. _Gold_ is itself a form of material wealth; but a +bank-note is merely a _promise_ to hand over so much _material_ wealth +when called upon to do so. The father of these four ‘idle mouths,’ had +done (let us say) five thousand pounds’ worth of useful work for the +community. In return for this, the community had given him what amounted +to a written promise to hand over, whenever called upon to do so, five +thousand pounds’ worth of food, &c. Then, if he only uses _one_ thousand +pounds’ worth himself, and leaves the rest of the notes to his children, +surely they have a full right to _present_ these written promises, and +to say ‘hand over the food, for which the equivalent labour has been +already done.’ Now I think _this_ case well worth stating, publicly and +clearly. I should like to drive it into the heads of those Socialists +who are priming our ignorant paupers with such sentiments as ‘Look at +them bloated haristocrats! Doing not a stroke o’ work for theirselves, +and living on the sweat of _our_ brows!’ I should like to _force_ them +to see that the _money_, which those ‘haristocrats’ are spending, +represents so much labour _already done_ for the community, and whose +equivalent, in _material_ wealth, is _due from the community_.” + +“Might not the Socialists reply ‘Much of this money does not represent +_honest_ labour _at all_. If you could trace it back, from owner to +owner, though you might begin with several legitimate steps, such as +gift, or bequeathing by will, or ‘value received,’ you would soon reach +an owner who had no moral right to it, but had got it by fraud or other +crimes; and of course his successors in the line would have no better +right to it than _he_ had.” + +“No doubt, no doubt,” Arthur replied. “But surely that involves the +logical fallacy of _proving too much_? It is _quite_ as applicable to +_material_ wealth, as it is to _money_. If we once begin to go back +beyond the fact that the _present_ owner of certain property came by it +honestly, and to ask whether any previous owner, in past ages, got it by +fraud, would _any_ property be secure?” + +After a minute’s thought, I felt obliged to admit the truth of this. + +“My general conclusion,” Arthur continued, “from the mere standpoint of +human _rights_, man against man, was this—that if some wealthy ‘idle +mouth,’ who has come by his money in a lawful way, even though not one +atom of the labour it represents has been his own doing, chooses to +spend it on his own needs, without contributing any labour to the +community from whom he buys his food and clothes, that community has no +_right_ to interfere with him. But it’s quite another thing, when we +come to consider the _divine_ law. Measured by _that_ standard, such a +man is undoubtedly doing wrong, if he fails to use, for the good of +those in need, the strength or the skill, that God has given him. That +strength and skill do _not_ belong to the community, to be paid to +_them_ as a _debt_: they do _not_ belong to the man _himself_, to be +used for his _own_ enjoyment: they _do_ belong to God, to be used +according to _His_ will; and we are not left in doubt as to what that +will is. ‘_Do good, and lend, hoping for nothing again._’” + +“Anyhow,” I said, “an ‘idle mouth’ very often gives away a great deal in +charity.” + +“In _so-called_ ‘charity,’” he corrected me. “Excuse me if I seem to +speak _un_charitably. I would not dream of _applying_ the term to any +_individual_. But I would say, _generally_, that a man who gratifies +every fancy that occurs to him—denying himself in _nothing_—and merely +gives to the poor some part, or even _all_, of his _superfluous_ wealth, +is only deceiving himself if he calls it _charity_.” + +“But, even in giving away _superfluous_ wealth, he _may_ be denying +himself the miser’s pleasure in hoarding?” + +“I grant you that, gladly,” said Arthur. “Given that he _has_ that +morbid craving, he is doing a good deed in restraining it.” + +“But, even in spending on _himself_,” I persisted, “our typical rich man +often does good, by employing people who would otherwise be out of work: +and that is often better than pauperising them by _giving_ the money.” + +“I’m glad you’ve said that!” said Arthur. “I would not like to quit the +subject without exposing the _two_ fallacies of that statement—which +have gone so long uncontradicted that Society now accepts it as an +axiom!” + +“What are they?” I said. “I don’t even see _one_, myself.” + +“One is merely the fallacy of _ambiguity_—the assumption that ‘_doing +good_’ (that is, benefiting somebody) is necessarily _a good thing to +do_ (that is, a _right_ thing). The other is the assumption that, if one +of two specified acts is _better_ than another, it is necessarily a +_good_ act in itself. I should like to call this the fallacy of +_comparison_—meaning that it assumes that what is _comparatively_ good +is therefore _positively_ good.” + +“Then what is _your_ test of a good act?” + +“That it shall be _our best_,” Arthur confidently replied. “And even +_then_ ‘_we are unprofitable servants_.’ But let me illustrate the two +fallacies. Nothing illustrates a fallacy so well as an extreme case, +which fairly comes under it. Suppose I find two children drowning in a +pond. I rush in, and save one of the children, and then walk away, +leaving the other to drown. Clearly I have ‘_done good_,’ in saving a +child’s life? But——. Again, supposing I meet an inoffensive stranger, +and knock him down, and walk on. Clearly that is ‘_better_’ than if I +had proceeded to jump upon him and break his ribs? But——” + +“Those ‘buts’ are quite unanswerable,” I said. “But I should like an +instance from _real_ life.” + +“Well, let us take one of those abominations of modern Society, a +Charity-Bazaar. It’s an interesting question to think out—how much of +the money, that reaches the object in view, is _genuine_ charity; and +whether even _that_ is spent in the _best_ way. But the subject needs +regular classification, and analysis, to understand it properly.” + +“I should be glad to _have_ it analysed,” I said: “it has often puzzled +me.” + +“Well, if I am really not boring you. Let us suppose our Charity-Bazaar +to have been organised to aid the funds of some Hospital: and that A, B, +C _give_ their services in making articles to sell, and in acting as +salesmen, while X, Y, Z buy the articles, and the money so paid goes to +the Hospital. + +“There are two distinct species of such Bazaars: one, where the payment +exacted is merely the _market-value_ of the goods supplied, that is, +exactly what you would have to pay at a shop: the other, where +_fancy-prices_ are asked. We must take these separately. + +“First, the ‘market-value’ case. Here A, B, C are exactly in the same +position as ordinary shopkeepers; the only difference being that they +give the proceeds to the Hospital. Practically, they are _giving their +skilled labour_ for the benefit of the Hospital. This seems to me to be +genuine charity. And I don’t see how they could use it better. But X, Y, +Z, are exactly in the same position as any ordinary purchasers of goods. +To talk of ‘charity’ in connection with _their_ share of the business, +is sheer nonsense. Yet they are very likely to do so. + +“Secondly, the case of ‘fancy-prices.’ Here I think the simplest plan is +to divide the payment into two parts, the ‘market-value’ and the excess +over that. The ‘market-value’ part is on the same footing as in the +first case: the _excess_ is all we have to consider. Well, A, B, C do +not _earn_ it; so we may put _them_ out of the question: it is a _gift_, +from X, Y, Z, to the Hospital. And my opinion is that it is not given in +the best way: far better buy what they choose to _buy_, and give what +they choose to _give_, as two _separate_ transactions: then there is +_some_ chance that their motive in giving may be real charity, instead +of a mixed motive—half charity, half self-pleasing. ‘The trail of the +serpent is over it all.’ And _therefore_ it is that I hold all such +spurious ‘Charities’ in _utter_ abomination!” He ended with unusual +energy, and savagely beheaded, with his stick, a tall thistle at the +road-side, behind which I was startled to see Sylvie and Bruno standing. +I caught at his arm, but too late to stop him. Whether the stick reached +them, or not, I could not feel sure: at any rate they took not the +smallest notice of it, but smiled gaily, and nodded to me; and I saw at +once that they were only visible to _me_: the ‘eerie’ influence had not +reached to _Arthur_. + +“Why did you try to save it?” he said. “_That’s_ not the wheedling +Secretary of a Charity-Bazaar! I only wish it were!” he added grimly. + +“Doos oo know, that stick went right froo my head!” said Bruno. (They +had run round to me by this time, and each had secured a hand.) “Just +under my chin! I _are_ glad I aren’t a thistle!” + +“Well, we’ve threshed _that_ subject out, anyhow!” Arthur resumed. “I’m +afraid I’ve been talking too much, for _your_ patience and for my +strength. I must be turning soon. This is about the end of my tether.” + + “Take, O boatman, thrice thy fee; + Take, I give it willingly; + For, invisible to thee, + Spirits twain have crossed with me!” + +I quoted, involuntarily. + +“For utterly inappropriate and irrelevant quotations,” laughed Arthur, +“you are ‘ekalled by few, and excelled by none’!” And we strolled on. + +As we passed the head of the lane that led down to the beach, I noticed +a single figure, moving slowly along it, seawards. She was a good way +off, and had her back to us: but it was Lady Muriel, unmistakably. +Knowing that Arthur had not seen her, as he had been looking, in the +other direction, at a gathering rain-cloud, I made no remark, but tried +to think of some plausible pretext for sending him back by the sea. + +The opportunity instantly presented itself. “I’m getting tired,” he +said. “I don’t think it would be prudent to go further. I had better +turn here.” + +I turned with him, for a few steps, and as we again approached the head +of the lane, I said, as carelessly as I could, “Don’t go back by the +road. It’s too hot and dusty. Down this lane, and along the beach, is +nearly as short; and you’ll get a breeze off the sea.” + +“Yes, I think I will,” Arthur began; but at that moment we came into +sight of Lady Muriel, and he checked himself. “No, it’s too far round. +Yet it certainly _would_ be cooler——” He stood, hesitating, looking +first one way and then the other—a melancholy picture of utter infirmity +of purpose! + +How long this humiliating scene would have continued, if _I_ had been +the only external influence, it is impossible to say; for at this moment +Sylvie, with a swift decision worthy of Napoleon himself, took the +matter into her own hands. “You go and drive _her_, up this way,” she +said to Bruno. “I’ll get _him_ along!” And she took hold of the stick +that Arthur was carrying, and gently pulled him down the lane. + +He was totally unconscious that any will but his own was acting on the +stick, and appeared to think it had taken a horizontal position simply +because he was pointing with it. “Are not those _orchises_ under the +hedge there?” he said. “I think that decides me. I’ll gather some as I +go along.” + +[Illustration: ‘ARE NOT THOSE ORCHISES?’] + +Meanwhile Bruno had run on beyond Lady Muriel, and, with much jumping +about and shouting (shouts audible to no one but Sylvie and myself), +much as if he were driving sheep, he managed to turn her round and make +her walk, with eyes demurely cast upon the ground, in our direction. + +The victory was ours! And, since it was evident that the lovers, thus +urged together, _must_ meet in another minute, I turned and walked on, +hoping that Sylvie and Bruno would follow my example, as I felt sure +that the fewer the spectators the better it would be for Arthur and his +good angel. + +“And what sort of meeting was it?” I wondered, as I paced dreamily on. + + + + + CHAPTER IV. + THE DOG-KING. + + +“They shooked hands,” said Bruno, who was trotting at my side, in answer +to the unspoken question. + +“And they looked _ever_ so pleased!” Sylvie added from the other side. + +“Well, we must get on, now, as quick as we can,” I said. “If only I knew +the best way to Hunter’s farm!” + +“They’ll be sure to know in this cottage,” said Sylvie. + +“Yes, I suppose they will. Bruno, would you run in and ask?” + +Sylvie stopped him, laughingly, as he ran off. “Wait a minute,” she +said. “I must make you _visible_ first, you know.” + +“And _audible_ too, I suppose?” I said, as she took the jewel, that hung +round her neck, and waved it over his head, and touched his eyes and +lips with it. + +“Yes,” said Sylvie: “and _once_, do you know, I made him _audible_, and +forgot to make him _visible_! And he went to buy some sweeties in a +shop. And the man _was_ so frightened! A voice seemed to come out of the +air, ‘Please, I want two ounces of barley-sugar drops!’ And a shilling +came _bang_ down upon the counter! And the man said ‘I ca’n’t _see_ +you!’ And Bruno said ‘It doosn’t sinnify seeing _me_, so long as oo can +see the _shilling_!’ But the man said he never sold barley-sugar drops +to people he couldn’t _see_. So we had to—_Now_, Bruno, you’re ready!” +And away he trotted. + +Sylvie spent the time, while we were waiting for him, in making +_herself_ visible also. “It’s rather awkward, you know,” she explained +to me, “when we meet people, and they can see _one_ of us, and ca’n’t +see the _other_!” + +In a minute or two Bruno returned, looking rather disconsolate. “He’d +got friends with him, and he were _cross_!” he said. “He asked me who I +were. And I said ‘I’m Bruno: who is _these_ peoples?’ And he said ‘One’s +my half-brother, and t’other’s my half-sister: and I don’t want no more +company! Go along with yer!’ And I said ‘I ca’n’t go along _wizout_ mine +self!’ And I said ‘Oo shouldn’t have _bits_ of peoples lying about like +that! It’s welly untidy!’ And he said ‘Oh, don’t talk to _me_!’ And he +pushted me outside! And he shutted the door!” + +“And you never asked where Hunter’s farm was?” queried Sylvie. + +“Hadn’t room for any questions,” said Bruno. “The room were so crowded.” + +“Three people _couldn’t_ crowd a room,” said Sylvie. + +“They _did_, though,” Bruno persisted. “_He_ crowded it most. He’s such +a welly _thick_ man—so as oo couldn’t knock him down.” + +I failed to see the drift of Bruno’s argument. “Surely _anybody_ could +be knocked down,” I said: “thick or thin wouldn’t matter.” + +“Oo couldn’t knock _him_ down,” said Bruno. “He’s more wider than he’s +high: so, when he’s lying down, he’s more higher than when he’s +standing: so a-course oo couldn’t knock him _down_!” + +“Here’s another cottage,” I said: “_I’ll_ ask the way, _this_ time.” + +There was no need to go in, this time, as the woman was standing in the +doorway, with a baby in her arms, talking to a respectably dressed man—a +farmer, as I guessed—who seemed to be on his way to the town. + +“—and when there’s _drink_ to be had,” he was saying, “he’s just the +worst o’ the lot, is your Willie. So they tell me. He gets fairly mad +wi’ it!” + +“I’d have given ’em the lie to their faces, a twelvemonth back!” the +woman said in a broken voice. “But a’ canna noo! A’ canna noo!” She +checked herself, on catching sight of us, and hastily retreated into the +house, shutting the door after her. + +“Perhaps you can tell me where Hunter’s farm is?” I said to the man, as +he turned away from the house. + +“I can _that_, Sir!” he replied with a smile. “I’m John Hunter hissel, +at your sarvice. It’s nobbut half a mile further—the only house in +sight, when you get round bend o’ the road yonder. You’ll find my good +woman within, if so be you’ve business wi’ _her_. Or mebbe I’ll do as +well?” + +“Thanks,” I said. “I want to order some milk. Perhaps I had better +arrange it with your wife?” + +“Aye,” said the man. “_She_ minds all _that_. Good day t’ye, Master—and +to your bonnie childer, as well!” And he trudged on. + +“He should have said ‘_child_,’ not ‘_childer_’,” said Bruno. “Sylvie’s +not a _childer_!” + +“He meant _both_ of us,” said Sylvie. + +“No, he didn’t!” Bruno persisted. “’cause he said ‘bonnie’, oo know!” + +“Well, at any rate he _looked_ at us both,” Sylvie maintained. + +“Well, then he _must_ have seen we’re not _both_ bonnie!” Bruno +retorted. “A-_course_ I’m much uglier than _oo_! Didn’t he mean +_Sylvie_, Mister Sir?” he shouted over his shoulder, as he ran off. + +But there was no use in replying, as he had already vanished round the +bend of the road. When we overtook him he was climbing a gate, and was +gazing earnestly into the field, where a horse, a cow, and a kid were +browsing amicably together. “For its father, a _Horse_,” he murmured to +himself. “For its mother, a _Cow_. For their dear little child, a +_little_ Goat, is the most curiousest thing I ever seen in my world!” + +“Bruno’s World!” I pondered. “Yes, I suppose every child has a world of +his own—and every man, too, for the matter of that. I wonder if _that’s_ +the cause for all the misunderstanding there is in Life?” + +“That _must_ be Hunter’s farm!” said Sylvie, pointing to a house on the +brow of the hill, led up to by a cart-road. “There’s no other farm in +sight, _this_ way; and you _said_ we must be nearly there by this time.” + +I had _thought_ it, while Bruno was climbing the gate, but I couldn’t +remember having _said_ it. However, Sylvie was evidently in the right. +“Get down, Bruno,” I said, “and open the gate for us.” + +“It’s a good thing we’s with oo, _isn’t_ it, Mister Sir?” said Bruno, as +we entered the field. “That big dog might have bited oo, if oo’d been +alone! Oo needn’t be _flightened_ of it!” he whispered, clinging tight +to my hand to encourage me. “It aren’t fierce!” + +“Fierce!” Sylvie scornfully echoed, as the dog—a magnificent +Newfoundland—that had come galloping down the field to meet us, began +curveting round us, in gambols full of graceful beauty, and welcoming us +with short joyful barks. “Fierce! Why, it’s as gentle as a lamb! +It’s—why, Bruno, don’t you know it? It’s——” + +“So it _are_!” cried Bruno, rushing forwards and throwing his arms round +its neck. “Oh, you _dear_ dog!” And it seemed as if the two children +would never have done hugging and stroking it. + +“And how _ever_ did he get _here_?” said Bruno. “Ask him, Sylvie. I +doosn’t know how.” + +And then began an eager talk in Doggee, which of course was lost upon +_me_; and I could only _guess_, when the beautiful creature, with a sly +glance at me, whispered something in Sylvie’s ear, that _I_ was now the +subject of conversation. Sylvie looked round laughingly. + +“He asked me who you are,” she explained. “And I said ‘He’s our +_friend_.’ And he said ‘What’s his name?’ And I said ‘It’s _Mister +Sir_.’ And he said ‘Bosh!’” + +“What is ‘Bosh!’ in Doggee?” I enquired. + +“It’s the same as in English,” said Sylvie. “Only, when a _dog_ says it, +it’s a sort of a whisper, that’s half a _cough_ and half a _bark_. Nero, +say ‘_Bosh!_’” + +And Nero, who had now begun gamboling round us again, said “_Bosh!_” +several times; and I found that Sylvie’s description of the sound was +perfectly accurate. + +“I wonder what’s behind this long wall?” I said, as we walked on. + +“It’s the _Orchard_,” Sylvie replied, after a consultation with Nero. +“See, there’s a boy getting down off the wall, at that far corner. And +now he’s running away across the field. I do believe he’s been stealing +the apples!” + +Bruno set off after him, but returned to us in a few moments, as he had +evidently no chance of overtaking the young rascal. + +“I couldn’t catch him!” he said. “I wiss I’d started a little sooner. +His pockets _was_ full of apples!” + +The Dog-King looked up at Sylvie, and said something in Doggee. + +“Why, of _course_ you can!” Sylvie exclaimed. “How stupid not to think +of it! _Nero_’ll hold him for us, Bruno! But I’d better make him +invisible, first.” And she hastily got out the Magic Jewel, and began +waving it over Nero’s head, and down along his back. + +“That’ll do!” cried Bruno, impatiently. “After him, good Doggie!” + +“Oh, Bruno!” Sylvie exclaimed reproachfully. “You shouldn’t have sent +him off so quick! I hadn’t done the tail!” + +Meanwhile Nero was coursing like a greyhound down the field: so at least +I concluded from all _I_ could see of him—the long feathery tail, which +floated like a meteor through the air—and in a very few seconds he had +come up with the little thief. + +“He’s got him safe, by one foot!” cried Sylvie, who was eagerly watching +the chase. “Now there’s no hurry, Bruno!” + +So we walked, quite leisurely, down the field, to where the frightened +lad stood. A more curious sight I had seldom seen, in all my ‘eerie’ +experiences. Every bit of him was in violent action, except the left +foot, which was apparently glued to the ground—there being nothing +visibly holding it: while, at some little distance, the long feathery +tail was waving gracefully from side to side, showing that Nero, at +least, regarded the whole affair as nothing but a magnificent game of +play. + +“What’s the matter with you?” I said, as gravely as I could. + +“Got the crahmp in me ahnkle!” the thief groaned in reply. “An’ me fut’s +gone to sleep!” And he began to blubber aloud. + +“Now, look here!” Bruno said in a commanding tone, getting in front of +him. “Oo’ve got to give up those apples!” + +The lad glanced at me, but didn’t seem to reckon _my_ interference as +worth anything. Then he glanced at Sylvie: _she_ clearly didn’t count +for very much, either. Then he took courage. “It’ll take a better man +than any of _yer_ to get ’em!” he retorted defiantly. + +[Illustration: A ROYAL THIEF-TAKER] + +Sylvie stooped and patted the invisible Nero. “A _little_ tighter!” she +whispered. And a sharp yell from the ragged boy showed how promptly the +Dog-King had taken the hint. + +“What’s the matter _now_?” I said. “Is your ankle worse?” + +“And it’ll get worse, and worse, and worse,” Bruno solemnly assured him, +“till oo gives up those apples!” + +Apparently the thief was convinced of this at last, and he sulkily began +emptying his pockets of the apples. The children watched from a little +distance, Bruno dancing with delight at every fresh yell extracted from +Nero’s terrified prisoner. + +“That’s all,” the boy said at last. + +“It _isn’t_ all!” cried Bruno. “There’s three more in that pocket!” + +Another hint from Sylvie to the Dog-King—another sharp yell from the +thief, now convicted of lying also—and the remaining three apples were +surrendered. + +“Let him go, please,” Sylvie said in Doggee, and the lad limped away at +a great pace, stooping now and then to rub the ailing ankle, in fear, +seemingly, that the ‘crahmp’ might attack it again. + +[Illustration: ‘SUMMAT WRONG WI’ MY SPECTACLES!’] + +Bruno ran back, with his booty, to the orchard wall, and pitched the +apples over it one by one. “I’s welly afraid _some_ of them’s gone under +the wrong trees!” he panted, on overtaking us again. + +“The _wrong_ trees!” laughed Sylvie. “Trees _ca’n’t_ do wrong! There’s +no such things as _wrong_ trees!” + +“Then there’s no such things as _right_ trees, neither!” cried Bruno. +And Sylvie gave up the point. + +“Wait a minute, please!” she said to me. “I must make Nero _visible_, +you know!” + +“No, _please_ don’t!” cried Bruno, who had by this time mounted on the +Royal back, and was twisting the Royal hair into a bridle. “It’ll be +_such_ fun to have him like this!” + +“Well, it _does_ look funny,” Sylvie admitted, and led the way to the +farm-house, where the farmer’s wife stood, evidently much perplexed at +the weird procession now approaching her. “It’s summat gone wrong wi’ my +spectacles, I doubt!” she murmured, as she took them off, and began +diligently rubbing them with a corner of her apron. + +Meanwhile Sylvie had hastily pulled Bruno down from his steed, and had +just time to make His Majesty wholly visible before the spectacles were +resumed. + +All was natural, now; but the good woman still looked a little uneasy +about it. “My eyesight’s getting bad,” she said, “but I see you _now_, +my darlings! You’ll give me a kiss, wo’n’t you?” + +Bruno got behind me, in a moment: however Sylvie put up _her_ face, to +be kissed, as representative of _both_, and we all went in together. + + + + + CHAPTER V. + MATILDA JANE. + + +“Come to me, my little gentleman,” said our hostess, lifting Bruno into +her lap, “and tell me everything.” + +“I ca’n’t,” said Bruno. “There wouldn’t be time. Besides, I don’t _know_ +everything.” + +The good woman looked a little puzzled, and turned to Sylvie for help. +“Does he like _riding_?” she asked. + +“Yes, I _think_ so,” Sylvie gently replied. “He’s just had a ride on +_Nero_.” + +“Ah, Nero’s a grand dog, isn’t he? Were you ever outside a _horse_, my +little man?” + +“_Always!_” Bruno said with great decision. “Never was _inside_ one. Was +_oo_?” + +Here I thought it well to interpose, and to mention the business on +which we had come, and so relieved her, for a few minutes, from Bruno’s +perplexing questions. + +“And those dear children will like a bit of cake, _I’ll_ warrant!” said +the farmer’s hospitable wife, when the business was concluded, as she +opened her cupboard, and brought out a cake. “And don’t you waste the +crust, little gentleman!” she added, as she handed a good slice of it to +Bruno. “You know what the poetry-book says about wilful waste?” + +“No, I don’t,” said Bruno. “What doos he say about it?” + +“Tell him, Bessie!” And the mother looked down, proudly and lovingly, on +a rosy little maiden, who had just crept shyly into the room, and was +leaning against her knee. “What’s that your poetry-book says about +wilful waste?” + +“_For wilful waste makes woeful want_,” Bessie recited, in an almost +inaudible whisper: “_and you may live to say ‘How much I wish I had the +crust that then I threw away!’_” + +“Now try if _you_ can say it, my dear! _For wilful_——” + +“_For wifful_—sumfinoruvver—” Bruno began, readily enough; and then +there came a dead pause. “Ca’n’t remember no more!” + +“Well, what do you _learn_ from it, then? You can tell us _that_, at any +rate?” + +Bruno ate a little more cake, and considered: but the moral did not seem +to him to be a very obvious one. + +“Always to——” Sylvie prompted him in a whisper. + +“Always to——” Bruno softly repeated: and then, with sudden inspiration, +“always to look where it goes to!” + +“Where _what_ goes to, darling?” + +“Why the _crust_, a course!” said Bruno. “Then, if I lived to say ‘_How +much I wiss I had the crust_—’ (and all that), I’d know where I frew it +to!” + +This new interpretation quite puzzled the good woman. She returned to +the subject of ‘Bessie.’ “Wouldn’t you like to see Bessie’s doll, my +dears! Bessie, take the little lady and gentleman to see Matilda Jane!” + +Bessie’s shyness thawed away in a moment. “Matilda Jane has just woke +up,” she stated, confidentially, to Sylvie. “Wo’n’t you help me on with +her frock? Them strings _is_ such a bother to tie!” + +“I can tie _strings_,” we heard, in Sylvie’s gentle voice, as the two +little girls left the room together. Bruno ignored the whole proceeding, +and strolled to the window, quite with the air of a fashionable +gentleman. Little girls, and dolls, were not at all in his line. + +And forthwith the fond mother proceeded to tell me (as what mother is +not ready to do?) of all Bessie’s virtues (and vices too, for the matter +of that) and of the many fearful maladies which, notwithstanding those +ruddy cheeks and that plump little figure, had nearly, time and again, +swept her from the face of the earth. + +When the full stream of loving memories had nearly run itself out, I +began to question her about the working men of that neighbourhood, and +specially the ‘Willie,’ whom we had heard of at his cottage. “He was a +good fellow once,” said my kind hostess: “but it’s the drink has ruined +him! Not that I’d rob them of the drink—it’s good for the most of +them—but there’s some as is too weak to stand agin’ temptations: it’s a +thousand pities, for _them_, as they ever built the Golden Lion at the +corner there!” + +“The Golden Lion?” I repeated. + +“It’s the new Public,” my hostess explained. “And it stands right in the +way, and handy for the workmen, as they come back from the brickfields, +as it might be to-day, with their week’s wages. A deal of money gets +wasted that way. And some of ’em gets drunk.” + +“If only they could have it in their own houses—” I mused, hardly +knowing I had said the words out loud. + +“That’s it!” she eagerly exclaimed. It was evidently a solution, of the +problem, that she had already thought out. “If only you could manage, +so’s each man to have his own little barrel in his own house—there’d +hardly be a drunken man in the length and breadth of the land!” + +And then I told her the old story—about a certain cottager who bought +himself a little barrel of beer, and installed his wife as bar-keeper: +and how, every time he wanted his mug of beer, he regularly paid her +over the counter for it: and how she never would let him go on ‘tick,’ +and was a perfectly inflexible bar-keeper in never letting him have more +than his proper allowance: and how, every time the barrel needed +refilling, she had plenty to do it with, and something over for her +money-box: and how, at the end of the year, he not only found himself in +first-rate health and spirits, with that undefinable but quite +unmistakeable air which always distinguishes the sober man from the one +who takes ‘a drop too much,’ but had quite a box full of money, all +saved out of his own pence! + +“If only they’d all do like that!” said the good woman, wiping her eyes, +which were overflowing with kindly sympathy. “Drink hadn’t need to be +the curse it is to some——” + +“Only a _curse_,” I said, “when it is used wrongly. Any of God’s gifts +may be turned into a curse, unless we use it wisely. But we must be +getting home. Would you call the little girls? Matilda Jane has seen +enough of company, for _one_ day, I’m sure!” + +“I’ll find ’em in a minute,” said my hostess, as she rose to leave the +room. “Maybe that young gentleman saw which way they went?” + +“Where are they, Bruno?” I said. + +“They ain’t in the field,” was Bruno’s rather evasive reply, “’cause +there’s nothing but _pigs_ there, and Sylvie isn’t a pig. Now don’t +imperrupt me any more, ’cause I’m telling a story to this fly; and it +won’t attend!” + +“They’re among the apples, I’ll warrant ’em!” said the Farmer’s wife. So +we left Bruno to finish his story, and went out into the orchard, where +we soon came upon the children, walking sedately side by side, Sylvie +carrying the doll, while little Bess carefully shaded its face, with a +large cabbage-leaf for a parasol. + +As soon as they caught sight of us, little Bess dropped her cabbage-leaf +and came running to meet us, Sylvie following more slowly, as her +precious charge evidently needed great care and attention. + +“I’m its Mamma, and Sylvie’s the Head-Nurse,” Bessie explained: “and +Sylvie’s taught me ever such a pretty song, for me to sing to Matilda +Jane!” + +“Let’s hear it once more, Sylvie,” I said, delighted at getting the +chance I had long wished for, of hearing her sing. But Sylvie turned shy +and frightened in a moment. “No, _please_ not!” she said, in an earnest +‘aside’ to me. “Bessie knows it quite perfect now. Bessie can sing it!” + +“Aye, aye! Let Bessie sing it!” said the proud mother. “Bessie has a +bonny voice of her own,” (this again was an ‘aside’ to me) “though I say +it as shouldn’t!” + +Bessie was only too happy to accept the ‘encore.’ So the plump little +Mamma sat down at our feet, with her hideous daughter reclining stiffly +across her lap (it was one of a kind that wo’n’t sit down, under _any_ +amount of persuasion), and, with a face simply beaming with delight, +began the lullaby, in a shout that _ought_ to have frightened the poor +baby into fits. The Head-Nurse crouched down behind her, keeping herself +respectfully in the back-ground, with her hands on the shoulders of her +little mistress, so as to be ready to act as Prompter, if required, and +to supply ‘_each gap in faithless memory void_.’ + +[Illustration: BESSIE’S SONG] + +The shout, with which she began, proved to be only a momentary effort. +After a very few notes, Bessie toned down, and sang on in a small but +very sweet voice. At first her great black eyes were fixed on her +mother, but soon her gaze wandered upwards, among the apples, and she +seemed to have quite forgotten that she had any other audience than her +Baby, and her Head-Nurse, who once or twice supplied, almost inaudibly, +the right note, when the singer was getting a little ‘flat.’ + + “Matilda Jane, you never look + At any toy or picture-book: + I show you pretty things in vain— + You must be blind, Matilda Jane! + + “I ask you riddles, tell you tales, + But _all_ our conversation fails: + You _never_ answer me again— + I fear you’re dumb, Matilda Jane! + + “Matilda, darling, when I call, + You never seem to hear at all: + I shout with all my might and main— + But you’re _so_ deaf, Matilda Jane! + + “Matilda Jane, you needn’t mind; + For, though you’re deaf, and dumb, and blind, + There’s _some one_ loves you, it is plain— + And that is _me,_ Matilda Jane!” + +She sang three of the verses in a rather perfunctory style, but the last +stanza evidently excited the little maiden. Her voice rose, ever clearer +and louder: she had a rapt look on her face, as if suddenly inspired, +and, as she sang the last few words, she clasped to her heart the +inattentive Matilda Jane. + +“Kiss it now!” prompted the Head-Nurse. And in a moment the simpering +meaningless face of the Baby was covered with a shower of passionate +kisses. + +“What a bonny song!” cried the Farmer’s wife. “Who made the words, +dearie?” + +“I—I think I’ll look for Bruno,” Sylvie said demurely, and left us +hastily. The curious child seemed always afraid of being praised, or +even noticed. + +“Sylvie planned the words,” Bessie informed us, proud of her superior +information: “and Bruno planned the music—and _I_ sang it!” (this last +circumstance, by the way, we did not need to be told). + +So we followed Sylvie, and all entered the parlour together. Bruno was +still standing at the window, with his elbows on the sill. He had, +apparently, finished the story that he was telling to the fly, and had +found a new occupation. “Don’t imperrupt!” he said as we came in. “I’m +counting the Pigs in the field!” + +“How many are there?” I enquired. + +“About a thousand and four,” said Bruno. + +“You mean ‘about a thousand,’” Sylvie corrected him. “There’s no good +saying ‘_and four_’: you _ca’n’t_ be sure about the four!” + +“And you’re as wrong as ever!” Bruno exclaimed triumphantly. “It’s just +the _four_ I _can_ be sure about; ’cause they’re here, grubbling under +the window! It’s the _thousand_ I isn’t pruffickly sure about!” + +“But some of them have gone into the sty,” Sylvie said, leaning over him +to look out of the window. + +“Yes,” said Bruno; “but they went so slowly and so fewly, I didn’t care +to count _them_.” + +“We must be going, children,” I said. “Wish Bessie good-bye.” Sylvie +flung her arms round the little maiden’s neck, and kissed her: but Bruno +stood aloof, looking unusually shy. (“I never kiss _nobody_ but Sylvie!” +he explained to me afterwards.) The farmer’s wife showed us out: and we +were soon on our way back to Elveston. + +“And that’s the new public-house that we were talking about, I suppose?” +I said, as we came in sight of a long low building, with the words ‘The +Golden Lion’ over the door. + +“Yes, that’s it,” said Sylvie. “I wonder if _her_ Willie’s inside? Run +in, Bruno, and see if he’s there.” + +I interposed, feeling that Bruno was, in a sort of way, in _my_ care. +“That’s not a place to send a child into.” For already the revelers were +getting noisy: and a wild discord of singing, shouting, and meaningless +laughter came to us through the open windows. + +“They wo’n’t _see_ him, you know,” Sylvie explained. “Wait a minute, +Bruno!” She clasped the jewel, that always hung round her neck, between +the palms of her hands, and muttered a few words to herself. What they +were I could not at all make out, but some mysterious change seemed +instantly to pass over us. My feet seemed to me no longer to press the +ground, and the dream-like feeling came upon me, that I was suddenly +endowed with the power of floating in the air. I could still just _see_ +the children: but their forms were shadowy and unsubstantial, and their +voices sounded as if they came from some distant place and time, they +were so unreal. However, I offered no further opposition to Bruno’s +going into the house. He was back again in a few moments. “No, he isn’t +come yet,” he said. “They’re talking about him inside, and saying how +drunk he was last week.” + +While he was speaking, one of the men lounged out through the door, a +pipe in one hand and a mug of beer in the other, and crossed to where we +were standing, so as to get a better view along the road. Two or three +others leaned out through the open window, each holding his mug of beer, +with red faces and sleepy eyes. “Canst see him, lad?” one of them asked. + +“I dunnot know,” the man said, taking a step forwards, which brought us +nearly face to face. Sylvie hastily pulled me out of his way. “Thanks, +child,” I said. “I had forgotten he couldn’t see us. What would have +happened if I had staid in his way?” + +“I don’t know,” Sylvie said gravely. “It wouldn’t matter to _us_; but +_you_ may be different.” She said this in her usual voice, but the man +took no sort of notice, though she was standing close in front of him, +and looking up into his face as she spoke. + +“He’s coming now!” cried Bruno, pointing down the road. + +“He be a-coomin noo!” echoed the man, stretching out his arm exactly +over Bruno’s head, and pointing with his pipe. + +“Then _chorus_ agin!” was shouted out by one of the red-faced men in the +window: and forthwith a dozen voices yelled, to a harsh discordant +melody, the refrain:— + + “There’s him, an’ yo’ an’ me, + Roarin’ laddies! + We loves a bit o spree, + Roarin’ laddies we, + Roarin’ laddies + Roarin’ laddies!” + +The man lounged back again to the house, joining lustily in the chorus +as he went: so that only the children and I were in the road when +‘Willie’ came up. + + + + + CHAPTER VI. + WILLIE’S WIFE. + + +He made for the door of the public-house, but the children intercepted +him. Sylvie clung to one arm; while Bruno, on the opposite side, was +pushing him with all his strength, with many inarticulate cries of +“Gee-up! Gee-back! Woah then!” which he had picked up from the +waggoners. + +‘Willie’ took not the least notice of them: he was simply conscious that +_something_ had checked him: and, for want of any other way of +accounting for it, he seemed to regard it as his own act. + +[Illustration: THE RESCUE OF WILLIE] + +“I wunnut coom in,” he said: “not to-day.” + +“A mug o’ beer wunnut hurt ’ee!” his friends shouted in chorus. “_Two_ +mugs wunnut hurt ’ee! Nor a dozen mugs!” + +“Nay,” said Willie. “I’m agoan whoam.” + +“What, withouten thy drink, Willie man?” shouted the others. But ‘Willie +man’ would have no more discussion, and turned doggedly away, the +children keeping one on each side of him, to guard him against any +change in his sudden resolution. + +For a while he walked on stoutly enough, keeping his hands in his +pockets, and softly whistling a tune, in time to his heavy tread: his +success, in appearing entirely at his ease, was _almost_ complete; but a +careful observer would have noted that he had forgotten the second part +of the air, and that, when it broke down, he instantly began it again, +being too nervous to think of another, and too restless to endure +silence. + +It was not the old fear that possessed him now—the old fear, that had +been his dreary companion every Saturday night he could remember, as he +had reeled along, steadying himself against gates and garden-palings, +and when the shrill reproaches of his wife had seemed to his dazed brain +only the echo of a yet more piercing voice within, the intolerable wail +of a hopeless remorse: it was a wholly new fear that had come to him +now: life had taken on itself a new set of colours, and was lighted up +with a new and dazzling radiance, and he did not see, as yet, how his +home-life, and his wife and child, would fit into the new order of +things: the very novelty of it all was, to his simple mind, a perplexity +and an overwhelming terror. + +And now the tune died into sudden silence on the trembling lips, as he +turned a sharp corner, and came in sight of his own cottage, where his +wife stood, leaning with folded arms on the wicket-gate, and looking up +the road with a pale face, that had in it no glimmer of the light of +hope—only the heavy shadow of a deep stony despair. + +“Fine an’ early, lad! Fine an’ early!” The words might have been words +of welcoming, but oh, the bitterness of the tone in which she said it! +“What brings thee from thy merry mates, and all the fiddling and the +jigging? Pockets empty, I doubt? Or thou’st come, mebbe, for to see thy +little one die? The bairnie’s clemmed, and I’ve nor bite nor sup to gie +her. But what does _thou_ care?” She flung the gate open, and met him +with blazing eyes of fury. + +The man said no word. Slowly, and with downcast eyes, he passed into the +house, while she, half terrified at his strange silence, followed him in +without another word; and it was not till he had sunk into a chair, with +his arms crossed on the table and with drooping head, that she found her +voice again. + +It seemed entirely natural for us to go in with them: at another time +one would have asked leave for this, but I felt, I knew not why, that we +were in some mysterious way invisible, and as free to come and to go as +disembodied spirits. + +The child in the cradle woke up, and raised a piteous cry, which in a +moment brought the children to its side: Bruno rocked the cradle, while +Sylvie tenderly replaced the little head on the pillow from which it had +slipped. But the mother took no heed of the cry, nor yet of the +satisfied ‘coo’ that it set up when Sylvie had made it happy again: she +only stood gazing at her husband, and vainly trying, with white +quivering lips (I believe she thought he was mad), to speak in the old +tones of shrill upbraiding that he knew so well. + +“And thou’st spent all thy wages—I’ll swear thou hast—on the devil’s own +drink—and thou’st been and made thysen a beast again—as thou allus +dost——” + +“Hasna!” the man muttered, his voice hardly rising above a whisper, as +he slowly emptied his pockets on the table. “There’s th’ wage, Missus, +every penny on’t.” + +The woman gasped, and put one hand to her heart, as if under some great +shock of surprise. “Then _how_’s thee gotten th’ drink?” + +“_Hasna_ gotten it,” he answered her, in a tone more sad than sullen. “I +hanna touched a drop this blessed day. No!” he cried aloud, bringing his +clenched fist heavily down upon the table, and looking up at her with +gleaming eyes, “nor I’ll never touch another drop o’ the cursed +drink—till I die—so help me God my Maker!” His voice, which had suddenly +risen to a hoarse shout, dropped again as suddenly: and once more he +bowed his head, and buried his face in his folded arms. + +[Illustration: WILLIE’S WIFE] + +The woman had dropped upon her knees by the cradle, while he was +speaking. She neither looked at him nor seemed to hear him. With hands +clasped above her head, she rocked herself wildly to and fro. “Oh my +God! Oh my God!” was all she said, over and over again. + +Sylvie and Bruno gently unclasped her hands and drew them down—till she +had an arm round each of them, though she took no notice of them, but +knelt on with eyes gazing upwards, and lips that moved as if in silent +thanksgiving. The man kept his face hidden, and uttered no sound: but +one could _see_ the sobs that shook him from head to foot. + +After a while he raised his head—his face all wet with tears. “Polly!” +he said softly; and then, louder, “Old Poll!” + +Then she rose from her knees and came to him, with a dazed look, as if +she were walking in her sleep. “Who was it called me old Poll?” she +asked: her voice took on it a tender playfulness: her eyes sparkled; and +the rosy light of Youth flushed her pale cheeks, till she looked more +like a happy girl of seventeen than a worn woman of forty. “Was that my +own lad, my Willie, a-waiting for me at the stile?” + +His face too was transformed, in the same magic light, to the likeness +of a bashful boy: and boy and girl they seemed, as he wound an arm about +her, and drew her to his side, while with the other hand he thrust from +him the heap of money, as though it were something hateful to the touch. +“Tak it, lass,” he said, “tak it all! An’ fetch us summat to eat: but +get a sup o’ milk, first, for t’ bairn.” + +“My _little_ bairn!” she murmured as she gathered up the coins. “My own +little lassie!” Then she moved to the door, and was passing out, but a +sudden thought seemed to arrest her: she hastily returned—first to kneel +down and kiss the sleeping child, and then to throw herself into her +husband’s arms and be strained to his heart. The next moment she was on +her way, taking with her a jug that hung on a peg near the door: we +followed close behind. + +We had not gone far before we came in sight of a swinging sign-board +bearing the word ‘DAIRY’ on it, and here she went in, welcomed by a +little curly white dog, who, not being under the ‘eerie’ influence, saw +the children, and received them with the most effusive affection. When I +got inside, the dairyman was in the act of taking the money. “Is’t for +thysen, Missus, or for t’ bairn?” he asked, when he had filled the jug, +pausing with it in his hand. + +“For t’ _bairn_!” she said, almost reproachfully. “Think’st tha I’d +touch a drop _mysen_, while as _she_ hadna got her fill?” + +“All right, Missus,” the man replied, turning away with the jug in his +hand. “Let’s just mak sure it’s good measure.” He went back among his +shelves of milk-bowls, carefully keeping his back towards her while he +emptied a little measure of cream into the jug, muttering to himself +“mebbe it’ll hearten her up a bit, the little lassie!” + +The woman never noticed the kind deed, but took back the jug with a +simple “Good evening, Master,” and went her way: but the children had +been more observant, and, as we followed her out, Bruno remarked “That +were _welly_ kind: and I loves that man: and if I was welly rich I’d +give him a hundred pounds—and a bun. That little grummeling dog doosn’t +know its business!” He referred to the dairyman’s little dog, who had +apparently quite forgotten the affectionate welcome he had given us on +our arrival, and was now following at a respectful distance, doing his +best to ‘_speed the parting guest_’ with a shower of little shrill +barks, that seemed to tread on one another’s heels. + +“What _is_ a dog’s business?” laughed Sylvie. “Dogs ca’n’t keep shops +and give change!” + +“Sisters’ businesses _isn’t_ to laugh at their brothers,” Bruno replied +with perfect gravity. “And dogs’ businesses is to _bark_—not like that: +it should finish one bark before it begins another: and it should—Oh +Sylvie, there’s some dindledums!” + +And in another moment the happy children were flying across the common, +racing for the patch of dandelions. + +While I stood watching them, a strange dreamy feeling came upon me: a +railway-platform seemed to take the place of the green sward, and, +instead of the light figure of Sylvie bounding along, I seemed to see +the flying form of Lady Muriel; but whether Bruno had also undergone a +transformation, and had become the old man whom she was running to +overtake, I was unable to judge, so instantaneously did the feeling come +and go. + +When I re-entered the little sitting-room which I shared with Arthur, he +was standing with his back to me, looking out of the open window, and +evidently had not heard me enter. A cup of tea, apparently just tasted +and pushed aside, stood on the table, on the opposite side of which was +a letter, just begun, with the pen lying across it: an open book lay on +the sofa: the London paper occupied the easy chair; and on the little +table, which stood by it, I noticed an unlighted cigar and an open box +of cigar-lights: all things betokened that the Doctor, usually so +methodical and so self-contained, had been trying every form of +occupation, and could settle to none! + +“This is very unlike _you_, Doctor!” I was beginning, but checked +myself, as he turned at the sound of my voice, in sheer amazement at the +wonderful change that had taken place in his appearance. Never had I +seen a face so radiant with happiness, or eyes that sparkled with such +unearthly light! “Even thus,” I thought, “must the herald-angel have +looked, who brought to the shepherds, watching over their flocks by +night, that sweet message of ‘_peace on earth, good-will to men_’!” + +“Yes, dear friend!” he said, as if in answer to the question that I +suppose he read in my face. “It is true! It is true!” + +No need to ask _what_ was true. “God bless you both!” I said, as I felt +the happy tears brimming to my eyes. “You were made for each other!” + +“Yes,” he said, simply, “I believe we were. And _what_ a change it makes +in one’s Life! This isn’t the same world! That isn’t the sky I saw +yesterday! Those clouds—I never saw such clouds in all my life before! +They look like troops of hovering angels!” + +To _me_ they looked very ordinary clouds indeed: but then _I_ had not +fed ‘_on honey-dew, And drunk the milk of Paradise_’! + +“She wants to see you—at once,” he continued, descending suddenly to the +things of earth. “She says _that_ is the _one_ drop yet wanting in her +cup of happiness!” + +“I’ll go at once,” I said, as I turned to leave the room. “Wo’n’t you +come with me?” + +“No, Sir!” said the Doctor, with a sudden effort—which proved an utter +failure—to resume his professional manner. “Do I _look_ like coming with +you? Have you never heard that two is company, and——” + +“Yes,” I said, “I _have_ heard it: and I’m painfully aware that_ I_ am +_Number Three_! But, _when_ shall we three meet again?” + +“_When the hurly-burly’s done!_” he answered with a happy laugh, such as +I had not heard from him for many a year. + + + + + CHAPTER VII. + MEIN HERR. + + +So I went on my lonely way, and, on reaching the Hall, I found Lady +Muriel standing at the garden-gate waiting for me. + +“No need to _give_ you joy, or to _wish_ you joy?” I began. + +“None _whatever_!” she replied, with the joyous laugh of a child. “We +_give_ people what they haven’t got: we _wish_ for something that is yet +to come. For _me_, it’s all _here_! It’s all _mine_! Dear friend,” she +suddenly broke off, “do you think Heaven ever begins on _Earth_, for any +of us?” + +“For _some_,” I said. “For some, perhaps, who are simple and childlike. +You know He said ‘of such is the Kingdom of Heaven.’” + +Lady Muriel clasped her hands, and gazed up into the cloudless sky, with +a look I had often seen in Sylvie’s eyes. “I feel as if it had begun for +_me_,” she almost whispered. “I feel as if _I_ were one of the happy +children, whom He bid them bring near to Him, though the people would +have kept them back. Yes, He has seen me in the throng. He has read the +wistful longing in my eyes. He has beckoned me to Him. They have _had_ +to make way for me. He has taken me up in His arms. He has put His hands +upon me and blessed me!” She paused, breathless in her perfect +happiness. + +“Yes,” I said. “I think He has!” + +“You must come and speak to my father,” she went on, as we stood side by +side at the gate, looking down the shady lane. But, even as she said the +words, the ‘eerie’ sensation came over me like a flood: I saw the dear +old Professor approaching us, and also saw, what was stranger still, +that he was visible to _Lady Muriel_! + +What was to be done? Had the fairy-life been merged in the real life? Or +was Lady Muriel ‘eerie’ also, and thus able to enter into the +fairy-world along with me? The words were on my lips (“I see an old +friend of mine in the lane: if you don’t know him, may I introduce him +to you?”) when the strangest thing of all happened: Lady Muriel spoke. + +“I see an old friend of mine in the lane,” she said: “if you don’t know +him, may I introduce him to you?” + +I seemed to wake out of a dream: for the ‘eerie’ feeling was still +strong upon me, and the figure outside seemed to be changing at every +moment, like one of the shapes in a kaleidoscope: now he was the +_Professor_, and now he was somebody else! By the time he had reached +the gate, he certainly was somebody else: and I felt that the proper +course was for _Lady Muriel_, not for _me_, to introduce him. She +greeted him kindly, and, opening the gate, admitted the venerable old +man—a German, obviously—who looked about him with dazed eyes, as if +_he_, too, had but just awaked from a dream! + +No, it was certainly _not_ the Professor! My old friend _could_ not have +grown that magnificent beard since last we met: moreover, he would have +recognised _me_, for I was certain that _I_ had not changed much in the +time. + +As it was, he simply looked at me vaguely, and took off his hat in +response to Lady Muriel’s words “Let me introduce Mein Herr to you”; +while in the words, spoken in a strong German accent, “proud to make +your acquaintance, Sir!” I could detect no trace of an idea that we had +ever met before. + +Lady Muriel led us to the well-known shady nook, where preparations for +afternoon tea had already been made, and, while she went in to look for +the Earl, we seated ourselves in two easy-chairs, and ‘Mein Herr’ took +up Lady Muriel’s work, and examined it through his large spectacles (one +of the adjuncts that made him so provokingly like the Professor). +“Hemming pocket-handkerchiefs?” he said, musingly. “So _that_ is what +the English miladies occupy themselves with, is it?” + +“It is the one accomplishment,” I said, “in which Man has never yet +rivaled Woman!” + +Here Lady Muriel returned with her father; and, after he had exchanged +some friendly words with ‘Mein Herr,’ and we had all been supplied with +the needful ‘creature-comforts,’ the newcomer returned to the suggestive +subject of Pocket-handkerchiefs. + +“You have heard of Fortunatus’s Purse, Miladi? Ah, so! Would you be +surprised to hear that, with three of these leetle handkerchiefs, you +shall make the Purse of Fortunatus, quite soon, quite easily?” + +“Shall I indeed?” Lady Muriel eagerly replied, as she took a heap of +them into her lap, and threaded her needle. “_Please_ tell me how, Mein +Herr! I’ll make one before I touch another drop of tea!” + +“You shall first,” said Mein Herr, possessing himself of two of the +handkerchiefs, spreading one upon the other, and holding them up by two +corners, “you shall first join together these upper corners, the right +to the right, the left to the left; and the opening between them shall +be the _mouth_ of the Purse.” + +A very few stitches sufficed to carry out _this_ direction. “Now, if I +sew the other three edges together,” she suggested, “the bag is +complete?” + +“Not so, Miladi: the _lower_ edges shall _first_ be joined—ah, not so!” +(as she was beginning to sew them together). “Turn one of them over, and +join the _right_ lower corner of the one to the _left_ lower corner of +the other, and sew the lower edges together in what you would call _the +wrong way_.” + +“_I_ see!” said Lady Muriel, as she deftly executed the order. “And a +very twisted, uncomfortable, uncanny-looking bag it makes! But the +_moral_ is a lovely one. Unlimited wealth can only be attained by doing +things _in the wrong way_! And how are we to join up these +mysterious—no, I mean _this_ mysterious opening?” (twisting the thing +round and round with a puzzled air.) “Yes, it _is_ one opening. I +thought it was _two_, at first.” + +“You have seen the puzzle of the Paper Ring?” Mein Herr said, addressing +the Earl. “Where you take a slip of paper, and join its ends together, +first twisting one, so as to join the _upper_ corner of _one_ end to the +_lower_ corner of the _other_?” + +“I saw one made, only yesterday,” the Earl replied. “Muriel, my child, +were you not making one, to amuse those children you had to tea?” + +“Yes, I know that Puzzle,” said Lady Muriel. “The Ring has only _one_ +surface, and only _one_ edge. It’s very mysterious!” + +“The _bag_ is just like that, isn’t it?” I suggested. “Is not the +_outer_ surface of one side of it continuous with the _inner_ surface of +the other side?” + +“So it is!” she exclaimed. “Only it _isn’t_ a bag, just yet. How shall +we fill up this opening, Mein Herr?” + +“Thus!” said the old man impressively, taking the bag from her, and +rising to his feet in the excitement of the explanation. “The edge of +the opening consists of _four_ handkerchief-edges, and you can trace it +continuously, round and round the opening: down the right edge of _one_ +handkerchief, up the left edge of the _other_, and then down the left +edge of the _one_, and up the right edge of the _other_!” + +“So you can!” Lady Muriel murmured thoughtfully, leaning her head on her +hand, and earnestly watching the old man. “And that _proves_ it to be +only _one_ opening!” + +[Illustration: FORTUNATUS’ PURSE] + +She looked so strangely like a child, puzzling over a difficult lesson, +and Mein Herr had become, for the moment, so strangely like the old +Professor, that I felt utterly bewildered: the ‘eerie’ feeling was on me +in its full force, and I felt almost _impelled_ to say “Do you +understand it, Sylvie?” However I checked myself by a great effort, and +let the dream (if indeed it _was_ a dream) go on to its end. + +“Now, this _third_ handkerchief,” Mein Herr proceeded, “has _also_ four +edges, which you can trace continuously round and round: all you need do +is to join its four edges to the four edges of the opening. The Purse is +then complete, and its outer surface——” + +“_I_ see!” Lady Muriel eagerly interrupted. “Its _outer_ surface will be +continuous with its _inner_ surface! But it will take time. I’ll sew it +up after tea.” She laid aside the bag and resumed her cup of tea. “But +why do you call it Fortunatus’s Purse, Mein Herr?” + +The dear old man beamed upon her, with a jolly smile, looking more +exactly like the Professor than ever. “Don’t you see, my child—I should +say Miladi? Whatever is _inside_ that Purse, is _outside_ it; and +whatever is _outside_ it, is _inside_ it. So you have all the wealth of +the world in that leetle Purse!” + +His pupil clapped her hands, in unrestrained delight. “I’ll certainly +sew the third handkerchief in—_some_ time,” she said: “but I wo’n’t take +up your time by trying it now. Tell us some more wonderful things, +please!” And her face and her voice so _exactly_ recalled Sylvie, that I +could not help glancing round, half-expecting to see _Bruno_ also! + +Mein Herr began thoughtfully balancing his spoon on the edge of his +teacup, while he pondered over this request. “Something wonderful—like + Fortunatus’s Purse? _That_ will give you—when it is made—wealth beyond +your wildest dreams: but it will not give you _Time_!” + +A pause of silence ensued—utilised by Lady Muriel for the very practical +purpose of refilling the teacups. + +“In _your_ country,” Mein Herr began with a startling abruptness, “what +becomes of all the wasted Time?” + +Lady Muriel looked grave. “Who can tell?” she half-whispered to herself. +“All one knows is that it is gone—past recall!” + +“Well, in _my_—I mean in a country _I_ have visited,” said the old man, +“they store it up: and it comes in _very_ useful, years afterwards! For +example, suppose you have a long tedious evening before you: nobody to +talk to: nothing you care to do: and yet hours too soon to go to bed. +How do _you_ behave then?” + +“I get _very_ cross,” she frankly admitted: “and I want to throw things +about the room!” + +“When that happens to—to the people I have visited, they never act _so_. +By a short and simple process—which I cannot explain to you—they store +up the useless hours: and, on some _other_ occasion, when they happen to +_need_ extra time, they get them out again!” + +The Earl was listening with a slightly incredulous smile. “Why cannot +you _explain_ the process?” he enquired. + +Mein Herr was ready with a quite unanswerable reason. “Because you have +no _words_, in _your_ language, to convey the ideas which are needed. I +could explain it in—in—but you would not understand it!” + +“No indeed!” said Lady Muriel, graciously dispensing with the _name_ of +the unknown language. “I never learnt it—at least, not to speak it +_fluently_, you know. _Please_ tell us some more wonderful things!” + +“They run their railway-trains without any engines—nothing is needed but +machinery to _stop_ them with. Is _that_ wonderful enough, Miladi?” + +“But where does the _force_ come from?” I ventured to ask. + +Mein Herr turned quickly round, to look at the new speaker. Then he took +off his spectacles, and polished them, and looked at me again, in +evident bewilderment. I could see he was thinking—as indeed _I_ was +also—that we _must_ have met before. + +“They use the force of _gravity_,” he said. “It is a force known also in +_your_ country, I believe?” + +“But that would need a railway going _down-hill_,” the Earl remarked. +“You ca’n’t have _all_ your railways going down-hill?” + +“They _all_ do,” said Mein Herr. + +“Not from _both_ ends?” + +“From _both_ ends.” + +“Then I give it up!” said the Earl. + +“Can you explain the process?” said Lady Muriel. “Without using that +language, that I ca’n’t speak fluently?” + +“Easily,” said Mein Herr. “Each railway is in a long tunnel, perfectly +straight: so of course the _middle_ of it is nearer the centre of the +globe than the two ends: so every train runs half-way _down_-hill, and +that gives it force enough to run the _other_ half _up_-hill.” + +“Thank you. I understand that perfectly,” said Lady Muriel. “But the +velocity, in the _middle_ of the tunnel, must be something _fearful_!” + +‘Mein Herr’ was evidently much gratified at the intelligent interest +Lady Muriel took in his remarks. At every moment the old man seemed to +grow more chatty and more fluent. “You would like to know our methods of +_driving_?” he smilingly enquired. “To us, a run-away horse is of no +import at all!” + +Lady Muriel slightly shuddered. “To _us_ it is a very real danger,” she +said. + +“That is because your carriage is wholly _behind_ your horse. Your horse +runs. Your carriage follows. Perhaps your horse has the bit in his +teeth. Who shall stop him? You fly, ever faster and faster! Finally +comes the inevitable upset!” + +“But suppose _your_ horse manages to get the bit in his teeth?” + +“No matter! We would not concern ourselves. Our horse is harnessed in +the very centre of our carriage. Two wheels are in front of him, and two +behind. To the roof is attached one end of a broad belt. This goes under +the horse’s body, and the other end is attached to a leetle—what you +call a ‘windlass,’ I think. The horse takes the bit in his teeth. He +runs away. We are flying at ten miles an hour! We turn our little +windlass, five turns, six turns, seven turns, and—poof! Our horse is off +the ground! _Now_ let him gallop in the air, as much as he pleases: our +_carriage_ stands still. We sit round him, and watch him till he is +tired. Then we let him down. Our horse is glad, very much glad, when his +feet once more touch the ground!” + +“Capital!” said the Earl, who had been listening attentively. “Are there +any other peculiarities in your carriages?” + +“In the _wheels_, sometimes, my Lord. For your health, _you_ go to sea: +to be pitched, to be rolled, occasionally to be drowned. _We_ do all +that on land: we are pitched, as you; we are rolled, as you; but +_drowned_, no! There is no water!” + +“What are the wheels like, then?” + +“They are _oval_, my Lord. Therefore the carriages rise and fall.” + +“Yes, and pitch the carriage backwards and forwards: but how do they +make it _roll_?” + +“They do not match, my Lord. The _end_ of one wheel answers to the +_side_ of the opposite wheel. So first one side of the carriage rises, +then the other. And it pitches all the while. Ah, you must be a good +sailor, to drive in our boat-carriages!” + +“I can easily believe it,” said the Earl. + +Mein Herr rose to his feet. “I must leave you now, Miladi,” he said, +consulting his watch. “I have another engagement.” + +“I only wish we had stored up some extra time!” Lady Muriel said, as she +shook hands with him. “Then we could have kept you a little longer!” + +“In _that_ case I would gladly stay,” replied Mein Herr. “As it is—I +fear I must say good-bye!” + +“Where did you first meet him?” I asked Lady Muriel, when Mein Herr had +left us. “And where does he live? And what is his real name?” + +“We first—met—him——” she musingly replied, “really, I ca’n’t remember +_where_! And I’ve no idea where he lives! And I never heard any other +name! It’s very curious. It never occurred to me before to consider what +a mystery he is!” + +“I hope we shall meet again,” I said: “he interests me very much.” + +“He will be at our farewell-party, this day fortnight,” said the Earl. +“Of course you will come? Muriel is anxious to gather all our friends +around us once more, before we leave the place.” + +And then he explained to me—as Lady Muriel had left us together—that he +was so anxious to get his daughter away from a place full of so many +painful memories connected with the now-canceled engagement with Major +Lindon, that they had arranged to have the wedding in a months time, +after which Arthur and his wife were to go on a foreign tour. + +“Don’t forget Tuesday week!” he said as we shook hands at parting. “I +only wish you could bring with you those charming children, that you +introduced to us in the summer. Talk of the mystery of Mein Herr! That’s +_nothing_ to the mystery that seems to attend _them_! I shall never +forget those marvellous flowers!” + +“I will bring them if I possibly can,” I said. But how to _fulfil_ such +a promise, I mused to myself on my way back to our lodgings, was a +problem entirely beyond my skill! + + + + + CHAPTER VIII. + IN A SHADY PLACE. + + +The ten days glided swiftly away: and, the day before the great party +was to take place, Arthur proposed that we should stroll down to the +Hall, in time for afternoon-tea. + +“Hadn’t you better go _alone_?” I suggested. “Surely _I_ shall be very +much _de trop_?” + +“Well, it’ll be a kind of _experiment_,” he said. “_Fiat experimentum in +corpore vili!_” he added, with a graceful bow of mock politeness towards +the unfortunate victim. “You see I shall have to bear the sight, +to-morrow night, of my lady-love making herself agreable to everybody +_except_ the right person, and I shall bear the agony all the better if +we have a dress-rehearsal beforehand!” + +“_My_ part in the play being, apparently, that of the sample _wrong_ +person?” + +“Well, no,” Arthur said musingly, as we set forth: “there’s no such part +in a regular company. ‘Heavy Father’? _That_ won’t do: that’s filled +already. ‘Singing Chambermaid’? Well, the ‘First Lady’ doubles _that_ +part. ‘Comic Old Man’? You’re not comic enough. After all, I’m afraid +there’s no part for you but the ‘Well-dressed Villain’: only,” with a +critical side-glance, “I’m a _leetle_ uncertain about the dress!” + +We found Lady Muriel alone, the Earl having gone out to make a call, and +at once resumed old terms of intimacy, in the shady arbour where the +tea-things seemed to be always waiting. The only novelty in the +arrangements (one which Lady Muriel seemed to regard as _entirely_ a +matter of course), was that two of the chairs were placed _quite_ close +together, side by side. Strange to say, _I_ was not invited to occupy +_either_ of them! + +“We have been arranging, as we came along, about letter-writing,” Arthur +began. “He will want to know how we’re enjoying our Swiss tour: and of +course we must pretend we _are_?” + +“Of course,” she meekly assented. + +“And the skeleton-in-the-cupboard——” I suggested. + +“—is always a difficulty,” she quickly put in, “when you’re traveling +about, and when there are no cupboards in the hotels. However, _ours_ is +a _very_ portable one; and will be neatly packed, in a nice leather +case——” + +“But please don’t think about _writing_,” I said, “when you’ve anything +more attractive on hand. I delight in _reading_ letters, but I know well +how tiring it is to _write_ them.” + +“It _is_, sometimes,” Arthur assented. “For instance, when you’re very +shy of the person you have to write to.” + +“Does that show itself in the _letter_?” Lady Muriel enquired. “Of +course, when I hear any one _talking_—_you_, for instance—I can see how +_desperately_ shy he is! But can you see that in a _letter_?” + +“Well, of course, when you hear any one talk _fluently_—_you_, for +instance—you can see how desperately _un_-shy she is—not to say saucy! +But the shyest and most intermittent talker must _seem_ fluent in +letter-writing. He may have taken half-an-hour to _compose_ his second +sentence; but there it is, close after the first!” + +“Then letters don’t express all that they _might_ express?” + +“That’s merely because our system of letter-writing is incomplete. A shy +writer _ought_ to be able to show that he is so. Why shouldn’t he make +_pauses_ in writing, just as he would do in speaking? He might leave +blank spaces—say half a page at a time. And a _very_ shy girl—if there +_is_ such a thing—might write a sentence on the _first_ sheet of her +letter—then put in a couple of _blank_ sheets—then a sentence on the +_fourth_ sheet: and so on.” + +“I quite foresee that _we_—I mean this clever little boy and myself—” +Lady Muriel said to me, evidently with the kind wish to bring me into +the conversation, “—are going to become famous—of course all our +inventions are common property now—for a new Code of Rules for +Letter-writing! Please invent some more, little boy!” + +“Well, another thing _greatly_ needed, little girl, is some way of +expressing that we _don’t_ mean anything.” + +“Explain yourself, little boy! Surely _you_ can find no difficulty in +expressing a _total_ absence of meaning?” + +“I mean that you should be able, when you _don’t_ mean a thing to be +taken seriously, to express that wish. For human nature is so +constituted that whatever you write seriously is taken as a joke, and +whatever you mean as a joke is taken seriously! At any rate, it is so in +writing to a _lady_!” + +“Ah! you’re not used to writing to ladies!” Lady Muriel remarked, +leaning back in her chair, and gazing thoughtfully into the sky. “You +should try.” + +“Very good,” said Arthur. “How many ladies may I begin writing to? As +many as I can count on the fingers of both hands?” + +“As many as you can count on the _thumbs_ of _one_ hand!” his lady-love +replied with much severity. “What a _very_ naughty little boy he is! +_Isn’t_ he?” (with an appealing glance at me). + +“He’s a little fractious,” I said. “Perhaps he’s cutting a tooth.” While +to myself I said “How _exactly_ like Sylvie talking to Bruno!” + +“He wants his tea.” (The naughty little boy volunteered the +information.) “He’s getting very tired, at the mere _prospect_ of the +great party to-morrow!” + +“Then he shall have a good rest beforehand!” she soothingly replied. +“The tea isn’t made yet. Come, little boy, lean well back in your chair, +and think about nothing—or about _me_, whichever you prefer!” + +“All the same, all the same!” Arthur sleepily murmured, watching her +with loving eyes, as she moved her chair away to the tea table, and +began to make the tea. “Then he’ll wait for his tea, like a good, +patient little boy!” + +“Shall I bring you the London Papers?” said Lady Muriel. “I saw them +lying on the table as I came out, but my father said there was nothing +in them, except that horrid murder-trial.” (Society was just then +enjoying its daily thrill of excitement in studying the details of a +specially sensational murder in a thieves’ den in the East of London.) + +“I have no appetite for horrors,” Arthur replied. “But I hope we have +learned the lesson they should teach us—though we are very apt to read +it backwards!” + +[Illustration: ‘I AM SITTING AT YOUR FEET’] + +“You speak in riddles,” said Lady Muriel. “Please explain yourself. See +now,” suiting the action to the word, “I am sitting at your feet, just +as if you were a second Gamaliel! Thanks, no.” (This was to me, who had +risen to bring her chair back to its former place.) “Pray don’t disturb +yourself. This tree and the grass make a very nice easy-chair. _What_ is +the lesson that one always reads wrong?” + +Arthur was silent for a minute. “I would like to be clear what it _is_ I +mean,” he said, slowly and thoughtfully, “before I say anything to +_you_—because you _think_ about it.” + +Anything approaching to a compliment was so unusual an utterance for +Arthur, that it brought a flush of pleasure to her cheek, as she replied +“It is _you_, that give me the ideas to think about.” + +“One’s first thought,” Arthur proceeded, “in reading of anything +specially vile or barbarous, as done by a fellow-creature, is apt to be +that we see a new depth of Sin revealed _beneath_ us: and we seem to +gaze down into that abyss from some higher ground, far apart from it.” + +“I think I understand you now. You mean that one ought to think—not +‘God, I thank Thee that I am not as other men are’—but ‘God, be merciful +to me also, who might be, but for Thy grace, a sinner as vile as he!’” + +“No,” said Arthur. “I meant a great deal more than that.” + +She looked up quickly, but checked herself, and waited in silence. + +“One must begin further back, I think. Think of some other man, the same +age as this poor wretch. Look back to the time when they both began +life—before they had sense enough to know Right from Wrong. _Then_, at +any rate, they were equal in God’s sight?” + +She nodded assent. + +“We have, then, two distinct epochs at which we may contemplate the two +men whose lives we are comparing. At the first epoch they are, so far as +moral responsibility is concerned, on precisely the same footing: they +are alike incapable of doing right or wrong. At the second epoch the one +man—I am taking an extreme case, for contrast—has won the esteem and +love of all around him: his character is stainless, and his name will be +held in honour hereafter: the other man’s history is one unvaried record +of crime, and his life is at last forfeited to the outraged laws of his +country. Now what have been the causes, in each case, of each man’s +condition being what it is at the second epoch? They are of two +kinds—one acting from within, the other from without. These two kinds +need to be discussed separately—that is, if I have not already tired you +with my prosing?” + +“On the contrary,” said Lady Muriel, “it is a special delight to me to +have a question discussed in this way—analysed and arranged, so that one +can understand it. Some books, that profess to argue out a question, are +to me intolerably wearisome, simply because the ideas are all arranged +hap-hazard—a sort of ‘first come, first served.’” + +“You are very encouraging,” Arthur replied, with a pleased look. “The +causes, acting from _within_, which make a man’s character what it is at +any given moment, are his successive acts of volition—that is, his acts +of choosing whether he will do this or that.” + +“We are to assume the existence of Free-Will?” I said, in order to have +that point made quite clear. + +“If not,” was the quiet reply, “_cadit quaestio_: and I have no more to +say.” + +“We _will_ assume it!” the rest of the audience—the majority, I may say, +looking at it from Arthur’s point of view—imperiously proclaimed. The +orator proceeded. + +“The causes, acting from _without_, are his surroundings—what Mr. +Herbert Spencer calls his ‘environment.’ Now the point I want to make +clear is this, that a man is responsible for his acts of choosing, but +_not_ responsible for his environment. Hence, if these two men make, on +some given occasion, when they are exposed to equal temptation, equal +efforts to resist and to choose the right, their condition, in the sight +of God, must be the same. If He is pleased in the one case, so will He +be in the other; if displeased in the one case, so also in the other.” + +“That is so, no doubt: I see it quite clearly,” Lady Muriel put in. + +“And yet, owing to their different environments, the one may win a great +victory over the temptation, while the other falls into some black abyss +of crime.” + +“But surely you would not say those men were equally guilty in the sight +of God?” + +“Either that,” said Arthur, “or else I must give up my belief in God’s +perfect justice. But let me put one more case, which will show my +meaning even more forcibly. Let the one man be in a high social +position—the other, say, a common thief. Let the one be tempted to some +trivial act of unfair dealing—something which he can do with the +absolute certainty that it will never be discovered—something which he +can with perfect ease forbear from doing—and which he distinctly knows +to be a sin. Let the other be tempted to some terrible crime—as men +would consider it—but under an almost overwhelming pressure of +motives—of course not _quite_ overwhelming, as that would destroy all +responsibility. Now, in this case, let the second man make a _greater_ +effort at resistance than the first. Also suppose _both_ to fall under +the temptation—I say that the second man is, in God’s sight, _less_ +guilty than the other.” + +Lady Muriel drew a long breath. “It upsets all one’s ideas of Right and +Wrong—just at first! Why, in that dreadful murder-trial, you would say, +I suppose, that it was possible that the least guilty man in the Court +was the murderer, and that possibly the judge who tried him, by yielding +to the temptation of making one unfair remark, had committed a crime +outweighing the criminal’s whole career!” + +“Certainly I should,” Arthur firmly replied. “It sounds like a paradox, +I admit. But just think what a grievous sin it must be, in God’s sight, +to yield to some very slight temptation, which we could have resisted +with perfect ease, and to do it deliberately, and in the full light of +God’s Law. What penance can atone for a sin like _that_?” + +“I ca’n’t reject your theory,” I said. “But how it seems to widen the +possible area of Sin in the world!” + +“Is that so?” Lady Muriel anxiously enquired. + +“Oh, not so, not so!” was the eager reply. “To me it seems to clear away +much of the cloud that hangs over the world’s history. When this view +first made itself clear to me, I remember walking out into the fields, +repeating to myself that line of Tennyson ‘_There seemed no room for +sense of wrong!_’ The thought, that perhaps the real guilt of the human +race was infinitely less than I fancied it—that the millions, whom I had +thought of as sunk in hopeless depths of sin, were perhaps, in God’s +sight, scarcely sinning at all—was more sweet than words can tell! Life +seemed more bright and beautiful, when once that thought had come! ‘_A +livelier emerald twinkles in the grass, A purer sapphire melts into the +sea!_’” His voice trembled as he concluded, and the tears stood in his +eyes. + +Lady Muriel shaded her face with her hand, and was silent for a minute. +“It is a beautiful thought,” she said, looking up at last. “Thank +you—Arthur, for putting it into my head!” + +The Earl returned in time to join us at tea, and to give us the very +unwelcome tidings that a fever had broken out in the little harbour-town +that lay below us—a fever of so malignant a type that, though it had +only appeared a day or two ago, there were already more than a dozen +down in it, two or three of whom were reported to be in imminent danger. + +In answer to the eager questions of Arthur—who of course took a deep +scientific interest in the matter—he could give very few _technical_ +details, though he had met the local doctor. It appeared, however, that +it was an almost _new_ disease—at least in _this_ century, though it +_might_ prove to be identical with the ‘Plague’ recorded in +History—_very_ infectious, and frightfully rapid in its action. “It will +not, however, prevent our party to-morrow,” he said in conclusion. “None +of the guests belong to the infected district, which is, as you know, +exclusively peopled by fishermen: so you may come without any fear.” + +Arthur was very silent, all the way back, and, on reaching our lodgings, +immediately plunged into medical studies, connected with the alarming +malady of whose arrival we had just heard. + + + + + CHAPTER IX. + THE FAREWELL-PARTY. + + +On the following day, Arthur and I reached the Hall in good time, as +only a few of the guests—it was to be a party of eighteen—had as yet +arrived; and these were talking with the Earl, leaving us the +opportunity of a few words apart with our hostess. + +“Who is that _very_ learned-looking man with the large spectacles?” +Arthur enquired. “I haven’t met him here before, have I?” + +“No, he’s a new friend of ours,” said Lady Muriel: “a German, I believe. +He _is_ such a dear old thing! And quite the most learned man I ever +met—with _one_ exception, of course!” she added humbly, as Arthur drew +himself up with an air of offended dignity. + +“And the young lady in blue, just beyond him, talking to that +foreign-looking man. Is _she_ learned, too?” + +“I don’t know,” said Lady Muriel. “But I’m told she’s a wonderful +piano-forte-player. I hope you’ll hear her to-night. I asked that +foreigner to take her in, because _he’s_ very musical, too. He’s a +French Count, I believe; and he sings _splendidly_!” + +“Science—music—singing—you have indeed got a complete party!” said +Arthur. “I feel quite a privileged person, meeting all these stars. I +_do_ love music!” + +“But the party isn’t _quite_ complete!” said Lady Muriel. “You haven’t +brought us those two beautiful children,” she went on, turning to me. +“He brought them here to tea, you know, one day last summer,” again +addressing Arthur; “and they _are_ such darlings!” + +“They are, _indeed_,” I assented. + +“But why haven’t you brought them with you? You promised my father you +_would_.” + +“I’m very sorry,” I said; “but really it was impossible to bring them +with me.” Here I most certainly _meant_ to conclude the sentence: and it +was with a feeling of utter amazement, which I cannot adequately +describe, that I heard myself _going on speaking_. “—but they are to +join me here in the course of the evening” were the words, uttered in +_my_ voice, and seeming to come from _my_ lips. + +“I’m _so_ glad!” Lady Muriel joyfully replied. “I _shall_ enjoy +introducing them to some of my friends here! When do you expect them?” + +I took refuge in silence. The only _honest_ reply would have been “That +was not _my_ remark. _I_ didn’t say it, and _it isn’t true_!” But I had +not the moral courage to make such a confession. The character of a +‘lunatic’ is not, I believe, very difficult to _acquire_: but it is +amazingly difficult to _get rid of_: and it seemed quite certain that +any such speech as _that_ would _quite_ justify the issue of a writ ‘_de +lunatico inquirendo_.’ + +Lady Muriel evidently thought I had failed to hear her question, and +turned to Arthur with a remark on some other subject; and I had time to +recover from my shock of surprise—or to awake out of my momentary +‘eerie’ condition, whichever it was. + +When things around me seemed once more to be real, Arthur was saying +“I’m afraid there’s no help for it: they _must_ be finite in number.” + +“I should be sorry to have to believe it,” said Lady Muriel. “Yet, when +one comes to think of it, there _are_ no new melodies, now-a-days. What +people talk of as ‘the last new song’ always recalls to _me_ some tune +I’ve known as a child!” + +“The day must come—if the world lasts long enough——” said Arthur, “when +every possible tune will have been composed—every possible pun +perpetrated——” (Lady Muriel wrung her hands, like a tragedy-queen) “and, +worse than that, every possible _book_ written! For the number of +_words_ is finite.” + +“It’ll make very little difference to the _authors_,” I suggested. +“Instead of saying ‘_what_ book shall I write?’ an author will ask +himself ‘_which_ book shall I write?’ A mere verbal distinction!” + +Lady Muriel gave me an approving smile. “But _lunatics_ would always +write new books, surely?” she went on. “They _couldn’t_ write the sane +books over again!” + +“True,” said Arthur. “But _their_ books would come to an end, also. The +number of lunatic _books_ is as finite as the number of lunatics.” + +“And _that_ number is becoming greater every year,” said a pompous man, +whom I recognised as the self-appointed showman on the day of the +picnic. + +“So they say,” replied Arthur. “And, when ninety per cent. of us are +lunatics,” (he seemed to be in a wildly nonsensical mood) “the asylums +will be put to their proper use.” + +“And that is——?” the pompous man gravely enquired. + +“_To shelter the sane!_” said Arthur. “_We_ shall bar ourselves in. The +lunatics will have it all their own way, _outside_. They’ll do it a +little queerly, no doubt. Railway-collisions will be always happening: +steamers always blowing up: most of the towns will be burnt down: most +of the ships sunk——” + +“And most of the men _killed_!” murmured the pompous man, who was +evidently hopelessly bewildered. + +“Certainly,” Arthur assented. “Till at last there will be _fewer_ +lunatics than sane men. Then _we_ come out: _they_ go in: and things +return to their normal condition!” + +The pompous man frowned darkly, and bit his lip, and folded his arms, +vainly trying to think it out. “He is _jesting_!” he muttered to himself +at last, in a tone of withering contempt, as he stalked away. + +By this time the other guests had arrived; and dinner was announced. +Arthur of course took down Lady Muriel: and _I_ was pleased to find +myself seated at her other side, with a severe-looking old lady (whom I +had not met before, and whose name I had, as is usual in introductions, +entirely failed to catch, merely gathering that it sounded like a +compound-name) as my partner for the banquet. + +She appeared, however, to be acquainted with Arthur, and confided to me +in a low voice her opinion that he was “a very argumentative young man.” +Arthur, for his part, seemed well inclined to show himself worthy of the +character she had given him, and, hearing her say “I never take wine +with my soup!” (this was _not_ a confidence to me, but was launched upon +Society, as a matter of general interest), he at once challenged a +combat by asking her “_when_ would you say that property _commence_ in a +plate of soup?” + +“This is _my_ soup,” she sternly replied: “and what is before you is +_yours_.” + +“No doubt,” said Arthur: “but _when_ did I begin to own it? Up to the +moment of its being put into the plate, it was the property of our host: +while being offered round the table, it was, let us say, held in trust +by the waiter: did it become mine when I accepted it? Or when it was +placed before me? Or when I took the first spoonful?” + +“He is a _very_ argumentative young man!” was all the old lady would +say: but she said it audibly, this time, feeling that Society had a +right to know it. + +Arthur smiled mischievously. “I shouldn’t mind betting you a shilling,” +he said, “that the Eminent Barrister next you” (It certainly _is_ +possible to say words so as to make them begin with capitals!) “ca’n’t +answer me!” + +“I _never_ bet,” she sternly replied. + +“Not even sixpenny points at _whist_?” + +“_Never!_” she repeated. “_Whist_ is innocent enough: but whist played +for _money_!” She shuddered. + +Arthur became serious again. “I’m afraid I ca’n’t take that view,” he +said. “I consider that the introduction of small stakes for card-playing +was one of the most _moral_ acts Society ever did, _as_ Society.” + +“How was it so?” said Lady Muriel. + +“Because it took Cards, once for all, out of the category of games at +which _cheating_ is possible. Look at the way Croquet is demoralising +Society. Ladies are beginning to cheat at it, terribly: and, if they’re +found out, they only laugh, and call it fun. But when there’s _money_ at +stake, that is out of the question. The swindler is _not_ accepted as a +wit. When a man sits down to cards, and cheats his friends out of their +money, he doesn’t get much _fun_ out of it—unless he thinks it fun to be +kicked down stairs!” + +“If all gentlemen thought as badly of ladies as _you_ do,” my neighbour +remarked with some bitterness, “there would be very few—very few——.” She +seemed doubtful how to end her sentence, but at last took “honeymoons” +as a safe word. + +“On the contrary,” said Arthur, the mischievous smile returning to his +face, “if only people would adopt _my_ theory, the number of +honeymoons—quite of a new kind—would be greatly increased!” + +“May we hear about this new kind of honeymoon?” said Lady Muriel. + +“Let _X_ be the gentleman,” Arthur began, in a slightly raised voice, as +he now found himself with an audience of _six_, including ‘Mein Herr,’ +who was seated at the other side of my polynomial partner. “Let _X_ be +the gentleman, and _Y_ the lady to whom he thinks of proposing. He +applies for an Experimental Honeymoon. It is granted. Forthwith the +young couple—accompanied by the great-aunt of _Y_, to act as +chaperone—start for a month’s tour, during which they have many a +moonlight-walk, and many a _tête-à-tête_ conversation, and each can form +a more correct estimate of the other’s character, in four _weeks_, than +would have been possible in as many _years_, when meeting under the +ordinary restrictions of Society. And it is only after their _return_ +that _X_ finally decides whether he will, or will not, put the momentous +question to _Y_!” + +“In nine cases out of ten,” the pompous man proclaimed, “he would decide +to break it off!” + +“Then, in nine cases out of ten,” Arthur rejoined, “an unsuitable match +would be prevented, and _both_ parties saved from misery!” + +“The only really _unsuitable_ matches,” the old lady remarked, “are +those made without sufficient _Money_. Love may come _afterwards_. Money +is needed _to begin with_!” + +This remark was cast loose upon Society, as a sort of general challenge; +and, as such, it was at once accepted by several of those within +hearing: _Money_ became the key-note of the conversation for some time; +and a fitful echo of it was again heard, when the dessert had been +placed upon the table, the servants had left the room, and the Earl had +started the wine in its welcome progress round the table. + +“I’m very glad to see you keep up the old customs,” I said to Lady +Muriel as I filled her glass. “It’s really delightful to experience, +once more, the peaceful feeling that comes over one when the waiters +have left the room—when one can converse without the feeling of being +overheard, and without having dishes constantly thrust over one’s +shoulder. How much more sociable it is to be able to pour out the wine +for the ladies, and to hand the dishes to those who wish for them!” + +“In that case, kindly send those peaches down here,” said a fat +red-faced man, who was seated beyond our pompous friend. “I’ve been +wishing for them—diagonally—for some time!” + +“Yes, it _is_ a ghastly innovation,” Lady Muriel replied, “letting the +waiters carry round the wine at dessert. For one thing, they _always_ +take it the wrong way round—which of course brings bad luck to +_everybody_ present!” + +“Better go the _wrong_ way than not go _at all_!” said our host. “Would +you kindly help yourself?” (This was to the fat red-faced man.) “You are +not a teetotaler, I think?” + +“Indeed but I _am_!” he replied, as he pushed on the bottles. “Nearly +twice as much money is spent in England on _Drink_, as on any other +article of food. Read this card.” (What faddist ever goes about without +a pocketful of the appropriate literature?) “The stripes of different +colours represent the amounts spent on various articles of food. Look at +the highest three. Money spent on butter and on cheese, thirty-five +millions: on bread, seventy millions: on _intoxicating liquors_, one +hundred and thirty-six millions! If I had my way, I would close every +public-house in the land! Look at that card, and read the motto. _That’s +where all the money goes to!_” + +“Have you seen the _Anti-Teetotal Card_?” Arthur innocently enquired. + +“No, Sir, I have not!” the orator savagely replied. “What is it like?” + +“Almost exactly like this one. The coloured stripes are the same. Only, +instead of the words ‘Money spent on,’ it has ‘Incomes derived from sale +of’; and, instead of ‘That’s where all the money goes to,’ its motto is +‘_That’s where all the money comes from!_’” + +The red-faced man scowled, but evidently considered Arthur beneath his +notice. So Lady Muriel took up the cudgels. “Do you hold the theory,” +she enquired, “that people can preach teetotalism more effectually by +being teetotalers themselves?” + +“Certainly I do!” replied the red-faced man. “Now, here is a case in +point,” unfolding a newspaper-cutting: “let me read you this letter from +a teetotaler. _To the Editor. Sir, I was once a moderate drinker, and +knew a man who drank to excess. I went to him. ‘Give up this drink,’ I +said. ‘It will ruin your health!’ ‘You drink,’ he said: ‘why shouldn’t +I?’ ‘Yes,’ I said, ‘but I know when to leave off.’ He turned away from +me. ‘You drink in your way,’ he said: ‘let me drink in mine. Be off!’ +Then I saw that, to do any good with him, I must forswear drink. From +that hour I haven’t touched a drop!_” + +“There! What do you say to _that_?” He looked round triumphantly, while +the cutting was handed round for inspection. + +“How very curious!” exclaimed Arthur, when it had reached him. “Did you +happen to see a letter, last week, about early rising? It was strangely +like this one.” + +The red-faced man’s curiosity was roused. “Where did it appear?” he +asked. + +“Let me read it to you,” said Arthur. He took some papers from his +pocket, opened one of them, and read as follows. “_To the Editor. Sir, I +was once a moderate sleeper, and knew a man who slept to excess. I +pleaded with him. ‘Give up this lying in bed,’ I said, ‘It will ruin +your health!’ ‘You go to bed,’ he said: ‘why shouldn’t I?’ ‘Yes,’ I +said, ‘but I know when to get up in the morning.’ He turned away from +me. ‘You sleep in your way,’ he said: ‘let me sleep in mine. Be off!’ +Then I saw that to do any good with him, I must forswear sleep. From +that hour I haven’t been to bed!_” + +Arthur folded and pocketed his paper, and passed on the +newspaper-cutting. None of us dared to laugh, the red-faced man was +evidently so angry. “Your parallel doesn’t run on all fours!” he +snarled. + +“_Moderate_ drinkers never do so!” Arthur quietly replied. Even the +stern old lady laughed at this. + +“But it needs many other things to make a _perfect_ dinner!” said Lady +Muriel, evidently anxious to change the subject. “Mein Herr! What is +_your_ idea of a perfect dinner-party?” + +The old man looked round smilingly, and his gigantic spectacles seemed +more gigantic than ever. “A _perfect_ dinner-party?” he repeated. +“First, it must be presided over by our present hostess!” + +“That, of _course_!” she gaily interposed. “But what _else_, Mein Herr?” + +“I can but tell you what I have seen,” said Mein Herr, “in mine own—in +the country I have traveled in.” + +He paused for a full minute, and gazed steadily at the ceiling—with so +dreamy an expression on his face, that I feared he was going off into a +reverie, which seemed to be his normal state. However, after a minute, +he suddenly began again. + +“That which chiefly causes the failure of a dinner-party, is the +running-short—not of meat, nor yet of drink, but of _conversation_.” + +“In an _English_ dinner-party,” I remarked, “I have never known +_small-talk_ run short!” + +“Pardon me,” Mein Herr respectfully replied, “I did not say +‘small-talk.’ I said ‘conversation.’ All such topics as the weather, or +politics, or local gossip, are unknown among us. They are either vapid +or controversial. What we need for _conversation_ is a topic of +_interest_ and of _novelty_. To secure these things we have tried +various plans—Moving-Pictures, Wild-Creatures, Moving-Guests, and a +Revolving-Humorist. But this last is only adapted to _small_ parties.” + +“Let us have it in four separate Chapters, please!” said Lady Muriel, +who was evidently deeply interested—as, indeed, most of the party were, +by this time: and, all down the table, talk had ceased, and heads were +leaning forwards, eager to catch fragments of Mein Herr’s oration. + +“Chapter One! Moving-Pictures!” was proclaimed in the silvery voice of +our hostess. + +“The dining-table is shaped like a circular ring,” Mein Herr began, in +low dreamy tones, which, however, were perfectly audible in the silence. +“The guests are seated at the inner side as well as the outer, having +ascended to their places by a winding-staircase, from the room below. +Along the middle of the table runs a little railway; and there is an +endless train of trucks, worked round by machinery; and on each truck +there are two pictures, leaning back to back. The train makes two +circuits during dinner; and, when it has been _once_ round, the waiters +turn the pictures round in each truck, making them face the other way. +Thus _every_ guest sees _every_ picture!” + +He paused, and the silence seemed deader than ever. Lady Muriel looked +aghast. “Really, if this goes on,” she exclaimed, “I shall have to drop +a pin! Oh, it’s _my_ fault, is it?” (In answer to an appealing look from +Mein Herr.) “I was forgetting my duty. Chapter Two! Wild-Creatures!” + +“We found the Moving-Pictures a _little_ monotonous,” said Mein Herr. +“People didn’t care to talk Art through a whole dinner; so we tried +Wild-Creatures. Among the flowers, which we laid (just as _you_ do) +about the table, were to be seen, here a mouse, there a beetle; here a +spider,” (Lady Muriel shuddered) “there a wasp; here a toad, there a +snake;” (“Father!” said Lady Muriel, plaintively. “Did you hear +_that_?”) “so we had plenty to talk about!” + +“And when you got stung——” the old lady began. + +“They were all chained-up, dear Madam!” + +And the old lady gave a satisfied nod. + +There was no silence to follow, _this_ time. “Third Chapter!” Lady +Muriel proclaimed at once, “Moving-Guests!” + +“Even the Wild-Creatures proved monotonous,” the orator proceeded. “So +we left the guests to choose their own subjects; and, to avoid monotony, +we changed _them_. We made the table of _two_ rings; and the inner ring +moved slowly round, all the time, along with the floor in the middle and +the inner row of guests. Thus _every_ inner guest was brought +face-to-face with _every_ outer guest. It was a little confusing, +sometimes, to have to _begin_ a story to one friend and _finish_ it to +another; but _every_ plan has its faults, you know.” + +“Fourth Chapter!” Lady Muriel hastened to announce. “The +Revolving-Humorist!” + +“For a _small_ party we found it an excellent plan to have a round +table, with a hole cut in the middle large enough to hold _one_ guest. +Here we placed our _best_ talker. He revolved slowly, facing every other +guest in turn: and he told lively anecdotes the whole time!” + +“I shouldn’t like it!” murmured the pompous man. “It would make me +giddy, revolving like that! I should decline to——” here it appeared to +dawn upon him that perhaps the assumption he was making was not +warranted by the circumstances: he took a hasty gulp of wine, and choked +himself. + +But Mein Herr had relapsed into reverie, and made no further remark. +Lady Muriel gave the signal, and the ladies left the room. + + + + + CHAPTER X. + JABBERING AND JAM. + + +When the last lady had disappeared, and the Earl, taking his place at +the head of the table, had issued the military order “Gentlemen! Close +up the ranks, if you please!”, and when, in obedience to his command, we +had gathered ourselves compactly round him, the pompous man gave a deep +sigh of relief, filled his glass to the brim, pushed on the wine, and +began one of his favorite orations. “They are charming, no doubt! +Charming, but very frivolous. They drag us down, so to speak, to a lower +level. They——” + +“Do not all pronouns require antecedent _nouns_?” the Earl gently +enquired. + +“Pardon me,” said the pompous man, with lofty condescension. “I had +overlooked the noun. The ladies. We regret their absence. Yet we console +ourselves. _Thought is free._ With them, we are limited to _trivial_ +topics—Art, Literature, Politics, and so forth. One can bear to discuss +_such_ paltry matters with a lady. But no man, in his senses—” (he +looked sternly round the table, as if defying contradiction) “—ever yet +discussed _WINE_ with a lady!” He sipped his glass of port, leaned back +in his chair, and slowly raised it up to his eye, so as to look through +it at the lamp. “The vintage, my Lord?” he enquired, glancing at his +host. + +The Earl named the date. + +“So I had supposed. But one likes to be certain. The _tint_ is, perhaps, +slightly pale. But the _body_ is unquestionable. And as for the +_bouquet_——” + +Ah, that magic Bouquet! How vividly that single word recalled the scene! +The little beggar-boy turning his somersault in the road—the sweet +little crippled maiden in my arms—the mysterious evanescent +nurse-maid—all rushed tumultuously into my mind, like the creatures of a +dream: and through this mental haze there still boomed on, like the +tolling of a bell, the solemn voice of the great connoisseur of _WINE_! + +Even _his_ utterances had taken on themselves a strange and dream-like +form. “No,” he resumed—and _why_ is it, I pause to ask, that, in taking +up the broken thread of a dialogue, one _always_ begins with this +cheerless monosyllable? After much anxious thought, I have come to the +conclusion that the object in view is the same as that of the schoolboy, +when the sum he is working has got into a hopeless muddle, and when in +despair he takes the sponge, washes it all out, and begins again. Just +in the same way the bewildered orator, by the simple process of denying +_everything_ that has been hitherto asserted, makes a clean sweep of the +whole discussion, and can ‘start fair’ with a fresh theory. “No,” he +resumed: “there’s nothing like cherry-jam, after all. That’s what _I_ +say!” + +“Not for _all_ qualities!” an eager little man shrilly interposed. “For +_richness_ of general tone I don’t say that it _has_ a rival. But for +_delicacy_ of modulation—for what one may call the ‘_harmonics_’ of +flavour—give _me_ good old _raspberry_-jam!” + +“Allow me one word!” The fat red-faced man, quite hoarse with +excitement, broke into the dialogue. “It’s too important a question to +be settled by Amateurs! I can give you the views of a +_Professional_—perhaps the most experienced jam-taster now living. Why, +I’ve known him fix the age of strawberry-jam, to a _day_—and we all know +what a difficult jam it is to give a date to—on a single tasting! Well, +I put to him the _very_ question you are discussing. His words were +‘_cherry_-jam is best, for mere _chiaroscuro_ of flavour: +_raspberry_-jam lends itself best to those resolved discords that linger +so lovingly on the tongue: but, for rapturous _utterness_ of saccharine +perfection, it’s _apricot-jam first and the rest nowhere_!’ That was +well put, _wasn’t_ it?” + +“Consummately put!” shrieked the eager little man. + +“I know your friend well,” said the pompous man. “As a jam-taster, he +has no rival! Yet I scarcely think——” + +But here the discussion became general: and his words were lost in a +confused medley of names, every guest sounding the praises of his own +favorite jam. At length, through the din, our host’s voice made itself +heard. “Let us join the ladies!” These words seemed to recall me to +waking life; and I felt sure that, for the last few minutes, I had +relapsed into the ‘eerie’ state. + +“A strange dream!” I said to myself as we trooped upstairs. “Grown men +discussing, as seriously as if they were matters of life and death, the +hopelessly trivial details of mere _delicacies_, that appeal to no +higher human function than the nerves of the tongue and palate! What a +humiliating spectacle such a discussion would be in waking life!” + +When, on our way to the drawing-room, I received from the housekeeper my +little friends, clad in the daintiest of evening costumes, and looking, +in the flush of expectant delight, more radiantly beautiful than I had +ever seen them before, I felt no shock of surprise, but accepted the +fact with the same unreasoning apathy with which one meets the events of +a dream, and was merely conscious of a vague anxiety as to how they +would acquit themselves in so novel a scene—forgetting that Court-life +in Outland was as good training as they could need for Society in the +more substantial world. + +It would be best, I thought, to introduce them as soon as possible to +some good-natured lady-guest, and I selected the young lady whose +piano-forte-playing had been so much talked of. “I am sure you like +children,” I said. “May I introduce two little friends of mine? This is +Sylvie—and this is Bruno.” + +The young lady kissed Sylvie very graciously. She would have done the +same for _Bruno_, but he hastily drew back out of reach. “Their faces +are new to me,” she said. “Where do you come from, my dear?” + +I had not anticipated so inconvenient a question; and, fearing that it +might embarrass Sylvie, I answered for her. “They come from some +distance. They are only here just for this one evening.” + +“How far have you come, dear?” the young lady persisted. + +Sylvie looked puzzled. “A mile or two, I _think_,” she said doubtfully. + +“A mile or _three_,” said Bruno. + +“You shouldn’t say ‘a mile or _three_,’” Sylvie corrected him. + +The young lady nodded approval. “Sylvie’s quite right. It isn’t usual to +say ‘a mile or _three_.’” + +“It would be usual—if we said it often enough,” said Bruno. + +It was the young lady’s turn to look puzzled now. “He’s very quick, for +his age!” she murmured. “You’re not more than seven, are you, dear?” she +added aloud. + +“I’m not so many as _that_,” said Bruno. “I’m _one_. Sylvie’s _one_. +Sylvie and me is _two_. _Sylvie_ taught me to count.” + +“Oh, I wasn’t _counting_ you, you know!” the young lady laughingly +replied. + +“Hasn’t oo _learnt_ to count?” said Bruno. + +The young lady bit her lip. “Dear! What embarrassing questions he _does_ +ask!” she said in a half-audible ‘aside.’ + +“Bruno, you shouldn’t!” Sylvie said reprovingly. + +“Shouldn’t _what_?” said Bruno. + +“You shouldn’t ask—that sort of questions.” + +“_What_ sort of questions?” Bruno mischievously persisted. + +“What _she_ told you not,” Sylvie replied, with a shy glance at the +young lady, and losing all sense of grammar in her confusion. + +“Oo ca’n’t pronounce it!” Bruno triumphantly cried. And he turned to the +young lady, for sympathy in his victory. “I _knewed_ she couldn’t +pronounce ‘umbrella-sting’!” + +The young lady thought it best to return to the arithmetical problem. +“When I asked if you were _seven_, you know, I didn’t mean ‘how many +_children_?’ I meant ‘how many _years_——’” + +“Only got _two_ ears,” said Bruno. “Nobody’s got _seven_ ears.” + +“And you belong to this little girl?” the young lady continued, +skilfully evading the anatomical problem. + +“No, I doosn’t belong to _her_!” said Bruno. “Sylvie belongs to _me_!” +And he clasped his arms round her as he added “She are my very mine!” + +“And, do you know,” said the young lady, “I’ve a little sister at home, +exactly like _your_ sister? I’m sure they’d love each other.” + +“They’d be very extremely useful to each other,” Bruno said, +thoughtfully. “And they wouldn’t want no looking-glasses to brush their +hair wiz.” + +“Why not, my child?” + +“Why, each one would do for the other one’s looking-glass, a-course!” +cried Bruno. + +But here Lady Muriel, who had been standing by, listening to this +bewildering dialogue, interrupted it to ask if the young lady would +favour us with some music; and the children followed their new friend to +the piano. + +Arthur came and sat down by me. “If rumour speaks truly,” he whispered, +“we are to have a real treat!” And then, amid a breathless silence, the +performance began. + +She was one of those players whom Society talks of as ‘brilliant,’ and +she dashed into the loveliest of Haydn’s Symphonies in a style that was +clearly the outcome of years of patient study under the best masters. At +first it seemed to be the perfection of piano-forte-playing; but in a +few minutes I began to ask myself, wearily, “_What_ is it that is +wanting? _Why_ does one get no pleasure from it?” + +Then I set myself to listen intently to every note; and the mystery +explained itself. There _was_ an almost-perfect mechanical +_correctness_—and there was nothing else! False notes, of course, did +not occur: she knew the piece too well for _that_; but there was just +enough irregularity of _time_ to betray that the player had no real +‘ear’ for music—just enough inarticulateness in the more elaborate +passages to show that she did not think her audience worth taking real +pains for—just enough mechanical monotony of accent to take all _soul_ +out of the heavenly modulations she was profaning—in short, it was +simply irritating; and, when she had rattled off the finale and had +struck the final chord as if, the instrument being now done with, it +didn’t matter how many wires she broke, I could not even _affect_ to +join in the stereotyped “Oh, _thank_ you!” which was chorused around me. + +Lady Muriel joined us for a moment. “Isn’t it _beautiful_?” she +whispered, to Arthur, with a mischievous smile. + +“No, it isn’t!” said Arthur. But the gentle sweetness of his face quite +neutralised the apparent rudeness of the reply. + +“Such execution, you know!” she persisted. + +“That’s what she _deserves_,” Arthur doggedly replied: “but people are +so prejudiced against capital——” + +“Now you’re beginning to talk nonsense!” Lady Muriel cried. “But you +_do_ like Music, don’t you? You said so just now.” + +“Do I like _Music_?” the Doctor repeated softly to himself. “My dear +Lady Muriel, there is Music and Music. Your question is painfully vague. +You might as well ask ‘Do you like _People_?’” + +Lady Muriel bit her lip, frowned, and stamped with one tiny foot. As a +dramatic representation of ill-temper, it was distinctly _not_ a +success. However, it took in _one_ of her audience, and Bruno hastened +to interpose, as peacemaker in a rising quarrel, with the remark “_I_ +likes Peoples!” + +Arthur laid a loving hand on the little curly head. “What? _All_ +Peoples?” he enquired. + +“Not _all_ Peoples,” Bruno explained. “Only but Sylvie—and Lady +Muriel—and him—” (pointing to the Earl) “and oo—and oo!” + +“You shouldn’t point at people,” said Sylvie. “It’s very rude.” + +“In Bruno’s World,” I said, “there are only _four_ People—worth +mentioning!” + +“In Bruno’s World!” Lady Muriel repeated thoughtfully. “A bright and +flowery world. Where the grass is always green, where the breezes always +blow softly, and the rain-clouds never gather; where there are no wild +beasts, and no deserts——” + +“There _must_ be deserts,” Arthur decisively remarked. “At least if it +was _my_ ideal world.” + +“But what possible use is there in a _desert_?” said Lady Muriel. +“_Surely_ you would have no wilderness in your ideal world?” + +Arthur smiled. “But indeed I _would_!” he said. “A wilderness would be +more necessary than a railway; and _far_ more conducive to general +happiness than church-bells!” + +“But what would you use it for?” + +“_To practise music in_,” he replied. “All the young ladies, that have +no ear for music, but insist on learning it, should be conveyed, every +morning, two or three miles into the wilderness. There each would find a +comfortable room provided for her, and also a cheap second-hand +piano-forte, on which she might play for hours, without adding one +needless pang to the sum of human misery!” + +Lady Muriel glanced round in alarm, lest these barbarous sentiments +should be overheard. But the fair musician was at a safe distance. “At +any rate you must allow that she’s a sweet girl?” she resumed. + +“Oh, certainly. As sweet as _eau sucrée_, if you choose—and nearly as +interesting!” + +“You are incorrigible!” said Lady Muriel, and turned to me. “I hope you +found Mrs. Mills an interesting companion?” + +“Oh, _that’s_ her name, is it?” I said. “I fancied there was _more_ of +it.” + +“So there is: and it will be ‘at your proper peril’ (whatever that may +mean) if you ever presume to address her as ‘Mrs. Mills.’ She is ‘Mrs. +Ernest—Atkinson—Mills’!” + +“She is one of those would-be grandees,” said Arthur, “who think that, +by tacking on to their surname all their spare Christian-names, with +hyphens between, they can give it an aristocratic flavour. As if it +wasn’t trouble enough to remember _one_ surname!” + +By this time the room was getting crowded, as the guests, invited for +the evening-party, were beginning to arrive, and Lady Muriel had to +devote herself to the task of welcoming them, which she did with the +sweetest grace imaginable. Sylvie and Bruno stood by her, deeply +interested in the process. + +“I hope you like my friends?” she said to them. “Specially my dear old +friend, Mein Herr (What’s become of him, I wonder? Oh, there he is!), +that old gentleman in spectacles, with a long beard?” + +“He’s a grand old gentleman!” Sylvie said, gazing admiringly at ‘Mein +Herr,’ who had settled down in a corner, from which his mild eyes beamed +on us through a gigantic pair of spectacles. “And what a lovely beard!” + +“What does he call his-self?” Bruno whispered. + +“He calls himself ‘Mein Herr,’” Sylvie whispered in reply. + +Bruno shook his head impatiently. “That’s what he calls his _hair_, not +his _self_, oo silly!” He appealed to me. “What doos he call his _self_, +Mister Sir?” + +“That’s the only name _I_ know of,” I said. “But he looks very lonely. +Don’t you pity his grey hairs?” + +“I pities his _self_,” said Bruno, still harping on the misnomer; “but I +doosn’t pity his _hair_, one bit. His _hair_ ca’n’t feel!” + +“We met him this afternoon,” said Sylvie. “We’d been to see Nero, and +we’d had _such_ fun with him, making him invisible again! And we saw +that nice old gentleman as we came back.” + +“Well, let’s go and talk to him, and cheer him up a little,” I said: +“and perhaps we shall find out what he calls himself.” + + + + + CHAPTER XI. + THE MAN IN THE MOON. + + +The children came willingly. With one of them on each side of me, I +approached the corner occupied by ‘Mein Herr.’ “You don’t object to +_children_, I hope?” I began. + +“_Crabbed age and youth cannot live together!_” the old man cheerfully +replied, with a most genial smile. “Now take a good look at me, my +children! You would guess me to be an _old_ man, wouldn’t you?” + +At first sight, though his face had reminded me so mysteriously of “the +Professor,” he had seemed to be decidedly a _younger_ man: but, when I +came to look into the wonderful depth of those large dreamy eyes, I +felt, with a strange sense of awe, that he was incalculably _older_: he +seemed to gaze at us out of some by-gone age, centuries away. + +[Illustration: MEIN HERR’S FAIRY-FRIENDS] + +“I don’t know if oo’re an _old_ man,” Bruno answered, as the children, +won over by the gentle voice, crept a little closer to him. “I thinks +oo’re _eighty-three_.” + +“He is very exact!” said Mein Herr. + +“Is he anything like right?” I said. + +“There are reasons,” Mein Herr gently replied, “reasons which I am not +at liberty to explain, for not mentioning _definitely_ any Persons, +Places, or Dates. One remark only I will permit myself to make—that the +period of life, between the ages of a hundred-and-sixty-five and a +hundred-and-seventy-five, is a specially _safe_ one.” + +“How do you make that out?” I said. + +“Thus. You would consider swimming to be a very safe amusement, if you +scarcely ever heard of any one dying of it. Am I not right in thinking +that you never heard of any one dying between those two ages?” + +“I see what you mean,” I said: “but I’m afraid you ca’n’t prove +_swimming_ to be safe, on the same principle. It is no uncommon thing to +hear of some one being _drowned_.” + +“In _my_ country,” said Mein Herr, “no one is _ever_ drowned.” + +“Is there no water deep enough?” + +“Plenty! But we ca’n’t _sink_. We are all _lighter than water_. Let me +explain,” he added, seeing my look of surprise. “Suppose you desire a +race of _pigeons_ of a particular shape or colour, do you not select, +from year to year, those that are nearest to the shape or colour you +want, and keep those, and part with the others?” + +“We do,” I replied. “We call it ‘Artificial Selection.’” + +“Exactly so,” said Mein Herr. “Well, _we_ have practised that for some +centuries—constantly selecting the _lightest_ people: so that, now, +_everybody_ is lighter than water.” + +“Then you never can be drowned at _sea_?” + +“Never! It is only on the _land_—for instance, when attending a play in +a theatre—that we are in such a danger.” + +“How can that happen at a _theatre_?” + +“Our theatres are all _underground_. Large tanks of water are placed +above. If a fire breaks out, the taps are turned, and in one minute the +theatre is flooded, up to the very roof! Thus the fire is extinguished.” + +“_And_ the audience, I presume?” + +“That is a minor matter,” Mein Herr carelessly replied. “But they have +the comfort of knowing that, whether drowned or not, they are all +_lighter than water_. We have not yet reached the standard of making +people lighter than _air_: but we are _aiming_ at it; and, in another +thousand years or so——” + +“What doos oo do wiz the peoples that’s too heavy?” Bruno solemnly +enquired. + +“We have applied the same process,” Mein Herr continued, not noticing +Bruno’s question, “to many other purposes. We have gone on selecting +_walking-sticks_—always keeping those that walked _best_—till we have +obtained some, that can walk by themselves! We have gone on selecting +_cotton-wool_, till we have got some lighter than air! You’ve no idea +what a useful material it is! We call it ‘Imponderal.’” + +“What do you use it for?” + +“Well, chiefly for _packing_ articles, to go by Parcel-Post. It makes +them weigh _less than nothing_, you know.” + +“And how do the Post-Office people know what you have to pay?” + +“That’s the beauty of the new system!” Mein Herr cried exultingly. “They +pay _us_: we don’t pay _them_! I’ve often got as much as five shillings +for sending a parcel.” + +“But doesn’t your Government object?” + +“Well, they _do_ object, a little. They say it comes so expensive, in +the long run. But the thing’s as clear as daylight, by their own rules. +If I send a parcel, that weighs a pound _more_ than nothing, I _pay_ +three-pence: so, of course, if it weighs a pound _less_ than nothing, I +ought to _receive_ three-pence.” + +“It is _indeed_ a useful article!” I said. + +“Yet even ‘Imponderal’ has its disadvantages,” he resumed. “I bought +some, a few days ago, and put it into my _hat_, to carry it home, and +the hat simply floated away!” + +“Had oo some of that funny stuff in oor hat _today_?” Bruno enquired. +“Sylvie and me saw oo in the road, and oor hat were ever so high up! +Weren’t it, Sylvie?” + +“No, that was quite another thing.” said Mein Herr. “There was a drop or +two of rain falling: so I put my hat on the top of my stick—as an +umbrella, you know. As I came along the road,” he continued, turning to +me, “I was overtaken by——” + +“——a shower of rain?” said Bruno. + +“Well, it _looked_ more like the tail of a dog,” Mein Herr replied. “It +was the most curious thing! Something rubbed affectionately against my +knee. And I looked down. And I could see _nothing_! Only, about a yard +off, there was a dog’s tail, wagging, all by itself!” + +“Oh, _Sylvie_!” Bruno murmured reproachfully. “Oo didn’t finish making +him visible!” + +“I’m _so_ sorry!” Sylvie said, looking very penitent. “I meant to rub it +along his back, but we were in such a hurry. We’ll go and finish him +tomorrow. Poor thing! Perhaps he’ll get no supper tonight!” + +“_Course_ he won’t!” said Bruno. “Nobody never gives bones to a dog’s +tail!” + +Mein Herr looked from one to the other in blank astonishment. “I do not +understand you,” he said. “I had lost my way, and I was consulting a +pocket-map, and somehow I had dropped one of my gloves, and this +invisible _Something_, that had rubbed against my knee, actually brought +it back to me!” + +“Course he did!” said Bruno. “He’s _welly_ fond of fetching things.” + +Mein Herr looked so thoroughly bewildered that I thought it best to +change the subject. “What a useful thing a pocket-map is!” I remarked. + +“That’s another thing we’ve learned from _your_ Nation,” said Mein Herr, +“map-making. But we’ve carried it much further than _you_. What do you +consider the _largest_ map that would be really useful?” + +“About six inches to the mile.” + +“Only _six inches_!” exclaimed Mein Herr. “We very soon got to six +_yards_ to the mile. Then we tried a _hundred_ yards to the mile. And +then came the grandest idea of all! We actually made a map of the +country, on the scale of _a mile to the mile_!” + +“Have you used it much?” I enquired. + +“It has never been spread out, yet,” said Mein Herr: “the farmers +objected: they said it would cover the whole country, and shut out the +sunlight! So we now use the country itself, as its own map, and I assure +you it does nearly as well. Now let me ask you _another_ question. What +is the smallest _world_ you would care to inhabit?” + +“_I_ know!” cried Bruno, who was listening intently. “I’d like a little +teeny-tiny world, just big enough for Sylvie and me!” + +“Then you would have to stand on opposite sides of it,” said Mein Herr. +“And so you would never see your sister _at all_!” + +“And I’d have no _lessons_,” said Bruno. + +“You don’t mean to say you’ve been trying experiments in _that_ +direction!” I said. + +“Well, not _experiments_ exactly. We do not profess to _construct_ +planets. But a scientific friend of mine, who has made several +balloon-voyages, assures me he has visited a planet so small that he +could walk right round it in twenty minutes! There had been a great +battle, just before his visit, which had ended rather oddly: the +vanquished army ran away at full speed, and in a very few minutes found +themselves face-to-face with the victorious army, who were marching home +again, and who were so frightened at finding themselves between _two_ +armies, that they surrendered at once! Of course that lost them the +battle, though, as a matter of fact, they had killed _all_ the soldiers +on the other side.” + +“Killed soldiers _ca’n’t_ run away,” Bruno thoughtfully remarked. + +“‘Killed’ is a technical word,” replied Mein Herr. “In the little planet +I speak of, the bullets were made of soft black stuff, which marked +everything it touched. So, after a battle, all you had to do was to +count how many soldiers on each side were ‘killed’—that means ‘marked on +the _back_,’ for marks in _front_ didn’t count.” + +“Then you couldn’t ‘kill’ any, unless they ran away?” I said. + +“My scientific friend found out a better plan than _that_. He pointed +out that, if only the bullets were sent _the other way round the world_, +they would hit the enemy in the _back_. After that, the _worst_ marksmen +were considered the _best_ soldiers; and _the very worst of all_ always +got First Prize.” + +“And how did you decide which was _the very worst of all_?” + +“Easily. The _best_ possible shooting is, you know, to hit what is +exactly in _front_ of you: so of course the _worst_ possible is to hit +what is exactly _behind_ you.” + +“They were strange people in that little planet!” I said. + +“They were indeed! Perhaps their method of _government_ was the +strangest of all. In _this_ planet, I am told, a Nation consists of a +number of Subjects, and one King: but, in the little planet I speak of, +it consisted of a number of _Kings_, and one _Subject_!” + +“You say you are ‘told’ what happens in _this_ planet,” I said. “May I +venture to guess that you yourself are a visitor from some _other_ +planet?” + +Bruno clapped his hands in his excitement. “Is oo the Man-in-the-Moon?” +he cried. + +Mein Herr looked uneasy. “I am _not_ in the Moon, my child,” he said +evasively. “To return to what I was saying. I think _that_ method of +government ought to answer _well_. You see, the Kings would be sure to +make Laws contradicting each other: so the Subject could never be +punished, because, _whatever_ he did, he’d be obeying _some_ Law.” + +“And, whatever he did, he’d be _dis_obeying _some_ Law!” cried Bruno. +“So he’d _always_ be punished!” + +Lady Muriel was passing at the moment, and caught the last word. +“Nobody’s going to be punished _here_!” she said, taking Bruno in her +arms. “This is Liberty-Hall! Would you lend me the children for a +minute?” + +“The children desert us, you see,” I said to Mein Herr, as she carried +them off: “so we old folk must keep each other company!” + +The old man sighed. “Ah, well! We’re old folk _now_; and yet I was a +child myself, once—at least I fancy so.” + +It _did_ seem a rather unlikely fancy, I could not help owning to +myself—looking at the shaggy white hair, and the long beard—that he +could _ever_ have been a child. “You are fond of young people?” I said. + +“Young _men_,” he replied. “Not of _children_ exactly. I used to teach +young men—many a year ago—in my dear old University!” + +“I didn’t quite catch its _name_?” I hinted. + +“I did not name it,” the old man replied mildly. “Nor would you know the +name if I did. Strange tales I could tell you of all the changes I have +witnessed there! But it would weary you, I fear.” + +“No, _indeed_!” I said. “Pray go on. What kind of changes?” + +But the old man seemed to be more in a humour for questions than for +answers. “Tell me,” he said, laying his hand impressively on my arm, +“tell me something. For I am a stranger in your land, and I know little +of _your_ modes of education: yet something tells me _we_ are further on +than _you_ in the eternal cycle of change—and that many a theory _we_ +have tried and found to fail, _you_ also will try, with a wilder +enthusiasm: you also will find to fail, with a bitterer despair!” + +It was strange to see how, as he talked, and his words flowed more and +more freely, with a certain rhythmic eloquence, his features seemed to +glow with an inner light, and the whole man seemed to be transformed, as +if he had grown fifty years younger in a moment of time. + + + + + CHAPTER XII. + FAIRY-MUSIC. + + +The silence that ensued was broken by the voice of the musical young +lady, who had seated herself near us, and was conversing with one of the +newly-arrived guests. “Well!” she said in a tone of scornful surprise. +“We _are_ to have something new in the way of music, it appears!” + +I looked round for an explanation, and was nearly as much astonished as +the speaker herself: it was _Sylvie_ whom Lady Muriel was leading to the +piano! + +“Do try it, my darling!” she was saying. “I’m sure you can play very +nicely!” + +Sylvie looked round at me, with tears in her eyes. I tried to give her +an encouraging smile, but it was evidently a great strain on the nerves +of a child so wholly unused to be made an exhibition of, and she was +frightened and unhappy. Yet here came out the perfect sweetness of her +disposition: I could see that she was resolved to forget herself, and do +her best to give pleasure to Lady Muriel and her friends. She seated +herself at the instrument, and began instantly. Time and expression, so +far as one could judge, were perfect: but her touch was one of such +extraordinary lightness that it was at first scarcely possible, through +the hum of conversation which still continued, to catch a note of what +she was playing. + +But in a minute the hum had died away into absolute silence, and we all +sat, entranced and breathless, to listen to such heavenly music as none +then present could ever forget. + +Hardly touching the notes at first, she played a sort of introduction in +a minor key—like an embodied twilight; one felt as though the lights +were growing dim, and a mist were creeping through the room. Then there +flashed through the gathering gloom the first few notes of a melody so +lovely, so delicate, that one held one’s breath, fearful to lose a +single note of it. Ever and again the music dropped into the pathetic +minor key with which it had begun, and, each time that the melody forced +its way, so to speak, through the enshrouding gloom into the light of +day, it was more entrancing, more magically sweet. Under the airy touch +of the child, the instrument actually seemed to _warble_, like a bird. +“_Rise up, my love, my fair one_,” it seemed to sing, “_and come away! +For lo, the winter is past, the rain is over and gone; the flowers +appear on the earth; the time of the singing of birds is come!_” One +could fancy one heard the tinkle of the last few drops, shaken from the +trees by a passing gust—that one saw the first glittering rays of the +sun, breaking through the clouds. + +The Count hurried across the room in great excitement. “I _cannot_ +remember myself,” he exclaimed, “of the name of this so charming an air! +It is of an opera, most surely. Yet not even will the _opera_ remind his +name to me! What you call him, dear child?” + +[Illustration: ‘HOW CALL YOU THE OPERA?’] + +Sylvie looked round at him with a rapt expression of face. She had +ceased playing, but her fingers still wandered fitfully over the keys. +All fear and shyness had quite passed away now, and nothing remained but +the pure joy of the music that had thrilled our hearts. + +“The title of it!” the Count repeated impatiently. “How call you the +opera?” + +“I don’t know what an opera _is_,” Sylvie half-whispered. + +“How, then, call you the _air_?” + +“I don’t know any name for it,” Sylvie replied, as she rose from the +instrument. + +“But this is marvellous!” exclaimed the Count, following the child, and +addressing himself to me, as if I were the proprietor of this musical +prodigy, and so _must_ know the origin of her music. “You have heard her +play this, sooner—I would say ‘before this occasion’? How call you the +air?” + +I shook my head; but was saved from more questions by Lady Muriel, who +came up to petition the Count for a song. + +The Count spread out his hands apologetically, and ducked his head. +“But, Milady, I have already respected—I would say prospected—all your +songs; and there shall be none fitted to my voice! They are not for +basso voices!” + +“Wo’n’t you look at them again?” Lady Muriel implored. + +“Let’s help him!” Bruno whispered to Sylvie. “Let’s get him—_you_ know!” + +Sylvie nodded. “Shall _we_ look for a song for you?” she said sweetly to +the Count. + +“Mais _oui_!” the little man exclaimed. + +“Of course we may!” said Bruno, while, each taking a hand of the +delighted Count, they led him to the music-stand. + +“There is still hope!” said Lady Muriel over her shoulder, as she +followed them. + +I turned to ‘Mein Herr,’ hoping to resume our interrupted conversation. +“You were remarking——” I began: but at this moment Sylvie came to call +Bruno, who had returned to my side, looking unusually serious. “_Do_ +come, Bruno!” she entreated. “You know we’ve nearly found it!” Then, in +a whisper, “The locket’s in my _hand_, now. I couldn’t get it out while +they were looking!” + +But Bruno drew back. “The man called me names,” he said with dignity. + +“What names?” I enquired with some curiosity. + +“I asked him,” said Bruno, “which sort of song he liked. And he said +‘_A_ song of _a_ man, not of _a_ lady.’ And I said ‘Shall Sylvie and me +find you the song of Mister Tottles?’ And he said ‘Wait, eel!’ And I’m +_not_ an eel, oo know!” + +“I’m _sure_ he didn’t mean it!” Sylvie said earnestly. “It’s something +French—you know he ca’n’t talk English so well as——” + +Bruno relented visibly. “Course he knows no better, if he’s Flench! +Flenchmen _never_ can speak English so goodly as _us_!” And Sylvie led +him away, a willing captive. + +“Nice children!” said the old man, taking off his spectacles and rubbing +them carefully. Then he put them on again, and watched with an approving +smile, while the children tossed over the heap of music, and we just +caught Sylvie’s reproving words, “We’re _not_ making hay, Bruno!” + +“This has been a long interruption to our conversation,” I said. “Pray +let us go on!” + +“Willingly!” replied the gentle old man. + +“I was much interested in what you——” He paused a moment, and passed his +hand uneasily across his brow. “One forgets,” he murmured. “What was I +saying? Oh! Something you were to tell me. Yes. Which of your teachers +do you value the most highly, those whose words are easily understood, +or those who puzzle you at every turn?” + +I felt obliged to admit that we generally admired most the teachers we +couldn’t quite understand. + +“Just so,” said Mein Herr. “That’s the way it begins. Well, _we_ were at +that stage some eighty years ago—or was it ninety? Our favourite teacher +got more obscure every year; and every year we admired him more—just as +_your_ Art-fanciers call _mist_ the fairest feature in a landscape, and +admire a view with frantic delight when they can see nothing! Now I’ll +tell you how it ended. It was Moral Philosophy that our idol lectured +on. Well, his pupils couldn’t make head or tail of it, but they got it +all by heart; and, when Examination-time came, they wrote it down; and +the Examiners said ‘Beautiful! What depth!’” + +“But what good was it to the young men _afterwards_?” + +“Why, don’t you see?” replied Mein Herr. “_They_ became teachers in +their turn, and _they_ said all these things over again; and _their_ +pupils wrote it all down; and the Examiners accepted it; and nobody had +the ghost of an idea what it all meant!” + +“And how did it end?” + +“It ended this way. We woke up one fine day, and found there was no one +in the place that knew _anything_ about Moral Philosophy. So we +abolished it, teachers, classes, examiners, and all. And if any one +wanted to learn anything about it, he had to make it out for himself; +and after another twenty years or so there were several men that really +knew something about it! Now tell me another thing. How long do you +teach a youth before you examine him, in your Universities?” + +I told him, three or four years. + +“Just so, just what _we_ did!” he exclaimed. “We taught ’em a bit, and, +just as they were beginning to take it in, we took it all out again! We +pumped our wells dry before they were a quarter full—we stripped our +orchards while the apples were still in blossom—we applied the severe +logic of arithmetic to our chickens, while peacefully slumbering in +their shells! Doubtless it’s the early bird that picks up the worm—but +if the bird gets up so outrageously early that the worm is still deep +underground, what _then_ is its chance of a breakfast?” + +Not much, I admitted. + +“Now see how that works!” he went on eagerly. “If you want to pump your +wells so soon—and I suppose you tell me that is what you _must_ do?” + +“We must,” I said. “In an over-crowded country like this, nothing but +Competitive Examinations——” + +Mein Herr threw up his hands wildly. “What, _again_?” he cried. “I +thought it was dead, fifty years ago! Oh this Upas tree of Competitive +Examinations! Beneath whose deadly shade all the original genius, all +the exhaustive research, all the untiring life-long diligence by which +our fore-fathers have so advanced human knowledge, must slowly but +surely wither away, and give place to a system of Cookery, in which the +human mind is a sausage, and all we ask is, how much indigestible stuff +can be crammed into it!” + +Always, after these bursts of eloquence, he seemed to forget himself for +a moment, and only to hold on to the thread of thought by some single +word. “Yes, _crammed_,” he repeated. “We went through all that stage of +the disease—had it bad, I warrant you! Of course, as the Examination was +all in all, we tried to put in just what was wanted—and the _great_ +thing to aim at was, that the Candidate should know absolutely _nothing_ +beyond the needs of the Examination! I don’t say it was ever _quite_ +achieved: but one of my own pupils (pardon an old man’s egotism) came +very near it. After the Examination, he mentioned to me the few facts +which he knew but had _not_ been able to bring in, and I can assure you +they were trivial, Sir, absolutely trivial!” + +I feebly expressed my surprise and delight. + +The old man bowed, with a gratified smile, and proceeded. “At that time, +no one had hit on the much more rational plan of watching for the +individual scintillations of genius, and rewarding them as they +occurred. As it was, we made our unfortunate pupil into a Leyden-jar, +charged him up to the eyelids—then applied the knob of a Competitive +Examination, and drew off one magnificent spark, which very often +cracked the jar! What mattered _that_? We labeled it ‘First Class +Spark,’ and put it away on the shelf.” + +“But the more rational system——?” I suggested. + +“Ah, yes! _that_ came next. Instead of giving the whole reward of +learning in one lump, we used to pay for every good answer as it +occurred. How well I remember lecturing in those days, with a heap of +small coins at my elbow! It was ‘A _very_ good answer, Mr. Jones!’ (that +meant a shilling, mostly). ‘Bravo, Mr. Robinson!’ (that meant +half-a-crown). Now I’ll tell you how _that_ worked. Not one single fact +would any of them take in, without a fee! And when a clever boy came up +from school, he got paid more for learning than we got paid for teaching +him! Then came the wildest craze of all.” + +“What, _another_ craze?” I said. + +“It’s the last one,” said the old man. “I must have tired you out with +my long story. Each College wanted to get the clever boys: so we adopted +a system which we had heard was very popular in England: the Colleges +competed against each other, and the boys let themselves out to the +highest bidder! What geese we were! Why, they were bound to come to the +University _somehow_. We needn’t have paid ’em! And all our money went +in getting clever boys to come to one College rather than another! The +competition was so keen, that at last mere money-payments were not +enough. Any College, that wished to secure some specially clever young +man, had to waylay him at the Station, and hunt him through the streets. +The first who touched him was allowed to have him.” + +“That hunting-down of the scholars, as they arrived, must have been a +curious business,” I said. “Could you give me some idea of what it was +like?” + +“Willingly!” said the old man. “I will describe to you the very last +Hunt that took place, before that form of Sport (for it was actually +reckoned among the _Sports_ of the day: we called it ‘Cub-Hunting’) was +finally abandoned. I witnessed it myself, as I happened to be passing by +at the moment, and was what we called ‘in at the death.’ I can see it +now!” he went on in an excited tone, gazing into vacancy with those +large dreamy eyes of his. “It seems like yesterday; and yet it +happened——” He checked himself hastily, and the remaining words died +away into a whisper. + +[Illustration: SCHOLAR-HUNTING: THE PURSUED] + +“_How_ many years ago did you say?” I asked, much interested in the +prospect of at last learning _some_ definite fact in his history. + +[Illustration: SCHOLAR-HUNTING: THE PURSUERS] + +“_Many_ years ago,” he replied. “The scene at the Railway-Station had +been (so they told me) one of wild excitement. Eight or nine Heads of +Colleges had assembled at the gates (no one was allowed inside), and the +Station-Master had drawn a line on the pavement, and insisted on their +all standing behind it. The gates were flung open! The young man darted +through them, and fled like lightning down the street, while the Heads +of Colleges actually _yelled_ with excitement on catching sight of him! +The Proctor gave the word, in the old statutory form, ‘_Semel!_ _Bis!_ +_Ter!_ _Currite!_’, and the Hunt began! Oh, it was a fine sight, believe +me! At the first corner he dropped his Greek Lexicon: further on, his +railway-rug: then various small articles: then his umbrella: lastly, +what I suppose he prized most, his hand-bag: but the game was up: the +spherical Principal of—of——” + +“Of _which_ College?” I said. + +“—of _one_ of the Colleges,” he resumed, “had put into operation the +Theory—his own discovery—of Accelerated Velocity, and captured him just +opposite to where I stood. I shall never forget that wild breathless +struggle! But it was soon over. Once in those great bony hands, escape +was impossible!” + +“May I ask why you speak of him as the ‘_spherical_’ Principal?” I said. + +“The epithet referred to his _shape_, which was a perfect _sphere_. You +are aware that a bullet, another instance of a perfect sphere, when +falling in a perfectly straight line, moves with Accelerated Velocity?” + +I bowed assent. + +“Well, my spherical friend (as I am proud to call him) set himself to +investigate the _causes_ of this. He found them to be _three_. One; that +it is a perfect _sphere_. Two; that it moves in a _straight line_. +Three; that its direction is _not upwards_. When these three conditions +are fulfilled, you get Accelerated Velocity.” + +“Hardly,” I said: “if you will excuse my differing from you. Suppose we +apply the theory to _horizontal_ motion. If a bullet is fired +_horizontally_, it——” + +“—it does _not_ move in a _straight line_,” he quietly finished my +sentence for me. + +“I yield the point,” I said. “What did your friend do next?” + +“The next thing was to apply the theory, as you rightly suggest, to +_horizontal_ motion. But the moving body, ever tending to _fall_, needs +_constant support_, if it is to move in a true horizontal line. ‘What, +then,’ he asked himself, ‘will _give constant support to a moving +body_?’ And his answer was ‘_Human legs!_’ _That_ was the discovery that +immortalised his name!” + +“His name being——?” I suggested. + +“I had not mentioned it,” was the gentle reply of my most unsatisfactory +informant. “His next step was an obvious one. He took to a diet of +suet-dumplings, until his body had become a perfect sphere. _Then_ he +went out for his first experimental run—which nearly cost him his life!” + +“How was _that_?” + +“Well, you see, he had no idea of the _tremendous_ new Force in Nature +that he was calling into play. He began too fast. In a very few minutes +he found himself moving at a hundred miles an hour! And, if he had not +had the presence of mind to charge into the middle of a haystack (which +he scattered to the four winds) there can be no doubt that he would have +left the Planet he belonged to, and gone right away into Space!” + +“And how came that to be the _last_ of the Cub-Hunts?” I enquired. + +“Well, you see, it led to a rather scandalous dispute between two of the +Colleges. _Another_ Principal had laid his hand on the young man, so +nearly at the same moment as the _spherical_ one, that there was no +knowing which had touched him first. The dispute got into print, and did +us no credit, and, in short, Cub-Hunts came to an end. Now I’ll tell you +what cured us of that wild craze of ours, the bidding against each +other, for the clever scholars, just as if they were articles to be sold +by auction! Just when the craze had reached its highest point, and when +one of the Colleges had actually advertised a Scholarship of one +thousand pounds _per annum_, one of our tourists brought us the +manuscript of an old African legend—I happen to have a copy of it in my +pocket. Shall I translate it for you?” + +“Pray go on,” I said, though I felt I was getting _very_ sleepy. + + + + + CHAPTER XIII. + WHAT TOTTLES MEANT. + + +Mein Herr unrolled the manuscript, but, to my great surprise, instead of +_reading_ it, he began to _sing_ it, in a rich mellow voice that seemed +to ring through the room. + + “One thousand pounds per annuum + Is not so bad a figure, come!” + Cried Tottles. “And I tell you, flat, + A man may marry well on that! + To say ‘the Husband needs the Wife’ + Is not the way to represent it. + The crowning joy of Woman’s life + Is _Man_!” said Tottles (and he meant it). + + The blissful Honey-moon is past: + The Pair have settled down at last: + Mamma-in-law their home will share, + And make their happiness her care. + “Your income is an ample one; + Go it, my children!” (And they went it). + “I rayther think this kind of fun + Won’t last!” said Tottles (and he meant it). + + They took a little country-box— + A box at Covent Garden also: + They lived a life of double-knocks, + Acquaintances began to call so: + Their London house was much the same + (It took three hundred, clear, to rent it): + “Life is a very jolly game!” + Cried happy Tottles (and he meant it). + + ‘Contented with a frugal lot’ + (He always used that phrase at Gunter’s), + He bought a handy little yacht— + A dozen serviceable hunters— + The fishing of a Highland Loch— + A sailing-boat to circumvent it— + “The sounding of that Gaelic ‘och’ + Beats _me_!” said Tottles (and he meant it). + +Here, with one of those convulsive starts that wake one up in the very +act of dropping off to sleep, I became conscious that the deep musical +tones that thrilled me did _not_ belong to Mein Herr, but to the French +Count. The old man was still conning the manuscript. + +“I _beg_ your pardon for keeping you waiting!” he said. “I was just +making sure that I knew the English for all the words. I am quite ready +now.” And he read me the following Legend:— + +“In a city that stands in the very centre of Africa, and is rarely +visited by the casual tourist, the people had always bought eggs—a daily +necessary in a climate where egg-flip was the usual diet—from a Merchant +who came to their gates once a week. And the people always bid wildly +against each other: so there was quite a lively auction every time the +Merchant came, and the last egg in his basket used to fetch the value of +two or three camels, or thereabouts. And eggs got dearer every week. And +still they drank their egg-flip, and wondered where all their money went +to. + +[Illustration: THE EGG-MERCHANT] + +“And there came a day when they put their heads together. And they +understood what donkeys they had been. + +“And next day, when the Merchant came, only _one_ Man went forth. And he +said ‘Oh, thou of the hook-nose and the goggle-eyes, thou of the +measureless beard, how much for that lot of eggs?’ + +“And the Merchant answered him ‘I _could_ let thee have that lot at ten +thousand piastres the dozen.’ + +“And the Man chuckled inwardly, and said ‘_Ten_ piastres the dozen I +offer thee, and no more, oh descendant of a distinguished grandfather!’ + +“And the Merchant stroked his beard, and said ‘Hum! I will await the +coming of thy friends,’ So he waited. And the Man waited with him. And +they waited both together.” + +“The manuscript breaks off here,” said Mein Herr, as he rolled it up +again; “but it was enough to open our eyes. We saw what simpletons we +had been—buying our Scholars much as those ignorant savages bought their +eggs—and the ruinous system was abandoned. If only we could have +abandoned, along with it, all the _other_ fashions we had borrowed from +you, instead of carrying them to their logical results! But it was not +to be. What ruined my country, and drove me from my home, was the +introduction—into the _Army_, of all places—of your theory of Political +Dichotomy!” + +“Shall I trouble you too much,” I said, “if I ask you to explain what +you mean by ‘the Theory of Political Dichotomy’?” + +“No trouble at all!” was Mein Herr’s most courteous reply. “I quite +enjoy talking, when I get so good a listener. What started the thing, +with us, was the report brought to us, by one of our most eminent +statesmen, who had stayed some time in England, of the way affairs were +managed there. It was a political necessity (so he assured us, and we +believed him, though we had never discovered it till that moment) that +there should be _two_ Parties, in every affair and on every subject. In +_Politics_, the two Parties, which you had found it necessary to +institute, were called, he told us, ‘Whigs’ and ‘Tories’.” + +“That must have been some time ago?” I remarked. + +“It _was_ some time ago,” he admitted. “And this was the way the affairs +of the British Nation were managed. (You will correct me if I +misrepresent it. I do but repeat what our traveler told us.) These two +Parties—which were in chronic hostility to each other—took turns in +conducting the Government; and the Party, that happened _not_ to be in +power, was called the ‘Opposition’, I believe?” + +“That is the right name,” I said. “There have always been, so long as we +have had a Parliament at all, _two_ Parties, one ‘in’, and one ‘out’.” + +“Well, the function of the ‘Ins’ (if I may so call them) was to do the +best they could for the national welfare—in such things as making war or +peace, commercial treaties, and so forth?” + +“Undoubtedly,” I said. + +“And the function of the ‘Outs’ was (so our traveller assured us, though +we were very incredulous at first) to _prevent_ the ‘Ins’ from +succeeding in any of these things?” + +“To _criticize_ and to _amend_ their proceedings,” I corrected him. “It +would be _unpatriotic_ to _hinder_ the Government in doing what was for +the good of the Nation! We have always held a _Patriot_ to be the +greatest of heroes, and an _unpatriotic_ spirit to be one of the worst +of human ills!” + +“Excuse me for a moment,” the old gentleman courteously replied, taking +out his pocket-book. “I have a few memoranda here, of a correspondence I +had with our tourist, and, if you will allow me, I’ll just refresh my +memory—although I quite agree with you—it is, as you say, one of the +worst of human ills—” And, here Mein Herr began singing again:— + + But oh, the worst of human ills + (Poor Tottles found) are ‘little bills’! + And, with no balance in the Bank, + What wonder that his spirits sank? + Still, as the money flowed away, + He wondered how on earth she spent it. + “You cost me twenty pounds a day, + _At least_!” cried Tottles (and he meant it). + + She sighed. “Those Drawing Rooms, you know! + I really never thought about it: + Mamma declared we ought to go— + We should be Nobodies without it. + That diamond-circlet for my brow— + I quite believed that _she_ had sent it, + Until the Bill came in just now——” + “_Viper_!” cried Tottles (and he meant it). + + Poor Mrs. T. could bear no more, + But fainted flat upon the floor. + Mamma-in-law, with anguish wild, + Seeks, all in vain, to rouse her child. + “Quick! Take this box of smelling-salts! + Don’t scold her, James, or you’ll repent it, + She’s a _dear_ girl, with all her faults——” + “She _is_!” groaned Tottles (and he meant it). + + “I was a donkey,” Tottles cried, + “To choose your daughter for my bride! + ’Twas _you_ that bid us cut a dash! + ’Tis _you_ have brought us to this smash! + You don’t suggest one single thing + That can in any way prevent it—— + Then what’s the use of arguing? + _Shut up!_” cried Tottles (and he meant it). + +Once more I started into wakefulness, and realised that Mein Herr was +not the singer. He was still consulting his memoranda. + +“It is exactly what my friend told me,” he resumed, after conning over +various papers. “‘_Unpatriotic_’ is the very word I had used, in writing +to him, and ‘_hinder_’ is the very word he used in his reply! Allow me +to read you a portion of his letter:—— + + “‘_I can assure you_,’ he writes, ‘_that, unpatriotic as you may think + it, the recognised function of the ‘Opposition’ is to hinder, in every + manner not forbidden by the Law, the action of the Government. This + process is called ‘Legitimate Obstruction’: and the greatest triumph + the ‘Opposition’ can ever enjoy, is when they are able to point out + that, owing to their ‘Obstruction’, the Government have failed in + everything they have tried to do for the good of the Nation!_’” + +“Your friend has not put it _quite_ correctly,” I said. “The Opposition +would no doubt be glad to point out that the Government had failed +_through their own fault_; but _not_ that they had failed on account of +_Obstruction_!” + +“You think so?” he gently replied. “Allow me now to read to you this +newspaper-cutting, which my friend enclosed in his letter. It is part of +the report of a public speech, made by a Statesman who was at the time a +member of the ‘Opposition’:— + + “‘_At the close of the Session, he thought they had no reason to be + discontented with the fortunes of the campaign. They had routed the + enemy at every point. But the pursuit must be continued. They had only + to follow up a disordered and dispirited foe._’” + +“Now to what portion of your national history would you guess that the +speaker was referring?” + +“Really, the number of _successful_ wars we have waged during the last +century,” I replied, with a glow of British pride, “is _far_ too great +for me to guess, with any chance of success, _which_ it was we were then +engaged in. However, I will name ‘_India_’ as the most probable. The +Mutiny was no doubt, all but crushed, at the time that speech was made. +What a fine, manly, _patriotic_ speech it must have been!” I exclaimed +in an outburst of enthusiasm. + +“You think so?” he replied, in a tone of gentle pity. “Yet my friend +tells me that the ‘_disordered and dispirited foe_’ simply meant the +Statesmen who happened to be in power at the moment; that the +‘_pursuit_’ simply meant ‘Obstruction’; and that the words ‘_they had +routed the enemy_’ simply meant that the ‘Opposition’ had succeeded in +hindering the Government from doing any of the work which the Nation had +empowered them to do!” + +I thought it best to say nothing. + +“It seemed queer to _us_, just at first,” he resumed, after courteously +waiting a minute for me to speak: “but, when once we had mastered the +idea, our respect for your Nation was so great that we carried it into +every department of life! It was ‘_the beginning of the end_’ with us. +My country never held up its head again!” And the poor old gentleman +sighed deeply. + +“Let us change the subject,” I said. “Do not distress yourself, I beg!” + +“No, no!” he said, with an effort to recover himself. “I had rather +finish my story! The next step (after reducing our Government to +impotence, and putting a stop to all useful legislation, which did not +take us long to do) was to introduce what we called ‘the glorious +British Principle of Dichotomy’ into _Agriculture_. We persuaded many of +the well-to-do farmers to divide their staff of labourers into two +Parties, and to set them one against the other. They were called, like +our political Parties, the ‘Ins’ and the ‘Outs’: the business of the +‘Ins’ was to do as much of ploughing, sowing, or whatever might be +needed, as they could manage in a day, and at night they were paid +according to the amount they had _done_: the business of the ‘Outs’ was +to hinder them, and _they_ were paid for the amount they had _hindered_. +The farmers found they had to pay only _half_ as much wages as they did +before, and they didn’t observe that the amount of work done was only a +_quarter_ as much as was done before: so they took it up quite +enthusiastically, _at first_.” + +“And _afterwards_——?” I enquired. + +“Well, _afterwards_ they didn’t like it quite so well. In a very short +time, things settled down into a regular routine. No work _at all_ was +done. So the ‘Ins’ got no wages, and the ‘Outs’ got full pay. And the +farmers never discovered, till most of them were ruined, that the +rascals had agreed to manage it so, and had shared the pay between them! +While the thing lasted, there were funny sights to be seen! Why, I’ve +often watched a ploughman, with two horses harnessed to the plough, +doing his best to get it _forwards_; while the opposition-ploughman, +with three donkeys harnessed at the _other_ end, was doing _his_ best to +get it _backwards_! And the plough never moving an inch, _either_ way!” + +“But _we_ never did anything like _that_!” I exclaimed. + +“Simply because you were less _logical_ than we were,” replied Mein +Herr. “There is _sometimes_ an advantage in being a donk—Excuse me! No +_personal_ allusion intended. All this happened _long ago_, you know!” + +“Did the Dichotomy-Principle succeed in _any_ direction?” I enquired. + +“In _none_,” Mein Herr candidly confessed. “It had a _very_ short trial +in _Commerce_. The shop-keepers _wouldn’t_ take it up, after once trying +the plan of having half the attendants busy in folding up and carrying +away the goods which the other half were trying to spread out upon the +counters. They said the Public didn’t like it!” + +“I don’t wonder at it,” I remarked. + +“Well, we tried ‘the British Principle’ for some years. And the end of +it all was—” His voice suddenly dropped, almost to a whisper; and large +tears began to roll down his cheeks. “—the end was that we got involved +in a war; and there was a great battle, in which we far out-numbered the +enemy. But what could one expect, when only _half_ of our soldiers were +fighting, and the other half pulling them back? It ended in a crushing +defeat—an utter rout. This caused a Revolution; and most of the +Government were banished. I myself was accused of Treason, for having so +strongly advocated ‘the British Principle.’ My property was all +forfeited, and—and—I was driven into exile! ‘Now the mischief’s done,’ +they said, ‘perhaps you’ll kindly leave the country?’ It nearly broke my +heart, but I had to go!” + +The melancholy tone became a wail: the wail became a chant: the chant +became a song—though whether it was _Mein Herr_ that was singing, this +time, or somebody else, I could not feel certain. + + “And, now the mischief’s done, perhaps + You’ll kindly go and pack your traps? + Since _two_ (your daughter and your son) + Are Company, but _three_ are none. + A course of saving we’ll begin: + When change is needed, _I’ll_ invent it: + Don’t think to put _your_ finger in + _This_ pie!” cried Tottles (and he meant it). + +The music seemed to die away. Mein Herr was again speaking in his +ordinary voice. “Now tell me one thing more,” he said. “Am I right in +thinking that in _your_ Universities, though a man may reside some +thirty or forty years, you examine him, once for all, at the end of the +first three or four?” + +“That is so, undoubtedly,” I admitted. + +“Practically, then, you examine a man at the _beginning_ of his career!” +the old man said to himself rather than to me. “And what guarantee have +you that he _retains_ the knowledge for which you have rewarded +him—beforehand, as _we_ should say?” + +“None,” I admitted, feeling a little puzzled at the drift of his +remarks. “How do _you_ secure that object?” + +“By examining him at the _end_ of his thirty or forty years—not at the +beginning,” he gently replied. “On an average, the knowledge then found +is about one-fifth of what it was at first—the process of forgetting +going on at a very steady uniform rate—and he, who forgets _least_, gets +_most_ honour, and most rewards.” + +“Then you give him the money when he needs it no longer? And you make +him live most of his life on _nothing_!” + +“Hardly that. He gives his orders to the tradesmen: they supply him, for +forty, sometimes fifty, years, at their own risk: then he gets his +Fellowship—which pays him in _one_ year as much as _your_ Fellowships +pay in fifty—and then he can easily pay all his bills, with interest.” + +“But suppose he fails to get his Fellowship? That must occasionally +happen.” + +“That occasionally happens.” It was Mein Herr’s turn, now, to make +admissions. + +“And what becomes of the tradesmen?” + +“They calculate accordingly. When a man appears to be getting alarmingly +ignorant, or stupid, they will sometimes refuse to supply him any +longer. You have no idea with what enthusiasm a man will begin to rub up +his forgotten sciences or languages, when his butcher has cut off the +supply of beef and mutton!” + +“And who are the Examiners?” + +“The young men who have just come, brimming over with knowledge. You +would think it a curious sight,” he went on, “to see mere boys examining +such old men. I have known a man set to examine his own grandfather. It +was a little painful for both of them, no doubt. The old gentleman was +as bald as a coot——” + +“How bald would that be?” I’ve no idea why I asked this question. I felt +I was getting foolish. + + + + + CHAPTER XIV. + BRUNO’S PICNIC. + + +“As bald as bald,” was the bewildering reply. “Now, Bruno, I’ll tell you +a story.” + +“And I’ll tell _oo_ a story,” said Bruno, beginning in a great hurry for +fear of Sylvie getting the start of him: “once there were a Mouse—a +little tiny Mouse—such a tiny little Mouse! Oo never saw such a tiny +Mouse——” + +“Did nothing ever happen to it, Bruno?” I asked. “Haven’t you anything +more to tell us, besides its being so tiny?” + +“Nothing never happened to it,” Bruno solemnly replied. + +“Why did nothing never happen to it?” said Sylvie, who was sitting, with +her head on Bruno’s shoulder, patiently waiting for a chance of +beginning _her_ story. + +“It were too tiny,” Bruno explained. + +“_That’s_ no reason!” I said. “However tiny it was, things might happen +to it.” + +Bruno looked pityingly at me, as if he thought me very stupid. “It were +too tiny,” he repeated. “If anything happened to it, it would die—it +were so _very_ tiny!” + +“Really that’s enough about its being tiny!” Sylvie put in. “Haven’t you +invented any more about it?” + +“Haven’t invented no more yet.” + +“Well then, you shouldn’t begin a story till you’ve invented more! Now +be quiet, there’s a good boy, and listen to _my_ story.” + +And Bruno, having quite exhausted all his inventive faculty, by +beginning in too great a hurry, quietly resigned himself to listening. +“Tell about the other Bruno, please,” he said coaxingly. + +Sylvie put her arms round his neck, and began:—— + +“The wind was whispering among the trees,” (“That wasn’t good manners!” +Bruno interrupted. “Never mind about manners,” said Sylvie) “and it was +evening—a nice moony evening, and the Owls were hooting——” + +“Pretend they weren’t Owls!” Bruno pleaded, stroking her cheek with his +fat little hand. “I don’t like Owls. Owls have such great big eyes. +Pretend they were Chickens!” + +“Are you afraid of their great big eyes, Bruno?” I said. + +“Aren’t _’fraid_ of nothing,” Bruno answered in as careless a tone as he +could manage: “they’re ugly with their great big eyes. I think if they +cried, the tears would be as big—oh, as big as the moon!” And he laughed +merrily. “Doos Owls cry ever, Mister Sir?” + +“Owls cry never,” I said gravely, trying to copy Bruno’s way of +speaking: “they’ve got nothing to be sorry for, you know.” + +“Oh, but they have!” Bruno exclaimed. “They’re ever so sorry, ’cause +they killed the poor little Mouses!” + +“But they’re not sorry when they’re _hungry_, I suppose?” + +“Oo don’t know nothing about Owls!” Bruno scornfully remarked. “When +they’re hungry, they’re very, _very_ sorry they killed the little +Mouses, ’cause if they _hadn’t_ killed them there’d be sumfin for +supper, oo know!” + +Bruno was evidently getting into a dangerously inventive state of mind, +so Sylvie broke in with “Now I’m going on with the story. So the +Owls—the Chickens, I mean—were looking to see if they could find a nice +fat Mouse for their supper——” + +“Pretend it was a nice ’abbit!” said Bruno. + +“But it _wasn’t_ a nice habit, to kill Mouses,” Sylvie argued. “I can’t +pretend _that_!” + +“I didn’t say ‘_habit_,’ oo silly fellow!” Bruno replied with a merry +twinkle in his eye. “’_abbits_—that runs about in the fields!” + +“Rabbit? Well it can be a Rabbit, if you like. But you mustn’t alter my +story so much, Bruno. A Chicken _couldn’t_ eat a Rabbit!” + +“But it might have wished to see if it could try to eat it.” + +“Well, it wished to see if it could try—oh, really, Bruno, that’s +nonsense! I shall go back to the Owls.” + +“Well then, pretend they hadn’t great eyes!” + +“And they saw a little Boy,” Sylvie went on, disdaining to make any +further corrections. “And he asked them to tell him a story. And the +Owls hooted and flew away——” (“Oo shouldn’t say ‘_flewed_;’ oo should +say ‘_flied_,’” Bruno whispered. But Sylvie wouldn’t hear.) “And he met +a Lion. And he asked the Lion to tell him a story. And the Lion said +‘yes,’ it would. And, while the Lion was telling him the story, it +nibbled some of his head off——” + +“Don’t say ‘nibbled’!” Bruno entreated. “Only little things +nibble—little thin sharp things, with edges——” + +“Well then, it ‘_nubbled_,’” said Sylvie. “And when it had nubbled _all_ +his head off, he went away, and he never said ‘thank you’!” + +“That were very rude,” said Bruno. “If he couldn’t speak, he might have +nodded—no, he couldn’t nod. Well, he might have shaked _hands_ with the +Lion!” + +“Oh, I’d forgotten that part!” said Sylvie. “He _did_ shake hands with +it. He came back again, you know, and he thanked the Lion very much, for +telling him the story.” + +“Then his head had growed up again?” said Bruno. + +“Oh yes, it grew up in a minute. And the Lion begged pardon, and said it +wouldn’t nubble off little boys’ heads—not never no more!” + +Bruno looked much pleased at this change of events. “Now that are a +_really_ nice story!” he said. “_Aren’t_ it a nice story, Mister Sir?” + +“Very,” I said. “I would like to hear another story about that Boy.” + +“So would _I_,” said Bruno, stroking Sylvie’s cheek again. “_Please_ +tell about Bruno’s Picnic; and don’t talk about _nubbly_ Lions!” + +“I won’t, if it frightens you,” said Sylvie. + +“_Flightens_ me!” Bruno exclaimed indignantly. “It isn’t _that_! It’s +’cause ‘nubbly’ ’s such a grumbly word to say—when one person’s got her +head on another person’s shoulder. When she talks like that,” he +explained to me, “the talking goes down bofe sides of my face—all the +way to my chin—and it _doos_ tickle so! It’s enough to make a beard +grow, that it is!” + +He said this with great severity, but it was evidently meant for a joke: +so Sylvie laughed—a delicious musical little laugh, and laid her soft +cheek on the top of her brother’s curly head, as if it were a pillow, +while she went on with the story. “So this Boy——” + +“But it wasn’t _me_, oo know!” Bruno interrupted. “And oo needn’t try to +look as if it was, Mister Sir!” + +I represented, respectfully, that I was trying to look as if it wasn’t. + +“—he was a middling good Boy——” + +“He were a _welly_ good Boy!” Bruno corrected her. “And he never did +nothing he wasn’t told to do——” + +“_That_ doesn’t make a good Boy!” Sylvie said contemptuously. + +“That _do_ make a good Boy!” Bruno insisted. + +Sylvie gave up the point. “Well, he was a _very_ good Boy, and he always +kept his promises, and he had a big cupboard——” + +“—for to keep all his promises in!” cried Bruno. + +“If he kept _all_ his promises,” Sylvie said, with a mischievous look in +her eyes, “he wasn’t like _some_ Boys I know of!” + +“He had to put _salt_ with them, a-course,” Bruno said gravely: “oo +ca’n’t keep promises when there isn’t any salt. And he kept his birthday +on the second shelf.” + +“How long did he keep his birthday?” I asked. “I never can keep _mine_ +more than twenty-four hours.” + +“Why, a birthday _stays_ that long by itself!” cried Bruno. “Oo doosn’t +know how to keep birthdays! This Boy kept _his_ a whole year!” + +“And then the next birthday would begin,” said Sylvie. “So it would be +his birthday _always_.” + +“So it were,” said Bruno. “Doos _oo_ have treats on _oor_ birthday, +Mister Sir?” + +“Sometimes,” I said. + +“When oo’re _good_, I suppose?” + +“Why, it _is_ a sort of treat, being good, isn’t it?” I said. + +“A sort of _treat_!” Bruno repeated. “It’s a sort of _punishment_, _I_ +think!” + +“Oh, Bruno!” Sylvie interrupted, almost sadly. “How _can_ you?” + +“Well, but it _is_,” Bruno persisted. “Why, look here, Mister Sir! +_This_ is being good!” And he sat bolt upright, and put on an absurdly +solemn face. “First oo must sit up as straight as pokers——” + +“—as _a_ poker,” Sylvie corrected him. + +“—as straight as _pokers_,” Bruno firmly repeated. “Then oo must clasp +oor hands—_so_. Then—‘Why hasn’t oo brushed oor hair? Go and brush it +_toreckly_!’ Then—‘Oh, Bruno, oo mustn’t dog’s-ear the daisies!’ Did oo +learn _oor_ spelling wiz daisies, Mister Sir?” + +“I want to hear about that Boy’s _Birthday_,” I said. + +Bruno returned to the story instantly. “Well, so this Boy said ‘Now it’s +my Birthday!’ And so—I’m tired!” he suddenly broke off, laying his head +in Sylvie’s lap. “Sylvie knows it best. Sylvie’s grown-upper than me. Go +on, Sylvie!” + +Sylvie patiently took up the thread of the story again. “So he said ‘Now +it’s my Birthday. Whatever shall I do to keep my Birthday? All _good_ +little Boys——” (Sylvie turned away from Bruno, and made a great pretence +of whispering to _me_) “—all _good_ little Boys—Boys that learn their +lessons quite perfect—they always keep their birthdays, you know. So of +course _this_ little Boy kept _his_ Birthday.” + +“Oo may call him Bruno, if oo like,” the little fellow carelessly +remarked. “It weren’t _me_, but it makes it more interesting.” + +“So Bruno said to himself ‘The properest thing to do is to have a +Picnic, all by myself, on the top of the hill. And I’ll take some Milk, +and some Bread, and some Apples: and first and foremost, I want some +_Milk_!’ So, first and foremost, Bruno took a milk-pail——” + +“And he went and milkted the Cow!” Bruno put in. + +“Yes,” said Sylvie, meekly accepting the new verb. “And the Cow said +‘Moo! What are you going to do with all that Milk?’ And Bruno said +‘Please’m, I want it for my Picnic.’ And the Cow said ‘Moo! But I hope +you wo’n’t _boil_ any of it?’ And Bruno said ‘No, _indeed_ I won’t! New +Milk’s so nice and so warm, it wants no boiling!’” + +“It doesn’t want no boiling,” Bruno offered as an amended version. + +“So Bruno put the Milk in a bottle. And then Bruno said ‘Now I want some +Bread!’ So he went to the Oven, and he took out a delicious new Loaf. +And the Oven——” + +“—ever so light and so puffy!” Bruno impatiently corrected her. “Oo +shouldn’t leave out so many words!” + +Sylvie humbly apologised. “—a delicious new Loaf, ever so light and so +puffy. And the Oven said——” Here Sylvie made a long pause. “Really I +don’t know _what_ an Oven begins with, when it wants to speak!” + +Both children looked appealingly at me; but I could only say, +helplessly, “I haven’t the least idea! _I_ never heard an Oven speak!” + +For a minute or two we all sat silent; and then Bruno said, very softly, +“Oven begins wiz ‘O’.” + +“_Good_ little boy!” Sylvie exclaimed. “He does his spelling _very_ +nicely. _He’s cleverer than he knows!_” she added, aside, to _me_. “So +the Oven said ‘O! What are you going to do with all that Bread?’ And +Bruno said ‘Please——’ Is an Oven ‘Sir’ or ‘’m,’ would you say?” She +looked to me for a reply. + +“_Both_, I think,” seemed to me the safest thing to say. + +Sylvie adopted the suggestion instantly. “So Bruno said ‘Please, Sirm, I +want it for my Picnic.’ And the Oven said ‘O! But I hope you wo’n’t +_toast_ any of it?’ And Bruno said ‘No, _indeed_ I wo’n’t! New Bread’s +so light and so puffy, it wants no toasting!’” + +“It never doesn’t want no toasting,” said Bruno. “I _wiss_ oo wouldn’t +say it so short!” + +“So Bruno put the Bread in the hamper. Then Bruno said ‘Now I want some +Apples!’ So he took the hamper, and he went to the Apple-Tree, and he +picked some lovely ripe Apples. And the Apple-Tree said——” Here followed +another long pause. + +Bruno adopted his favourite expedient of tapping his forehead; while +Sylvie gazed earnestly upwards, as if she hoped for some suggestion from +the birds, who were singing merrily among the branches overhead. But no +result followed. + +“What _does_ an Apple-tree begin with, when it wants to speak?” Sylvie +murmured despairingly, to the irresponsive birds. + +At last, taking a leaf out of Bruno’s book, I ventured on a remark. +“Doesn’t ‘Apple-tree’ always begin with ‘Eh!’?” + +“Why, of _course_ it does! How _clever_ of you!” Sylvie cried +delightedly. + +Bruno jumped up, and patted me on the head. I tried not to feel +conceited. + +“So the Apple Tree said ‘Eh! What are you going to do with all those +Apples?’ And Bruno said ‘Please, Sir, I want them for my Picnic,’ And +the Apple-Tree said ‘Eh! But I hope you wo’n’t _bake_ any of them?’ And +Bruno said ‘No, _indeed_ I wo’n’t! Ripe Apples are so nice and so sweet, +they want no baking!’” + +“They never doesn’t——” Bruno was beginning, but Sylvie corrected herself +before he could get the words out. + +“‘They never doesn’t nonow want no baking.’ So Bruno put the Apples in +the hamper, along with the Bread, and the bottle of Milk. And he set off +to have a Picnic, on the top of the hill, all by himself——” + +“He wasn’t greedy, oo know, to have it all by himself,” Bruno said, +patting me on the cheek to call my attention; “’cause he hadn’t got no +brothers and sisters.” + +“It was very sad to have no _sisters_, wasn’t it?” I said. + +“Well, I don’t know,” Bruno said thoughtfully; “’cause he hadn’t no +lessons to do. So he didn’t mind.” + +Sylvie went on. “So, as he was walking along the road, he heard behind +him such a curious sort of noise—a sort of a Thump! Thump! Thump! +‘Whatever _is_ that?’ said Bruno. ‘Oh, I know!’ said Bruno. ‘Why, it’s +only my Watch a-ticking!’” + +“_Were_ it his Watch a-ticking?” Bruno asked me, with eyes that fairly +sparkled with mischievous delight. + +“No doubt of it!” I replied. And Bruno laughed exultingly. + +“Then Bruno thought a little harder. And he said ‘No! It _ca’n’t_ be my +Watch a-ticking; because I haven’t _got_ a Watch!’” + +Bruno peered up anxiously into my face, to see how I took it. I hung my +head, and put a thumb into my mouth, to the evident delight of the +little fellow. + +“So Bruno went a little further along the road. And then he heard it +again, that queer noise—Thump! Thump! Thump! ‘What ever _is_ that?’ said +Bruno. ‘Oh, I know!’ said Bruno. ‘Why, it’s only the Carpenter a-mending +my Wheelbarrow!’” + +“_Were_ it the Carterpenter a-mending his Wheelbarrow?” Bruno asked me. + +I brightened up, and said “It _must_ have been!” in a tone of absolute +conviction. + +Bruno threw his arms round Sylvie’s neck. “Sylvie!” he said, in a +perfectly audible whisper. “He says it _must_ have been!” + +“Then Bruno thought a little harder. And he said ‘No! It _ca’n’t_ be the +Carpenter amending my Wheelbarrow, because I haven’t _got_ a +Wheelbarrow!’” + +This time I hid my face in my hands, quite unable to meet Bruno’s look +of triumph. + +“So Bruno went a little further along the road. And then he heard that +queer noise again—Thump! Thump! Thump! So he thought he’d look round, +_this_ time, just to _see_ what it was. And what should it be but a +great Lion!” + +“A great big Lion,” Bruno corrected her. + +“A great big Lion. And Bruno was ever so frightened, and he ran——” + +“No, he wasn’t _flightened_ a bit!” Bruno interrupted. (He was evidently +anxious for the reputation of his namesake.) “He runned away to get a +good look at the Lion; ’cause he wanted to see if it were the same Lion +what used to nubble little Boys’ heads off; and he wanted to know how +big it was!” + +“Well, he ran away, to get a good look at the Lion. And the Lion trotted +slowly after him. And the Lion called after him, in a very gentle voice, +‘Little Boy, little Boy! You needn’t be afraid of _me_! I’m a very +_gentle_ old Lion now. I _never_ nubble little Boys’ heads off, as I +used to do.’ And so Bruno said ‘Don’t you _really_, Sir? Then what do +you live on?’ And the Lion——” + +“Oo _see_ he weren’t a bit flightened!” Bruno said to me, patting my +cheek again. “’cause he remembered to call it ‘Sir,’ oo know.” + +I said that no doubt that was the _real_ test whether a person was +frightened or not. + +“And the Lion said ‘Oh, I live on bread-and-butter, and cherries, and +marmalade, and plum-cake———’” + +“—and _apples_!” Bruno put in. + +“Yes, ‘and apples.’ And Bruno said ‘Won’t you come with me to my +Picnic?’ And the Lion said ‘Oh, I should like it _very much indeed_!’ +And Bruno and the Lion went away together.” Sylvie stopped suddenly. + +“Is that _all_?” I asked, despondingly. + +“Not _quite_ all,” Sylvie slily replied. “There’s a sentence or two +more. Isn’t there, Bruno?” + +“Yes,” with a carelessness that was evidently put on: “just a sentence +or two more.” + +“And, as they were walking along, they looked over a hedge, and who +should they see but a little black Lamb! And the Lamb was ever so +frightened. And it ran——” + +“It were _really_ flightened!” Bruno put in. + +“It ran away. And Bruno ran after it. And he called ‘Little Lamb! You +needn’t be afraid of _this_ Lion! It _never_ kills things! It lives on +cherries, and marmalade——’” + +“—and _apples_!” said Bruno. “Oo _always_ forgets the apples!” + +“And Bruno said ‘Wo’n’t you come with us to my Picnic?’ And the Lamb +said ‘Oh, I should like it _very much indeed_, if my Ma will let me!’ +And Bruno said ‘Let’s go and ask your Ma!’ And they went to the old +Sheep. And Bruno said ‘Please, may your little Lamb come to my Picnic?’ +And the Sheep said ‘Yes, if it’s learnt all its lessons.’ And the Lamb +said ‘Oh yes, Ma! I’ve learnt _all_ my lessons!’” + +“Pretend it hadn’t any lessons!” Bruno earnestly pleaded. + +“Oh, that would never do!” said Sylvie. “I ca’n’t leave out all about +the lessons! And the old Sheep said ‘Do you know your A B C yet? Have +you learnt A?’ And the Lamb said ‘Oh yes, Ma! I went to the A-field, and +I helped them to make A!’ ‘Very good, my child! And have you learnt B?’ +‘Oh yes, Ma! I went to the B-hive, and the B gave me some honey!’ ‘Very +good, my child! And have you learnt C?’ ‘Oh yes, Ma! I went to the +C-side, and I saw the ships sailing on the C!’ ‘Very good, my child! You +may go to Bruno’s Picnic.’ + +[Illustration: STARTING FOR BRUNO’S PICNIC] + +“So they set off. And Bruno walked in the middle, so that the Lamb +mightn’t see the Lion——” + +“It were _flightened_,” Bruno explained. + +“Yes, and it trembled so; and it got paler and paler; and, before they’d +got to the top of the hill, it was a _white_ little Lamb—as white as +snow!” + +“But _Bruno_ weren’t flightened!” said the owner of that name. “So _he_ +staid black!” + +“No, he _didn’t_ stay black! He staid _pink_!” laughed Sylvie. “I +shouldn’t kiss you like this, you know, if you were _black_!” + +“Oo’d _have_ to!” Bruno said with great decision. “Besides, Bruno wasn’t +_Bruno_, oo know—I mean, Bruno wasn’t _me_—I mean—don’t talk nonsense, +Sylvie!” + +“I won’t do it again!” Sylvie said very humbly. “And so, as they went +along, the Lion said ‘Oh, I’ll tell you what I used to do when I was a +young Lion. I used to hide behind trees, to watch for little Boys.’” +(Bruno cuddled a little closer to her.) “‘And, if a little thin scraggy +Boy came by, why, I used to let him go. But, if a little fat juicy——’” + +Bruno could bear no more. “Pretend he wasn’t juicy!” he pleaded, +half-sobbing. + +“Nonsense, Bruno!” Sylvie briskly replied. “It’ll be done in a moment! +‘—if a little fat juicy Boy came by, why, I used to spring out and +gobble him up! Oh, you’ve no _idea_ what a delicious thing it is—a +little juicy Boy!’ And Bruno said ‘Oh, if you please, Sir, _don’t_ talk +about eating little boys! It makes me so _shivery_!’” + +The real Bruno shivered, in sympathy with the hero. + +“And the Lion said ‘Oh, well, we won’t talk about it, then! I’ll tell +you what happened on my wedding-day——’” + +“I like _this_ part better,” said Bruno, patting my cheek to keep me +awake. + +“‘There was, oh, such a lovely wedding-breakfast! At _one_ end of the +table there was a large plum-pudding. And at the other end there was a +nice roasted _Lamb_! Oh, you’ve no _idea_ what a delicious thing it is—a +nice roasted Lamb!’ And the Lamb said ‘Oh, if you please, Sir, _don’t_ +talk about eating Lambs! It makes me so _shivery_!’ And the Lion said +‘Oh, well, we won’t talk about it, then!’” + + + + + CHAPTER XV. + THE LITTLE FOXES. + + +“So, when they got to the top of the hill, Bruno opened the hamper: and +he took out the Bread, and the Apples, and the Milk: and they ate, and +they drank. And when they’d finished the Milk, and eaten half the Bread +and half the Apples, the Lamb said ‘Oh, my paws is so sticky! I want to +wash my paws!’ And the Lion said ‘Well, go down the hill, and wash them +in the brook, yonder. We’ll wait for you!’” + +“It never comed back!” Bruno solemnly whispered to me. + +But Sylvie overheard him. “You’re not to whisper, Bruno! It spoils the +story! And when the Lamb had been gone a long time, the Lion said to +Bruno ‘Do go and see after that silly little Lamb! It must have lost its +way.’ And Bruno went down the hill. And when he got to the brook, he saw +the Lamb sitting on the bank: and who should be sitting by it but an old +Fox!” + +“Don’t know who _should_ be sitting by it,” Bruno said thoughtfully to +himself. “A old Fox _were_ sitting by it.” + +“And the old Fox were saying,” Sylvie went on, for once conceding the +grammatical point, “‘Yes, my dear, you’ll be ever so happy with us, if +you’ll only come and see us! I’ve got three little Foxes there, and we +do love little Lambs so dearly!’ And the Lamb said ‘But you never _eat_ +them, do you, Sir?’ And the Fox said ‘Oh, no! What, _eat_ a Lamb? We +never _dream_ of doing such a thing!’ So the Lamb said ‘Then I’ll come +with you.’ And off they went, hand in hand.” + +“That Fox were welly extremely wicked, _weren’t_ it?” said Bruno. + +“No, no!” said Sylvie, rather shocked at such violent language. “It +wasn’t quite so bad as that!” + +“Well, I mean, it wasn’t nice,” the little fellow corrected himself. + +“And so Bruno went back to the Lion. ‘Oh, come quick!’ he said. ‘The Fox +has taken the Lamb to his house with him! I’m _sure_ he means to eat +it!’ And the Lion said ‘I’ll come as quick as ever I can!’ And they +trotted down the hill.” + +“Do oo think he caught the Fox, Mister Sir?” said Bruno. I shook my +head, not liking to speak: and Sylvie went on. + +“And when they got to the house, Bruno looked in at the window. And +there he saw the three little Foxes sitting round the table, with their +clean pinafores on, and spoons in their hands——” + +“Spoons in their hands!” Bruno repeated in an ecstasy of delight. + +“And the Fox had got a great big knife—all ready to kill the poor little +Lamb——” (“Oo needn’t be flightened, Mister Sir!” Bruno put in, in a +hasty whisper.) + +[Illustration: ‘ENTER THE LION’] + +“And just as he was going to do it, Bruno heard a great ROAR——” (The +real Bruno put his hand into mine, and held tight), “and the Lion came +_bang_ through the door, and the next moment it had bitten off the old +Fox’s head! And Bruno jumped in at the window, and went leaping round +the room, and crying out ‘Hooray! Hooray! The old Fox is dead! The old +Fox is dead!’” + +Bruno got up in some excitement. “May I do it now?” he enquired. + +Sylvie was quite decided on this point. “Wait till afterwards,” she +said. “The speeches come next, don’t you know? You always love the +speeches, _don’t_ you?” + +“Yes, I doos,” said Bruno: and sat down again. + +“The Lion’s speech. ‘Now, you silly little Lamb, go home to your mother, +and never listen to old Foxes again. And be very good and obedient.’ + +“The Lamb’s speech. ‘Oh, indeed, Sir, I will, Sir!’ and the Lamb went +away.” (“But _oo_ needn’t go away!” Bruno explained. “It’s quite the +nicest part—what’s coming now!” Sylvie smiled. She liked having an +appreciative audience.) + +“The Lion’s speech to Bruno. ‘Now, Bruno, take those little Foxes home +with you, and teach them to be good obedient little Foxes! Not like that +wicked old thing there, that’s got no head!’” (“That hasn’t got no +head,” Bruno repeated.) + +“Bruno’s speech to the Lion. ‘Oh, indeed, Sir, I will, Sir!’ And the +Lion went away.” (“It gets betterer and betterer, now,” Bruno whispered +to me, “right away to the end!”) + +“Bruno’s speech to the little Foxes. ‘Now, little Foxes, you’re going to +have your first lesson in being good. I’m going to put you into the +hamper, along with the Apples and the Bread: and you’re not to eat the +Apples: and you’re not to eat the Bread: and you’re not to eat +_anything_——till we get to my house: and then you’ll have your supper.’ + +“The little Foxes’ speech to Bruno. The little Foxes said nothing. + +“So Bruno put the Apples into the hamper—and the little Foxes—and the +Bread——” (“They had picnicked all the Milk,” Bruno explained in a +whisper) “—and he set off to go to his house.” (“We’re getting near the +end now,” said Bruno.) + +“And, when he had got a little way, he thought he would look into the +hamper, and see how the little Foxes were getting on.” + +“So he opened the door——” said Bruno. + +“Oh, Bruno!” Sylvie exclaimed, “_you’re_ not telling the story! So he +opened the door, and behold, there were no Apples! So Bruno said ‘Eldest +little Fox, have _you_ been eating the Apples?’ And the eldest little +Fox said ‘No no no!’” (It is impossible to give the tone in which Sylvie +repeated this rapid little ‘No no no!’ The nearest I can come to it is +to say that it was much as if a young and excited duck had tried to +quack the words. It was too quick for a quack, and yet too harsh to be +anything else.) “Then he said ‘Second little Fox, have _you_ been eating +the Apples?’ And the second little Fox said ‘No no no!’ Then he said +‘Youngest little Fox, have _you_ been eating the Apples?’ And the +youngest little Fox _tried_ to say ‘No no no!’ but its mouth was so +full, it couldn’t, and it only said ‘Wauch! Wauch! Wauch!’ And Bruno +looked into its mouth. And its mouth was full of Apples! And Bruno shook +his head, and he said ‘Oh dear, oh dear! What bad creatures these Foxes +are!’” + +Bruno was listening intently: and, when Sylvie paused to take breath, he +could only just gasp out the words “About the Bread?” + +“Yes,” said Sylvie, “the Bread comes next. So he shut the door again; +and he went a little further; and then he thought he’d just peep in once +more. And behold, there was no Bread!” (“What do ‘behold’ _mean_?” said +Bruno. “Hush!” said Sylvie.) “And he said ‘Eldest little Fox, have _you_ +been eating the Bread?’ And the eldest little Fox said ‘No no no!’ +‘Second little Fox, have _you_ been eating the Bread?’ And the second +little Fox only said ‘Wauch! Wauch! Wauch!’ And Bruno looked into its +mouth, and its mouth was full of Bread!” (“It might have chokeded it,” +said Bruno.) “So he said ‘Oh dear, oh dear! What _shall_ I do with these +Foxes?’ And he went a little further.” (“Now comes the most interesting +part,” Bruno whispered.) + +“And when Bruno opened the hamper again, what do you think he saw?” +(“Only _two_ Foxes!” Bruno cried in a great hurry.) “You shouldn’t tell +it so quick. However, he _did_ see only _two_ Foxes. And he said ‘Eldest +little Fox, have you been eating the youngest little Fox?’ And the +eldest little Fox said ‘No no no!’ ‘Second little Fox, have _you_ been +eating the youngest little Fox?’ And the second little Fox did its very +best to say ‘No no no!’ but it could only say ‘Weuchk! Weuchk! Weuchk!’ +And when Bruno looked into its mouth, it was half full of Bread, and +half full of Fox!” (Bruno said nothing in the pause this time. He was +beginning to pant a little, as he knew the crisis was coming.) + +“And when he’d got nearly home, he looked once more into the hamper, and +he saw——” + +“Only——” Bruno began, but a generous thought struck him, and he looked +at me. “_Oo_ may say it, _this_ time, Mister Sir!” he whispered. It was +a noble offer, but I wouldn’t rob him of the treat. “Go on, Bruno,” I +said, “you say it much the best.” “Only—but—_one_—Fox!” Bruno said with +great solemnity. + +[Illustration: ‘WHIHUAUCH! WHIHUAUCH!’] + +“‘Eldest little Fox,’” Sylvie said, dropping the narrative-form in her +eagerness, “‘you’ve been _so_ good that I can hardly believe _you’ve_ +been disobedient: but I’m _afraid_ you’ve been eating your little +sister?’ And the eldest little Fox said ‘Whihuauch! Whihuauch!’ and then +it choked. And Bruno looked into its mouth, and it _was_ full!” (Sylvie +paused to take breath, and Bruno lay back among the daisies, and looked +at me triumphantly. “Isn’t it _grand_, Mister Sir?” said he. I tried +hard to assume a critical tone. “It’s grand,” I said: “but it frightens +one so!” “Oo may sit a little closer to _me_, if oo like,” said Bruno.) + +“And so Bruno went home: and took the hamper into the kitchen, and +opened it. And he saw——” Sylvie looked at _me_, this time, as if she +thought I had been rather neglected and ought to be allowed _one_ guess, +at any rate. + +“He ca’n’t guess!” Bruno cried eagerly. “I ’fraid I _must_ tell him! +There weren’t—_nuffin_ in the hamper!” I shivered in terror, and Bruno +clapped his hands with delight. “He _is_ flightened, Sylvie! Tell the +rest!” + +“So Bruno said ‘Eldest little Fox, have you been eating _yourself_, you +wicked little Fox?’ And the eldest little Fox said ‘Whihuauch!’ And then +Bruno saw there was only its _mouth_ in the hamper! So he took the +mouth, and he opened it, and shook, and shook! And at last he shook the +little Fox out of its own mouth! And then he said ‘Open your mouth +again, you wicked little thing!’ And he shook, and shook! And he shook +out the second little Fox! And he said ‘Now open _your_ mouth!’ And he +shook, and shook! And he shook out the youngest little Fox, and all the +Apples, and all the Bread! + +“And then Bruno stood the little Foxes up against the wall: and he made +them a little speech. ‘Now, little Foxes, you’ve begun very wickedly—and +you’ll have to be punished. First you’ll go up to the nursery, and wash +your faces, and put on clean pinafores. Then you’ll hear the bell ring +for supper. Then you’ll come down: and _you won’t have any supper_: but +you’ll have a good _whipping_! Then you’ll go to bed. Then in the +morning you’ll hear the bell ring for breakfast. _But you won’t have any +breakfast!_ You’ll have a good _whipping_! Then you’ll have your +lessons. And, perhaps, if you’re _very_ good, when dinner-time comes, +you’ll have a little dinner, and no more whipping!’” (“How _very_ kind +he was!” I whispered to Bruno. “_Middling_ kind,” Bruno corrected me +gravely.) + +“So the little Foxes ran up to the nursery. And soon Bruno went into the +hall, and rang the big bell. ‘Tingle, tingle, tingle! Supper, supper, +supper!’ Down came the little Foxes, in such a hurry for their supper! +Clean pinafores! Spoons in their hands! And, when they got into the +dining-room, there was ever such a white table-cloth on the table! But +there was nothing on it but a big whip. And they had _such_ a whipping!” +(I put my handkerchief to my eyes, and Bruno hastily climbed upon my +knee and stroked my face. “Only _one_ more whipping, Mister Sir!” he +whispered. “Don’t cry more than oo ca’n’t help!”) + +“And the next morning early, Bruno rang the big bell again. ‘Tingle, +tingle, tingle! Breakfast, breakfast, breakfast!’ Down came the little +Foxes! Clean pinafores! Spoons in their hands! No breakfast! Only the +big whip! Then came lessons,” Sylvie hurried on, for I still had my +handkerchief to my eyes. “And the little Foxes were ever so good! And +they learned their lessons backwards, and forwards, and upside-down. And +at last Bruno rang the big bell again. ‘Tingle, tingle, tingle! Dinner, +dinner, dinner!’ And when the little Foxes came down——” (“Had they clean +pinafores on?” Bruno enquired. “Of course!” said Sylvie. “And spoons?” +“Why, you _know_ they had!” “Couldn’t be _certain_,” said Bruno.) “—they +came as slow as slow! And they said ‘Oh! There’ll be no dinner! There’ll +only be the big whip!’ But, when they got into the room, they saw the +most _lovely_ dinner!” (“Buns?” cried Bruno, clapping his hands.) “Buns, +and cake, and——” (“—and jam?” said Bruno.) “Yes, jam—and soup—and——” +(“—and _sugar plums_!” Bruno put in once more; and Sylvie seemed +satisfied.) + +“And ever after that, they _were_ such good little Foxes! They did their +lessons as good as gold—and they never did what Bruno told them not +to—and they never ate each other any more—and _they never ate +themselves_!” + +The story came to an end so suddenly, it almost took my breath away; +however I did my best to make a pretty speech of thanks. “I’m sure it’s +very—very—very much so, I’m sure!” I seemed to hear myself say. + + + + + CHAPTER XVI. + BEYOND THESE VOICES. + + +“I didn’t quite catch what you said!” were the next words that reached +my ear, but certainly _not_ in the voice either of Sylvie or of Bruno, +whom I could just see, through the crowd of guests, standing by the +piano, and listening to the Count’s song. Mein Herr was the speaker. “I +didn’t quite catch what you said!” he repeated. “But I’ve no doubt you +take _my_ view of it. Thank you _very_ much for your kind attention. +There is only but _one_ verse left to be sung!” These last words were +not in the gentle voice of Mein Herr, but in the deep bass of the French +Count. And, in the silence that followed, the final stanza of ‘Tottles’ +rang through the room. + +[Illustration: ‘NEVER!’ YELLED TOTTLES] + + See now this couple settled down + In quiet lodgings, out of town: + Submissively the tearful wife + Accepts a plain and humble life: + Yet begs one boon on bended knee: + ‘My ducky-darling, don’t resent it! + Mamma might come for two or three——’ + ‘NEVER!’ yelled Tottles. And he meant it. + +The conclusion of the song was followed by quite a chorus of thanks and +compliments from all parts of the room, which the gratified singer +responded to by bowing low in all directions. “It is to me a great +privilege,” he said to Lady Muriel, “to have met with this so marvellous +a song. The accompaniment to him is so strange, so mysterious: it is as +if a new music were to be invented! I will play him once again so as +that to show you what I mean.” He returned to the piano, but the song +had vanished. + +The bewildered singer searched through the heap of music lying on an +adjoining table, but it was not there, either. Lady Muriel helped in the +search: others soon joined: the excitement grew. “What _can_ have become +of it?” exclaimed Lady Muriel. Nobody knew: one thing only was certain, +that no one had been near the piano since the Count had sung the last +verse of the song. + +“Nevare mind him!” he said, most good-naturedly. “I shall give it you +with memory alone!” He sat down, and began vaguely fingering the notes; +but nothing resembling the tune came out. Then he, too, grew excited. +“But what oddness! How much of singularity! That I might lose, not the +words alone, but the tune also—that is quite curious, I suppose?” + +We all supposed it, heartily. + +“It was that sweet little boy, who found it for me,” the Count +suggested. “Quite perhaps _he_ is the thief?” + +“Of course he is!” cried Lady Muriel. “Bruno! Where are you, my +darling?” + +But no Bruno replied: it seemed that the two children had vanished as +suddenly, and as mysteriously, as the song. + +“They are playing us a trick!” Lady Muriel gaily exclaimed. “This is +only an _ex tempore_ game of Hide-and-Seek! That little Bruno is an +embodied Mischief!” + +The suggestion was a welcome one to most of us, for some of the guests +were beginning to look decidedly uneasy. A general search was set on +foot with much enthusiasm: curtains were thrown back and shaken, +cupboards opened, and ottomans turned over; but the number of possible +hiding-places proved to be strictly limited; and the search came to an +end almost as soon as it had begun. + +“They must have run out, while we were wrapped up in the song,” Lady +Muriel said, addressing herself to the Count, who seemed more agitated +than the others; “and no doubt they’ve found their way back to the +housekeeper’s room.” + +“Not by _this_ door!” was the earnest protest of a knot of two or three +gentlemen, who had been grouped round the door (one of them actually +leaning against it) for the last half-hour, as they declared. “_This_ +door has not been opened since the song began!” + +An uncomfortable silence followed this announcement. Lady Muriel +ventured no further conjectures, but quietly examined the fastenings of +the windows, which opened as doors. They all proved to be well fastened, +_inside_. + +Not yet at the end of her resources, Lady Muriel rang the bell. “Ask the +housekeeper to step here,” she said, “and to bring the children’s +walking-things with her.” + +“I’ve brought them, my Lady,” said the obsequious housekeeper, entering +after another minute of silence. “I thought the young lady would have +come to my room to put on her boots. Here’s your boots, my love!” she +added cheerfully, looking in all directions for the children. There was +no answer, and she turned to Lady Muriel with a puzzled smile. “Have the +little darlings hid themselves?” + +“I don’t see them, just now,” Lady Muriel replied, rather evasively. +“You can leave their things here, Wilson. _I’ll_ dress them, when +they’re ready to go.” + +The two little hats, and Sylvie’s walking-jacket, were handed round +among the ladies, with many exclamations of delight. There certainly was +a sort of witchery of beauty about them. Even the little boots did not +miss their share of favorable criticism. “Such natty little things!” the +musical young lady exclaimed, almost fondling them as she spoke. “And +what tiny tiny feet they must have!” + +Finally, the things were piled together on the centre-ottoman, and the +guests, despairing of seeing the children again, began to wish +good-night and leave the house. + +There were only some eight or nine left—to whom the Count was +explaining, for the twentieth time, how he had had his eye on the +children during the last verse of the song; how he had then glanced +round the room, to see what effect “de great chest-note” had had upon +his audience; and how, when he looked back again, they had both +disappeared—when exclamations of dismay began to be heard on all sides, +the Count hastily bringing his story to an end to join in the outcry. + +The walking-things had all disappeared! + +After the utter failure of the search for the _children_, there was a +very half-hearted search made for their _apparel_. The remaining guests +seemed only too glad to get away, leaving only the Count and our four +selves. + +The Count sank into an easy-chair, and panted a little. + +“Who then _are_ these dear children, I pray you?” he said. “Why come +they, why go they, in this so little ordinary a fashion? That the music +should make itself to vanish—that the hats, the boots, should make +themselves to vanish—how is it, I pray you?” + +“I’ve no idea where they are!” was all I could say, on finding myself +appealed to, by general consent, for an explanation. + +The Count seemed about to ask further questions, but checked himself. + +“The hour makes himself to become late,” he said. “I wish to you a very +good night, my Lady. I betake myself to my bed—to dream—if that indeed I +be not dreaming now!” And he hastily left the room. + +“Stay awhile, stay awhile!” said the Earl, as I was about to follow the +Count. “_You_ are not a guest, you know! Arthur’s friend is at _home_ +here!” + +“Thanks!” I said, as, with true English instincts, we drew our chairs +together round the fire-place, though no fire was burning—Lady Muriel +having taken the heap of music on her knee, to have one more search for +the strangely-vanished song. + +“Don’t you sometimes feel a wild longing,” she said, addressing herself +to me, “to have something more to do with your hands, while you talk, +than just holding a cigar, and now and then knocking off the ash? Oh, I +know all that you’re going to say!” (This was to Arthur, who appeared +about to interrupt her.) “The Majesty of Thought supersedes the work of +the fingers. A Man’s severe thinking, _plus_ the shaking-off a +cigar-ash, comes to the same total as a Woman’s trivial fancies, _plus_ +the most elaborate embroidery. _That’s_ your sentiment, isn’t it, only +better expressed?” + +Arthur looked into the radiant, mischievous face, with a grave and very +tender smile. “Yes,” he said resignedly: “that is my sentiment, +exactly.” + +“Rest of body, and activity of mind,” I put in. “Some writer tells us +_that_ is the acme of human happiness.” + +“Plenty of _bodily_ rest, at any rate!” Lady Muriel replied, glancing at +the three recumbent figures around her. “But what you call activity of +_mind_——” + +“—is the privilege of young Physicians _only_,” said the Earl. “We old +men have no claim to be active! _What can an old man do but die?_” + +“A good many other things, I should _hope_,” Arthur said earnestly. + +“Well, maybe. Still you have the advantage of me in many ways, dear boy! +Not only that _your_ day is dawning while _mine_ is setting, but your +_interest_ in Life—somehow I ca’n’t help envying you _that_. It will be +many a year before you lose your hold of _that_.” + +“Yet surely many human interests _survive_ human Life?” I said. + +“Many do, no doubt. And _some_ forms of Science; but only _some_, I +think. Mathematics, for instance: _that_ seems to possess an endless +interest: one ca’n’t imagine _any_ form of Life, or _any_ race of +intelligent beings, where Mathematical truth would lose its meaning. But +I fear _Medicine_ stands on a different footing. Suppose you discover a +remedy for some disease hitherto supposed to be incurable. Well, it is +delightful for the moment, no doubt—full of interest—perhaps it brings +you fame and fortune. But what then? Look on, a few years, into a life +where disease has no existence. What is your discovery worth, _then_? +Milton makes Jove promise too much. ‘_Of so much fame in heaven expect +thy meed._’ Poor comfort, when one’s ‘fame’ concerns matters that will +have ceased to have a meaning!” + +“At any rate, one wouldn’t care to make any _fresh_ medical +discoveries,” said Arthur. “I see no help for _that_—though I shall be +sorry to give up my favorite studies. Still, medicine, disease, pain, +sorrow, sin—I fear they’re all linked together. Banish sin, and you +banish them all!” + +“_Military_ science is a yet stronger instance,” said the Earl. “Without +sin, _war_ would surely be impossible. Still any mind, that has had in +this life any keen interest, not in _itself_ sinful, will surely find +itself _some_ congenial line of work hereafter. Wellington may have no +more _battles_ to fight—and yet— + + ‘We doubt not that, for one so true, + There must be other, nobler work to do, + Than when he fought at Waterloo, + And Victor he must ever be!’” + +He lingered over the beautiful words, as if he loved them: and his +voice, like distant music, died away into silence. + +After a minute or two he began again. “If I’m not wearying you, I would +like to tell you an idea of the future Life which has haunted me for +years, like a sort of waking nightmare—I ca’n’t reason myself out of +it.” + +“Pray do,” Arthur and I replied, almost in a breath. Lady Muriel put +aside the heap of music, and folded her hands together. + +“The one idea,” the Earl resumed, “that has seemed to me to overshadow +all the rest, is that of _Eternity_—involving, as it seems to do, the +necessary _exhaustion_ of all subjects of human interest. Take Pure +Mathematics, for instance—a Science independent of our present +surroundings. I have studied it, myself, a little. Take the subject of +circles and ellipses—what we call ‘curves of the second degree.’ In a +future Life, it would only be a question of so many years (or _hundreds_ +of years, if you like), for a man to work out _all_ their properties. +Then he _might_ go to curves of the third degree. Say _that_ took ten +times as long (you see we have _unlimited_ time to deal with). I can +hardly imagine his _interest_ in the subject holding out even for those; +and, though there is no limit to the _degree_ of the curves he might +study, yet surely the time, needed to exhaust _all_ the novelty and +interest of the subject, would be absolutely _finite_? And so of all +other branches of Science. And, when I transport myself, in thought, +through some thousands or millions of years, and fancy myself possessed +of as much Science as one created reason can carry, I ask myself ‘What +then? With nothing more to learn, can one rest content on _knowledge_, +for the eternity yet to be lived through?’ It has been a very wearying +thought to me. I have sometimes fancied one _might_, in that event, say +‘It is better _not_ to be,’ and pray for personal _annihilation_—the +Nirvana of the Buddhists.” + +“But that is only half the picture,” I said. “Besides working for +_oneself_, may there not be the helping of _others_?” + +“Surely, surely!” Lady Muriel exclaimed in a tone of relief, looking at +her father with sparkling eyes. + +“Yes,” said the Earl, “so long as there _were_ any others needing help. +But, given ages and ages more, surely all created reasons would at +length reach the same dead level of _satiety_. And _then_ what is there +to look forward to?” + +“I know that weary feeling,” said the young Doctor. “I have gone through +it all, more than once. Now let me tell you how I have put it to myself. +I have imagined a little child, playing with toys on his nursery-floor, +and yet able to _reason_, and to look on, thirty years ahead. Might he +not say to himself ‘By that time I shall have had enough of bricks and +ninepins. How weary Life will be!’ Yet, if we look forward through those +thirty years, we find him a great statesman, full of interests and joys +far more intense than his baby-life could give—joys wholly inconceivable +to his baby-mind—joys such as no baby-language could in the faintest +degree describe. Now, may not our life, a million years hence, have the +same relation, to our life now, that the man’s life has to the child’s? +And, just as one might try, all in vain, to express to that child, in +the language of bricks and ninepins, the meaning of ‘politics,’ so +perhaps all those descriptions of Heaven, with its music, and its +feasts, and its streets of gold, may be only attempts to describe, in +_our_ words, things for which we _really_ have no words at all. Don’t +you think that, in _your_ picture of another life, you are in fact +transplanting that child into political life, without making any +allowance for his growing up?” + +“I think I understand you,” said the Earl. “The music of Heaven _may_ be +something beyond our powers of thought. Yet the music of Earth is sweet! +Muriel, my child, sing us something before we go to bed!” + +“Do,” said Arthur, as he rose and lit the candles on the cottage-piano, +lately banished from the drawing-room to make room for a ‘semi-grand.’ +“There is a song here, that I have never heard you sing. + + ‘Hail to thee, blithe spirit! + Bird thou never wert, + That from Heaven, or near it, + Pourest thy full heart!’” + +he read from the page he had spread open before her. + +“And our little life here,” the Earl went on, “is, to that grand time, +like a child’s summer-day! One gets tired as night draws on,” he added, +with a touch of sadness in his voice, “and one gets to long for bed! For +those welcome words ‘Come, child, ’tis bed-time!’” + + + + + CHAPTER XVII. + TO THE RESCUE! + + +“It _isn’t_ bed-time!” said a sleepy little voice. “The owls hasn’t gone +to bed, and I s’a’n’t go to seep wizout oo sings to me!” + +“Oh, Bruno!” cried Sylvie. “Don’t you know the owls have only just got +up? But the _frogs_ have gone to bed, ages ago.” + +“Well, _I_ aren’t a frog,” said Bruno. + +“What shall I sing?” said Sylvie, skilfully avoiding the argument. + +“Ask Mister Sir,” Bruno lazily replied, clasping his hands behind his +curly head, and lying back on his fern-leaf, till it almost bent over +with his weight. “This aren’t a comfable leaf, Sylvie. Find me a +comfabler—please!” he added, as an after-thought, in obedience to a +warning finger held up by Sylvie. “I doosn’t like being feet-upwards!” + +It was a pretty sight to see—the motherly way in which the fairy-child +gathered up her little brother in her arms, and laid him on a stronger +leaf. She gave it just a touch to set it rocking, and it went on +vigorously by itself, as if it contained some hidden machinery. It +certainly wasn’t the wind, for the evening-breeze had quite died away +again, and not a leaf was stirring over our heads. + +“Why does that one leaf rock so, without the others?” I asked Sylvie. +She only smiled sweetly and shook her head. “I don’t know _why_,” she +said. “It always does, if it’s got a fairy-child on it. It _has_ to, you +know.” + +“And can people see the leaf rock, who ca’n’t see the Fairy on it?” + +“Why, of course!” cried Sylvie. “A leaf’s a leaf, and everybody can see +it; but Bruno’s Bruno, and they ca’n’t see _him_, unless they’re eerie, +like you.” + +Then I understood how it was that one sometimes sees—going through the +woods in a still evening—one fern-leaf rocking steadily on, all by +itself. Haven’t you ever seen that? Try if you can see the fairy-sleeper +on it, next time; but don’t _pick_ the leaf, whatever you do; let the +little one sleep on! + +But all this time Bruno was getting sleepier and sleepier. “Sing, sing!” +he murmured fretfully. Sylvie looked to me for instructions. “What shall +it be?” she said. + +“Could you sing him the nursery-song you once told me of?” I suggested. +“The one that had been put through the mind-mangle, you know. ‘_The +little man that had a little gun_,’ I think it was.” + +“Why, that are one of the _Professor’s_ songs!” cried Bruno. “I likes +the little man; and I likes the way they spinned him——like a +teetle-totle-tum.” And he turned a loving look on the gentle old man who +was sitting at the other side of his leaf-bed, and who instantly began +to sing, accompanying himself on his Outlandish guitar, while the snail, +on which he sat, waved its horns in time to the music. + +[Illustration: BRUNO’S BED-TIME] + + In stature the Manlet was dwarfish—— + No burly big Blunderbore he: + And he wearily gazed on the crawfish + His Wifelet had dressed for his tea. + “Now reach me, sweet Atom, my gunlet, + And hurl the old shoelet for luck: + Let me hie to the bank of the runlet, + And shoot thee a Duck!” + + She has reached him his minikin gunlet: + She has hurled the old shoelet for luck: + She is busily baking a bunlet, + To welcome him home with his Duck. + On he speeds, never wasting a wordlet, + Though thoughtlets cling, closely as wax, + To the spot where the beautiful birdlet + So quietly quacks. + +[Illustration: ‘LONG CEREMONIOUS CALLS’] + + Where the Lobsterlet lurks, and the Crablet + So slowly and sleepily crawls: + Where the Dolphin’s at home, and the Dablet + Pays long ceremonious calls: + Where the Grublet is sought by the Froglet: + Where the Frog is pursued by the Duck: + Where the Ducklet is chased by the Doglet—— + So runs the world’s luck! + +[Illustration: THE VOICES] + + He has loaded with bullet and powder: + His footfall is noiseless as air: + But the Voices grow louder and louder, + And bellow, and bluster, and blare. + They bristle before him and after, + They flutter above and below, + Shrill shriekings of lubberly laughter, + Weird wailings of woe! + + They echo without him, within him: + They thrill through his whiskers and beard: + Like a teetotum seeming to spin him, + With sneers never hitherto sneered. + “Avengement,” they cry, “on our Foelet! + Let the Manikin weep for our wrongs! + Let us drench him, from toplet to toelet, + With Nursery-Songs! + +[Illustration: ‘HIS SOUL SHALL BE SAD FOR THE SPIDER’] + + “He shall muse upon ‘Hey! Diddle! Diddle!’ + On the Cow that surmounted the Moon: + He shall rave of the Cat and the Fiddle, + And the Dish that eloped with the Spoon: + And his soul shall be sad for the Spider, + When Miss Muffet was sipping her whey, + That so tenderly sat down beside her, + And scared her away! + + “The music of Midsummer-madness + Shall sting him with many a bite, + Till, in rapture of rollicking sadness, + He shall groan with a gloomy delight: + He shall swathe him, like mists of the morning, + In platitudes luscious and limp, + Such as deck, with a deathless adorning, + The Song of the Shrimp! + + “When the Ducklet’s dark doom is decided, + We will trundle him home in a trice: + And the banquet, so plainly provided, + Shall round into rose-buds and rice: + In a blaze of pragmatic invention + He shall wrestle with Fate, and shall reign: + But he has not a friend fit to mention, + So hit him again!” + + He has shot it, the delicate darling! + And the Voices have ceased from their strife: + Not a whisper of sneering or snarling; + As he carries it home to his wife: + Then, cheerily champing the bunlet + His spouse was so skilful to bake, + He hies him once more to the runlet, + To fetch her the Drake! + +“He’s sound asleep now,” said Sylvie, carefully tucking in the edge of a +violet-leaf, which she had been spreading over him as a sort of blanket: +“good night!” + +“Good night!” I echoed. + +“You may well say ‘good night’!” laughed Lady Muriel, rising and +shutting up the piano as she spoke. “When you’ve been nid—nid—nodding +all the time I’ve been singing for your benefit! What was it all about, +now?” she demanded imperiously. + +“Something about a duck?” I hazarded. “Well, a bird of some kind?” I +corrected myself, perceiving at once that _that_ guess was wrong, at any +rate. + +“_Something about a bird of some kind!_” Lady Muriel repeated, with as +much withering scorn as her sweet face was capable of conveying. “And +that’s the way he speaks of Shelley’s Sky-Lark, is it? When the Poet +particularly says ‘_Hail to thee, blithe spirit!_ Bird _thou never +wert_!’” + +[Illustration: LORDS OF THE CREATION] + +She led the way to the smoking-room, where, ignoring all the usages of +Society and all the instincts of Chivalry, the three Lords of the +Creation reposed at their ease in low rocking-chairs, and permitted the +one lady who was present to glide gracefully about among us, supplying +our wants in the form of cooling drinks, cigarettes, and lights. Nay, it +was only _one_ of the three who had the chivalry to go beyond the +common-place “thank you,” and to quote the Poet’s exquisite description +of how Geraint, when waited on by Enid, was moved + + “To stoop and kiss the tender little thumb + That crossed the platter as she laid it down,” + +and to suit the action to the word—an audacious liberty for which, I +feel bound to report, he was _not_ duly reprimanded. + +As no topic of conversation seemed to occur to any one, and as we were, +all four, on those delightful terms with one another (the only terms, I +think, on which any friendship, that deserves the name of _intimacy_, +can be maintained) which involve no sort of necessity for _speaking_ for +mere speaking’s sake, we sat in silence for some minutes. + +At length I broke the silence by asking “Is there any fresh news from +the harbour about the Fever?” + +“None since this morning,” the Earl said, looking very grave. “But that +was alarming enough. The Fever is spreading fast: the London doctor has +taken fright and left the place, and the only one now available isn’t a +regular doctor at all: he is apothecary, and doctor, and dentist, and I +don’t know what other trades, all in one. It’s a bad outlook for those +poor fishermen—and a worse one for all the women and children.” + +“How many are there of them altogether?” Arthur asked. + +“There were nearly one hundred, a week ago.” said the Earl: “but there +have been twenty or thirty deaths since then.” + +“And what religious ministrations are there to be had?” + +“There are three brave men down there,” the Earl replied, his voice +trembling with emotion, “gallant heroes as ever won the Victoria Cross! +I am certain that no one of the three will ever leave the place merely +to save his own life. There’s the Curate: his wife is with him: they +have no children. Then there’s the Roman Catholic Priest. And there’s +the Wesleyan Minister. They go amongst their own flocks, mostly; but I’m +told that those who are dying like to have _any_ of the three with them. +How slight the barriers seem to be that part Christian from Christian, +when one has to deal with the great facts of Life and the reality of +Death!” + +“So it must be, and so it should be——” Arthur was beginning, when the +front-door bell rang, suddenly and violently. + +We heard the front-door hastily opened, and voices outside: then a knock +at the door of the smoking-room, and the old house-keeper appeared, +looking a little scared. + +“Two persons, my Lord, to speak with Dr. Forester.” + +Arthur stepped outside at once, and we heard his cheery “Well, my men?” +but the answer was less audible, the only words I could distinctly catch +being “ten since morning, and two more just——” + +“But there _is_ a doctor there?” we heard Arthur say: and a deep voice, +that we had not heard before, replied “Dead, Sir. Died three hours ago.” + +Lady Muriel shuddered, and hid her face in her hands: but at this moment +the front-door was quietly closed, and we heard no more. + +For a few minutes we sat quite silent: then the Earl left the room, and +soon returned to tell us that Arthur had gone away with the two +fishermen, leaving word that he would be back in about an hour. And, +true enough, at the end of that interval—during which very little was +said, none of us seeming to have the heart to talk—the front-door once +more creaked on its rusty hinges, and a step was heard in the passage, +hardly to be recognised as Arthur’s, so slow and uncertain was it, like +a blind man feeling his way. + +He came in, and stood before Lady Muriel, resting one hand heavily on +the table, and with a strange look in his eyes, as if he were walking in +his sleep. + +“Muriel—my love——” he paused, and his lips quivered: but after a minute +he went on more steadily. “Muriel—my darling—they—_want_ me—down in the +harbour.” + +“_Must_ you go?” she pleaded, rising and laying her hands on his +shoulders, and looking up into his face with her great eyes brimming +over with tears. “Must _you_ go, Arthur? It may mean—death!” + +He met her gaze without flinching. “It _does_ mean death,” he said, in a +husky whisper: “but—darling—I am _called_. And even my life itself——” +His voice failed him, and he said no more. + +For a minute she stood quite silent, looking upwards with a helpless +gaze, as if even prayer were now useless, while her features worked and +quivered with the great agony she was enduring. Then a sudden +inspiration seemed to come upon her and light up her face with a strange +sweet smile. “_Your_ life?” she repeated. “It is not _yours_ to give!” + +Arthur had recovered himself by this time, and could reply quite firmly, +“That is true,” he said. “It is not _mine_ to give. It is _yours_, now, +my—wife that is to be! And you—do _you_ forbid me to go? Will you not +spare me, my own beloved one?” + +Still clinging to him, she laid her head softly on his breast. She had +never done such a thing in my presence before, and I knew how deeply she +must be moved. “I _will_ spare you,” she said, calmly and quietly, “to +God.” + +“And to God’s poor,” he whispered. + +“And to God’s poor,” she added. “When must it be, sweet love?” + +[Illustration: ‘WILL YOU NOT SPARE ME?’] + +“To-morrow morning,” he replied. “And I have much to do before then.” + +And then he told us how he had spent his hour of absence. He had been to +the Vicarage, and had arranged for the wedding to take place at eight +the next morning (there was no legal obstacle, as he had, some time +before this, obtained a Special License) in the little church we knew so +well. “My old friend here,” indicating me, “will act as ‘Best Man,’ I +know: your father will be there to give you away: and—and—you will +dispense with bride’s-maids, my darling?” + +She nodded: no words came. + +“And then I can go with a willing heart—to do God’s work—knowing that we +are _one_—and that we are together in _spirit_, though not in bodily +presence—and are most of all together when we pray! Our _prayers_ will +go up together——” + +“Yes, yes!” sobbed Lady Muriel. “But you must not stay longer now, my +darling! Go home and take some rest. You will need all your strength +to-morrow——” + +“Well, I will go,” said Arthur. “We will be here in good time to-morrow. +Good night, my own own darling!” + +I followed his example, and we two left the house together. As we walked +back to our lodgings, Arthur sighed deeply once or twice, and seemed +about to speak—but no words came, till we had entered the house, and had +lit our candles, and were at our bedroom-doors. Then Arthur said “Good +night, old fellow! God bless you!” + +“God bless you!” I echoed, from the very depths of my heart. + +We were back again at the Hall by eight in the morning, and found Lady +Muriel and the Earl, and the old Vicar, waiting for us. It was a +strangely sad and silent party that walked up to the little church and +back; and I could not help feeling that it was much more like a funeral +than a wedding: to Lady Muriel it _was_ in fact, a funeral rather than a +wedding, so heavily did the presentiment weigh upon her (as she told us +afterwards) that her newly-won husband was going forth to his death. + +Then we had breakfast; and, all too soon, the vehicle was at the door, +which was to convey Arthur, first to his lodgings, to pick up the things +he was taking with him, and then as far towards the death-stricken +hamlet as it was considered safe to go. One or two of the fishermen were +to meet him on the road, to carry his things the rest of the way. + +“And are you quite sure you are taking all that you will need?” Lady +Muriel asked. + +“All that I shall need as a _doctor_, certainly. And my own personal +needs are few: I shall not even take any of my own wardrobe—there is a +fisherman’s suit, ready-made, that is waiting for me at my lodgings. I +shall only take my watch, and a few books, and—stay—there _is_ one book +I should like to add, a pocket-Testament—to use at the bedsides of the +sick and dying——” + +“Take mine!” said Lady Muriel: and she ran upstairs to fetch it. “It has +nothing written in it but ‘Muriel,’” she said as she returned with it: +“shall I inscribe——” + +“No, my own one,” said Arthur, taking it from her. “What _could_ you +inscribe better than that? Could any human name mark it more clearly as +my own individual property? Are _you_ not mine? Are you not,” (with all +the old playfulness of manner) “as Bruno would say, ‘my _very mine_’?” + +He bade a long and loving adieu to the Earl and to me, and left the +room, accompanied only by his wife, who was bearing up bravely, and +was—_outwardly_, at least—less overcome than her old father. We waited +in the room a minute or two, till the sound of wheels had told us that +Arthur had driven away; and even then we waited still, for the step of +Lady Muriel, going upstairs to her room, to die away in the distance. +Her step, usually so light and joyous, now sounded slow and weary, like +one who plods on under a load of hopeless misery; and I felt almost as +hopeless, and almost as wretched, as she. “Are we four destined _ever_ +to meet again, on this side the grave?” I asked myself, as I walked to +my home. And the tolling of a distant bell seemed to answer me, “No! No! +No!” + + + + + CHAPTER XVIII. + A NEWSPAPER-CUTTING. + + + _EXTRACT FROM THE “FAYFIELD CHRONICLE.”_ + +_Our readers will have followed with painful interest, the accounts we +have from time to time published of the terrible epidemic which has, +during the last two months, carried off most of the inhabitants of the +little fishing-harbour adjoining the village of Elveston. The last +survivors, numbering twenty-three only, out of a population which, three +short months ago, exceeded one hundred and twenty, were removed on +Wednesday last, under the authority of the Local Board, and safely +lodged in the County Hospital: and the place is now veritably ‘a city of +the dead,’ without a single human voice to break its silence._ + +_The rescuing party consisted of six sturdy fellows—fishermen from the +neighbourhood—directed by the resident Physician of the Hospital, who +came over for that purpose, heading a train of hospital-ambulances. The +six men had been selected—from a much larger number who had volunteered +for this peaceful ‘forlorn hope’—for their strength and robust health, +as the expedition was considered to be, even now, when the malady has +expended its chief force, not unattended with danger._ + +_Every precaution that science could suggest, against the risk of +infection, was adopted: and the sufferers were tenderly carried on +litters, one by one, up the steep hill, and placed in the ambulances +which, each provided with a hospital nurse, were waiting on the level +road. The fifteen miles, to the Hospital, were done at a walking-pace, +as some of the patients were in too prostrate a condition to bear +jolting, and the journey occupied the whole afternoon._ + +_The twenty-three patients consist of nine men, six women, and eight +children. It has not been found possible to identify them all, as some +of the children—left with no surviving relatives—are infants; and two +men and one woman are not yet able to make rational replies, the +brain-powers being entirely in abeyance. Among a more well-to-do-race, +there would no doubt have been names marked on the clothes; but here no +such evidence is forthcoming._ + +_Besides the poor fishermen and their families, there were but five +persons to be accounted for: and it was ascertained, beyond a doubt, +that all five are numbered with the dead. It is a melancholy pleasure to +place on record the names of these genuine martyrs—than whom none, +surely, are more worthy to be entered on the glory-roll of England’s +heroes! They are as follows:—_ + +_The Rev. James Burgess, M.A., and Emma his wife. He was the Curate at +the Harbour, not thirty years old, and had been married only two years. +A written record was found in their house, of the dates of their +deaths._ + +_Next to theirs we will place the honoured name of Dr. Arthur Forester, +who, on the death of the local physician, nobly faced the imminent peril +of death, rather than leave these poor folk uncared for in their last +extremity. No record of his name, or of the date of his death, was +found: but the corpse was easily identified, although dressed in the +ordinary fisherman’s suit (which he was known to have adopted when he +went down there), by a copy of the New Testament, the gift of his wife, +which was found, placed next his heart, with his hands crossed over it. +It was not thought prudent to remove the body, for burial elsewhere: and +accordingly it was at once committed to the ground, along with four +others found in different houses, with all due reverence. His wife, +whose maiden name was Lady Muriel Orme, had been married to him on the +very morning on which he undertook his self-sacrificing mission._ + +_Next we record the Rev. Walter Saunders, Wesleyan Minister. His death +is believed to have taken place two or three weeks ago, as the words +‘Died October 5’ were found written on the wall of the room which he is +known to have occupied—the house being shut up, and apparently not +having been entered for some time._ + +_Last—though not a whit behind the other four in glorious self-denial +and devotion to duty—let us record the name of Father Francis, a young +Jesuit Priest who had been only a few months in the place. He had not +been dead many hours when the exploring party came upon the body, which +was identified, beyond the possibility of doubt, by the dress, and by +the crucifix which was, like the young Doctor’s Testament, clasped +closely to his heart._ + +_Since reaching the hospital, two of the men and one of the children +have died. Hope is entertained for all the others: though there are two +or three cases where the vital powers seem to be so entirely exhausted +that it is but ‘hoping against hope’ to regard ultimate recovery as even +possible._ + + + + + CHAPTER XIX. + A FAIRY-DUET. + + +The year—what an eventful year it had been for me!—was drawing to a +close, and the brief wintry day hardly gave light enough to recognise +the old familiar objects, bound up with so many happy memories, as the +train glided round the last bend into the station, and the hoarse cry of +“Elveston! Elveston!” resounded along the platform. + +It was sad to return to the place, and to feel that I should never again +see the glad smile of welcome, that had awaited me here so few months +ago. “And yet, if I were to find him here,” I muttered, as in solitary +state I followed the porter, who was wheeling my luggage on a barrow, +“and if he _were_ to ‘_strike a sudden hand in mine, And ask a thousand +things of home_,’ I should not—no, ‘_I should not feel it to be +strange_’!” + +Having given directions to have my luggage taken to my old lodgings, I +strolled off alone, to pay a visit, before settling down in my own +quarters, to my dear old friends—for such I indeed felt them to be, +though it was barely half a year since first we met—the Earl and his +widowed daughter. + +The shortest way, as I well remembered, was to cross through the +churchyard. I pushed open the little wicket-gate and slowly took my way +among the solemn memorials of the quiet dead, thinking of the many who +had, during the past year, disappeared from the place, and had gone to +‘join the majority.’ A very few steps brought me in sight of the object +of my search. Lady Muriel, dressed in the deepest mourning, her face +hidden by a long crape veil, was kneeling before a little marble cross, +round which she was fastening a wreath of flowers. + +The cross stood on a piece of level turf, unbroken by any mound, and I +knew that it was simply a memorial-cross, for one whose dust reposed +elsewhere, even before reading the simple inscription:— + + _In loving Memory of_ + ARTHUR FORESTER, M.D. + _whose mortal remains lie buried by the sea: + whose spirit has returned to God who gave it_. + + _“Greater love hath no man than this, that + a man lay down his life for his friends.”_ + +She threw back her veil on seeing me approach, and came forwards to meet +me, with a quiet smile, and far more self-possessed than I could have +expected. + +“It is quite like old times, seeing _you_ here again!” she said, in +tones of genuine pleasure. “Have you been to see my father?” + +“No,” I said: “I was on my way there, and came through here as the +shortest way. I hope he is well, and you also?” + +“Thanks, we are both quite well. And you? Are you any better yet?” + +“Not much better, I fear: but no worse, I am thankful to say.” + +“Let us sit here awhile, and have a quiet chat,” she said. The +calmness—almost indifference—of her manner quite took me by surprise. I +little guessed what a fierce restraint she was putting upon herself. + +“One can be so quiet here,” she resumed. “I come here every—every day.” + +“It is very peaceful,” I said. + +“You got my letter?” + +“Yes, but I delayed writing. It is so hard to say—on _paper_—” + +“I know. It was kind of you. You were with us when we saw the last of——” +She paused a moment, and went on more hurriedly. “I went down to the +harbour several times, but no one knows which of those vast graves it +is. However, they showed me the house he died in: that was some comfort. +I stood in the very room where—where——.” She struggled in vain to go on. +The flood-gates had given way at last, and the outburst of grief was the +most terrible I had ever witnessed. Totally regardless of my presence, +she flung herself down on the turf, burying her face in the grass, and +with her hands clasped round the little marble cross, “Oh, my darling, +my darling!” she sobbed. “And God meant your life to be so beautiful!” + +[Illustration: IN THE CHURCH-YARD] + +I was startled to hear, thus repeated by Lady Muriel, the very words of +the darling child whom I had seen weeping so bitterly over the dead +hare. Had some mysterious influence passed, from that sweet +fairy-spirit, ere she went back to Fairyland, into the human spirit that +loved her so dearly? The idea seemed too wild for belief. And yet, are +there not ‘_more things in heaven and earth than are dreamt of in our +philosophy_’? + +“God _meant_ it to be beautiful,” I whispered, “and surely it _was_ +beautiful? God’s purpose never fails!” I dared say no more, but rose and +left her. At the entrance-gate to the Earl’s house I waited, leaning on +the gate and watching the sun set, revolving many memories—some happy, +some sorrowful—until Lady Muriel joined me. + +She was quite calm again now. “Do come in,” she said. “My father will be +so pleased to see you!” + +The old man rose from his chair, with a smile, to welcome me; but his +self-command was far less than his daughter’s, and the tears coursed +down his face as he grasped both my hands in his, and pressed them +warmly. + +My heart was too full to speak; and we all sat silent for a minute or +two. Then Lady Muriel rang the bell for tea. “You _do_ take five o’clock +tea, I know!” she said to me, with the sweet playfulness of manner I +remembered so well, “even though you _ca’n’t_ work your wicked will on +the Law of Gravity, and make the teacups descend into Infinite Space, a +little faster than the tea!” + +This remark gave the tone to our conversation. By a tacit mutual +consent, we avoided, during this our first meeting after her great +sorrow, the painful topics that filled our thoughts, and talked like +light-hearted children who had never known a care. + +“Did you ever ask yourself the question,” Lady Muriel began, _à propos_ +of nothing, “what is the _chief_ advantage of being a Man instead of a +Dog?” + +“No, indeed,” I said: “but I think there are advantages on the _Dog’s_ +side of the question, as well.” + +“No doubt,” she replied, with that pretty mock-gravity that became her +so well: “but, on _Man’s_ side, the chief advantage seems to me to +consist in _having pockets_! It was borne in upon me—upon _us_, I should +say; for my father and I were returning from a walk—only yesterday. We +met a dog carrying home a bone. What it wanted it for, I’ve no idea: +certainly there was no _meat_ on it——” + +A strange sensation came over me, that I had heard all this, or +something exactly like it, before: and I almost expected her next words +to be “perhaps he meant to make a cloak for the winter?” However what +she really said was “and my father tried to account for it by some +wretched joke about _pro bono publico_. Well, the dog laid down the +bone—_not_ in disgust with the pun, which would have shown it to be a +dog of taste—but simply to rest its jaws, poor thing! I _did_ pity it +so! Won’t you join my _Charitable Association for supplying dogs with +pockets_? How would _you_ like to have to carry your walking-stick in +your mouth?” + +Ignoring the difficult question as to the _raison d’être_ of a +walking-stick, supposing one had no _hands_, I mentioned a curious +instance, I had once witnessed, of reasoning by a dog. A gentleman, with +a lady, and child, and a large dog, were down at the end of a pier on +which I was walking. To amuse his child, I suppose, the gentleman put +down on the ground his umbrella and the lady’s parasol, and then led the +way to the other end of the pier, from which he sent the dog back for +the deserted articles. I was watching with some curiosity. The dog came +racing back to where I stood, but found an unexpected difficulty in +picking up the things it had come for. With the umbrella in its mouth, +its jaws were so far apart that it could get no firm grip on the +parasol. After two or three failures, it paused and considered the +matter. + +Then it put down the umbrella and began with the parasol. Of course that +didn’t open its jaws nearly so wide, and it was able to get a good hold +of the umbrella, and galloped off in triumph. One couldn’t doubt that it +had gone through a real train of logical thought. + +“I entirely agree with you,” said Lady Muriel: “but don’t orthodox +writers condemn that view, as putting Man on the level of the lower +animals? Don’t they draw a sharp boundary-line between Reason and +Instinct?” + +“That certainly _was_ the orthodox view, a generation ago,” said the +Earl. “The truth of Religion seemed ready to stand or fall with the +assertion that Man was the only reasoning animal. But that is at an end +now. Man can still claim _certain_ monopolies—for instance, such a use +of _language_ as enables us to utilise the work of many, by ‘division of +labour.’ But the belief, that we have a monopoly of _Reason_, has long +been swept away. Yet no catastrophe has followed. As some old poet says, +‘_God is where he was_.’” + +“Most religious believers would _now_ agree with Bishop Butler,” said I, +“and not reject a line of argument, even if it led straight to the +conclusion that animals have some kind of _soul_, which survives their +bodily death.” + +“I _would_ like to know _that_ to be true!” Lady Muriel exclaimed. “If +only for the sake of the poor horses. Sometimes I’ve thought that, if +anything _could_ make me cease to believe in a God of perfect justice, +it would be the sufferings of horses—without guilt to deserve it, and +without any compensation!” + +“It is only part of the great Riddle,” said the Earl, “why innocent +beings _ever_ suffer. It _is_ a great strain on Faith—but not a +_breaking_ strain, I think.” + +“The sufferings of _horses_,” I said, “are chiefly caused by _Man’s_ +cruelty. So _that_ is merely one of the many instances of Sin causing +suffering to others than the Sinner himself. But don’t you find a +_greater_ difficulty in sufferings inflicted by animals upon each other? +For instance, a cat playing with a mouse. Assuming it to have no _moral_ +responsibility, isn’t that a greater mystery than a man over-driving a +horse?” + +“I think it _is_,” said Lady Muriel, looking a mute appeal to her +father. + +“What right have we to make that assumption?” said the Earl. “_Many_ of +our religious difficulties are merely deductions from unwarranted +assumptions. The wisest answer to most of them, is, I think, ‘_behold, +we know not anything_.’” + +“You mentioned ‘division of labour,’ just now,” I said. “Surely it is +carried to a wonderful perfection in a hive of bees?” + +“So wonderful—so entirely super-human—” said the Earl, “and so entirely +inconsistent with the intelligence they show in other ways—that I feel +no doubt at all that it is _pure_ Instinct, and _not_, as some hold, a +very high order of Reason. Look at the utter stupidity of a bee, trying +to find its way out of an open window! It _doesn’t_ try, in any +reasonable sense of the word: it simply bangs itself about! We should +call a puppy _imbecile_, that behaved so. And yet we are asked to +believe that its intellectual level is above Sir Isaac Newton!” + +“Then you hold that _pure_ Instinct contains no _Reason_ at all?” + +“On the contrary,” said the Earl, “I hold that the work of a bee-hive +involves Reason of the _highest_ order. But none of it is done by the +_Bee_. _God_ has reasoned it all out, and has put into the mind of the +Bee the _conclusions_, only, of the reasoning process.” + +“But how do their minds come to work _together_?” I asked. + +“What right have we to assume that they _have_ minds?” + +“Special pleading, special pleading!” Lady Muriel cried, in a most +unfilial tone of triumph. “Why, you yourself said, just now, ‘the mind +of the Bee’!” + +“But I did _not_ say ‘_minds_,’ my child,” the Earl gently replied. “It +has occurred to me, as the most probable solution of the ‘Bee’-mystery, +that a swarm of Bees _have only one mind among them_. We often see one +mind animating a most complex collection of limbs and organs, _when +joined together_. How do we know that any material connection is +necessary? May not mere neighbourhood be enough? If so, a swarm of bees +is simply a single animal whose many limbs are not quite close +together!” + +“It is a bewildering thought,” I said, “and needs a night’s rest to +grasp it properly. Reason and Instinct _both_ tell me I ought to go +home. So, good-night!” + +“I’ll ‘set’ you part of the way,” said Lady Muriel. “I’ve had no walk +to-day. It will do me good, and I have more to say to you. Shall we go +through the wood? It will be pleasanter than over the common, even +though it _is_ getting a little dark.” + +We turned aside into the shade of interlacing boughs, which formed an +architecture of almost perfect symmetry, grouped into lovely groined +arches, or running out, far as the eye could follow, into endless +aisles, and chancels, and naves, like some ghostly cathedral, fashioned +out of the dream of a moon-struck poet. + +“Always, in this wood,” she began after a pause (silence seemed natural +in this dim solitude), “I begin thinking of Fairies! May I ask you a +question?” she added hesitatingly. “Do you believe in Fairies?” + +The momentary impulse was so strong to tell her of my experiences in +this very wood, that I had to make a real effort to keep back the words +that rushed to my lips. “If you mean, by ‘believe,’ ‘believe in their +_possible_ existence,’ I say ‘Yes.’ For their _actual_ existence, of +course, one would need _evidence_.” + +“You were saying, the other day,” she went on, “that you would accept +_anything_, on good evidence, that was not _à priori_ impossible. And I +think you named _Ghosts_ as an instance of a _provable_ phenomenon. +Would _Fairies_ be another instance?” + +“Yes, I think so.” And again it was hard to check the wish to say more: +but I was not yet sure of a sympathetic listener. + +“And have you any theory as to what sort of place they would occupy in +Creation? Do tell me what you think about them! Would they, for instance +(supposing such beings to exist), would they have any moral +responsibility? I mean” (and the light bantering tone suddenly changed +to one of deep seriousness) “would they be capable of _sin_?” + +“They can reason—on a lower level, perhaps, than men and women—never +rising, I think, above the faculties of a child; and they have a moral +sense, most surely. Such a being, without _free will_, would be an +absurdity. So I am driven to the conclusion that they _are_ capable of +sin.” + +“You believe in them?” she cried delightedly, with a sudden motion as if +about to clap her hands. “Now tell me, have you any reason for it?” + +And still I strove to keep back the revelation I felt sure was coming. +“I believe that there is _life_ everywhere—not _material_ only, not +merely what is palpable to our senses—but immaterial and invisible as +well. We believe in our own immaterial essence—call it ‘soul,’ or +‘spirit,’ or what you will. Why should not other similar essences exist +around us, _not_ linked on to a visible and _material_ body? Did not God +make this swarm of happy insects, to dance in this sunbeam for one hour +of bliss, for no other object, that we can imagine, than to swell the +sum of conscious happiness? And where shall we dare to draw the line, +and say ‘He has made all these and no more’?” + +“Yes, yes!” she assented, watching me with sparkling eyes. “But these +are only reasons for not _denying_. You have more reasons than this, +have you not?” + +“Well, yes,” I said, feeling I might safely tell all now. “And I could +not find a fitter time or place to say it. I have _seen_ them—and in +this very wood!” + +Lady Muriel asked no more questions. Silently she paced at my side, with +head bowed down and hands clasped tightly together. Only, as my tale +went on, she drew a little short quick breath now and then, like a child +panting with delight. And I told her what I had never yet breathed to +any other listener, of my double life, and, more than that (for _mine_ +might have been but a noonday-dream), of the double life of those two +dear children. + +And when I told her of Bruno’s wild gambols, she laughed merrily; and +when I spoke of Sylvie’s sweetness and her utter unselfishness and +trustful love, she drew a deep breath, like one who hears at last some +precious tidings for which the heart has ached for a long while; and the +happy tears chased one another down her cheeks. + +“I have often longed to meet an angel,” she whispered, so low that I +could hardly catch the words. “I’m _so_ glad I’ve seen Sylvie! My heart +went out to the child the first moment that I saw her—— Listen!” she +broke off suddenly. “That’s Sylvie singing! I’m sure of it! Don’t you +know her voice?” + +“I have heard _Bruno_ sing, more than once,” I said: “but I never heard +Sylvie.” + +“I have only heard her _once_,” said Lady Muriel. “It was that day when +you brought us those mysterious flowers. The children had run out into +the garden; and I saw Eric coming in that way, and went to the window to +meet him: and Sylvie was singing, under the trees, a song I had never +heard before. The words were something like ‘I think it is Love, I feel +it is Love.’ Her voice sounded far away, like a dream, but it was +beautiful beyond all words—as sweet as an infant’s first smile, or the +first gleam of the white cliffs when one is coming _home_ after weary +years—a voice that seemed to fill one’s whole being with peace and +heavenly thoughts—— Listen!” she cried, breaking off again in her +excitement. “That _is_ her voice, and that’s the very song!” + +I could distinguish no words, but there was a dreamy sense of music in +the air that seemed to grow ever louder and louder, as if coming nearer +to us. We stood quite silent, and in another minute the two children +appeared, coming straight towards us through an arched opening among the +trees. Each had an arm round the other, and the setting sun shed a +golden halo round their heads, like what one sees in pictures of saints. +They were looking in our direction, but evidently did not see us, and I +soon made out that Lady Muriel had for once passed into a condition +familiar to _me_, that we were both of us ‘eerie,’ and that, though we +could see the children so plainly, we were quite invisible to _them_. + +[Illustration: A FAIRY-DUET] + +The song ceased just as they came into sight: but, to my delight, Bruno +instantly said “Let’s sing it all again, Sylvie! It _did_ sound so +pretty!” And Sylvie replied “Very well. It’s _you_ to begin, you know.” + +So Bruno began, in the sweet childish treble I knew so well:— + + “Say, what is the spell, when her fledgelings are cheeping, + That lures the bird home to her nest? + Or wakes the tired mother, whose infant is weeping, + To cuddle and croon it to rest? + What’s the magic that charms the glad babe in her arms, + Till it cooes with the voice of the dove?” + +And now ensued quite the strangest of all the strange experiences that +marked the wonderful year whose history I am writing—the experience of +_first_ hearing Sylvie’s voice in song. Her part was a very short +one—only a few words—and she sang it timidly, and very low indeed, +scarcely audibly, but the _sweetness_ of her voice was simply +indescribable; I have never heard any earthly music like it. + + “’Tis a secret, and so let us whisper it low— + And the name of the secret is Love!” + +On me the first effect of her voice was a sudden sharp pang that seemed +to pierce through one’s very heart. (I had felt such a pang only once +before in my life, and it had been from _seeing_ what, at the moment, +realised one’s idea of perfect beauty—it was in a London exhibition, +where, in making my way through a crowd, I suddenly met, face to face, a +child of quite unearthly beauty.) Then came a rush of burning tears to +the eyes, as though one could weep one’s soul away for pure delight. And +lastly there fell on me a sense of awe that was almost terror—some such +feeling as Moses must have had when he heard the words “_Put off thy +shoes from off thy feet, for the place whereon thou standest is holy +ground_.” The figures of the children became vague and shadowy, like +glimmering meteors: while their voices rang together in exquisite +harmony as they sang:— + + “For I think it is Love, + For I feel it is Love, + For I’m sure it is nothing but Love!” + +By this time I could see them clearly once more. Bruno again sang by +himself:— + + “Say, whence is the voice that, when anger is burning, + Bids the whirl of the tempest to cease? + That stirs the vexed soul with an aching—a yearning + For the brotherly hand-grip of peace? + Whence the music that fills all our being—that thrills + Around us, beneath, and above?” + +Sylvie sang more courageously, this time: the words seemed to carry her +away, out of herself:— + + “’Tis a secret: none knows how it comes, how it goes: + But the name of the secret is Love!” + +And clear and strong the chorus rang out:— + + “For I think it is Love, + For I feel it is Love, + For I’m sure it is nothing but Love!” + +Once more we heard Bruno’s delicate little voice alone:— + + “Say whose is the skill that paints valley and hill, + Like a picture so fair to the sight? + That flecks the green meadow with sunshine and shadow, + Till the little lambs leap with delight?” + +And again uprose that silvery voice, whose angelic sweetness I could +hardly bear:— + + “’Tis a secret untold to hearts cruel and cold, + Though ’tis sung, by the angels above, + In notes that ring clear for the ears that can hear— + And the name of the secret is Love!” + +And then Bruno joined in again with + + “For I think it is Love, + For I feel it is Love, + For I’m sure it is nothing but Love!” + +“That _are_ pretty!” the little fellow exclaimed, as the children passed +us—so closely that we drew back a little to make room for them, and it +seemed we had only to reach out a hand to touch them: but this we did +not attempt. + +“No use to try and stop them!” I said, as they passed away into the +shadows. “Why, they could not even _see_ us!” + +“No use at all,” Lady Muriel echoed with a sigh. “One would _like_ to +meet them again, in living form! But I feel, somehow, _that_ can never +be. They have passed out of _our_ lives!” She sighed again; and no more +was said, till we came out into the main road, at a point near my +lodgings. + +“Well, I will leave you here,” she said. “I want to get back before +dark: and I have a cottage-friend to visit, first. Good night, dear +friend! Let us see you soon—and often!” she added, with an affectionate +warmth that went to my very heart. “_For those are few we hold as +dear!_” + +“Good night!” I answered. “Tennyson said that of a worthier friend than +me.” + +“Tennyson didn’t know what he was talking about!” she saucily rejoined, +with a touch of her old childish gaiety; and we parted. + + + + + CHAPTER XX. + GAMMON AND SPINACH. + + +My landlady’s welcome had an extra heartiness about it: and though, with +a rare delicacy of feeling, she made no direct allusion to the friend +whose companionship had done so much to brighten life for me, I felt +sure that it was a kindly sympathy with my solitary state that made her +so specially anxious to do all she could think of to ensure my comfort, +and make me feel at home. + +The lonely evening seemed long and tedious: yet I lingered on, watching +the dying fire, and letting Fancy mould the red embers into the forms +and faces belonging to bygone scenes. Now it seemed to be Bruno’s +roguish smile that sparkled for a moment, and died away: now it was +Sylvie’s rosy cheek: and now the Professor’s jolly round face, beaming +with delight. “You’re welcome, my little ones!” he seemed to say. And +then the red coal, which for the moment embodied the dear old Professor, +began to wax dim, and with its dying lustre the words seemed to die away +into silence. I seized the poker, and with an artful touch or two +revived the waning glow, while Fancy—no coy minstrel she—sang me once +again the magic strain I loved to hear. + +“You’re welcome, little ones!” the cheery voice repeated. “I told them +you were coming. Your rooms are all ready for you. And the Emperor and +the Empress—well, I think they’re rather pleased than otherwise! In +fact, Her Highness said ‘I hope they’ll be in time for the Banquet!’ +Those were her very words, I assure you!” + +“Will Uggug be at the Banquet?” Bruno asked. And both children looked +uneasy at the dismal suggestion. + +“Why, of course he will!” chuckled the Professor. “Why, it’s his +_birthday_, don’t you know? And his health will be drunk, and all that +sort of thing. What would the Banquet be without _him_?” + +“Ever so much nicer,” said Bruno. But he said it in a _very_ low voice, +and nobody but Sylvie heard him. + +The Professor chuckled again. “It’ll be a jolly Banquet, now _you’ve_ +come, my little man! I _am_ so glad to see you again!” + +“I ’fraid we’ve been very long in coming,” Bruno politely remarked. + +“Well, yes,” the Professor assented. “However, you’re very short now +you’re come: that’s _some_ comfort.” And he went on to enumerate the +plans for the day. “The Lecture comes first,” he said. “_That_ the +Empress _insists_ on. She says people will eat so much at the Banquet, +they’ll be too sleepy to attend to the Lecture afterwards—and perhaps +she’s right. There’ll just be a little _refreshment_, when the people +first arrive—as a kind of surprise for the Empress, you know. Ever since +she’s been—well, not _quite_ so clever as she once was—we’ve found it +desirable to concoct little surprises for her. _Then_ comes the +Lecture——” + +“What? The Lecture you were getting ready—ever so long ago?” Sylvie +enquired. + +“Yes—that’s the one,” the Professor rather reluctantly admitted. “It +_has_ taken a goodish time to prepare. I’ve got so many other things to +attend to. For instance, I’m Court-Physician. I have to keep all the +Royal Servants in good health—and that reminds me!” he cried, ringing +the bell in a great hurry. “This is Medicine-Day! We only give Medicine +once a week. If we were to begin giving it every day, the bottles would +_soon_ be empty!” + +“But if they were ill on the _other_ days?” Sylvie suggested. + +“What, ill on the wrong _day_!” exclaimed the Professor. “Oh, that would +never do! A Servant would be dismissed _at once_, who was ill on the +wrong day! This is the Medicine for _today_,” he went on, taking down a +large jug from a shelf. “I mixed it, myself, first thing this morning. +Taste it!” he said, holding out the jug to Bruno. “Dip in your finger, +and taste it!” + +Bruno did so, and made such an excruciatingly wry face that Sylvie +exclaimed, in alarm, “Oh, Bruno, you mustn’t!” + +“It’s welly extremely nasty!” Bruno said, as his face resumed its +natural shape. + +“Nasty?” said the Professor. “Why, of _course_ it is! What would +Medicine be, if it wasn’t _nasty_?” + +“Nice,” said Bruno. + +“I was going to say—” the Professor faltered, rather taken aback by the +promptness of Bruno’s reply, “—that _that_ would never do! Medicine +_has_ to be nasty, you know. Be good enough to take this jug, down into +the Servants’ Hall,” he said to the footman who answered the bell: “and +tell them it’s their Medicine for _today_.” + +“Which of them is to drink it?” the footman asked, as he carried off the +jug. + +“Oh, I’ve not settled _that_ yet!” the Professor briskly replied. “I’ll +come and settle that, soon. Tell them not to begin, on any account, till +I come! It’s really _wonderful_,” he said, turning to the children, “the +success I’ve had in curing Diseases! Here are some of my memoranda.” He +took down from the shelf a heap of little bits of paper, pinned together +in twos and threes. “Just look at _this_ set, now. ‘_Under-Cook Number +Thirteen recovered from Common Fever—Febris Communis_.’ And now see +what’s pinned to it. ‘_Gave Under-Cook Number Thirteen a Double Dose of +Medicine_.’ _That’s_ something to be proud of, _isn’t_ it?” + +“But which happened _first_?” said Sylvie, looking very much puzzled. + +The Professor examined the papers carefully. “They are not _dated_, I +find,” he said with a slightly dejected air: “so I fear I ca’n’t tell +you. But they _both_ happened: there’s no doubt of _that_. The +_Medicine’s_ the great thing, you know. The _Diseases_ are much less +important. You can keep a _Medicine_, for years and years: but nobody +ever wants to keep a _Disease_! By the way, come and look at the +platform. The Gardener asked me to come and see if it would do. We may +as well go before it gets dark.” + +“We’d like to, very much!” Sylvie replied. “Come, Bruno, put on your +hat. Don’t keep the dear Professor waiting!” + +“Ca’n’t find my hat!” the little fellow sadly replied. “I were rolling +it about. And it’s rolled itself away!” + +“Maybe it’s rolled in _there_,” Sylvie suggested, pointing to a dark +recess, the door of which stood half open: and Bruno ran in to look. +After a minute he came slowly out again, looking very grave, and +carefully shut the cupboard-door after him. + +“It aren’t in there,” he said, with such unusual solemnity, that +Sylvie’s curiosity was roused. + +“What _is_ in there, Bruno?” + +“There’s cobwebs—and two spiders—” Bruno thoughtfully replied, checking +off the catalogue on his fingers, “—and the cover of a picture-book—and +a tortoise—and a dish of nuts—and an old man.” + +“An old man!” cried the Professor, trotting across the room in great +excitement. “Why, it must be the Other Professor, that’s been lost for +ever so long!” + +[Illustration: THE OTHER PROFESSOR FOUND] + +He opened the door of the cupboard wide: and there he was, the Other +Professor, sitting in a chair, with a book on his knee, and in the act +of helping himself to a nut from a dish, which he had taken down off a +shelf just within his reach. He looked round at us, but said nothing +till he had cracked and eaten the nut. Then he asked the old question. +“Is the Lecture all ready?” + +“It’ll begin in an hour,” the Professor said, evading the question. +“First, we must have something to surprise the Empress. And then comes +the Banquet——” + +“The Banquet!” cried the Other Professor, springing up, and filling the +room with a cloud of dust. “Then I’d better go and—and brush myself a +little. What a state I’m in!” + +“He _does_ want brushing!” the Professor said, with a critical air, +“Here’s your hat, little man! I had put it on by mistake. I’d quite +forgotten I had _one_ on, already. Let’s go and look at the platform.” + +“And there’s that nice old Gardener singing still!” Bruno exclaimed in +delight, as we went out into the garden. “I do believe he’s been singing +that very song ever since we went away!” + +“Why, of course he has!” replied the Professor. “It wouldn’t be the +thing to leave off, you know.” + +“Wouldn’t be _what_ thing?” said Bruno: but the Professor thought it +best not to hear the question. “What are you doing with that hedgehog?” +he shouted at the Gardener, whom they found standing upon one foot, +singing softly to himself, and rolling a hedgehog up and down with the +other foot. + +“Well, I wanted fur to know what hedgehogs lives on: so I be a-keeping +this here hedgehog—fur to see if it eats potatoes——” + +“Much better keep a potato,” said the Professor; “and see if hedgehogs +eat it!” + +“That be the roight way, sure-ly!” the delighted Gardener exclaimed. “Be +you come to see the platform?” + +“Aye, aye!” the Professor cheerily replied. “And the children have come +back, you see!” + +The Gardener looked round at them with a grin. Then he led the way to +the Pavilion; and as he went he sang:— + + “He looked again, and found it was + A Double Rule of Three: + ‘And all its Mystery,’ he said, + ‘Is clear as day to me!’” + +“You’ve been _months_ over that song,” said the Professor. “Isn’t it +finished yet?” + +“There be only one verse more,” the Gardener sadly replied. And, with +tears streaming down his cheeks, he sang the last verse:— + + “He thought he saw an Argument + That proved he was the Pope: + He looked again, and found it was + A Bar of Mottled Soap. + ‘A fact so dread,’ he faintly said, + ‘Extinguishes all hope!’” + +Choking with sobs, the Gardener hastily stepped on a few yards ahead of +the party, to conceal his emotion. + +“Did _he_ see the Bar of Mottled Soap?” Sylvie enquired, as we followed. + +“Oh, certainly!” said the Professor. “That song is his own history, you +know.” + +Tears of an ever-ready sympathy glittered in Bruno’s eyes. “I’s _welly_ +sorry he isn’t the Pope!” he said. “Aren’t _you_ sorry, Sylvie?” + +“Well—I hardly know,” Sylvie replied in the vaguest manner. “Would it +make him any happier?” she asked the Professor. + +“It wouldn’t make the _Pope_ any happier,” said the Professor. “Isn’t +the platform _lovely_?” he asked, as we entered the Pavilion. + +“I’ve put an extra beam under it!” said the Gardener, patting it +affectionately as he spoke. “And now it’s that strong, as—as a mad +elephant might dance upon it!” + +“Thank you _very_ much!” the Professor heartily rejoined. “I don’t know +that we shall exactly require—but it’s convenient to know.” And he led +the children upon the platform, to explain the arrangements to them. +“Here are three seats, you see, for the Emperor and the Empress and +Prince Uggug. But there must be two more chairs here!” he said, looking +down at the Gardener. “One for Lady Sylvie, and one for the smaller +animal!” + +“And may I help in the Lecture?” said Bruno. “I can do some +conjuring-tricks.” + +“Well, it’s not exactly a _conjuring_ lecture,” the Professor said, as +he arranged some curious-looking machines on the table. “However, what +can you do? Did you ever go through a table, for instance?” + +“Often!” said Bruno. “_Haven’t_ I, Sylvie?” + +The Professor was evidently surprised, though he tried not to show it. +“This must be looked into,” he muttered to himself, taking out a +note-book. “And first—what kind of table?” + +“Tell him!” Bruno whispered to Sylvie, putting his arms round her neck. + +“Tell him yourself,” said Sylvie. + +“Ca’n’t,” said Bruno. “It’s a _bony_ word.” + +“Nonsense!” laughed Sylvie. “You can say it well enough, if you only +try. Come!” + +“Muddle—” said Bruno. “That’s a bit of it.” + +“_What_ does he say?” cried the bewildered Professor. + +“He means the multiplication-table,” Sylvie explained. + +The Professor looked annoyed, and shut up his note-book again. “Oh, +that’s _quite_ another thing,” he said. + +“It are ever so many other things,” said Bruno. “_Aren’t_ it, Sylvie?” + +A loud blast of trumpets interrupted this conversation. “Why, the +entertainment has _begun_!” the Professor exclaimed, as he hurried the +children into the Reception-Saloon. “I had no idea it was so late!” + +A small table, containing cake and wine, stood in a corner of the +Saloon; and here we found the Emperor and Empress waiting for us. The +rest of the Saloon had been cleared of furniture, to make room for the +guests. I was much struck by the great change a few months had made in +the faces of the Imperial Pair. A vacant stare was now the _Emperor’s_ +usual expression; while over the face of the _Empress_ there flitted, +ever and anon, a meaningless smile. + +“So you’re come at last!” the Emperor sulkily remarked, as the Professor +and the children took their places. It was evident that he was _very_ +much out of temper: and we were not long in learning the cause of this. +He did not consider the preparations, made for the Imperial party, to be +such as suited their rank. “A common mahogany table!” he growled, +pointing to it contemptuously with his thumb. “Why wasn’t it made of +gold, I should like to know?” + +“It would have taken a very long——” the Professor began, but the Emperor +cut the sentence short. + +“Then the cake! Ordinary plum! Why wasn’t it made of—of——” He broke off +again. “Then the wine! Merely old Madeira! Why wasn’t it——? Then this +chair! That’s worst of all. Why wasn’t it a throne? One _might_ excuse +the other omissions, but I _ca’n’t_ get over the chair!” + +“What _I_ ca’n’t get over,” said the Empress, in eager sympathy with her +angry husband, “is the _table_!” + +“Pooh!” said the Emperor. + +“It is much to be regretted!” the Professor mildly replied, as soon as +he had a chance of speaking. After a moment’s thought he strengthened +the remark. “_Everything_,” he said, addressing Society in general, “is +_very much_ to be regretted!” + +A murmur of “Hear, hear!” rose from the crowded Saloon. + +There was a rather awkward pause: the Professor evidently didn’t know +how to begin. The Empress leant forwards, and whispered to him. “A few +jokes, you know, Professor—just to put people at their ease!” + +“True, true, Madam!” the Professor meekly replied. “This little boy——” + +“_Please_ don’t make any jokes about _me_!” Bruno exclaimed, his eyes +filling with tears. + +“I won’t if you’d rather I didn’t,” said the kind-hearted Professor. “It +was only something about a Ship’s Buoy: a harmless pun—but it doesn’t +matter.” Here he turned to the crowd and addressed them in a loud voice. +“Learn your A’s!” he shouted. “Your B’s! Your C’s! And your D’s! _Then_ +you’ll be at your ease!” + +There was a roar of laughter from all the assembly, and then a great +deal of confused whispering. “_What_ was it he said? Something about +bees, I fancy——.” + +The Empress smiled in her meaningless way, and fanned herself. The poor +Professor looked at her timidly: he was clearly at his wits’ end again, +and hoping for another hint. The Empress whispered again. + +“Some spinach, you know, Professor, as a surprise.” + +The Professor beckoned to the Head-Cook, and said something to him in a +low voice. Then the Head-Cook left the room, followed by all the other +cooks. + +“It’s difficult to get things started,” the Professor remarked to Bruno. +“When once we get started, it’ll go on all right, you’ll see.” + +“If oo want to startle people,” said Bruno, “oo should put live frogs on +their backs.” + +Here the cooks all came in again, in a procession, the Head-Cook coming +last and carrying something, which the others tried to hide by waving +flags all round it. “Nothing but flags, Your Imperial Highness! Nothing +but flags!” he kept repeating, as he set it before her. Then all the +flags were dropped in a moment, as the Head-Cook raised the cover from +an enormous dish. + +[Illustration: ‘HER IMPERIAL HIGHNESS IS SURPRISED!’] + +“What is it?” the Empress said faintly, as she put her spy-glass to her +eye. “Why, it’s _Spinach_, I declare!” + +“Her Imperial Highness is surprised,” the Professor explained to the +attendants: and some of them clapped their hands. The Head-Cook made a +low bow, and in doing so dropped a spoon on the table, as if by +accident, just within reach of the Empress, who looked the other way and +pretended not to see it. + +“I _am_ surprised!” the Empress said to Bruno. “Aren’t you?” + +“Not a bit,” said Bruno. “I heard——” but Sylvie put her hand over his +mouth, and spoke for him. “He’s rather tired, I think. He wants the +Lecture to begin.” + +“I want the _supper_ to begin,” Bruno corrected her. + +The Empress took up the spoon in an absent manner, and tried to balance +it across the back of her hand, and in doing this she dropped it into +the dish: and, when she took it out again, it was full of spinach. “How +curious!” she said, and put it into her mouth. “It tastes just like +_real_ spinach! I thought it was an imitation—but I do believe it’s +real!” And she took another spoonful. + +“It wo’n’t be real much longer,” said Bruno. + +But the Empress had had enough spinach by this time, and somehow—I +failed to notice the exact process—we all found ourselves in the +Pavilion, and the Professor in the act of beginning the long-expected +Lecture. + + + + + CHAPTER XXI. + THE PROFESSOR’S LECTURE. + + +“In Science—in fact, in most things—it is usually best _to begin at the +beginning_. In _some_ things, of course, it’s better to begin at the +_other_ end. For instance, if you wanted to paint a dog green, it +_might_ be best to begin with the _tail_, as it doesn’t bite at _that_ +end. And so——” + +“May _I_ help oo?” Bruno interrupted. + +“Help me to do _what_?” said the puzzled Professor, looking up for a +moment, but keeping his finger on the book he was reading from, so as +not to lose his place. + +“To paint a dog green!” cried Bruno. “_Oo_ can begin wiz its _mouf_, and +I’ll——” + +“No, no!” said the Professor. “We haven’t got to the _Experiments_ yet. +And so,” returning to his note-book, “I’ll give you the Axioms of +Science. After that I shall exhibit some Specimens. Then I shall explain +a Process or two. And I shall conclude with a few Experiments. An +_Axiom_, you know, is a thing that you accept without contradiction. For +instance, if I were to say ‘Here we are!’, that would be accepted +without any contradiction, and it’s a nice sort of remark to _begin_ a +conversation with. So it would be an _Axiom_. Or again, supposing I were +to say ‘Here we are not!’ _that_ would be——” + +“—a fib!” cried Bruno. + +“Oh, _Bruno_!” said Sylvie in a warning whisper. “Of course it would be +an _Axiom_, if the Professor said it!” + +“—that would be accepted, if people were civil,” continued the +Professor; “so it would be _another_ Axiom.” + +“It _might_ be an Axledum,” Bruno said: “but it wouldn’t be _true_!” + +“Ignorance of Axioms,” the Lecturer continued, “is a great drawback in +life. It wastes so much time to have to say them over and over again. +For instance, take the Axiom ‘_Nothing is greater than itself_’; that +is, ‘_Nothing can contain itself_.’ How often you hear people say ‘He +was so excited, he was quite unable to contain himself,’ Why, _of +course_ he was unable! The _excitement_ had nothing to do with it!” + +“I say, look here, you know!” said the Emperor, who was getting a little +restless. “How many Axioms are you going to give us? At _this_ rate, we +sha’n’t get to the _Experiments_ till to-morrow-week!” + +“Oh, sooner than _that_, I assure you!” the Professor replied, looking +up in alarm. “There are only,” (he referred to his notes again) “only +_two_ more, that are really _necessary_.” + +“Read ’em out, and get on to the _Specimens_,” grumbled the Emperor. + +“The _First_ Axiom,” the Professor read out in a great hurry, “consists +of these words, ‘_Whatever is, is_.’ And the Second consists of _these_ +words, ‘_Whatever isn’t, isn’t_.’ We will now go on to the _Specimens_. +The first tray contains Crystals and other Things.” He drew it towards +him, and again referred to his note-book. “Some of the labels—owing to +insufficient adhesion——” Here he stopped again, and carefully examined +the page with his eyeglass. “I ca’n’t quite read the rest of the +sentence,” he said at last, “but it _means_ that the labels have come +loose, and the Things have got mixed——” + +“Let _me_ stick ’em on again!” cried Bruno eagerly, and began licking +them, like postage-stamps, and dabbing them down upon the Crystals and +the other Things. But the Professor hastily moved the tray out of his +reach. “They _might_ get fixed to the _wrong_ Specimens, you know!” he +said. + +“Oo shouldn’t have any _wrong_ peppermints in the tray!” Bruno boldly +replied. “_Should_ he, Sylvie?” + +But Sylvie only shook her head. + +The Professor heard him not. He had taken up one of the bottles, and was +carefully reading the label through his eye-glass. “Our first +Specimen——” he announced, as he placed the bottle in front of the other +Things, “is—that is, it is called——” here he took it up, and examined +the label again, as if he thought it might have changed since he last +saw it, “is called Aqua Pura—common water—the fluid that cheers——” + +“Hip! Hip! Hip!” the Head-Cook began enthusiastically. + +“—but _not_ inebriates!” the Professor went on quickly, but only just in +time to check the “Hooroar!” which was beginning. + +“Our second Specimen,” he went on, carefully opening a small jar, “is——” +here he removed the lid, and a large beetle instantly darted out, and +with an angry buzz went straight out of the Pavilion, “—is—or rather, I +should say,” looking sadly into the empty jar, “it _was_—a curious kind +of Blue Beetle. Did any one happen to remark—as it went past—three blue +spots under each wing?” + +Nobody had remarked them. + +“Ah, well!” the Professor said with a sigh. “It’s a pity. Unless you +remark that kind of thing _at the moment_, it’s very apt to get +overlooked! The _next_ Specimen, at any rate, will not fly away! It +is—in short, or perhaps, more correctly, at _length_—an _Elephant_. You +will observe——.” Here he beckoned to the Gardener to come up on the +platform, and with his help began putting together what looked like an +enormous dog-kennel, with short tubes projecting out of it on both +sides. + +“But we’ve seen _Elephants_ before,” the Emperor grumbled. + +“Yes, but not through a _Megaloscope_!” the Professor eagerly replied. +“You know you can’t see a _Flea_, properly, without a +_magnifying_-glass—what we call a _Microscope_. Well, just in the same +way, you ca’n’t see an _Elephant_, properly, without a +_minimifying_-glass. There’s one in each of these little tubes. And +_this_ is a _Megaloscope_! The Gardener will now bring in the next +Specimen. Please open _both_ curtains, down at the end there, and make +way for the Elephant!” + +There was a general rush to the sides of the Pavilion, and all eyes were +turned to the open end, watching for the return of the Gardener, who had +gone away singing “_He thought he saw an Elephant That practised on a +Fife!_” There was silence for a minute: and then his harsh voice was +heard again in the distance. “_He looked again_—come up, then! _He +looked again, and found it was_—woa back! _and, found it was A letter +from his_—make way there! He’s a-coming!” + +[Illustration: ‘HE THOUGHT HE SAW AN ELEPHANT’] + +And in marched, or waddled—it is hard to say which is the right word—an +Elephant, on its hind-legs, and playing on an enormous fife which it +held with its fore-feet. + +The Professor hastily threw open a large door at the end of the +Megaloscope, and the huge animal, at a signal from the Gardener, dropped +the fife, and obediently trotted into the machine, the door of which was +at once shut by the Professor. “The Specimen is now ready for +observation!” he proclaimed. “It is exactly the size of the Common +Mouse—_Mus Communis_!” + +There was a general rush to the tubes, and the spectators watched with +delight the minikin creature, as it playfully coiled its trunk round the +Professor’s extended finger, finally taking its stand upon the palm of +his hand, while he carefully lifted it out, and carried it off to +exhibit to the Imperial party. + +“Isn’t it a _darling_?” cried Bruno. “May I stroke it, please? I’ll +touch it _welly_ gently!” + +The Empress inspected it solemnly with her eye-glass. “It is very +small,” she said in a deep voice. “Smaller than elephants usually are, I +believe?” + +The Professor gave a start of delighted surprise. “Why, that’s _true_!” +he murmured to himself. Then louder, turning to the audience, “Her +Imperial Highness has made a remark which is perfectly sensible!” And a +wild cheer arose from that vast multitude. + +“The next Specimen,” the Professor proclaimed, after carefully placing +the little Elephant in the tray, among the Crystals and other Things, +“is a _Flea_, which we will enlarge for the purposes of observation.” +Taking a small pill-box from the tray, he advanced to the Megaloscope, +and reversed all the tubes. “The Specimen is ready!” he cried, with his +eye at one of the tubes, while he carefully emptied the pill-box through +a little hole at the side. “It is now the size of the Common +Horse—_Equus Communis_!” + +There was another general rush, to look through the tubes, and the +Pavilion rang with shouts of delight, through which the Professor’s +anxious tones could scarcely be heard. “Keep the door of the Microscope +_shut_!” he cried. “If the creature were to escape, _this size_, it +would——” But the mischief was done. The door had swung open, and in +another moment the Monster had got out, and was trampling down the +terrified, shrieking spectators. + +But the Professor’s presence of mind did not desert him. “Undraw those +curtains!” he shouted. It was done. The Monster gathered its legs +together, and in one tremendous bound vanished into the sky. + +“Where _is_ it?” said the Emperor, rubbing his eyes. + +“In the next Province, I fancy,” the Professor replied. “That jump would +take it at _least_ five miles! The next thing is to explain a Process or +two. But I find there is hardly room enough to operate—the smaller +animal is rather in my way——” + +“Who does he mean?” Bruno whispered to Sylvie. + +“He means _you_!” Sylvie whispered back. “Hush!” + +“Be kind enough to move—angularly—to _this_ corner,” the Professor said, +addressing himself to Bruno. + +Bruno hastily moved his chair in the direction indicated. “Did I move +angrily enough?” he inquired. But the Professor was once more absorbed +in his Lecture, which he was reading from his note-book. + +“I will now explain the Process of—the name is blotted, I’m sorry to +say. It will be illustrated by a number of—of——” here he examined the +page for some time, and at last said “It seems to be either +‘Experiments’ or ‘Specimens’——” + +“Let it be _Experiments_,” said the Emperor. “We’ve seen plenty of +_Specimens_.” + +“Certainly, certainly!” the Professor assented. “We will have some +Experiments.” + +“May _I_ do them?” Bruno eagerly asked. + +“Oh dear no!” The Professor looked dismayed. “I really don’t know what +would happen if _you_ did them!” + +“Nor nobody doosn’t know what’ll happen if _oo_ doos them!” Bruno +retorted. + +“Our First Experiment requires a Machine. It has two knobs—only +_two_—you can count them, if you like.” + +The Head-Cook stepped forwards, counted them, and retired satisfied. + +“Now you _might_ press those two knobs together—but that’s not the way +to do it. Or you _might_ turn the Machine upside-down—but _that’s_ not +the way to do it!” + +“What _are_ the way to do it?” said Bruno, who was listening very +attentively. + +The Professor smiled benignantly. “Ah, yes!” he said, in a voice like +the heading of a chapter. “The Way To Do It! Permit me!” and in a moment +he had whisked Bruno upon the table. “I divide my subject,” he began, +“into three parts——” + +“I think I’ll get down!” Bruno whispered to Sylvie. “It aren’t nice to +be divided!” + +“He hasn’t got a knife, silly boy!” Sylvie whispered in reply. “Stand +still! You’ll break all the bottles!” + +“The first part is to take hold of the knobs,” putting them into Bruno’s +hands. “The second part is——” Here he turned the handle, and, with a +loud “Oh!”, Bruno dropped both the knobs, and began rubbing his elbows. + +The Professor chuckled in delight. “It had a sensible effect. _Hadn’t_ +it?” he enquired. + +“No, it hadn’t a _sensible_ effect!” Bruno said indignantly. “It were +very silly indeed. It jingled my elbows, and it banged my back, and it +crinkled my hair, and it buzzed among my bones!” + +“I’m sure it _didn’t_!” said Sylvie. “You’re only inventing!” + +“Oo doosn’t know nuffin about it!” Bruno replied. “Oo wasn’t there to +see. Nobody ca’n’t go among my bones. There isn’t room!” + +“Our Second Experiment,” the Professor announced, as Bruno returned to +his place, still thoughtfully rubbing his elbows, “is the production of +that seldom-seen-but-greatly-to-be-admired phenomenon, Black Light! You +have seen White Light, Red Light, Green Light, and so on: but never, +till this wonderful day, have any eyes but mine seen _Black Light_! This +box,” carefully lifting it upon the table, and covering it with a heap +of blankets, “is quite full of it. The way I made it was this—I took a +lighted candle into a dark cupboard and shut the door. Of course the +cupboard was then full of _Yellow_ Light. Then I took a bottle of Black +ink, and poured it over the candle: and, to my delight, every atom of +the Yellow Light turned _Black_! That was indeed the proudest moment of +my life! Then I filled a box with it. And now—would any one like to get +under the blankets and see it?” + +Dead silence followed this appeal: but at last Bruno said “_I’ll_ get +under, if it won’t jingle my elbows.” + +Satisfied on this point, Bruno crawled under the blankets, and, after a +minute or two, crawled out again, very hot and dusty, and with his hair +in the wildest confusion. + +“What did you see in the box?” Sylvie eagerly enquired. + +“I saw _nuffin_!” Bruno sadly replied. “It were too dark!” + +“He has described the appearance of the thing exactly!” the Professor +exclaimed with enthusiasm. “Black Light, and Nothing, look so extremely +alike, at first sight, that I don’t wonder he failed to distinguish +them! We will now proceed to the Third Experiment.” + +The Professor came down, and led the way to where a post had been driven +firmly into the ground. To one side of the post was fastened a chain, +with an iron weight hooked on to the end of it, and from the other side +projected a piece of whalebone, with a ring at the end of it. “This is a +_most_ interesting Experiment!” the Professor announced. “It will need +_time_, I’m afraid: but that is a trifling disadvantage. Now observe. If +I were to unhook this weight, and let go, it would fall to the ground. +You do not deny _that_?” + +Nobody denied it. + +“And in the same way, if I were to bend this piece of whalebone round +the post—thus—and put the ring over this hook—thus—it stays bent: but, +if I unhook it, it straightens itself again. You do not deny _that_?” + +Again, nobody denied it. + +“Well, now, suppose we left things just as they are, for a long time. +The force of the _whalebone_ would get exhausted, you know, and it would +stay bent, even when you unhooked it. Now, _why_ shouldn’t the same +thing happen with the _weight_? The _whalebone_ gets so used to being +bent, that it ca’n’t _straighten_ itself any more. Why shouldn’t the +_weight_ get so used to being held up, that it ca’n’t _fall_ any more? +That’s what _I_ want to know!” + +“That’s what _we_ want to know!” echoed the crowd. + +“How long must we wait?” grumbled the Emperor. + +The Professor looked at his watch. “Well, I _think_ a thousand years +will do to _begin_ with,” he said. “Then we will cautiously unhook the +weight: and, if it _still_ shows (as perhaps it will) a _slight_ +tendency to fall, we will hook it on to the chain again, and leave it +for _another_ thousand years.” + +Here the Empress experienced one of those flashes of Common Sense which +were the surprise of all around her. “Meanwhile there’ll be time for +another Experiment,” she said. + +“There will _indeed_!” cried the delighted Professor. “Let us return to +the platform, and proceed to the _Fourth_ Experiment!” + +“For this concluding Experiment, I will take a certain Alkali, or Acid—I +forget which. Now you’ll see what will happen when I mix it with Some——” +here he took up a bottle, and looked at it doubtfully, “—when I mix it +with—with Something——” + +Here the Emperor interrupted. “What’s the _name_ of the stuff?” he +asked. + +“I don’t remember the _name_,” said the Professor: “and the label has +come off.” He emptied it quickly into the other bottle, and, with a +tremendous bang, both bottles flew to pieces, upsetting all the +machines, and filling the Pavilion with thick black smoke. I sprang to +my feet in terror, and—and found myself standing before my solitary +hearth, where the poker, dropping at last from the hand of the sleeper, +had knocked over the tongs and the shovel, and had upset the kettle, +filling the air with clouds of steam. With a weary sigh, I betook myself +to bed. + +[Illustration: AN EXPLOSION] + + + + + CHAPTER XXII. + THE BANQUET. + + +“_Heaviness may endure for a night: but joy cometh in the morning._” The +next day found me quite another being. Even the memories of my lost +friend and companion were sunny as the genial weather that smiled around +me. I did not venture to trouble Lady Muriel, or her father, with +another call so soon: but took a walk into the country, and only turned +homewards when the low sunbeams warned me that day would soon be over. + +On my way home, I passed the cottage where the old man lived, whose face +always recalled to me the day when I first met Lady Muriel; and I +glanced in as I passed, half-curious to see if he were still living +there. + +Yes: the old man was still alive. He was sitting out in the porch, +looking just as he did when I first saw him at Fayfield Junction—it +seemed only a few days ago! + +“Good evening!” I said, pausing. + +“Good evening, Maister!” he cheerfully responded. “Wo’n’t ee step in?” + +I stepped in, and took a seat on the bench in the porch. “I’m glad to +see you looking so hearty,” I began. “Last time, I remember, I chanced +to pass just as Lady Muriel was coming away from the house. Does she +still come to see you?” + +“Ees,” he answered slowly. “She has na forgotten me. I don’t lose her +bonny face for many days together. Well I mind the very first time she +come, after we’d met at Railway Station. She told me as she come to mak’ +amends. Dear child! Only think o’ that! To mak’ amends!” + +“To make amends for what?” I enquired. “What could _she_ have done to +need it?” + +“Well, it were loike this, you see? We were both on us a-waiting fur t’ +train at t’ Junction. And I had setten mysen down upat t’ bench. And +Station-Maister, _he_ comes and he orders me off—fur t’ mak’ room for +her Ladyship, you understand?” + +“I remember it all,” I said. “I was there myself, that day.” + +“_Was_ you, now? Well, an’ she axes my pardon fur’t. Think o’ that, now! +_My_ pardon! An owd ne’er-do-weel like me! Ah! She’s been here many a +time, sin’ then. Why, she were in here only yestere’en, as it were, +asittin’, as it might be, where you’re a-sitting now, an’ lookin’ +sweeter and kinder nor an angel! An’ she says ‘You’ve not got your +Minnie, now,’ she says, ‘to fettle for ye.’ Minnie was my +grand-daughter, Sir, as lived wi’ me. She died, a matter of two months +ago—or it may be three. She was a bonny lass—and a good lass, too. Eh, +but life has been rare an’ lonely without her!” + +He covered his face in his hands: and I waited a minute or two, in +silence, for him to recover himself. + +“So she says ‘Just tak’ _me_ fur your Minnie!’ she says. ‘Didna Minnie +mak’ your tea fur you?’ says she. ‘Ay,’ says I. An she mak’s the tea. +‘An’ didna Minnie light your pipe?’ says she. ‘Ay,’ says I. An’ she +lights the pipe for me. ‘An’ didna Minnie set out your tea in t’ porch?’ +An’ I says ‘My dear,’ I says, ‘I’m thinking you’re Minnie hersen!’ An’ +she cries a bit. We both on us cries a bit——.” + +Again I kept silence for a while. + +“An’ while I smokes my pipe, she sits an’ talks to me—as loving an’ as +pleasant! I’ll be bound I thowt it were Minnie come again! An’ when she +gets up to go, I says ‘Winnot ye shak’ hands wi’ me?’ says I. An’ she +says ‘Na,’ she says: ‘a cannot _shak’ hands_ wi’ thee!’ she says.” + +“I’m sorry she said _that_,” I put in, thinking it was the only instance +I had ever known of pride of rank showing itself in Lady Muriel. + +“Bless you, it werena _pride_!” said the old man, reading my thoughts. +“She says ‘_Your_ Minnie never _shook hands_ wi’ you!’ she says. ‘An’ +_I’m_ your Minnie now,’ she says. An’ she just puts her dear arms about +my neck—and she kisses me on t’ cheek—an’ may God in Heaven bless her!” +And here the poor old man broke down entirely, and could say no more. + +[Illustration: ‘A CANNOT SHAK’ HANDS WI’ THEE!’] + +“God bless her!” I echoed. “And good night to you!” I pressed his hand, +and left him. “Lady Muriel,” I said softly to myself as I went +homewards, “truly you know how to ‘mak’ amends’!” + +Seated once more by my lonely fireside, I tried to recall the strange +vision of the night before, and to conjure up the face of the dear old +Professor among the blazing coals. “That black one—with just a touch of +red—would suit him well,” I thought. “After such a catastrophe, it would +be sure to be covered with black stains—and he would say:— + +“The result of _that_ combination—you may have noticed?—was an +_Explosion_! Shall I repeat the Experiment?” + +“No, no! Don’t trouble yourself!” was the general cry. And we all +trooped off, in hot haste, to the Banqueting-Hall, where the feast had +already begun. + +No time was lost in helping the dishes, and very speedily every guest +found his plate filled with good things. + +“I have always maintained the principle,” the Professor began, “that it +is a good rule to take some food—occasionally. The great advantage of +dinner-parties——” he broke off suddenly. “Why, actually here’s the Other +Professor!” he cried. “And there’s no place left for him!” + +[Illustration: THE OTHER PROFESSOR’S FALL] + +The Other Professor came in reading a large book, which he held close to +his eyes. One result of his not looking where he was going was that he +tripped up, as he crossed the Saloon, flew up into the air, and fell +heavily on his face in the middle of the table. + +“_What_ a pity!” cried the kind-hearted Professor, as he helped him up. + +“It wouldn’t be _me_, if I didn’t trip,” said the Other Professor. + +The Professor looked much shocked. “Almost _anything_ would be better +than _that_!” he exclaimed. “It never does,” he added, aside to Bruno, +“to be anybody else, does it?” + +To which Bruno gravely replied “I’s got nuffin on my plate.” + +The Professor hastily put on his spectacles, to make sure that the +_facts_ were all right, to begin with: then he turned his jolly round +face upon the unfortunate owner of the empty plate. “And what would you +like next, my little man?” + +“Well,” Bruno said, a little doubtfully, “I think I’ll take some +plum-pudding, please—while I think of it.” + +“Oh, Bruno!” (This was a whisper from Sylvie.) “It isn’t good manners to +ask for a dish before it comes!” + +And Bruno whispered back “But I might forget to ask for some, when it +comes, oo know—I _do_ forget things, sometimes,” he added, seeing Sylvie +about to whisper more. + +And _this_ assertion Sylvie did not venture to contradict. + +Meanwhile a chair had been placed for the Other Professor, between the +Empress and Sylvie. Sylvie found him a rather uninteresting neighbour: +in fact, she couldn’t afterwards remember that he had made more than +_one_ remark to her during the whole banquet, and that was “What a +comfort a Dictionary is!” (She told Bruno, afterwards, that she had been +too much afraid of him to say more than “Yes, Sir,” in reply; and that +had been the end of their conversation. On which Bruno expressed a very +decided opinion that _that_ wasn’t worth calling a ‘conversation’ at +all. “Oo should have asked him a riddle!” he added triumphantly. “Why, +_I_ asked the Professor _three_ riddles! One was that one you asked me +in the morning, ‘How many pennies is there in two shillings?’ And +another was——” “Oh, Bruno!” Sylvie interrupted. “_That_ wasn’t a +riddle!” “It _were_!” Bruno fiercely replied.) + +By this time a waiter had supplied Bruno with a plateful of _something_, +which drove the plum-pudding out of his head. + +“Another advantage of dinner-parties,” the Professor cheerfully +explained, for the benefit of any one that would listen, “is that it +helps you to _see_ your friends. If you want to _see_ a man, offer him +something to eat. It’s the same rule with a mouse.” + +“This Cat’s very kind to the Mouses,” Bruno said, stooping to stroke a +remarkably fat specimen of the race, that had just waddled into the +room, and was rubbing itself affectionately against the leg of his +chair. “Please, Sylvie, pour some milk in your saucer. Pussie’s ever so +thirsty!” + +“Why do you want _my_ saucer?” said Sylvie. “You’ve got one yourself!” + +“Yes, I know,” said Bruno: “but I wanted _mine_ for to give it some +_more_ milk in.” + +Sylvie looked unconvinced: however it seemed quite impossible for her +_ever_ to refuse what her brother asked: so she quietly filled her +saucer with milk, and handed it to Bruno, who got down off his chair to +administer it to the cat. + +“The room’s very hot, with all this crowd,” the Professor said to +Sylvie. “I wonder why they don’t put some lumps of ice in the grate? You +fill it with lumps of coal in the winter, you know, and you sit round it +and enjoy the warmth. How jolly it would be to fill it now with lumps of +ice, and sit round it and enjoy the coolth!” + +Hot as it was, Sylvie shivered a little at the idea. “It’s very cold +_outside_,” she said. “My feet got almost frozen to-day.” + +“That’s the _shoemaker’s_ fault!” the Professor cheerfully replied. “How +often I’ve explained to him that he _ought_ to make boots with little +iron frames under the soles, to hold lamps! But he never _thinks_. No +one would suffer from cold, if only they would _think_ of those little +things. I always use hot ink, myself, in the winter. Very few people +ever think of _that_! Yet how simple it is!” + +“Yes, it’s very simple,” Sylvie said politely. “Has the cat had enough?” +This was to Bruno, who had brought back the saucer only half-emptied. + +But Bruno did not hear the question. “There’s somebody scratching at the +door and wanting to come in,” he said. And he scrambled down off his +chair, and went and cautiously peeped out through the door-way. + +“Who was it wanted to come in?” Sylvie asked, as he returned to his +place. + +“It were a Mouse,” said Bruno. “And it peepted in. And it saw the Cat. +And it said ‘I’ll come in another day.’ And I said ‘Oo needn’t be +flightened. The Cat’s _welly_ kind to Mouses.’ And it said ‘But I’s got +some imporkant business, what I _must_ attend to.’ And it said ‘I’ll +call again to-morrow.’ And it said ‘Give my love to the Cat.’” + +“What a fat cat it is!” said the Lord Chancellor, leaning across the +Professor to address his small neighbour. “It’s quite a wonder!” + +“It was awfully fat when it camed in,” said Bruno: “so it would be more +wonderfuller if it got thin all in a minute.” + +“And that was the reason, I suppose,” the Lord Chancellor suggested, +“why you didn’t give it the rest of the milk?” + +“No,” said Bruno. “It were a betterer reason. I tooked the saucer up +’cause it were so discontented!” + +“It doesn’t look so to _me_,” said the Lord Chancellor. “What made you +think it was discontented?” + +“’Cause it grumbled in its throat.” + +“Oh, Bruno!” cried Sylvie. “Why, that’s the way cats show they’re +_pleased_!” + +Bruno looked doubtful. “It’s not a good way,” he objected. “Oo wouldn’t +say _I_ were pleased, if I made that noise in my throat!” + +“What a singular boy!” the Lord Chancellor whispered to himself: but +Bruno had caught the words. + +“What do it mean to say ‘a _singular_ boy’?” he whispered to Sylvie. + +“It means _one_ boy,” Sylvie whispered in return. “And _plural_ means +two or three.” + +“Then I’s welly glad I _is_ a singular boy!” Bruno said with great +emphasis. “It would be _horrid_ to be two or three boys! P’raps they +wouldn’t play with me!” + +“Why _should_ they?” said the Other Professor, suddenly waking up out of +a deep reverie. “They might be asleep, you know.” + +“Couldn’t, if _I_ was awake,” Bruno said cunningly. + +“Oh, but they might indeed!” the Other Professor protested. “Boys don’t +all go to sleep at once, you know. So these boys—but who are you talking +about?” + +“He _never_ remembers to ask that first!” the Professor whispered to the +children. + +“Why, the rest of _me_, a-course!” Bruno exclaimed triumphantly. +“Supposing I was two or three boys!” + +The Other Professor sighed, and seemed to be sinking back into his +reverie; but suddenly brightened up again, and addressed the Professor. +“There’s nothing more to be done _now_, is there?” + +“Well, there’s the dinner to finish,” the Professor said with a +bewildered smile: “and the heat to bear. I hope you’ll enjoy the +dinner—such as it is; and that you won’t mind the heat—such as it +isn’t.” + +The sentence _sounded_ well, but somehow I couldn’t quite understand it; +and the Other Professor seemed to be no better off. “Such as it isn’t +_what_?” he peevishly enquired. + +“It isn’t as hot as it might be,” the Professor replied, catching at the +first idea that came to hand. + +“Ah, I see what you mean _now_!” the Other Professor graciously +remarked. “It’s very badly expressed, but I quite see it _now_! Thirteen +minutes and a half ago,” he went on, looking first at Bruno and then at +his watch as he spoke, “you said ‘this Cat’s very kind to the Mouses.’ +It must be a singular animal!” + +“So it _are_,” said Bruno, after carefully examining the Cat, to make +sure how many there were of it. + +“But how do you know it’s kind to the Mouses—or, more correctly +speaking, the _Mice_?” + +“’Cause it _plays_ with the Mouses,” said Bruno; “for to amuse them, oo +know.” + +“But that is just what I _don’t_ know,” the Other Professor rejoined. +“My belief is, it plays with them to _kill_ them!” + +“Oh, that’s quite a _accident_!” Bruno began, so eagerly, that it was +evident he had already propounded this very difficulty to the Cat. “It +’splained all that to me, while it were drinking the milk. It said ‘I +teaches the Mouses new games: the Mouses likes it ever so much.’ It said +‘Sometimes little accidents happens: sometimes the Mouses kills +theirselves.’ It said ‘I’s always _welly_ sorry, when the Mouses kills +theirselves.’ It said——” + +“If it was so _very_ sorry,” Sylvie said, rather disdainfully, “it +wouldn’t _eat_ the Mouses after they’d killed themselves!” + +But this difficulty, also, had evidently not been lost sight of in the +exhaustive ethical discussion just concluded. “It said——” (the orator +constantly omitted, as superfluous, his own share in the dialogue, and +merely gave us the replies of the Cat) “It said ‘Dead Mouses _never_ +objecks to be eaten.’ It said ‘There’s no use wasting good Mouses.’ It +said ‘Wifful—’ sumfinoruvver. It said ‘And oo may live to say ‘How much +I wiss I had the Mouse that then I frew away!’ It said——.” + +“It hadn’t _time_ to say such a lot of things!” Sylvie interrupted +indignantly. + +“Oo doosn’t know how Cats speaks!” Bruno rejoined contemptuously. “Cats +speaks _welly_ quick!” + + + + + CHAPTER XXIII. + THE PIG-TALE. + + +By this time the appetites of the guests seemed to be nearly satisfied, +and even _Bruno_ had the resolution to say, when the Professor offered +him a fourth slice of plum-pudding, “I thinks three helpings is enough!” + +Suddenly the Professor started as if he had been electrified. “Why, I +had nearly forgotten the most important part of the entertainment! The +Other Professor is to recite a Tale of a Pig—I mean a Pig-Tale,” he +corrected himself. “It has Introductory Verses at the beginning, and at +the end.” + +“It ca’n’t have Introductory Verses at the _end_, can it?” said Sylvie. + +“Wait till you hear it,” said the Professor: “then you’ll see. I’m not +sure it hasn’t some in the _middle_, as well.” Here he rose to his feet, +and there was an instant silence through the Banqueting-Hall: they +evidently expected a speech. + +“Ladies, and gentlemen,” the Professor began, “the Other Professor is so +kind as to recite a Poem. The title of it is ‘The Pig-Tale.’ He never +recited it before!” (General cheering among the guests.) “He will never +recite it again!” (Frantic excitement, and wild cheering all down the +hall, the Professor himself mounting the table in hot haste, to lead the +cheering, and waving his spectacles in one hand and a spoon in the +other.) + +Then the Other Professor got up, and began:— + + Little Birds are dining + Warily and well, + Hid in mossy cell: + Hid, I say, by waiters + Gorgeous in their gaiters— + I’ve a Tale to tell. + +[Illustration: ‘TEACHING TIGRESSES TO SMILE’] + + Little Birds are feeding + Justices with jam, + Rich in frizzled ham: + Rich, I say, in oysters + Haunting shady cloisters— + That is what I am. + + Little Birds are teaching + Tigresses to smile, + Innocent of guile: + Smile, I say, not smirkle— + Mouth a semicircle, + That’s the proper style. + + Little Birds are sleeping + All among the pins, + Where the loser wins: + Where, I say, he sneezes + When and how he pleases— + So the Tale begins. + + There was a Pig that sat alone + Beside a ruined Pump: + By day and night he made his moan— + It would have stirred a heart of stone + To see him wring his hoofs and groan, + Because he could not jump. + + A certain Camel heard him shout— + A Camel with a hump. + “Oh, is it Grief, or is it Gout? + What is this bellowing about?” + That Pig replied, with quivering snout, + “Because I cannot jump!” + + That Camel scanned him, dreamy-eyed. + “Methinks you are too plump. + I never knew a Pig so wide— + That wobbled so from side to side— + Who could, however much he tried, + Do such a thing as _jump_! + + “Yet mark those trees, two miles away, + All clustered in a clump: + If you could trot there twice a day, + Nor ever pause for rest or play, + In the far future—Who can say?— + You may be fit to jump.” + +[Illustration: ‘HORRID WAS THAT PIG’S DESPAIR!’] + + That Camel passed, and left him there, + Beside the ruined Pump. + Oh, horrid was that Pig’s despair! + His shrieks of anguish filled the air. + He wrung his hoofs, he rent his hair, + Because he could not jump. + + There was a Frog that wandered by— + A sleek and shining lump: + Inspected him with fishy eye, + And said “O Pig, what makes you cry?” + And bitter was that Pig’s reply, + “Because I cannot jump!” + + That Frog he grinned a grin of glee, + And hit his chest a thump + “O Pig,” said, “be ruled by me, + And you shall see what you shall see. + This minute, for a trifling fee, + I’ll teach you how to jump! + + “You may be faint from many a fall, + And bruised by many a bump: + But, if you persevere through all, + And practise first on something small, + Concluding with a ten-foot wall, + You’ll find that you can jump!” + + That Pig looked up with joyful start: + “Oh Frog, you _are_ a trump! + Your words have healed my inward smart— + Come, name your fee and do your part: + Bring comfort to a broken heart, + By teaching me to jump!” + + “My fee shall be a mutton-chop, + My goal this ruined Pump. + Observe with what an airy flop + I plant myself upon the top! + Now bend your knees and take a hop, + For that’s the way to jump!” + +[Illustration: THE FATAL JUMP] + + Uprose that Pig, and rushed, full whack, + Against the ruined Pump: + Rolled over like an empty sack, + And settled down upon his back, + While all his bones at once went ‘Crack!’ + It was a fatal jump. + +When the Other Professor had recited this Verse, he went across to the +fire-place, and put his head up the chimney. In doing this, he lost his +balance, and fell head-first into the empty grate, and got so firmly +fixed there that it was some time before he could be dragged out again. + +Bruno had had time to say “I thought he wanted to see how many peoples +was up the chimbley.” + +And Sylvie had said “_Chimney_—not chimbley.” + +And Bruno had said “Don’t talk ’ubbish!” + +All this, while the Other Professor was being extracted. + +“You must have blacked your face!” the Empress said anxiously. “Let me +send for some soap?” + +“Thanks, no,” said the Other Professor, keeping his face turned away. +“Black’s quite a respectable colour. Besides, soap would be no use +without water.” + +Keeping his back well turned away from the audience, he went on with the +Introductory Verses:— + +[Illustration: ‘BATHING CROCODILES IN CREAM’] + + Little Birds are writing + Interesting books, + To be read by cooks: + Read, I say, not roasted— + Letterpress, when toasted, + Loses its good looks. + + Little Birds are playing + Bagpipes on the shore, + Where the tourists snore: + “Thanks!” they cry. “’Tis thrilling! + Take, oh take this shilling! + Let us have no more!” + + Little Birds are bathing + Crocodiles in cream, + Like a happy dream: + Like, but not so lasting— + Crocodiles, when fasting, + Are not all they seem! + +[Illustration: ‘THAT PIG LAY STILL AS ANY STONE’] + + That Camel passed, as Day grew dim + Around the ruined Pump. + “O broken heart! O broken limb! + It needs,” that Camel said to him, + “Something more fairy-like and slim, + To execute a jump!” + + That Pig lay still as any stone, + And could not stir a stump: + Nor ever, if the truth were known, + Was he again observed to moan, + Nor ever wring his hoofs and groan, + Because he could not jump. + + That Frog made no remark, for he + Was dismal as a dump: + He knew the consequence must be + That he would never get his fee— + And still he sits, in miserie, + Upon that ruined Pump! + +[Illustration: ‘STILL HE SITS IN MISERIE’] + +“It’s a miserable story!” said Bruno. “It begins miserably, and it ends +miserablier. I think I shall cry. Sylvie, please lend me your +handkerchief.” + +“I haven’t got it with me,” Sylvie whispered. + +“Then I won’t cry,” said Bruno manfully. + +“There are more Introductory Verses to come,” said the Other Professor, +“but I’m hungry.” He sat down, cut a large slice of cake, put it on +Bruno’s plate, and gazed at his own empty plate in astonishment. + +“Where did you get that cake?” Sylvie whispered to Bruno. + +“He gived it me,” said Bruno. + +“But you shouldn’t ask for things! You _know_ you shouldn’t!” + +“I _didn’t_ ask,” said Bruno, taking a fresh mouthful: “he _gived_ it +me.” + +Sylvie considered this for a moment: then she saw her way out of it. +“Well, then, ask him to give _me_ some!” + +“You seem to enjoy that cake?” the Professor remarked. + +“Doos that mean ‘munch’?” Bruno whispered to Sylvie. + +Sylvie nodded. “It means ‘to munch’ and ‘to _like_ to munch.’” + +Bruno smiled at the Professor. “I _doos_ enjoy it,” he said. + +The Other Professor caught the word. “And I hope you’re enjoying +_yourself_, little Man?” he enquired. + +Bruno’s look of horror quite startled him. “No, _indeed_ I aren’t!” he +said. + +The Other Professor looked thoroughly puzzled. “Well, well!” he said. +“Try some cowslip wine!” And he filled a glass and handed it to Bruno. +“Drink this, my dear, and you’ll be quite another man!” + +“Who shall I be?” said Bruno, pausing in the act of putting it to his +lips. + +“Don’t ask so many questions!” Sylvie interposed, anxious to save the +poor old man from further bewilderment. “Suppose we get the Professor to +tell us a story.” + +Bruno adopted the idea with enthusiasm. “_Please_ do!” he cried eagerly. +“Sumfin about tigers—and bumble-bees—and robin-redbreasts, oo knows!” + +“Why should you always have _live_ things in stories?” said the +Professor. “Why don’t you have events, or circumstances?” + +“Oh, _please_ invent a story like that!” cried Bruno. + +The Professor began fluently enough. “Once a coincidence was taking a +walk with a little accident, and they met an explanation—a _very_ old +explanation—so old that it was quite doubled up, and looked more like a +conundrum——” he broke off suddenly. + +“_Please_ go on!” both children exclaimed. + +The Professor made a candid confession. “It’s a very difficult sort to +invent, I find. Suppose Bruno tells one, first.” + +Bruno was only too happy to adopt the suggestion. + +“Once there were a Pig, and a Accordion, and two Jars of +Orange-marmalade——” + +“The _dramatis personæ_,” murmured the Professor. “Well, what then?” + +“So, when the Pig played on the Accordion,” Bruno went on, “one of the +Jars of Orange-marmalade didn’t like the tune, and the other Jar of +Orange-marmalade did like the tune—I _know_ I shall get confused among +those Jars of Orange-marmalade, Sylvie!” he whispered anxiously. + +“I will now recite the other Introductory Verses,” said the Other +Professor. + +[Illustration: ‘BLESSED BY HAPPY STAGS’] + + Little Birds are choking + Baronets with bun, + Taught to fire a gun: + Taught, I say, to splinter + Salmon in the winter— + Merely for the fun. + + Little Birds are hiding + Crimes in carpet-bags, + Blessed by happy stags: + Blessed, I say, though beaten— + Since our friends are eaten + When the memory flags. + + Little Birds are tasting + Gratitude and gold, + Pale with sudden cold + Pale, I say, and wrinkled— + When the bells have tinkled + And the Tale is told. + +“The next thing to be done,” the Professor cheerfully remarked to the +Lord Chancellor, as soon as the applause, caused by the recital of the +Pig-Tale, had come to an end, “is to drink the Emperor’s health, is it +not?” + +“Undoubtedly!” the Lord Chancellor replied with much solemnity, as he +rose to his feet to give the necessary directions for the ceremony. +“Fill your glasses!” he thundered. All did so, instantly. “Drink the +Emperor’s health!” A general gurgling resounded all through the Hall. +“Three cheers for the Emperor!” The faintest possible sound followed +_this_ announcement: and the Chancellor, with admirable presence of +mind, instantly proclaimed “A speech from the Emperor!” + +The Emperor had begun his speech almost before the words were uttered. +“However unwilling to be Emperor—since you all wish me to be Emperor—you +know how badly the late Warden managed things—with such enthusiasm as +you have shown—he persecuted you—he taxed you too heavily—you know who +is fittest man to be Emperor—my brother had no sense——.” + +How long this curious speech might have lasted it is impossible to say, +for just at this moment a hurricane shook the palace to its foundations, +bursting open the windows, extinguishing some of the lamps, and filling +the air with clouds of dust, which took strange shapes in the air, and +seemed to form words. + +But the storm subsided as suddenly as it had risen—the casements swung +into their places again: the dust vanished: all was as it had been a +minute ago—with the exception of the Emperor and Empress, over whom had +come a wondrous change. The vacant stare, the meaningless smile, had +passed away: all could see that these two strange beings had returned to +their senses. + +The Emperor continued his speech as if there had been no interruption. +“And we have behaved—my wife and I—like two arrant Knaves. We deserve no +better name. When my brother went away, you lost the best Warden you +ever had. And I’ve been doing my best, wretched hypocrite that I am, to +cheat you into making me an Emperor. Me! One that has hardly got the +wits to be a shoe-black!” + +The Lord Chancellor wrung his hands in despair. “He is mad, good +people!” he was beginning. But both speeches stopped suddenly—and, in +the dead silence that followed, a knocking was heard at the outer door. + +“What is it?” was the general cry. People began running in and out. The +excitement increased every moment. The Lord Chancellor, forgetting all +the rules of Court-ceremony, ran full speed down the hall, and in a +minute returned, pale and gasping for breath. + + + + + CHAPTER XXIV. + THE BEGGAR’S RETURN. + + +“Your Imperial Highnesses!” he began. “It’s the old Beggar again! Shall +we set the dogs at him?” + +“Bring him here!” said the Emperor. + +The Chancellor could scarcely believe his ears. “_Here_, your Imperial +Highness? Did I rightly understand——.” + +“Bring him here!” the Emperor thundered once more. The Chancellor +tottered down the hall—and in another minute the crowd divided, and the +poor old Beggar was seen entering the Banqueting-Hall. + +[Illustration: THE OLD BEGGAR’S RETURN] + +He was indeed a pitiable object: the rags, that hung about him, were all +splashed with mud: his white hair and his long beard were tossed about +in wild disorder. Yet he walked upright, with a stately tread, as if +used to command: and—strangest sight of all—Sylvie and Bruno came with +him, clinging to his hands, and gazing at him with looks of silent love. + +Men looked eagerly to see how the Emperor would receive the bold +intruder. Would he hurl him from the steps of the daïs? But no. To their +utter astonishment, the Emperor knelt as the beggar approached, and with +bowed head murmured “Forgive us!” + +“Forgive us!” the Empress, kneeling at her husband’s side, meekly +repeated. + +The Outcast smiled. “Rise up!” he said. “I forgive you!” And men saw +with wonder that a change had passed over the old beggar, even as he +spoke. What had seemed, but now, to be vile rags and splashes of mud, +were seen to be in truth kingly trappings, broidered with gold, and +sparkling with gems. All knew him now, and bent low before the Elder +Brother, the true Warden. + +“Brother mine, and Sister mine!” the Warden began, in a clear voice that +was heard all through that vast hall. “I come not to disturb you. Rule +on, as Emperor, and rule wisely. For I am chosen King of Elfland. +To-morrow I return there, taking nought from hence, save only—save +only——” his voice trembled, and with a look of ineffable tenderness, he +laid his hands in silence on the heads of the two little ones who clung +around him. + +But he recovered himself in a moment, and beckoned to the Emperor to +resume his place at the table. The company seated themselves again—room +being found for the Elfin-King between his two children—and the Lord +Chancellor rose once more, to propose the next toast. + +“The next toast—the hero of the day—why, he isn’t here!” he broke off in +wild confusion. + +Good gracious! Everybody had forgotten Prince Uggug! + +“He was told of the Banquet, of course?” said the Emperor. + +“Undoubtedly!” replied the Chancellor. “_That_ would be the duty of the +Gold Stick in Waiting.” + +“Let the Gold Stick come forwards!” the Emperor gravely said. + +The Gold Stick came forwards. “I attended on His Imperial Fatness,” was +the statement made by the trembling official. “I told him of the Lecture +and the Banquet——.” + +“What followed?” said the Emperor: for the unhappy man seemed almost too +frightened to go on. + +“His Imperial Fatness was graciously pleased to be sulky. His Imperial +Fatness was graciously pleased to box my ears. His Imperial Fatness was +graciously pleased to say ‘I don’t care!’” + +“‘Don’t-care’ came to a bad end,” Sylvie whispered to Bruno. “I’m not +sure, but I _believe_ he was hanged.” + +The Professor overheard her. “_That_ result,” he blandly remarked, “was +merely a case of mistaken identity.” + +Both children looked puzzled. + +“Permit me to explain. ‘Don’t-care’ and ‘Care’ were twin-brothers. +‘Care,’ you know, killed the Cat. And they caught ‘Don’t-care’ by +mistake, and hanged him instead. And so ‘Care’ is alive still. But he’s +very unhappy without his brother. That’s why they say ‘Begone, dull +Care!’” + +“Thank you!” Sylvie said, heartily. “It’s very extremely interesting. +Why, it seems to explain _everything_!” + +“Well, not quite _everything_,” the Professor modestly rejoined. “There +are two or three scientific difficulties——” + +“What was your general impression as to His Imperial Fatness?” the +Emperor asked the Gold Stick. + +“My impression was that His Imperial Fatness was getting more——” + +“More _what_?” + +All listened breathlessly for the next word. + +“More PRICKLY!” + +“He must be sent for _at once_!” the Emperor exclaimed. And the Gold +Stick went off like a shot. The Elfin-King sadly shook his head. “No +use, no use!” he murmured to himself. “Loveless, loveless!” + +Pale, trembling, speechless, the Gold Stick came slowly back again. + +“Well?” said the Emperor. “Why does not the Prince appear?” + +“One can easily guess,” said the Professor. “His Imperial Fatness is, +without doubt, a little preoccupied.” + +Bruno turned a look of solemn enquiry on his old friend. “What do that +word mean?” + +But the Professor took no notice of the question. He was eagerly +listening to the Gold Stick’s reply. + +“Please your Highness! His Imperial Fatness is——” Not a word more could +he utter. + +The Empress rose in an agony of alarm. “Let us go to him!” she cried. +And there was a general rush for the door. + +Bruno slipped off his chair in a moment. “May we go too?” he eagerly +asked. But the King did not hear the question, as the Professor was +speaking to him. “_Preoccupied_, your Majesty!” he was saying. “That is +what he is, no doubt!” + +“May we go and see him?” Bruno repeated. The King nodded assent, and the +children ran off. In a minute or two they returned, slowly and gravely. +“Well?” said the King. “What’s the matter with the Prince?” + +“He’s—what _you_ said,” Bruno replied, looking at the Professor. “That +hard word.” And he looked to Sylvie for assistance. + +“Porcupine,” said Sylvie. + +“No, no!” the Professor corrected her. “‘_Pre-occupied_,’ you mean.” + +[Illustration: ‘PORCUPINE!’] + +“No, it’s _porcupine_,” persisted Sylvie. “Not that other word at all. +And please will you come? The house is all in an uproar.” (“And oo’d +better bring an uproar-glass wiz oo!” added Bruno.) + +We got up in great haste, and followed the children upstairs. No one +took the least notice of _me_, but I wasn’t at all surprised at this, as +I had long realised that I was quite invisible to them all—even to +Sylvie and Bruno. + +All along the gallery, that led to the Prince’s apartment, an excited +crowd was surging to and fro, and the Babel of voices was deafening: +against the door of the room three strong men were leaning, vainly +trying to shut it—for some great animal inside was constantly bursting +it half open, and we had a glimpse, before the men could push it back +again, of the head of a furious wild beast, with great fiery eyes and +gnashing teeth. Its voice was a sort of mixture—there was the roaring of +a lion, and the bellowing of a bull, and now and then a scream like a +gigantic parrot. “There is no judging by the voice!” the Professor cried +in great excitement. “What is it?” he shouted to the men at the door. +And a general chorus of voices answered him “Porcupine! Prince Uggug has +turned into a Porcupine!” + +“A new Specimen!” exclaimed the delighted Professor. “Pray let me go in. +It should be labeled at once!” + +But the strong men only pushed him back. “Label it, indeed! Do you want +to be eaten up?” they cried. + +“Never mind about Specimens, Professor!” said the Emperor, pushing his +way through the crowd. “Tell us how to keep him safe!” + +“A large cage!” the Professor promptly replied. “Bring a large cage,” he +said to the people generally, “with strong bars of steel, and a +portcullis made to go up and down like a mouse-trap! Does any one happen +to have such a thing about him?” + +It didn’t sound a likely sort of thing for any one to have about him; +however, they brought him one directly: curiously enough, there happened +to be one standing in the gallery. + +“Put it facing the opening of the door, and draw up the portcullis!” +This was done in a moment. + +“Blankets now!” cried the Professor. “This is a most interesting +Experiment!” + +There happened to be a pile of blankets close by: and the Professor had +hardly said the word, when they were all unfolded and held up like +curtains all around. The Professor rapidly arranged them in two rows, so +as to make a dark passage, leading straight from the door to the mouth +of the cage. + +“Now fling the door open!” This did not need to be done: the three men +had only to leap out of the way, and the fearful monster flung the door +open for itself, and, with a yell like the whistle of a steam-engine, +rushed into the cage. + +“Down with the portcullis!” No sooner said than done: and all breathed +freely once more, on seeing the Porcupine safely caged. + +The Professor rubbed his hands in childish delight. “The Experiment has +succeeded!” he proclaimed. “All that is needed now is to feed it three +times a day, on chopped carrots and——.” + +“Never mind about its food, just now!” the Emperor interrupted. “Let us +return to the Banquet. Brother, will you lead the way?” And the old man, +attended by his children, headed the procession down stairs. “See the +fate of a loveless life!” he said to Bruno, as they returned to their +places. To which Bruno made reply, “I always loved Sylvie, so I’ll never +get prickly like that!” + +“He _is_ prickly, certainly,” said the Professor, who had caught the +last words, “but we must remember that, however porcupiny, he is royal +still! After this feast is over, I’m going to take a little present to +Prince Uggug—just to soothe him, you know: it isn’t pleasant living in a +cage.” + +“What’ll you give him for a birthday-present?” Bruno enquired. + +“A small saucer of chopped carrots,” replied the Professor. “In giving +birthday-presents, _my_ motto is—cheapness! I should think I save forty +pounds a year by giving—oh, _what_ a twinge of pain!” + +“What is it?” said Sylvie anxiously. + +“My old enemy!” groaned the Professor. “Lumbago—rheumatism—that sort of +thing. I think I’ll go and lie down a bit.” And he hobbled out of the +Saloon, watched by the pitying eyes of the two children. + +“He’ll be better soon!” the Elfin-King said cheerily. “Brother!” turning +to the Emperor, “I have some business to arrange with you to-night. The +Empress will take care of the children.” And the two Brothers went away +together, arm-in-arm. + +The Empress found the children rather sad company. They could talk of +nothing but “the dear Professor,” and “what a pity he’s so ill!”, till +at last she made the welcome proposal “Let’s go and see him!” + +The children eagerly grasped the hands she offered them: and we went off +to the Professor’s study, and found him lying on the sofa, covered up +with blankets, and reading a little manuscript-book. “Notes on Vol. +Three!” he murmured, looking up at us. And there, on a table near him, +lay the book he was seeking when first I saw him. + +“And how are you now, Professor?” the Empress asked, bending over the +invalid. + +The Professor looked up, and smiled feebly. “As devoted to your Imperial +Highness as ever!” he said in a weak voice. “All of me, that is not +Lumbago, is Loyalty!” + +“A sweet sentiment!” the Empress exclaimed with tears in her eyes. “You +seldom hear anything so beautiful as that—even in a Valentine!” + +“We must take you to stay at the seaside,” Sylvie said, tenderly. “It’ll +do you ever so much good! And the Sea’s so grand!” + +“But a Mountain’s grander!” said Bruno. + +“What is there grand about the Sea?” said the Professor. “Why, you could +put it all into a teacup!” + +“_Some_ of it,” Sylvie corrected him. + +“Well, you’d only want a certain number of tea-cups to hold it _all_. +And _then_ where’s the grandeur? Then as to a Mountain—why, you could +carry it all away in a wheel-barrow, in a certain number of years!” + +“It wouldn’t look grand—the bits of it in the wheel-barrow,” Sylvie +candidly admitted. + +“But when oo put it together again——” Bruno began. + +“When you’re older,” said the Professor, “you’ll know that you _ca’n’t_ +put Mountains together again so easily! One lives and one learns, you +know!” + +“But it needn’t be the _same_ one, need it?” said Bruno. “Won’t it do, +if _I_ live, and if _Sylvie_ learns?” + +“I _ca’n’t_ learn without living!” said Sylvie. + +“But I _can_ live without learning!” Bruno retorted. “Oo just try me!” + +“What I meant, was—” the Professor began, looking much puzzled, +“—was—that you don’t know _everything_, you know.” + +“But I _do_ know everything I know!” persisted the little fellow. “I +know ever so many things! Everything, ’cept the things I _don’t_ know. +And Sylvie knows all the rest.” + +The Professor sighed, and gave it up. “Do you know what a Boojum is?” + +“_I_ know!” cried Bruno. “It’s the thing what wrenches people out of +their boots!” + +“He means ‘bootjack,’” Sylvie explained in a whisper. + +“You ca’n’t wrench people out of _boots_,” the Professor mildly +observed. + +Bruno laughed saucily. “Oo _can_, though! Unless they’re _welly_ tight +in.” + +“Once upon a time there was a Boojum——” the Professor began, but stopped +suddenly. “I forget the rest of the Fable,” he said. “And there was a +lesson to be learned from it. I’m afraid I forget _that_, too.” + +“_I’ll_ tell oo a Fable!” Bruno began in a great hurry. “Once there were +a Locust, and a Magpie, and a Engine-driver. And the Lesson is, to learn +to get up early——” + +“It isn’t a bit interesting!” Sylvie said contemptuously. “You shouldn’t +put the Lesson so soon.” + +“When did you invent that Fable?” said the Professor. “Last week?” + +“No!” said Bruno. “A deal shorter ago than that. Guess again!” + +“I ca’n’t guess,” said the Professor. “How long ago?” + +“Why, it isn’t invented yet!” Bruno exclaimed triumphantly. “But I +_have_ invented a lovely one! Shall I say it?” + +“If you’ve _finished_ inventing it,” said Sylvie. “And let the Lesson be +‘to try again’!” + +“No,” said Bruno with great decision. “The Lesson are ‘_not_ to try +again’!” “Once there were a lovely china man, what stood on the +chimbley-piece. And he stood, and he stood. And one day he tumbleded +off, and he didn’t hurt his self one bit. Only he _would_ try again. And +the next time he tumbleded off, he hurted his self welly much, and +breaked off ever so much varnish.” + +“But how did he come back on the chimney-piece after his first tumble?” +said the Empress. (It was the first sensible question she had asked in +all her life.) + +“_I_ put him there!” cried Bruno. + +“Then I’m afraid you know something about his tumbling,” said the +Professor. “Perhaps you pushed him?” + +To which Bruno replied, very seriously, “Didn’t pushed him _much_—he +were a _lovely_ china man,” he added hastily, evidently very anxious to +change the subject. + +“Come, my children!” said the Elfin-King, who had just entered the room. +“We must have a little chat together, before you go to bed.” And he was +leading them away, but at the door they let go his hands, and ran back +again to wish the Professor good night. + +[Illustration: ‘GOOD-NIGHT, PROFESSOR!’] + +“Good night, Professor, good night!” And Bruno solemnly shook hands with +the old man, who gazed at him with a loving smile, while Sylvie bent +down to press her sweet lips upon his forehead. + +“Good night, little ones!” said the Professor. “You may leave me now—to +ruminate. I’m as jolly as the day is long, except when it’s necessary to +ruminate on some very difficult subject. All of me,” he murmured +sleepily as we left the room, “all of me, that isn’t _Bonhommie_, is +Rumination!” + +“_What_ did he say, Bruno?” Sylvie enquired, as soon as we were safely +out of hearing. + +“I _think_ he said ‘All of me that isn’t Bone-disease is Rheumatism.’ +Whatever _are_ that knocking, Sylvie?” + +Sylvie stopped, and listened anxiously. It sounded like some one kicking +at a door. “I _hope_ it isn’t that Porcupine breaking loose!” she +exclaimed. + +“Let’s go on!” Bruno said hastily. “There’s nuffin to wait for, oo +know!“ + + + + + CHAPTER XXV + LIFE OUT OF DEATH. + + +The sound of kicking, or knocking, grew louder every moment: and at last +a door opened somewhere near us. “Did you say ‘come in!’ Sir?” my +landlady asked timidly. + +“Oh yes, come in!” I replied. “What’s the matter?” + +“A note has just been left for you, Sir, by the baker’s boy. He said he +was passing the Hall, and they asked him to come round and leave it +here.” + +The note contained five words only. “Please come at once. Muriel.” + +A sudden terror seemed to chill my very heart. “The Earl is ill!” I said +to myself. “Dying, perhaps!” And I hastily prepared to leave the house. + +“No bad news, Sir, I hope?” my landlady said, as she saw me out. “The +boy said as some one had arrived unexpectedly——.” + +“I hope that is it!” I said. But my feelings were those of fear rather +than of hope: though, on entering the house, I was somewhat reassured by +finding luggage lying in the entrance, bearing the initials “E. L.” + +“It’s only Eric Lindon after all!” I thought, half relieved and half +annoyed. “Surely she need not have sent for me for _that_!” + +Lady Muriel met me in the passage. Her eyes were gleaming—but it was the +excitement of joy, rather than of grief. “I have a surprise for you!” +she whispered. + +“You mean that Eric Lindon is here?” I said, vainly trying to disguise +the involuntary bitterness of my tone. “‘_The funeral baked meats did +coldly furnish forth the marriage-tables_,’” I could not help repeating +to myself. How cruelly I was misjudging her! + +“No, no!” she eagerly replied. “At least—Eric _is_ here. But——,” her +voice quivered, “but there is _another_!” + +No need for further question. I eagerly followed her in. There on the +bed, he lay—pale and worn—the mere shadow of his old self—my old friend +come back again from the dead! + +“Arthur!” I exclaimed. I could not say another word. + +“Yes, back again, old boy!” he murmured, smiling as I grasped his hand. +“_He_,” indicating Eric, who stood near, “saved my life—_He_ brought me +back. Next to God, we must thank _him_, Muriel, my wife!” + +Silently I shook hands with Eric and with the Earl: and with one consent +we moved into the shaded side of the room, where we could talk without +disturbing the invalid, who lay, silent and happy, holding his wife’s +hand in his, and watching her with eyes that shone with the deep steady +light of Love. + +“He has been delirious till to-day,” Eric explained in a low voice: “and +even to-day he has been wandering more than once. But the sight of _her_ +has been new life to him.” And then he went on to tell us, in would-be +careless tones—I knew how he hated any display of feeling—how he had +insisted on going back to the plague-stricken town, to bring away a man +whom the doctor had abandoned as dying, but who _might_, he fancied, +recover if brought to the hospital: how he had seen nothing in the +wasted features to remind him of Arthur, and only recognised him when he +visited the hospital a month after: how the doctor had forbidden him to +announce the discovery, saying that any shock to the over taxed brain +might kill him at once: how he had staid on at the hospital, and nursed +the sick man by night and day—all this with the studied indifference of +one who is relating the commonplace acts of some chance acquaintance! + +“And this was his _rival_!” I thought. “The man who had won from him the +heart of the woman he loved!” + +[Illustration: ‘HIS WIFE KNELT DOWN AT HIS SIDE’] + +“The sun is setting,” said Lady Muriel, rising and leading the way to +the open window. “Just look at the western sky! What lovely crimson +tints! We shall have a glorious day to-morrow——” We had followed her +across the room, and were standing in a little group, talking in low +tones in the gathering gloom, when we were startled by the voice of the +sick man, murmuring words too indistinct for the ear to catch. + +“He is wandering again,” Lady Muriel whispered, and returned to the +bedside. We drew a little nearer also: but no, this had none of the +incoherence of delirium. “_What reward shall I give unto the Lord_,” the +tremulous lips were saying, “_for all the benefits that He hath done +unto me? I will receive the cup of salvation, and call—and call_——” but +here the poor weakened memory failed, and the feeble voice died into +silence. + +His wife knelt down at the bedside, raised one of his arms, and drew it +across her own, fondly kissing the thin white hand that lay so +listlessly in her loving grasp. It seemed to me a good opportunity for +stealing away without making her go through any form of parting: so, +nodding to the Earl and Eric, I silently left the room. Eric followed me +down the stairs, and out into the night. + +“Is it Life or Death?” I asked him, as soon as we were far enough from +the house for me to speak in ordinary tones. + +“It is _Life_!” he replied with eager emphasis. “The doctors are quite +agreed as to _that_. All he needs now, they say, is rest, and perfect +quiet, and good nursing. He’s quite sure to get rest and quiet, here: +and, as for the nursing why, I think it’s just _possible_——” (he tried +hard to make his trembling voice assume a playful tone) “he may even get +fairly well nursed, in his present quarters!” + +“I’m sure of it!” I said. “Thank you so much for coming out to tell me!” +And, thinking he had now said all he had come to say, I held out my hand +to bid him good night. He grasped it warmly, and added, turning his face +away as he spoke, “By the way, there is one other thing I wanted to say. +I thought you’d like to know that—that I’m not—not in the mind I was in +when last we met. It isn’t—that I can accept Christian belief—at least, +not yet. But all this came about so strangely. And she had prayed, you +know. And I had prayed. And—and—” his voice broke, and I could only just +catch the concluding words, “_there is a God that answers prayer!_ I +know it for certain now.” He wrung my hand once more, and left me +suddenly. Never before had I seen him so deeply moved. + +So, in the gathering twilight, I paced slowly homewards, in a tumultuous +whirl of happy thoughts: my heart seemed full, and running over, with +joy and thankfulness: all that I had so fervently longed for, and prayed +for, seemed now to have come to pass. And, though I reproached myself, +bitterly, for the unworthy suspicion I had for one moment harboured +against the true-hearted Lady Muriel, I took comfort in knowing it had +been but a passing thought. + +Not Bruno himself could have mounted the stairs with so buoyant a step, +as I felt my way up in the dark, not pausing to strike a light in the +entry, as I knew I had left the lamp burning in my sitting-room. + +But it was no common _lamplight_ into which I now stepped, with a +strange, new, dreamy sensation of some subtle witchery that had come +over the place. Light, richer and more golden than any lamp could give, +flooded the room, streaming in from a window I had somehow never noticed +before, and lighting up a group of three shadowy figures, that grew +momently more distinct—a grave old man in royal robes, leaning back in +an easy chair, and two children, a girl and a boy, standing at his side. + +“Have you the Jewel still, my child?” the old man was saying. + +“Oh, _yes_!” Sylvie exclaimed with unusual eagerness. “Do you think I’d +_ever_ lose it or forget it?” She undid the ribbon round her neck, as +she spoke, and laid the Jewel in her father’s hand. + +Bruno looked at it admiringly. “What a lovely brightness!” he said. +“It’s just like a little red star! May I take it in my hand?” + +Sylvie nodded: and Bruno carried it off to the window, and held it aloft +against the sky, whose deepening blue was already spangled with stars. +Soon he came running back in some excitement. “Sylvie! Look here!” he +cried. “I can see right through it when I hold it up to the sky. And it +isn’t red a bit: it’s, oh such a lovely blue! And the words are all +different! Do look at it!” + +Sylvie was quite excited, too, by this time; and the two children +eagerly held up the Jewel to the light, and spelled out the legend +between them, “ALL WILL LOVE SYLVIE.” + +[Illustration: THE BLUE LOCKET] + +“Why, this is the _other_ Jewel!” cried Bruno. “Don’t you remember, +Sylvie? The one you _didn’t_ choose!” + +Sylvie took it from him, with a puzzled look, and held it, now up to the +light, now down. “It’s blue, _one_ way,” she said softly to herself, +“and it’s red, the _other_ way! Why, I thought there were _two_ of +them—Father!” she suddenly exclaimed, laying the Jewel once more in his +hand, “I do believe it was the _same_ Jewel all the time!” + +“Then you choosed it from _itself_,” Bruno thoughtfully remarked. +“Father, _could_ Sylvie choose a thing from itself?” + +“Yes, my own one,” the old man replied to Sylvie, not noticing Bruno’s +embarrassing question, “it _was_ the same Jewel—but you chose quite +right.” And he fastened the ribbon round her neck again. + +“SYLVIE WILL LOVE ALL—ALL WILL LOVE SYLVIE,” Bruno murmured, raising +himself on tiptoe to kiss the ‘little red star.’ “And, when you look +_at_ it, it’s red and fierce like the sun—and, when you look _through_ +it, it’s gentle and blue like the sky!” + +“God’s own sky,” Sylvie said, dreamily. + +“God’s own sky,” the little fellow repeated, as they stood, lovingly +clinging together, and looking out into the night. “But oh, Sylvie, what +makes the sky such a _darling_ blue?” + +Sylvie’s sweet lips shaped themselves to reply, but her voice sounded +faint and very far away. The vision was fast slipping from my eager +gaze: but it seemed to me, in that last bewildering moment, that not +Sylvie but an angel was looking out through those trustful brown eyes, +and that not Sylvie’s but an angel’s voice was whispering + + “It is love.” + +[Illustration: ‘IT IS LOVE!’] + + + THE END. + + + + + GENERAL INDEX. + + +[N.B. ‘I’ refers to “Sylvie and Bruno,” ‘II’ to “Sylvie and Bruno +Concluded.”] + + A + Accelerated Velocity, causes of; II. 190 + Air, Cotton-wool lighter than, how to obtain; II. 166 + Animal-Suffering, mystery of; II. 296 + Anti-Teetotal Card; II. 139 + Artistic effect said to require Indistinctness; I. 241 + Asylums, Lunatic-, future use for; II. 132 + Axioms of Science; II. 330 + + B + Badgers, the Three (Poem); I. 247 + Barometer, sideways motion of; I. 13 + Baron Doppelgeist; I. 85 + Bath, Portable, for Tourists; I. 25 + Bazaars, Charity-; II. 44 + Beauty, Pain of realising; II. 337 + Bed, reason for never going to; II. 141 + Bees, Mind of; II. 29 + Bessie’s Song; II. 76 + Bible-Selections for Children; I. xiii + ” ” learning by heart; I. xiv + Black Light, how to produce; II. 341 + Boat, motion of, how to imitate on land; II. 108 + Books, or Minds. Which contain most Science? I. 21 + Boots for Horizontal Weather; I. 14 + Brain, inverted position of; I. 243 + Bread-sauce appropriate for Weltering; I. 58 + Breaking promises. Why is it wrong? II. 27 + Bruno’s Song: I. 215 + Burden of Proof misplaced by Crocodiles; I. 230 + ” ” ” Ladies; I. 235 + ” ” ” Watts, Dr.; do. + + C + ‘Care’ and ‘Don’t-Care,’ history of; II. 385 + Carrying one’s self. Why is it not fatiguing? I. 169 + Charity-Bazaars; II. 44 + ” fallacies as to; II. 43 + ” Pseudo-; II. 42 + Child’s Bible; I. xiii + ” Sunday, in last generation; I. 387 + ” view of Adult Life; II. 260 + ” ” Present Life; I. 330 + Choral Services, effect of; I. 273. II. xix + Chorister’s life, dangers of; I. 274. II. xix + Church-going, true principle of; I. 272 + Competition for Scholars; II. 187 + Competitive Examination; II. 184 + Conceited Critic always depreciates; I. 237 + Content, opportunity for cultivating; I. 152 + ‘Convenient’ and ‘Inconvenient,’ difference in meaning; I. 140 + Conversation at Dinner-parties, how to promote: (_see_ + “Dinner-parties”) + Cotton-wool lighter than air, how to obtain; II. 166 + Critic, conceited, always depreciates; I. 237 + ” how to gain character of; I. 238 + Crocodiles, Logic of; I. 230 + Croquet. Why is it demoralising? II. 135 + + D + Darwinism reversed; I. 64 + Day, length and shortness of, compared; I. 159 + ” true length of; I. 159 + Death, certainty of, effect of realising; I. xix + Debts, how to avoid Payment of; I. 131 + Deserts, use for; II. 158 + Dichotomy, Political, in common life; II. 198, 205, 207 + Dinner-parties, how to promote Conversation at:— + Moving-Guests; II. 145 + ” Pictures; II. 143 + Revolving-Humorist; II. 145 + Wild-Creatures; II. 144 + Dog-King, the, (‘Nero’); I. 175. II. 58 + Dog, Man’s advantage over; II. 293 + ” reasoning power of; II. 294 + ‘Doing good,’ ambiguity of phrase; II. 43 + Doppelgeist, Baron; I. 85 + Dramatization of Life; I. 333 + Dreaminess, certain cure for; I. 136 + Drunkenness, how to prevent; II. 71 + + E + Eggs, how to purchase; II. 196 + Electricity, influence of, on Literature; I. 64 + Enjoyment of Life; I. 335 + ” Novel-reading; I. 336 + Eternity, contemplation of. Why is it wearisome? II. 258 + Events in reverse order; I. 350 + Examination, Competitive; II. 184 + Experimental Honeymoons; II. 136 + Eye, images inverted in the; I. 242 + + F + Fairies, captured, how to treat; II. 5 + ” character of, how to improve; I. 190 + ” existence of, possible; II. 300 + ” presence of, how to recognise; I. 191. II. 264 + ” moral responsibility of; II. 301 + Falling Houses, Life in; I. 100 + Final Causes, problem in; I. 297 + Fires in Theatres, how to prevent; II. 165 + Fortunatus’ Purse, how to make; II. 100 + Free-Will and Nerve-Force; I. 390 + Frog, young, how to amuse; I. 364 + Future Life. What interests will survive in it? II. 256 + + G + Gardener’s Song:— + Albatross; I. 164 + Argument; II. 319. + Banker’s Clerk; I. 90. + Bar of Mottled Soap; II. 319. + Bear without a head; I. 116. + Buffalo; I. 78. + Coach-and-Four; I. 116. + Double Rule of Three; I. 168. + Elephant; I. 65; II. 334. + Garden-Door; I. 168. + Hippopotamus; I. 90. + Kangaroo; I. 106. + Letter from his Wife; I. 65. + Middle of Next Week; I. 83. + Penny-Postage-Stamp; I. 164. + Rattlesnake; I. 83. + Sister’s Husband’s Niece; I. 78. + Vegetable-Pill; I. 106 + Ghosts, treatment of, by Shakespeare; I. 60 + ” ” in Railway-Literature; I. 58 + ” Weltering, Bread-sauce appropriate for; I. 58 + Girls’ Shakespeare; I. xv + Government with many Kings and one Subject; II. 172 + Graduated races of Man; I. 299 + Guests, Moving-; II. 145 + + H + Happiness, excessive, how to moderate; I. 159 + Heaven inconceivable to those on Earth; II. 260 + Honesty, Dr. Watts’ argument for; I. 235 + Honeymoons, Experimental; II. 136 + Horizontal Weather, Boots for; I. 14 + Horses, Runaway, how to control; II. 108 + Hot Ink, use of; II. 357 + Houses, Falling, Life in; I. 100 + Humorist, Revolving; II. 145 + Hunting, Morality of; I. xx, 318; II. xviii + Hymns appealing to Selfishness; I. 276 + + I + ‘Idle Mouths’; II. 37 + ‘Imponderal’; II. 166 + ‘Inconvenient’ and ‘Convenient,’ difference in meaning of; I. 140 + Indistinctness said to be necessary for Artistic effect; I. 241 + Ink, Hot, use of; II. 357 + Instinct and Reason; II. 295 + Inversion of Brain; I. 243 + “ images on Retina; I. 242 + + J + Jam-tasting; II. 150 + Jesting in Letter-writing, how to indicate; II. 117 + + K + ‘King Fisher’ Song; II. 14 + Knocking-down, some persons not liable to; II. 54 + + L + Ladies, Logic of; I. 235 + Least Common Multiple, rule of, applied to Literature; I. 22 + Letter-writing, how to indicate Jesting in; II. 117 + ” ” ” Shyness in; II. 115 + Life, adult, Child’s view of; II. 260 + ” Dramatization of; I. 133 + ” Future, What interests will survive in it? II. 256 + ” how to enjoy; I. 335 + ” in Falling Houses; I. 100 + ” ” reverse order; I. 350 + ” Present, Child’s view of; I. 330 + Light, Black, how to produce; II. 341 + Literature as influenced by Electricity; I. 64 + ” ” Steam; I. 64 + ” for Railway; I. 58 + ” treated by rule of Least Common Multiple; I. 22 + ‘Little Birds’ (Poem); II. 364, 371, 377 + ‘Little Man’ (Poem); II. 265 + ” privilege of being; I. 299 + Liturgy, Choral, effect of; I. 273 + Logic of Crocodiles; I. 230 + ” of Ladies; I. 235 + ” of Dr. Watts; do. + ” requisites for complete Argument in; I. 259 + Loving or being loved. Which is best? I. 77 + Lunatic-Asylums, future use for; II. 132 + Lunatics out-numbering the Sane, result of; II. 133 + + M + Man, advantages of, over the Dog; II. 293 + ” graduated races of; I. 299 + ” Little, privilege of being; I. 299 + Maps, best size for; II. 169 + ‘Matilda Jane’ (Poem); II. 76 + ‘Megaloscope’; II. 334 + Minds, or Books. Which contain most Science? I. 21 + Money, effect of increasing value of; I. 312 + ” playing for, a moral act; II. 135 + Morality of Sport; I. xx, 318. II. xviii + Moral Philosophy, teachers of. Which are most esteemed? II. 181 + Moving-Guests; II. 145 + ” Pictures; II. 143 + Music, how to get largest amount of in given time; I. 338 + “ Why is it sometimes not pleasing? II. 156 + + N + ‘Nero’ the Dog-King; I. 175. II. 58 + Nerve-Force and Free-Will; I. 390 + Nerves, slow action of; I. 158 + Novel-reading, how to enjoy; I. 336 + + O + ‘Obstruction,’ Political, in common life; II. 203 + ‘Onus probandi’ misplaced by Crocodiles; I. 230 + ” ” Ladies; I. 235 + ” ” Dr. Watts; do. + ‘Opposition,’ Political, in common life; II. 200 + + P + Pain, how to minimise; I. 337 + Paley’s definition of Virtue; I. 273 + Parentheses in Conversation, how to indicate; I. 251 + Passages, Selected, for learning by heart; I. xv + Payment of Debts, how to avoid; I. 131 + ‘Peter and Paul’ (Poem); I. 143 + Philosophy, Moral. What kind is most esteemed? II. 181 + Phlizz, a visionary flower; I. 282 + ” ” fruit; I. 75 + ” ” nurse-maid; I. 283 + Pictures, how to criticize; I. 238 + ” Moving; II. 143 + ‘Pig Tale’ (Poem); I. 138; II. 366, 372 + Planets, small; II. 170 + Playing for money, a moral act; II. 135 + Pleasure, how to maximise; I. 335 + Plunge-Bath, portable, for Tourists; I. 25 + Poems, first lines of:— + ‘He stept so lightly to the land’; I. 291 + ‘He thought he saw an Albatross’; I. 164 + ” ” an Argument’; II. 319 + ” ” a Banker’s Clerk’; I. 90 + ” ” a Buffalo’; I. 78 + ” ” a Coach-and-Four’; I. 116 + ” ” an Elephant’; I. 65; II. 334 + ” ” a Garden-Door’; I. 168 + ” ” a Kangaroo’; I. 106 + ” ” a Rattlesnake’; I. 83 + ‘In Stature the Manlet was dwarfish’; II. 265 + ‘King Fisher courted Lady Bird’; II. 14 + ‘Little Birds are &c.’; II. 364, 371, 377 + ‘Matilda Jane, you never look’; II. 76 + ‘One thousand pounds per annuum’; II. 194 + ‘Peter is poor, said noble Paul’; I. 143 + ‘Rise, oh rise! The daylight dies’; I. 215 + ‘Say, what is the spell, when her fledgelings are cheeping’; + II. 305 + ‘There be three Badgers on a mossy stone’; I. 247 + ‘There was a Pig, that sat alone’; I. 138; II. 366, 372 + Political Dichotomy in common life; II. 198, 205, 207 + ” ‘Opposition’ in common life; II. 200 + Poor people, method for enriching; I. 312 + Poverty, blessings of; I. 152 + Prayer for temporal blessings, efficacy of; I. 391 + Preachers appealing to Selfishness; I. 276 + ” exceptional privileges of; I. 277 + Promises. When are they binding? II. 26 + ” breaking of. Why is it wrong? II. 27 + Proof, Burden of; (_see_ ‘Burden of Proof’) + Property, inherited, duties of owner of; II. 39 + Pseudo-Charity; II. 43 + Purse of Fortunatus, how to make; II. 100 + + Q + Questions in Conversation, how to indicate; I. 251 + + R + Railway Literature; I. 58 + ” Scenes, Dramatization of; I. 333 + Rain, Horizontal, Boots for; I. 14 + Reason and Instinct; II. 295 + ” power of, in Dog; II. 294 + Retina, images inverted on; I. 242 + Reversed order of Events; I. 350 + Revolving-Humorist; II. 145 + Runaway Horses, how to control; II. 108 + + S + Scenery enjoyed most by Little Men; I. 299 + Scholars, Competition for; II. 187 + Science, Axioms of; II. 330 + “ Do Books, or Minds, contain most? I. 21 + Selections from Bible, for Children; I. xiii + ” ” for learning by heart; I. xiv + ” Prose and Verse, ” ”; I. xv + ” from Shakespeare, for Girls; I. xv + Selfishness appealed to in Hymns; I. 276 + ” ” religious teaching; do. + ” ” Sermons; do. + Sermons appealing to Selfishness; do. + ” faults of; I. 277. II. xix + Services, Choral, effect of; I. 273 + Shakespeare, passages of, discussed:— + ‘All the world’s a stage’; I. 335 + ‘Aye, every inch a king!’; I. 373 + ‘Is this a dagger that I see before me?’; I. 371 + ‘Rest, rest, perturbed Spirit!’; I. 60 + ‘To be, or not to be’; I. 370 + ” Selections from, for Girls; I. xv + ” treatment of Ghosts by; I. 60 + Shyness, how to indicate in Letter-writing; II. 115 + ‘Sillygism,’ requisites for; I. 259 + Sinfulness, amount of, in World; II. 125 + ” of an act differs with environment; II. 123 + Sobriety, extreme, inconvenience of; I. 140 + Spencer, Herbert, difficulties in; I. 258 + Spherical, advantage of being; II. 190 + Sport, Morality of; I. xx, 318. II. xviii + Steam, influence of, on Literature; I. 64 + Sufferings of Animals, mystery of; II. 296 + Sunday, as spent by children of last generation; I. 387 + ” observance of; I. 385 + Sylvie and Bruno’s Song; II. 305 + + T + Teetotal-Card; II. 139 + Theatres, Fires in, how to prevent; II. 165 + ‘Three Badgers’ (Poem); I. 247 + Time, how to put back; I. 314, 347 + ” ” reverse; I. 350 + ” storage of; II. 105 + ‘Tottles’ (Poem); II. 194, 201, 209, 248 + Tourists’ Portable Bath; I. 25 + Trains running without engines; II. 106 + + V + Velocity, Accelerated, causes of; II. 190 + Virtue, Paley’s definition of; I. 274 + Voyages on Land; II. 109 + + W + Walking-sticks that walk alone, how to obtain; II. 166 + Water, people lighter than, how to obtain; II. 165 + Watts, Dr., Argument for Honesty; I. 235 + ” Logic of; do. + Weather, Horizontal, Boots for; I. 14 + Weight, force of, how to exhaust; II. 343 + ” relative, conceivable non-existence of; I. 100 + Weltering, Bread-sauce appropriate for; I. 58 + ‘What Tottles meant’ (Poem); II. 194, 201, 209, 248 + Wild-Creatures; II. 144 + Wilderness, use for; II. 158 + ‘Wilful waste, &c.,’ lesson to be learnt from; II. 69 + + + + + Works by Lewis Carroll. + + + SYLVIE AND BRUNO. First Part. + +With forty-six Illustrations by Harry Furniss. 12mo, cloth extra, gilt, + $1.50. + +“A charming book for children. The illustrations are very +happy.”—_Boston Traveller._ + +“Alice was a delightful little girl, but hardly more pleasing than are +the hero and heroine of this latest book from a writer in whose nonsense +there is far more sense than in the serious works of many contemporary +authors.”—_Morning Post._ + +“Mr. Furniss’s illustrations, which are numerous, are at once graceful +and full of humor. We pay him a high compliment when we say he proves +himself a worthy successor to Mr. Tenniel in illustrating Mr. Lewis +Carroll’s books.”—_St. James’s Gazette._ + +“Bruno and Sylvie are wholly delightful creations, the Professor is +worthy to rank with the immortal Pickwick, and there is an endless fund +of enjoyment in the Gardener and his wonderful songs.... The pictures by +Harry Furniss are incomparably good.”—_Boston Beacon._ + +“_Sylvie and Bruno_ is characterized by his peculiar and whimsical +humor, his extravagant conceits, and the grotesqueness and inconsistency +of plot, characters, and incidents in his stories.... It is a charming +piece of work.”—_New York Sun._ + + + ALICE’S ADVENTURES IN WONDERLAND. + + _One Hundredth Thousand._ With forty-two Illustrations by Tenniel. + 12mo, cloth, gilt, $1.00. + Also a German Translation. 12mo, $2.00. + A French Translation. 12mo, $2.00. + An Italian Translation. 12mo, $2.00. + +“An excellent piece of nonsense.”—_Times._ + +“That most delightful of children’s stories.”—_Saturday Review._ + +“That delectable and truly imaginative work.”—_New York Sun._ + +“Probably no other book has ever filled just the place that _Alice in +Wonderland_ has held in the hearts of children and grown people during +the last twenty years.”—_Every Thursday._ + +“_Alice in Wonderland_ and its sequel _Through the Looking-Glass_ are +known wherever the English tongue is spoken. They are classics of their +kind and could in no wise be improved upon.”—_St. Louis Republic._ + +“_Alice in Wonderland_ is the most delightful imaginative composition of +late years for boys and girls.”—_The Boston Globe._ + +“Love for children and keen sympathy with them in the delightfully +primitive views they take of life is one of the distinctive +characteristics of Lewis Carroll.”—_The Churchman._ + + + THROUGH THE LOOKING-GLASS, AND WHAT ALICE FOUND THERE. + + _Sixtieth Thousand._ With fifty Illustrations by Tenniel. 12mo, cloth, + gilt, $1.00. + +“Will fairly rank with the tale of her previous experience.”—_Daily +Telegraph._ + +“Many of Mr. Tenniel’s designs are masterpieces of wise +absurdity.”—_Athenæum._ + +“Whether as regarding author or illustrator, this book is a jewel rarely +to be found nowadays.”—_Echo._ + + + ALICE’S ADVENTURES IN WONDERLAND, and THROUGH THE LOOKING-GLASS, AND + WHAT ALICE FOUND THERE. + + With all the Illustrations. Printed in one volume, on thinner paper, + cloth, $1.25. + +“We know of no books in the whole range of juvenile literature so full +of genuine and boundless fun as these.”—_Boston Evening Transcript._ + + + THE NURSERY ALICE. + + Containing twenty colored enlargements from Tenniel’s Illustrations to + _Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland_, with text adapted to Nursery + Readers by Lewis Carroll. 4to, colored cover, $1.50. + +“Let the little people rejoice!—the most charming book in the world has +appeared for them. _The Nursery Alice_, with its wealth of colored +illustrations from Tenniel’s pictures, is certainly the most artistic +juvenile that has been seen for many and many a day.”—_Boston Budget._ + +“This is a charming book, both in pictures and in text, for the little +ones of the nursery. It is a sort of miniature of _Alice in Wonderland_, +and will no doubt have a circulation and become as great a favorite +among the wee ones as the larger volume has among the older +children.”—_Christian at Work._ + + + ALICE’S ADVENTURES UNDER GROUND. + + Being a Fac-simile of the original MS. Book afterward developed into + _Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland_. With twenty-seven Illustrations. + 12mo, $1.50. + + + THE HUNTING OF THE SNARK. + + An Agony in Eight Fits. With nine Illustrations by Henry Holiday. _New + Edition._ Cloth, gilt, $1.00. + +“This is a very pretty edition of the verses which should have made +their author famous, even if he had never written _Alice in Wonderland_. +The Snark, like the Jabberwock, for some reason or other, has no place +in the natural histories, yet it is a very charming creature. The book +contains nine quaint illustrations by Henry Holiday.”—_America._ + + + RHYME? AND REASON? + + With sixty-five Illustrations by Arthur B. Frost and nine by Henry + Holiday. 12mo, $1.50. + +This book is a reprint, with additions, of the comic portions of +_Phantasmagoria, and other Poems_, and of _The Hunting of the Snark_. + +“_Rhyme? and Reason?_ by Lewis Carroll, author of _Alice in Wonderland_ +shows the same quaintness of fancy and the same originality of humor +that mark his prose works. The versification is smooth and flowing, and +the rhyming exceedingly ingenious.”—_Boston Saturday Evening Gazette._ + +“_Rhyme? and Reason?_ with its clever illustrations, will be sure of +great popularity.”—_Philadelphia Press._ + + + A TANGLED TALE. + + Reprinted from the _Monthly Packet_. With Illustrations. 12mo, cloth, + $1.50. + +“To people mathematically inclined, who are fond of odd style and odd +illustrations, and who like to travel so many (Gordian) knots an hour, +Mr. Lewis Carroll’s new ‘wonderland’—_A Tangled Tale_—will prove a +delightful treat.”—_The Critic._ + + + THE GAME OF LOGIC. + + With an Envelope containing a Card Diagram and Nine Counters—four + red and five gray. 12mo, cloth, $1.00. + + + + + A NEW UNIFORM EDITION + OF + MRS. MOLESWORTH’S + STORIES FOR CHILDREN + WITH + ILLUSTRATIONS BY WALTER CRANE AND LESLIE BROOKE. + + + In Ten Volumes. 12mo. Cloth. One Dollar a Volume. + + Tell Me a Story, and Herr Baby. + “Carrots,” and A Christmas Child. + Grandmother Dear, and Two Little Waifs. + The Cuckoo Clock, and The Tapestry Room. + Christmas-Tree Land, and A Christmas Posy. + The Children of the Castle, and Four Winds Farm. + Little Miss Peggy, and Nurse Heatherdale’s Story. + “Us,” and The Rectory Children. + Rosy, and The Girls and I. + Mary. + + THE SET, TEN VOLUMES, IN BOX, $10.00. + +“It seems to me not at all easier to draw a lifelike child than to draw +a lifelike man or woman: Shakespeare and Webster were the only two men +of their age who could do it with perfect delicacy and success; at +least, it there was another who could, I must crave pardon of his happy +memory for my forgetfulness or ignorance of his name. Our own age is +more fortunate, on this single score at least, having a larger and far +nobler proportion of female writers; among whom, since the death of +George Eliot, there is none left whose touch is so exquisite and +masterly, whose love is so thoroughly according to knowledge, whose +bright and sweet invention is so fruitful, so truthful, or so delightful +as Mrs. Molesworth’s. Any chapter of _The Cuckoo Clock_ or the +enchanting _Adventures of Herr Baby_ is worth a shoal of the very best +novels dealing with the characters and fortunes of mere adults.”—Mrs. A. +C. Swinburne, in _The Nineteenth Century_. + + + MRS. MOLESWORTH’S + Stories for Children. + +“There is hardly a better author to put into the hands of children than +Mrs. Molesworth. I cannot easily speak too highly of her work. It is a +curious art she has, not wholly English in its spirit, but a cross of +the old English with the Italian. Indeed, I should say Mrs. Molesworth +had also been a close student of the German and Russian, and had some +way, catching and holding the spirit of all, created a method and tone +quite her own.... Her characters are admirable and real.”—_St. Louis +Globe-Democrat._ + +“Mrs. Molesworth has a rare gift for composing stories for children. +With a light yet forcible touch, she paints sweet and artless, yet +natural and strong, characters.”—_Congregationalist._ + +“Mrs. Molesworth always has in her books those charming touches of +nature that are sure to charm small people. Her stories are so likely to +have been true that men ‘grown up’ do not disdain them.”—_Home Journal._ + +“No English writer of childish stories has a better reputation than Mrs. +Molesworth, and none with whose stories we are familiar deserves it +better. She has a motherly knowledge of the child nature, a clear sense +of character, the power of inventing simple incidents that interest, and +the ease which comes of continuous practice.”—_Mail and Express._ + +“Christmas would hardly be Christmas without one of Mrs. Molesworth’s +stories. No one has quite the same power of throwing a charm and an +interest about the most commonplace every-day doings as she has, and no +one has ever blended fairy-land and reality with the same +skill.”—_Educational Times._ + +“Mrs. Molesworth is justly a great favorite with children; her stories +for them are always charmingly interesting and healthful in +tone.”—_Boston Home Journal._ + +“Mrs. Molesworth’s books are cheery, wholesome, and particularly well +adapted to refined life. It is safe to add that Mrs. Molesworth is the +best English prose writer for children.... A new volume from Mrs. +Molesworth is always a treat.”—_The Beacon._ + +“No holiday season would be complete for a host of young readers without +a volume from the hand of Mrs. Molesworth.... It is one of the +peculiarities of Mrs. Molesworth’s stories that older readers can no +more escape their charm than younger ones.”—_Christian Union._ + +“Mrs. Molesworth ranks with George Macdonald and Mrs. Ewing as a writer +of children’s stories that possess real literary merit.”—_Milwaukee +Sentinel._ + + THE SET, TEN VOLUMES, IN BOX, $10.00. + + + TELL ME A STORY, and HERR BABY. + +“So delightful that we are inclined to join in the petition, and we hope +she may soon tell us more stories.”—_Athenæum._ + + + “CARROTS”; Just a Little Boy. + +“One of the cleverest and most pleasing stories it has been our good +fortune to meet with for some time. Carrots and his sister are +delightful little beings, whom to read about is at once to become very +fond of.”—_Examiner._ + + + A CHRISTMAS CHILD; A Sketch of a Boy’s Life. + +“A very sweet and tenderly drawn sketch, with life and reality manifest +throughout.”—_Pall Mall Gazette._ + +“This is a capital story, well illustrated. Mrs. Molesworth is one of +those sunny, genial writers who has genius for writing acceptably for +the young. She has the happy faculty of blending enough real with +romance to make her stories very practical for good without robbing them +of any of their exciting interest.”—_Chicago Inter-Ocean._ + +“Mrs. Molesworth is one of the few writers of tales for children whose +sentiment though of the sweetest kind is never sickly; whose religious +feeling is never concealed yet never obtruded; whose books are always +good but never ‘goody.’ Little Ted with his soft heart, clever head, and +brave spirit is no morbid presentment of the angelic child ‘too good to +live,’ and who is certainly a nuisance on earth, but a charming +creature, if not a portrait, whom it is a privilege to meet even in +fiction.”—_The Academy._ + + + THE CUCKOO CLOCK. + +“A beautiful little story.... It will be read with delight by every +child into whose hands it is placed.”—_Pall Mall Gazette._ + + + GRANDMOTHER DEAR. + +“The author’s concern is with the development of character, and seldom +does one meet with the wisdom, tact, and good breeding which pervade +this little book.”—_Nation._ + + + TWO LITTLE WAIFS. + +“Mrs. Molesworth’s delightful story of _Two Little Waifs_ will charm all +the small people who find it in their stockings. It relates the +adventures of two lovable English children lost in Paris, and is just +wonderful enough to pleasantly wring the youthful heart.”—_New York +Tribune._ + +“It is, in its way, indeed, a little classic, of which the real beauty +and pathos can hardly be appreciated by young people.... It is not too +much to say of the story that it is perfect of its kind.”—_Critic and +Good Literature._ + +“This is a charming little juvenile story from the pen of Mrs. +Molesworth, detailing the various adventures of a couple of motherless +children in searching for their father, whom they had missed in Paris, +where they had gone to meet him.”—_Montreal Star._ + + + THE TAPESTRY ROOM. + +“Mrs. Molesworth is the queen of children’s fairy-land. She knows how to +make use of the vague, fresh, wondering instincts of childhood, and to +invest familiar things with fairy glamour.”—_Athenæum._ + +“The story told is a charming one of what may be called the neo-fairy +sort.... There has been nothing better of its kind done anywhere for +children, whether we consider its capacity to awaken interest or its +wholesomeness.”—_Evening Post._ + + + CHRISTMAS-TREE LAND. + +“It is conceived after a happy fancy, as it relates the supposititious +journey of a party of little ones through that part of fairy-land where +Christmas-trees are supposed to most abound. There is just enough of the +old-fashioned fancy about fairies mingled with the ‘modern improvements’ +to incite and stimulate the youthful imagination to healthful action. +The pictures by Walter Crane are, of course, not only well executed in +themselves, but in charming consonance with the spirit of the +tale.”—_Troy Times._ + +“_Christmas-Tree Land_, by Mrs. Molesworth, is a book to make younger +readers open their eyes wide with delight. A little boy and a little +girl, domiciled in a great white castle, wander on their holidays +through the surrounding fir-forests, and meet with the most delightful +pleasures. There is a fascinating, mysterious character in their +adventures and enough of the fairylike and wonderful to puzzle and +enchant all the little ones.”—_Boston Home Journal._ + + + A CHRISTMAS POSY. + +“This is a collection of eight of those inimitable stories for children +which none could write better than Mrs. Molesworth. Her books are prime +favorites with children of all ages, and they are as good and wholesome +as they are interesting and popular. This makes a very handsome book, +and its illustrations are excellent.”—_Christian at Work._ + +“_A Christmas Posy_, by Mrs. Molesworth, is lovely and fragrant. Mrs. +Molesworth succeeds by right to the place occupied with so much honor by +the late Mrs. Ewing, as a writer of charming stories for children. The +present volume is a cluster of delightful short stories. Mr. Crane’s +illustrations are in harmony with the text.”—_Christian Intelligencer._ + + + THE CHILDREN OF THE CASTLE. + +“_The Children of the Castle_, by Mrs. Molesworth, is another of those +delightful juvenile stories of which this author has written so many. It +is a fascinating little book, with a charming plot, a sweet, pure +atmosphere, and teaches a wholesome moral in the most winning +manner.”—_B. S. E. Gazette._ + +“_The Children of the Castle_ are delightful creations, actual little +girls, living in an actual castle, but often led by their fancies into a +shadowy fairy-land. There is a charming refinement of style and spirit +about the story from beginning to end; an imaginative child will find +endless pleasure in it, and the lesson of gentleness and unselfishness +is so artistically managed that it does not seem like a lesson, but only +a part of the story.”—_Milwaukee Sentinel._ + + + FOUR WINDS FARM. + +“Mrs. Molesworth’s books are always delightful, but of all none is more +charming than the volume with which she greets the holidays this season. +_Four Winds Farm_ is one of the most delicate and pleasing books for a +child that has seen the light this many a day. It is full of fancy and +of that instinctive sympathy with childhood which makes this author’s +books so attractive and so individual.”—_Boston Courier._ + +“Still more delicately fanciful is Mrs. Molesworth’s lovely little tale +of the _Four Winds Farm_. It is neither a dream nor a fairy story, but +concerns the fortune of a real little boy, named Gratian; yet the dream +and the fairy tale seem to enter into his life, and make part of it. The +farmhouse in which the child lives is set exactly at the meeting-place +of the four winds, and they, from the moment of his birth, have acted as +his self-elected godmothers.... All the winds love the boy, and, held in +the balance of their influence, he grows up as a boy should, simply and +truly, with a tender heart and firm mind. The idea of this little book +is essentially poetical.”—_Literary World._ + + + NURSE HEATHERDALE’S STORY. + +“_Nurse Heatherdale’s Story_ is all about a small boy, who was good +enough, yet was always getting into some trouble through complications +in which he was not to blame. The same sort of things happens to men and +women. He is an orphan, though he is cared for in a way by relations, +who are not so very rich, yet are looked on as well fixed. After many +youthful trials and disappointments he falls into a big stroke of good +luck, which lifts him and goes to make others happy. Those who want a +child’s book will find nothing to harm and something to interest in this +simple story.”—_Commercial Advertiser._ + + + “US.” + +“Mrs. Molesworth’s _Us, an Old-Fashioned Story_, is very charming. A +dear little six-year-old ‘bruvver’ and sister constitute the ‘us,’ whose +adventures with gypsies form the theme of the story. Mrs. Molesworth’s +style is graceful, and she pictures the little ones with brightness and +tenderness.”—_Evening Post._ + +“A pretty and wholesome story.”—_Literary World._ + +“_Us, an Old-Fashioned Story_, is a sweet and quaint story of two little +children who lived long ago, in an old-fashioned way, with their +grandparents. The story is delightfully told.”—_Philadelphia News._ + +“_Us_ is one of Mrs. Molesworth’s charming little stories for young +children. The narrative ... is full of interest for its real grace and +delicacy, and the exquisiteness and purity of the English in which it is +written.”—_Boston Advertiser._ + + + THE RECTORY CHILDREN. + +“In _The Rectory Children_ Mrs. Molesworth has written one of those +delightful volumes which we always look for at Christmas +time.”—_Athenæum._ + +“Quiet, sunny, interesting, and thoroughly winning and +wholesome.”—_Boston Journal._ + +_The Rectory Children_—“There is no writer of children’s books more +worthy of their admiration and love than Mrs. Molesworth. Her bright and +sweet invention is so truthful, her characters so faithfully drawn, and +the teaching of her stories so tender and noble, that while they please +and charm they insensibly distil into the youthful mind the most +valuable lessons. In _The Rectory Children_ we have a fresh, bright +story that will be sure to please all her young admirers.”—_Christian at +Work._ + +“_The Rectory Children_, by Mrs. Molesworth, is a very pretty story of +English life. Mrs. Molesworth is one of the most popular and charming of +English story-writers for children. Her child characters are true to +life, always natural and attractive, and her stories are wholesome and +interesting.”—_Indianapolis Journal._ + + + ROSY. + +“_Rosy_, like all the rest of her stories, is bright and pure and +utterly free from cant,—a book that children will read with pleasure and +lasting profit.”—_Boston Traveller._ + +“There is no one who has a genius better adapted for entertaining +children than Mrs. Molesworth, and her latest story, _Rosy_, is one of +her best. It is illustrated with eight woodcuts from designs by Walter +Crane.”—_Philadelphia Press._ + +“... Mrs. Molesworth’s clever _Rosy_, a story showing in a charming way +how one little girl’s jealousy and bad temper were conquered; one of the +best, most suggestive and improving of the Christmas juveniles.”—_New +York Tribune._ + +“_Rosy_ is an exceedingly graceful and interesting story by Mrs. +Molesworth, one of the best and most popular writers of juvenile +fiction. This little story is full of tenderness, is fragrant in +sentiment, and points with great delicacy and genuine feeling a charming +moral.”—_Boston Gazette._ + + + THE GIRLS AND I. + +“Perhaps the most striking feature of this pleasant story is the natural +manner in which it is written. It is just like the conversation of a +bright boy—consistently like it from beginning to end. It is a boy who +is the hero of the tale, and he tells the adventures of himself and +those nearest him. He is, by the way, in many respects an example for +most young persons. It is a story characterized by sweetness and +purity—a desirable one to put into the hands of youthful +readers.”—_Gettysburg Monthly._ + +“... A delightful and purposeful story which no one can read without +being benefited.”—_New York Observer._ + + + MARY. + + Mrs. Molesworth’s last story. _Just Ready._ + +“Mrs. Molesworth’s reputation as a writer of story-books is so well +established that any new book of hers scarce needs a word of +introduction.”—_Home Journal._ + + MACMILLAN & CO., + 66 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK. + +[Illustration: Book back cover.] + + + + + Transcriber’s Notes + + +--Copyright notice provided as in the original—this e-text is public + domain in the country of publication. + +--Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and + dialect unchanged. + +--Moved the frontispiece illustration to the corresponding place in the + text, and adjusted the table of illustration accordingly. + +--Collated table of illustrations, checked page numbers, and added its + captions to the illustrations. + +--Only in the text versions, delimited italicized text (or + non-italicized text within poetry) in _underscores_ (the HTML version + reproduces the font form of the printed book.) + +--The HTML version contains relative links to pages and illustrations in + the companion volume: Gutenberg #48630: Sylvie and Bruno, Illustrated + +--Removed the note (N.B. “stagy-entrances” is a misprint for + “stage-entrances”) because the typo was corrected in the companion + volume + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Sylvie and Bruno Concluded +(Illustrated), by Lewis Carroll + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SYLVIE AND BRUNO CONCLUDED *** + +***** This file should be named 48795-0.txt or 48795-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/4/8/7/9/48795/ + +Produced by MWS, Stephen Hutcheson, Carol Spears, and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/55-0.txt b/55-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53d639a --- /dev/null +++ b/55-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5130 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Wonderful Wizard of Oz, by L. Frank Baum + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: The Wonderful Wizard of Oz + +Author: L. Frank Baum + +Release Date: February, 1993 [eBook #55] +[Most recently updated: October 19, 2020] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WONDERFUL WIZARD OF OZ *** + +[Illustration] + + + + +The Wonderful Wizard of Oz + +by L. Frank Baum + + +This book is dedicated to my good friend & comrade +My Wife +L.F.B. + + +Contents + + Introduction + Chapter I. The Cyclone + Chapter II. The Council with the Munchkins + Chapter III. How Dorothy Saved the Scarecrow + Chapter IV. The Road Through the Forest + Chapter V. The Rescue of the Tin Woodman + Chapter VI. The Cowardly Lion + Chapter VII. The Journey to the Great Oz + Chapter VIII. The Deadly Poppy Field + Chapter IX. The Queen of the Field Mice + Chapter X. The Guardian of the Gates + Chapter XI. The Emerald City of Oz + Chapter XII. The Search for the Wicked Witch + Chapter XIII. The Rescue + Chapter XIV. The Winged Monkeys + Chapter XV. The Discovery of Oz, the Terrible + Chapter XVI. The Magic Art of the Great Humbug + Chapter XVII. How the Balloon Was Launched + Chapter XVIII. Away to the South + Chapter XIX. Attacked by the Fighting Trees + Chapter XX. The Dainty China Country + Chapter XXI. The Lion Becomes the King of Beasts + Chapter XXII. The Country of the Quadlings + Chapter XXIII. Glinda The Good Witch Grants Dorothy’s Wish + Chapter XXIV. Home Again + + + + +Introduction + + +Folklore, legends, myths and fairy tales have followed childhood +through the ages, for every healthy youngster has a wholesome and +instinctive love for stories fantastic, marvelous and manifestly +unreal. The winged fairies of Grimm and Andersen have brought more +happiness to childish hearts than all other human creations. + +Yet the old time fairy tale, having served for generations, may now be +classed as “historical” in the children’s library; for the time has +come for a series of newer “wonder tales” in which the stereotyped +genie, dwarf and fairy are eliminated, together with all the horrible +and blood-curdling incidents devised by their authors to point a +fearsome moral to each tale. Modern education includes morality; +therefore the modern child seeks only entertainment in its wonder tales +and gladly dispenses with all disagreeable incident. + +Having this thought in mind, the story of “The Wonderful Wizard of Oz” +was written solely to please children of today. It aspires to being a +modernized fairy tale, in which the wonderment and joy are retained and +the heartaches and nightmares are left out. + +L. Frank Baum +Chicago, April, 1900. + + + +The Wonderful Wizard of Oz + + + + +Chapter I +The Cyclone + + +Dorothy lived in the midst of the great Kansas prairies, with Uncle +Henry, who was a farmer, and Aunt Em, who was the farmer’s wife. Their +house was small, for the lumber to build it had to be carried by wagon +many miles. There were four walls, a floor and a roof, which made one +room; and this room contained a rusty looking cookstove, a cupboard for +the dishes, a table, three or four chairs, and the beds. Uncle Henry +and Aunt Em had a big bed in one corner, and Dorothy a little bed in +another corner. There was no garret at all, and no cellar—except a +small hole dug in the ground, called a cyclone cellar, where the family +could go in case one of those great whirlwinds arose, mighty enough to +crush any building in its path. It was reached by a trap door in the +middle of the floor, from which a ladder led down into the small, dark +hole. + +When Dorothy stood in the doorway and looked around, she could see +nothing but the great gray prairie on every side. Not a tree nor a +house broke the broad sweep of flat country that reached to the edge of +the sky in all directions. The sun had baked the plowed land into a +gray mass, with little cracks running through it. Even the grass was +not green, for the sun had burned the tops of the long blades until +they were the same gray color to be seen everywhere. Once the house had +been painted, but the sun blistered the paint and the rains washed it +away, and now the house was as dull and gray as everything else. + +When Aunt Em came there to live she was a young, pretty wife. The sun +and wind had changed her, too. They had taken the sparkle from her eyes +and left them a sober gray; they had taken the red from her cheeks and +lips, and they were gray also. She was thin and gaunt, and never smiled +now. When Dorothy, who was an orphan, first came to her, Aunt Em had +been so startled by the child’s laughter that she would scream and +press her hand upon her heart whenever Dorothy’s merry voice reached +her ears; and she still looked at the little girl with wonder that she +could find anything to laugh at. + +Uncle Henry never laughed. He worked hard from morning till night and +did not know what joy was. He was gray also, from his long beard to his +rough boots, and he looked stern and solemn, and rarely spoke. + +It was Toto that made Dorothy laugh, and saved her from growing as gray +as her other surroundings. Toto was not gray; he was a little black +dog, with long silky hair and small black eyes that twinkled merrily on +either side of his funny, wee nose. Toto played all day long, and +Dorothy played with him, and loved him dearly. + +Today, however, they were not playing. Uncle Henry sat upon the +doorstep and looked anxiously at the sky, which was even grayer than +usual. Dorothy stood in the door with Toto in her arms, and looked at +the sky too. Aunt Em was washing the dishes. + +From the far north they heard a low wail of the wind, and Uncle Henry +and Dorothy could see where the long grass bowed in waves before the +coming storm. There now came a sharp whistling in the air from the +south, and as they turned their eyes that way they saw ripples in the +grass coming from that direction also. + +Suddenly Uncle Henry stood up. + +“There’s a cyclone coming, Em,” he called to his wife. “I’ll go look +after the stock.” Then he ran toward the sheds where the cows and +horses were kept. + +Aunt Em dropped her work and came to the door. One glance told her of +the danger close at hand. + +“Quick, Dorothy!” she screamed. “Run for the cellar!” + +Toto jumped out of Dorothy’s arms and hid under the bed, and the girl +started to get him. Aunt Em, badly frightened, threw open the trap door +in the floor and climbed down the ladder into the small, dark hole. +Dorothy caught Toto at last and started to follow her aunt. When she +was halfway across the room there came a great shriek from the wind, +and the house shook so hard that she lost her footing and sat down +suddenly upon the floor. + +Then a strange thing happened. + +The house whirled around two or three times and rose slowly through the +air. Dorothy felt as if she were going up in a balloon. + +The north and south winds met where the house stood, and made it the +exact center of the cyclone. In the middle of a cyclone the air is +generally still, but the great pressure of the wind on every side of +the house raised it up higher and higher, until it was at the very top +of the cyclone; and there it remained and was carried miles and miles +away as easily as you could carry a feather. + +It was very dark, and the wind howled horribly around her, but Dorothy +found she was riding quite easily. After the first few whirls around, +and one other time when the house tipped badly, she felt as if she were +being rocked gently, like a baby in a cradle. + +Toto did not like it. He ran about the room, now here, now there, +barking loudly; but Dorothy sat quite still on the floor and waited to +see what would happen. + +Once Toto got too near the open trap door, and fell in; and at first +the little girl thought she had lost him. But soon she saw one of his +ears sticking up through the hole, for the strong pressure of the air +was keeping him up so that he could not fall. She crept to the hole, +caught Toto by the ear, and dragged him into the room again, afterward +closing the trap door so that no more accidents could happen. + +Hour after hour passed away, and slowly Dorothy got over her fright; +but she felt quite lonely, and the wind shrieked so loudly all about +her that she nearly became deaf. At first she had wondered if she would +be dashed to pieces when the house fell again; but as the hours passed +and nothing terrible happened, she stopped worrying and resolved to +wait calmly and see what the future would bring. At last she crawled +over the swaying floor to her bed, and lay down upon it; and Toto +followed and lay down beside her. + +In spite of the swaying of the house and the wailing of the wind, +Dorothy soon closed her eyes and fell fast asleep. + + + + +Chapter II +The Council with the Munchkins + + +She was awakened by a shock, so sudden and severe that if Dorothy had +not been lying on the soft bed she might have been hurt. As it was, the +jar made her catch her breath and wonder what had happened; and Toto +put his cold little nose into her face and whined dismally. Dorothy sat +up and noticed that the house was not moving; nor was it dark, for the +bright sunshine came in at the window, flooding the little room. She +sprang from her bed and with Toto at her heels ran and opened the door. + +The little girl gave a cry of amazement and looked about her, her eyes +growing bigger and bigger at the wonderful sights she saw. + +The cyclone had set the house down very gently—for a cyclone—in the +midst of a country of marvelous beauty. There were lovely patches of +greensward all about, with stately trees bearing rich and luscious +fruits. Banks of gorgeous flowers were on every hand, and birds with +rare and brilliant plumage sang and fluttered in the trees and bushes. +A little way off was a small brook, rushing and sparkling along between +green banks, and murmuring in a voice very grateful to a little girl +who had lived so long on the dry, gray prairies. + +While she stood looking eagerly at the strange and beautiful sights, +she noticed coming toward her a group of the queerest people she had +ever seen. They were not as big as the grown folk she had always been +used to; but neither were they very small. In fact, they seemed about +as tall as Dorothy, who was a well-grown child for her age, although +they were, so far as looks go, many years older. + +Three were men and one a woman, and all were oddly dressed. They wore +round hats that rose to a small point a foot above their heads, with +little bells around the brims that tinkled sweetly as they moved. The +hats of the men were blue; the little woman’s hat was white, and she +wore a white gown that hung in pleats from her shoulders. Over it were +sprinkled little stars that glistened in the sun like diamonds. The men +were dressed in blue, of the same shade as their hats, and wore +well-polished boots with a deep roll of blue at the tops. The men, +Dorothy thought, were about as old as Uncle Henry, for two of them had +beards. But the little woman was doubtless much older. Her face was +covered with wrinkles, her hair was nearly white, and she walked rather +stiffly. + +When these people drew near the house where Dorothy was standing in the +doorway, they paused and whispered among themselves, as if afraid to +come farther. But the little old woman walked up to Dorothy, made a low +bow and said, in a sweet voice: + +“You are welcome, most noble Sorceress, to the land of the Munchkins. +We are so grateful to you for having killed the Wicked Witch of the +East, and for setting our people free from bondage.” + +Dorothy listened to this speech with wonder. What could the little +woman possibly mean by calling her a sorceress, and saying she had +killed the Wicked Witch of the East? Dorothy was an innocent, harmless +little girl, who had been carried by a cyclone many miles from home; +and she had never killed anything in all her life. + +But the little woman evidently expected her to answer; so Dorothy said, +with hesitation, “You are very kind, but there must be some mistake. I +have not killed anything.” + +“Your house did, anyway,” replied the little old woman, with a laugh, +“and that is the same thing. See!” she continued, pointing to the +corner of the house. “There are her two feet, still sticking out from +under a block of wood.” + +Dorothy looked, and gave a little cry of fright. There, indeed, just +under the corner of the great beam the house rested on, two feet were +sticking out, shod in silver shoes with pointed toes. + +“Oh, dear! Oh, dear!” cried Dorothy, clasping her hands together in +dismay. “The house must have fallen on her. Whatever shall we do?” + +“There is nothing to be done,” said the little woman calmly. + +“But who was she?” asked Dorothy. + +“She was the Wicked Witch of the East, as I said,” answered the little +woman. “She has held all the Munchkins in bondage for many years, +making them slave for her night and day. Now they are all set free, and +are grateful to you for the favor.” + +“Who are the Munchkins?” inquired Dorothy. + +“They are the people who live in this land of the East where the Wicked +Witch ruled.” + +“Are you a Munchkin?” asked Dorothy. + +“No, but I am their friend, although I live in the land of the North. +When they saw the Witch of the East was dead the Munchkins sent a swift +messenger to me, and I came at once. I am the Witch of the North.” + +“Oh, gracious!” cried Dorothy. “Are you a real witch?” + +“Yes, indeed,” answered the little woman. “But I am a good witch, and +the people love me. I am not as powerful as the Wicked Witch was who +ruled here, or I should have set the people free myself.” + +“But I thought all witches were wicked,” said the girl, who was half +frightened at facing a real witch. “Oh, no, that is a great mistake. +There were only four witches in all the Land of Oz, and two of them, +those who live in the North and the South, are good witches. I know +this is true, for I am one of them myself, and cannot be mistaken. +Those who dwelt in the East and the West were, indeed, wicked witches; +but now that you have killed one of them, there is but one Wicked Witch +in all the Land of Oz—the one who lives in the West.” + +“But,” said Dorothy, after a moment’s thought, “Aunt Em has told me +that the witches were all dead—years and years ago.” + +“Who is Aunt Em?” inquired the little old woman. + +“She is my aunt who lives in Kansas, where I came from.” + +The Witch of the North seemed to think for a time, with her head bowed +and her eyes upon the ground. Then she looked up and said, “I do not +know where Kansas is, for I have never heard that country mentioned +before. But tell me, is it a civilized country?” + +“Oh, yes,” replied Dorothy. + +“Then that accounts for it. In the civilized countries I believe there +are no witches left, nor wizards, nor sorceresses, nor magicians. But, +you see, the Land of Oz has never been civilized, for we are cut off +from all the rest of the world. Therefore we still have witches and +wizards amongst us.” + +“Who are the wizards?” asked Dorothy. + +“Oz himself is the Great Wizard,” answered the Witch, sinking her voice +to a whisper. “He is more powerful than all the rest of us together. He +lives in the City of Emeralds.” + +Dorothy was going to ask another question, but just then the Munchkins, +who had been standing silently by, gave a loud shout and pointed to the +corner of the house where the Wicked Witch had been lying. + +“What is it?” asked the little old woman, and looked, and began to +laugh. The feet of the dead Witch had disappeared entirely, and nothing +was left but the silver shoes. + +“She was so old,” explained the Witch of the North, “that she dried up +quickly in the sun. That is the end of her. But the silver shoes are +yours, and you shall have them to wear.” She reached down and picked up +the shoes, and after shaking the dust out of them handed them to +Dorothy. + +“The Witch of the East was proud of those silver shoes,” said one of +the Munchkins, “and there is some charm connected with them; but what +it is we never knew.” + +Dorothy carried the shoes into the house and placed them on the table. +Then she came out again to the Munchkins and said: + +“I am anxious to get back to my aunt and uncle, for I am sure they will +worry about me. Can you help me find my way?” + +The Munchkins and the Witch first looked at one another, and then at +Dorothy, and then shook their heads. + +“At the East, not far from here,” said one, “there is a great desert, +and none could live to cross it.” + +“It is the same at the South,” said another, “for I have been there and +seen it. The South is the country of the Quadlings.” + +“I am told,” said the third man, “that it is the same at the West. And +that country, where the Winkies live, is ruled by the Wicked Witch of +the West, who would make you her slave if you passed her way.” + +“The North is my home,” said the old lady, “and at its edge is the same +great desert that surrounds this Land of Oz. I’m afraid, my dear, you +will have to live with us.” + +Dorothy began to sob at this, for she felt lonely among all these +strange people. Her tears seemed to grieve the kind-hearted Munchkins, +for they immediately took out their handkerchiefs and began to weep +also. As for the little old woman, she took off her cap and balanced +the point on the end of her nose, while she counted “One, two, three” +in a solemn voice. At once the cap changed to a slate, on which was +written in big, white chalk marks: + +“LET DOROTHY GO TO THE CITY OF EMERALDS” + + +The little old woman took the slate from her nose, and having read the +words on it, asked, “Is your name Dorothy, my dear?” + +“Yes,” answered the child, looking up and drying her tears. + +“Then you must go to the City of Emeralds. Perhaps Oz will help you.” + +“Where is this city?” asked Dorothy. + +“It is exactly in the center of the country, and is ruled by Oz, the +Great Wizard I told you of.” + +“Is he a good man?” inquired the girl anxiously. + +“He is a good Wizard. Whether he is a man or not I cannot tell, for I +have never seen him.” + +“How can I get there?” asked Dorothy. + +“You must walk. It is a long journey, through a country that is +sometimes pleasant and sometimes dark and terrible. However, I will use +all the magic arts I know of to keep you from harm.” + +“Won’t you go with me?” pleaded the girl, who had begun to look upon +the little old woman as her only friend. + +“No, I cannot do that,” she replied, “but I will give you my kiss, and +no one will dare injure a person who has been kissed by the Witch of +the North.” + +She came close to Dorothy and kissed her gently on the forehead. Where +her lips touched the girl they left a round, shining mark, as Dorothy +found out soon after. + +“The road to the City of Emeralds is paved with yellow brick,” said the +Witch, “so you cannot miss it. When you get to Oz do not be afraid of +him, but tell your story and ask him to help you. Good-bye, my dear.” + +The three Munchkins bowed low to her and wished her a pleasant journey, +after which they walked away through the trees. The Witch gave Dorothy +a friendly little nod, whirled around on her left heel three times, and +straightway disappeared, much to the surprise of little Toto, who +barked after her loudly enough when she had gone, because he had been +afraid even to growl while she stood by. + +But Dorothy, knowing her to be a witch, had expected her to disappear +in just that way, and was not surprised in the least. + + + + +Chapter III +How Dorothy Saved the Scarecrow + + +When Dorothy was left alone she began to feel hungry. So she went to +the cupboard and cut herself some bread, which she spread with butter. +She gave some to Toto, and taking a pail from the shelf she carried it +down to the little brook and filled it with clear, sparkling water. +Toto ran over to the trees and began to bark at the birds sitting +there. Dorothy went to get him, and saw such delicious fruit hanging +from the branches that she gathered some of it, finding it just what +she wanted to help out her breakfast. + +Then she went back to the house, and having helped herself and Toto to +a good drink of the cool, clear water, she set about making ready for +the journey to the City of Emeralds. + +Dorothy had only one other dress, but that happened to be clean and was +hanging on a peg beside her bed. It was gingham, with checks of white +and blue; and although the blue was somewhat faded with many washings, +it was still a pretty frock. The girl washed herself carefully, dressed +herself in the clean gingham, and tied her pink sunbonnet on her head. +She took a little basket and filled it with bread from the cupboard, +laying a white cloth over the top. Then she looked down at her feet and +noticed how old and worn her shoes were. + +“They surely will never do for a long journey, Toto,” she said. And +Toto looked up into her face with his little black eyes and wagged his +tail to show he knew what she meant. + +At that moment Dorothy saw lying on the table the silver shoes that had +belonged to the Witch of the East. + +“I wonder if they will fit me,” she said to Toto. “They would be just +the thing to take a long walk in, for they could not wear out.” + +She took off her old leather shoes and tried on the silver ones, which +fitted her as well as if they had been made for her. + +Finally she picked up her basket. + +“Come along, Toto,” she said. “We will go to the Emerald City and ask +the Great Oz how to get back to Kansas again.” + +She closed the door, locked it, and put the key carefully in the pocket +of her dress. And so, with Toto trotting along soberly behind her, she +started on her journey. + +There were several roads nearby, but it did not take her long to find +the one paved with yellow bricks. Within a short time she was walking +briskly toward the Emerald City, her silver shoes tinkling merrily on +the hard, yellow road-bed. The sun shone bright and the birds sang +sweetly, and Dorothy did not feel nearly so bad as you might think a +little girl would who had been suddenly whisked away from her own +country and set down in the midst of a strange land. + +She was surprised, as she walked along, to see how pretty the country +was about her. There were neat fences at the sides of the road, painted +a dainty blue color, and beyond them were fields of grain and +vegetables in abundance. Evidently the Munchkins were good farmers and +able to raise large crops. Once in a while she would pass a house, and +the people came out to look at her and bow low as she went by; for +everyone knew she had been the means of destroying the Wicked Witch and +setting them free from bondage. The houses of the Munchkins were +odd-looking dwellings, for each was round, with a big dome for a roof. +All were painted blue, for in this country of the East blue was the +favorite color. + +Toward evening, when Dorothy was tired with her long walk and began to +wonder where she should pass the night, she came to a house rather +larger than the rest. On the green lawn before it many men and women +were dancing. Five little fiddlers played as loudly as possible, and +the people were laughing and singing, while a big table near by was +loaded with delicious fruits and nuts, pies and cakes, and many other +good things to eat. + +The people greeted Dorothy kindly, and invited her to supper and to +pass the night with them; for this was the home of one of the richest +Munchkins in the land, and his friends were gathered with him to +celebrate their freedom from the bondage of the Wicked Witch. + +Dorothy ate a hearty supper and was waited upon by the rich Munchkin +himself, whose name was Boq. Then she sat upon a settee and watched the +people dance. + +When Boq saw her silver shoes he said, “You must be a great sorceress.” + +“Why?” asked the girl. + +“Because you wear silver shoes and have killed the Wicked Witch. +Besides, you have white in your frock, and only witches and sorceresses +wear white.” + +“My dress is blue and white checked,” said Dorothy, smoothing out the +wrinkles in it. + +“It is kind of you to wear that,” said Boq. “Blue is the color of the +Munchkins, and white is the witch color. So we know you are a friendly +witch.” + +Dorothy did not know what to say to this, for all the people seemed to +think her a witch, and she knew very well she was only an ordinary +little girl who had come by the chance of a cyclone into a strange +land. + +When she had tired watching the dancing, Boq led her into the house, +where he gave her a room with a pretty bed in it. The sheets were made +of blue cloth, and Dorothy slept soundly in them till morning, with +Toto curled up on the blue rug beside her. + +She ate a hearty breakfast, and watched a wee Munchkin baby, who played +with Toto and pulled his tail and crowed and laughed in a way that +greatly amused Dorothy. Toto was a fine curiosity to all the people, +for they had never seen a dog before. + +“How far is it to the Emerald City?” the girl asked. + +“I do not know,” answered Boq gravely, “for I have never been there. It +is better for people to keep away from Oz, unless they have business +with him. But it is a long way to the Emerald City, and it will take +you many days. The country here is rich and pleasant, but you must pass +through rough and dangerous places before you reach the end of your +journey.” + +This worried Dorothy a little, but she knew that only the Great Oz +could help her get to Kansas again, so she bravely resolved not to turn +back. + +She bade her friends good-bye, and again started along the road of +yellow brick. When she had gone several miles she thought she would +stop to rest, and so climbed to the top of the fence beside the road +and sat down. There was a great cornfield beyond the fence, and not far +away she saw a Scarecrow, placed high on a pole to keep the birds from +the ripe corn. + +Dorothy leaned her chin upon her hand and gazed thoughtfully at the +Scarecrow. Its head was a small sack stuffed with straw, with eyes, +nose, and mouth painted on it to represent a face. An old, pointed blue +hat, that had belonged to some Munchkin, was perched on his head, and +the rest of the figure was a blue suit of clothes, worn and faded, +which had also been stuffed with straw. On the feet were some old boots +with blue tops, such as every man wore in this country, and the figure +was raised above the stalks of corn by means of the pole stuck up its +back. + +While Dorothy was looking earnestly into the queer, painted face of the +Scarecrow, she was surprised to see one of the eyes slowly wink at her. +She thought she must have been mistaken at first, for none of the +scarecrows in Kansas ever wink; but presently the figure nodded its +head to her in a friendly way. Then she climbed down from the fence and +walked up to it, while Toto ran around the pole and barked. + +“Good day,” said the Scarecrow, in a rather husky voice. + +“Did you speak?” asked the girl, in wonder. + +“Certainly,” answered the Scarecrow. “How do you do?” + +“I’m pretty well, thank you,” replied Dorothy politely. “How do you +do?” + +“I’m not feeling well,” said the Scarecrow, with a smile, “for it is +very tedious being perched up here night and day to scare away crows.” + +“Can’t you get down?” asked Dorothy. + +“No, for this pole is stuck up my back. If you will please take away +the pole I shall be greatly obliged to you.” + +Dorothy reached up both arms and lifted the figure off the pole, for, +being stuffed with straw, it was quite light. + +“Thank you very much,” said the Scarecrow, when he had been set down on +the ground. “I feel like a new man.” + +Dorothy was puzzled at this, for it sounded queer to hear a stuffed man +speak, and to see him bow and walk along beside her. + +“Who are you?” asked the Scarecrow when he had stretched himself and +yawned. “And where are you going?” + +“My name is Dorothy,” said the girl, “and I am going to the Emerald +City, to ask the Great Oz to send me back to Kansas.” + +“Where is the Emerald City?” he inquired. “And who is Oz?” + +“Why, don’t you know?” she returned, in surprise. + +“No, indeed. I don’t know anything. You see, I am stuffed, so I have no +brains at all,” he answered sadly. + +“Oh,” said Dorothy, “I’m awfully sorry for you.” + +“Do you think,” he asked, “if I go to the Emerald City with you, that +Oz would give me some brains?” + +“I cannot tell,” she returned, “but you may come with me, if you like. +If Oz will not give you any brains you will be no worse off than you +are now.” + +“That is true,” said the Scarecrow. “You see,” he continued +confidentially, “I don’t mind my legs and arms and body being stuffed, +because I cannot get hurt. If anyone treads on my toes or sticks a pin +into me, it doesn’t matter, for I can’t feel it. But I do not want +people to call me a fool, and if my head stays stuffed with straw +instead of with brains, as yours is, how am I ever to know anything?” + +“I understand how you feel,” said the little girl, who was truly sorry +for him. “If you will come with me I’ll ask Oz to do all he can for +you.” + +“Thank you,” he answered gratefully. + +They walked back to the road. Dorothy helped him over the fence, and +they started along the path of yellow brick for the Emerald City. + +Toto did not like this addition to the party at first. He smelled +around the stuffed man as if he suspected there might be a nest of rats +in the straw, and he often growled in an unfriendly way at the +Scarecrow. + +“Don’t mind Toto,” said Dorothy to her new friend. “He never bites.” + +“Oh, I’m not afraid,” replied the Scarecrow. “He can’t hurt the straw. +Do let me carry that basket for you. I shall not mind it, for I can’t +get tired. I’ll tell you a secret,” he continued, as he walked along. +“There is only one thing in the world I am afraid of.” + +“What is that?” asked Dorothy; “the Munchkin farmer who made you?” + +“No,” answered the Scarecrow; “it’s a lighted match.” + + + + +Chapter IV +The Road Through the Forest + + +After a few hours the road began to be rough, and the walking grew so +difficult that the Scarecrow often stumbled over the yellow bricks, +which were here very uneven. Sometimes, indeed, they were broken or +missing altogether, leaving holes that Toto jumped across and Dorothy +walked around. As for the Scarecrow, having no brains, he walked +straight ahead, and so stepped into the holes and fell at full length +on the hard bricks. It never hurt him, however, and Dorothy would pick +him up and set him upon his feet again, while he joined her in laughing +merrily at his own mishap. + +The farms were not nearly so well cared for here as they were farther +back. There were fewer houses and fewer fruit trees, and the farther +they went the more dismal and lonesome the country became. + +At noon they sat down by the roadside, near a little brook, and Dorothy +opened her basket and got out some bread. She offered a piece to the +Scarecrow, but he refused. + +“I am never hungry,” he said, “and it is a lucky thing I am not, for my +mouth is only painted, and if I should cut a hole in it so I could eat, +the straw I am stuffed with would come out, and that would spoil the +shape of my head.” + +Dorothy saw at once that this was true, so she only nodded and went on +eating her bread. + +“Tell me something about yourself and the country you came from,” said +the Scarecrow, when she had finished her dinner. So she told him all +about Kansas, and how gray everything was there, and how the cyclone +had carried her to this queer Land of Oz. + +The Scarecrow listened carefully, and said, “I cannot understand why +you should wish to leave this beautiful country and go back to the dry, +gray place you call Kansas.” + +“That is because you have no brains” answered the girl. “No matter how +dreary and gray our homes are, we people of flesh and blood would +rather live there than in any other country, be it ever so beautiful. +There is no place like home.” + +The Scarecrow sighed. + +“Of course I cannot understand it,” he said. “If your heads were +stuffed with straw, like mine, you would probably all live in the +beautiful places, and then Kansas would have no people at all. It is +fortunate for Kansas that you have brains.” + +“Won’t you tell me a story, while we are resting?” asked the child. + +The Scarecrow looked at her reproachfully, and answered: + +“My life has been so short that I really know nothing whatever. I was +only made day before yesterday. What happened in the world before that +time is all unknown to me. Luckily, when the farmer made my head, one +of the first things he did was to paint my ears, so that I heard what +was going on. There was another Munchkin with him, and the first thing +I heard was the farmer saying, ‘How do you like those ears?’ + +“‘They aren’t straight,’” answered the other. + +“‘Never mind,’” said the farmer. “‘They are ears just the same,’” which +was true enough. + +“‘Now I’ll make the eyes,’” said the farmer. So he painted my right +eye, and as soon as it was finished I found myself looking at him and +at everything around me with a great deal of curiosity, for this was my +first glimpse of the world. + +“‘That’s a rather pretty eye,’” remarked the Munchkin who was watching +the farmer. “‘Blue paint is just the color for eyes.’ + +“‘I think I’ll make the other a little bigger,’” said the farmer. And +when the second eye was done I could see much better than before. Then +he made my nose and my mouth. But I did not speak, because at that time +I didn’t know what a mouth was for. I had the fun of watching them make +my body and my arms and legs; and when they fastened on my head, at +last, I felt very proud, for I thought I was just as good a man as +anyone. + +“‘This fellow will scare the crows fast enough,’ said the farmer. ‘He +looks just like a man.’ + +“‘Why, he is a man,’ said the other, and I quite agreed with him. The +farmer carried me under his arm to the cornfield, and set me up on a +tall stick, where you found me. He and his friend soon after walked +away and left me alone. + +“I did not like to be deserted this way. So I tried to walk after them. +But my feet would not touch the ground, and I was forced to stay on +that pole. It was a lonely life to lead, for I had nothing to think of, +having been made such a little while before. Many crows and other birds +flew into the cornfield, but as soon as they saw me they flew away +again, thinking I was a Munchkin; and this pleased me and made me feel +that I was quite an important person. By and by an old crow flew near +me, and after looking at me carefully he perched upon my shoulder and +said: + +“‘I wonder if that farmer thought to fool me in this clumsy manner. Any +crow of sense could see that you are only stuffed with straw.’ Then he +hopped down at my feet and ate all the corn he wanted. The other birds, +seeing he was not harmed by me, came to eat the corn too, so in a short +time there was a great flock of them about me. + +“I felt sad at this, for it showed I was not such a good Scarecrow +after all; but the old crow comforted me, saying, ‘If you only had +brains in your head you would be as good a man as any of them, and a +better man than some of them. Brains are the only things worth having +in this world, no matter whether one is a crow or a man.’ + +“After the crows had gone I thought this over, and decided I would try +hard to get some brains. By good luck you came along and pulled me off +the stake, and from what you say I am sure the Great Oz will give me +brains as soon as we get to the Emerald City.” + +“I hope so,” said Dorothy earnestly, “since you seem anxious to have +them.” + +“Oh, yes; I am anxious,” returned the Scarecrow. “It is such an +uncomfortable feeling to know one is a fool.” + +“Well,” said the girl, “let us go.” And she handed the basket to the +Scarecrow. + +There were no fences at all by the roadside now, and the land was rough +and untilled. Toward evening they came to a great forest, where the +trees grew so big and close together that their branches met over the +road of yellow brick. It was almost dark under the trees, for the +branches shut out the daylight; but the travelers did not stop, and +went on into the forest. + +“If this road goes in, it must come out,” said the Scarecrow, “and as +the Emerald City is at the other end of the road, we must go wherever +it leads us.” + +“Anyone would know that,” said Dorothy. + +“Certainly; that is why I know it,” returned the Scarecrow. “If it +required brains to figure it out, I never should have said it.” + +After an hour or so the light faded away, and they found themselves +stumbling along in the darkness. Dorothy could not see at all, but Toto +could, for some dogs see very well in the dark; and the Scarecrow +declared he could see as well as by day. So she took hold of his arm +and managed to get along fairly well. + +“If you see any house, or any place where we can pass the night,” she +said, “you must tell me; for it is very uncomfortable walking in the +dark.” + +Soon after the Scarecrow stopped. + +“I see a little cottage at the right of us,” he said, “built of logs +and branches. Shall we go there?” + +“Yes, indeed,” answered the child. “I am all tired out.” + +So the Scarecrow led her through the trees until they reached the +cottage, and Dorothy entered and found a bed of dried leaves in one +corner. She lay down at once, and with Toto beside her soon fell into a +sound sleep. The Scarecrow, who was never tired, stood up in another +corner and waited patiently until morning came. + + + + +Chapter V +The Rescue of the Tin Woodman + + +When Dorothy awoke the sun was shining through the trees and Toto had +long been out chasing birds around him and squirrels. She sat up and +looked around her. There was the Scarecrow, still standing patiently in +his corner, waiting for her. + +“We must go and search for water,” she said to him. + +“Why do you want water?” he asked. + +“To wash my face clean after the dust of the road, and to drink, so the +dry bread will not stick in my throat.” + +“It must be inconvenient to be made of flesh,” said the Scarecrow +thoughtfully, “for you must sleep, and eat and drink. However, you have +brains, and it is worth a lot of bother to be able to think properly.” + +They left the cottage and walked through the trees until they found a +little spring of clear water, where Dorothy drank and bathed and ate +her breakfast. She saw there was not much bread left in the basket, and +the girl was thankful the Scarecrow did not have to eat anything, for +there was scarcely enough for herself and Toto for the day. + +When she had finished her meal, and was about to go back to the road of +yellow brick, she was startled to hear a deep groan near by. + +“What was that?” she asked timidly. + +“I cannot imagine,” replied the Scarecrow; “but we can go and see.” + +Just then another groan reached their ears, and the sound seemed to +come from behind them. They turned and walked through the forest a few +steps, when Dorothy discovered something shining in a ray of sunshine +that fell between the trees. She ran to the place and then stopped +short, with a little cry of surprise. + +One of the big trees had been partly chopped through, and standing +beside it, with an uplifted axe in his hands, was a man made entirely +of tin. His head and arms and legs were jointed upon his body, but he +stood perfectly motionless, as if he could not stir at all. + +Dorothy looked at him in amazement, and so did the Scarecrow, while +Toto barked sharply and made a snap at the tin legs, which hurt his +teeth. + +“Did you groan?” asked Dorothy. + +“Yes,” answered the tin man, “I did. I’ve been groaning for more than a +year, and no one has ever heard me before or come to help me.” + +“What can I do for you?” she inquired softly, for she was moved by the +sad voice in which the man spoke. + +“Get an oil-can and oil my joints,” he answered. “They are rusted so +badly that I cannot move them at all; if I am well oiled I shall soon +be all right again. You will find an oil-can on a shelf in my cottage.” + +Dorothy at once ran back to the cottage and found the oil-can, and then +she returned and asked anxiously, “Where are your joints?” + +“Oil my neck, first,” replied the Tin Woodman. So she oiled it, and as +it was quite badly rusted the Scarecrow took hold of the tin head and +moved it gently from side to side until it worked freely, and then the +man could turn it himself. + +“Now oil the joints in my arms,” he said. And Dorothy oiled them and +the Scarecrow bent them carefully until they were quite free from rust +and as good as new. + +The Tin Woodman gave a sigh of satisfaction and lowered his axe, which +he leaned against the tree. + +“This is a great comfort,” he said. “I have been holding that axe in +the air ever since I rusted, and I’m glad to be able to put it down at +last. Now, if you will oil the joints of my legs, I shall be all right +once more.” + +So they oiled his legs until he could move them freely; and he thanked +them again and again for his release, for he seemed a very polite +creature, and very grateful. + +“I might have stood there always if you had not come along,” he said; +“so you have certainly saved my life. How did you happen to be here?” + +“We are on our way to the Emerald City to see the Great Oz,” she +answered, “and we stopped at your cottage to pass the night.” + +“Why do you wish to see Oz?” he asked. + +“I want him to send me back to Kansas, and the Scarecrow wants him to +put a few brains into his head,” she replied. + +The Tin Woodman appeared to think deeply for a moment. Then he said: + +“Do you suppose Oz could give me a heart?” + +“Why, I guess so,” Dorothy answered. “It would be as easy as to give +the Scarecrow brains.” + +“True,” the Tin Woodman returned. “So, if you will allow me to join +your party, I will also go to the Emerald City and ask Oz to help me.” + +“Come along,” said the Scarecrow heartily, and Dorothy added that she +would be pleased to have his company. So the Tin Woodman shouldered his +axe and they all passed through the forest until they came to the road +that was paved with yellow brick. + +The Tin Woodman had asked Dorothy to put the oil-can in her basket. +“For,” he said, “if I should get caught in the rain, and rust again, I +would need the oil-can badly.” + +It was a bit of good luck to have their new comrade join the party, for +soon after they had begun their journey again they came to a place +where the trees and branches grew so thick over the road that the +travelers could not pass. But the Tin Woodman set to work with his axe +and chopped so well that soon he cleared a passage for the entire +party. + +Dorothy was thinking so earnestly as they walked along that she did not +notice when the Scarecrow stumbled into a hole and rolled over to the +side of the road. Indeed he was obliged to call to her to help him up +again. + +“Why didn’t you walk around the hole?” asked the Tin Woodman. + +“I don’t know enough,” replied the Scarecrow cheerfully. “My head is +stuffed with straw, you know, and that is why I am going to Oz to ask +him for some brains.” + +“Oh, I see,” said the Tin Woodman. “But, after all, brains are not the +best things in the world.” + +“Have you any?” inquired the Scarecrow. + +“No, my head is quite empty,” answered the Woodman. “But once I had +brains, and a heart also; so, having tried them both, I should much +rather have a heart.” + +“And why is that?” asked the Scarecrow. + +“I will tell you my story, and then you will know.” + +So, while they were walking through the forest, the Tin Woodman told +the following story: + +“I was born the son of a woodman who chopped down trees in the forest +and sold the wood for a living. When I grew up, I too became a +woodchopper, and after my father died I took care of my old mother as +long as she lived. Then I made up my mind that instead of living alone +I would marry, so that I might not become lonely. + +“There was one of the Munchkin girls who was so beautiful that I soon +grew to love her with all my heart. She, on her part, promised to marry +me as soon as I could earn enough money to build a better house for +her; so I set to work harder than ever. But the girl lived with an old +woman who did not want her to marry anyone, for she was so lazy she +wished the girl to remain with her and do the cooking and the +housework. So the old woman went to the Wicked Witch of the East, and +promised her two sheep and a cow if she would prevent the marriage. +Thereupon the Wicked Witch enchanted my axe, and when I was chopping +away at my best one day, for I was anxious to get the new house and my +wife as soon as possible, the axe slipped all at once and cut off my +left leg. + +“This at first seemed a great misfortune, for I knew a one-legged man +could not do very well as a wood-chopper. So I went to a tinsmith and +had him make me a new leg out of tin. The leg worked very well, once I +was used to it. But my action angered the Wicked Witch of the East, for +she had promised the old woman I should not marry the pretty Munchkin +girl. When I began chopping again, my axe slipped and cut off my right +leg. Again I went to the tinsmith, and again he made me a leg out of +tin. After this the enchanted axe cut off my arms, one after the other; +but, nothing daunted, I had them replaced with tin ones. The Wicked +Witch then made the axe slip and cut off my head, and at first I +thought that was the end of me. But the tinsmith happened to come +along, and he made me a new head out of tin. + +“I thought I had beaten the Wicked Witch then, and I worked harder than +ever; but I little knew how cruel my enemy could be. She thought of a +new way to kill my love for the beautiful Munchkin maiden, and made my +axe slip again, so that it cut right through my body, splitting me into +two halves. Once more the tinsmith came to my help and made me a body +of tin, fastening my tin arms and legs and head to it, by means of +joints, so that I could move around as well as ever. But, alas! I had +now no heart, so that I lost all my love for the Munchkin girl, and did +not care whether I married her or not. I suppose she is still living +with the old woman, waiting for me to come after her. + +“My body shone so brightly in the sun that I felt very proud of it and +it did not matter now if my axe slipped, for it could not cut me. There +was only one danger—that my joints would rust; but I kept an oil-can in +my cottage and took care to oil myself whenever I needed it. However, +there came a day when I forgot to do this, and, being caught in a +rainstorm, before I thought of the danger my joints had rusted, and I +was left to stand in the woods until you came to help me. It was a +terrible thing to undergo, but during the year I stood there I had time +to think that the greatest loss I had known was the loss of my heart. +While I was in love I was the happiest man on earth; but no one can +love who has not a heart, and so I am resolved to ask Oz to give me +one. If he does, I will go back to the Munchkin maiden and marry her.” + +Both Dorothy and the Scarecrow had been greatly interested in the story +of the Tin Woodman, and now they knew why he was so anxious to get a +new heart. + +“All the same,” said the Scarecrow, “I shall ask for brains instead of +a heart; for a fool would not know what to do with a heart if he had +one.” + +“I shall take the heart,” returned the Tin Woodman; “for brains do not +make one happy, and happiness is the best thing in the world.” + +Dorothy did not say anything, for she was puzzled to know which of her +two friends was right, and she decided if she could only get back to +Kansas and Aunt Em, it did not matter so much whether the Woodman had +no brains and the Scarecrow no heart, or each got what he wanted. + +What worried her most was that the bread was nearly gone, and another +meal for herself and Toto would empty the basket. To be sure, neither +the Woodman nor the Scarecrow ever ate anything, but she was not made +of tin nor straw, and could not live unless she was fed. + + + + +Chapter VI +The Cowardly Lion + + +All this time Dorothy and her companions had been walking through the +thick woods. The road was still paved with yellow brick, but these were +much covered by dried branches and dead leaves from the trees, and the +walking was not at all good. + +There were few birds in this part of the forest, for birds love the +open country where there is plenty of sunshine. But now and then there +came a deep growl from some wild animal hidden among the trees. These +sounds made the little girl’s heart beat fast, for she did not know +what made them; but Toto knew, and he walked close to Dorothy’s side, +and did not even bark in return. + +“How long will it be,” the child asked of the Tin Woodman, “before we +are out of the forest?” + +“I cannot tell,” was the answer, “for I have never been to the Emerald +City. But my father went there once, when I was a boy, and he said it +was a long journey through a dangerous country, although nearer to the +city where Oz dwells the country is beautiful. But I am not afraid so +long as I have my oil-can, and nothing can hurt the Scarecrow, while +you bear upon your forehead the mark of the Good Witch’s kiss, and that +will protect you from harm.” + +“But Toto!” said the girl anxiously. “What will protect him?” + +“We must protect him ourselves if he is in danger,” replied the Tin +Woodman. + +Just as he spoke there came from the forest a terrible roar, and the +next moment a great Lion bounded into the road. With one blow of his +paw he sent the Scarecrow spinning over and over to the edge of the +road, and then he struck at the Tin Woodman with his sharp claws. But, +to the Lion’s surprise, he could make no impression on the tin, +although the Woodman fell over in the road and lay still. + +Little Toto, now that he had an enemy to face, ran barking toward the +Lion, and the great beast had opened his mouth to bite the dog, when +Dorothy, fearing Toto would be killed, and heedless of danger, rushed +forward and slapped the Lion upon his nose as hard as she could, while +she cried out: + +“Don’t you dare to bite Toto! You ought to be ashamed of yourself, a +big beast like you, to bite a poor little dog!” + +“I didn’t bite him,” said the Lion, as he rubbed his nose with his paw +where Dorothy had hit it. + +“No, but you tried to,” she retorted. “You are nothing but a big +coward.” + +“I know it,” said the Lion, hanging his head in shame. “I’ve always +known it. But how can I help it?” + +“I don’t know, I’m sure. To think of your striking a stuffed man, like +the poor Scarecrow!” + +“Is he stuffed?” asked the Lion in surprise, as he watched her pick up +the Scarecrow and set him upon his feet, while she patted him into +shape again. + +“Of course he’s stuffed,” replied Dorothy, who was still angry. + +“That’s why he went over so easily,” remarked the Lion. “It astonished +me to see him whirl around so. Is the other one stuffed also?” + +“No,” said Dorothy, “he’s made of tin.” And she helped the Woodman up +again. + +“That’s why he nearly blunted my claws,” said the Lion. “When they +scratched against the tin it made a cold shiver run down my back. What +is that little animal you are so tender of?” + +“He is my dog, Toto,” answered Dorothy. + +“Is he made of tin, or stuffed?” asked the Lion. + +“Neither. He’s a—a—a meat dog,” said the girl. + +“Oh! He’s a curious animal and seems remarkably small, now that I look +at him. No one would think of biting such a little thing, except a +coward like me,” continued the Lion sadly. + +“What makes you a coward?” asked Dorothy, looking at the great beast in +wonder, for he was as big as a small horse. + +“It’s a mystery,” replied the Lion. “I suppose I was born that way. All +the other animals in the forest naturally expect me to be brave, for +the Lion is everywhere thought to be the King of Beasts. I learned that +if I roared very loudly every living thing was frightened and got out +of my way. Whenever I’ve met a man I’ve been awfully scared; but I just +roared at him, and he has always run away as fast as he could go. If +the elephants and the tigers and the bears had ever tried to fight me, +I should have run myself—I’m such a coward; but just as soon as they +hear me roar they all try to get away from me, and of course I let them +go.” + +“But that isn’t right. The King of Beasts shouldn’t be a coward,” said +the Scarecrow. + +“I know it,” returned the Lion, wiping a tear from his eye with the tip +of his tail. “It is my great sorrow, and makes my life very unhappy. +But whenever there is danger, my heart begins to beat fast.” + +“Perhaps you have heart disease,” said the Tin Woodman. + +“It may be,” said the Lion. + +“If you have,” continued the Tin Woodman, “you ought to be glad, for it +proves you have a heart. For my part, I have no heart; so I cannot have +heart disease.” + +“Perhaps,” said the Lion thoughtfully, “if I had no heart I should not +be a coward.” + +“Have you brains?” asked the Scarecrow. + +“I suppose so. I’ve never looked to see,” replied the Lion. + +“I am going to the Great Oz to ask him to give me some,” remarked the +Scarecrow, “for my head is stuffed with straw.” + +“And I am going to ask him to give me a heart,” said the Woodman. + +“And I am going to ask him to send Toto and me back to Kansas,” added +Dorothy. + +“Do you think Oz could give me courage?” asked the Cowardly Lion. + +“Just as easily as he could give me brains,” said the Scarecrow. + +“Or give me a heart,” said the Tin Woodman. + +“Or send me back to Kansas,” said Dorothy. + +“Then, if you don’t mind, I’ll go with you,” said the Lion, “for my +life is simply unbearable without a bit of courage.” + +“You will be very welcome,” answered Dorothy, “for you will help to +keep away the other wild beasts. It seems to me they must be more +cowardly than you are if they allow you to scare them so easily.” + +“They really are,” said the Lion, “but that doesn’t make me any braver, +and as long as I know myself to be a coward I shall be unhappy.” + +So once more the little company set off upon the journey, the Lion +walking with stately strides at Dorothy’s side. Toto did not approve of +this new comrade at first, for he could not forget how nearly he had +been crushed between the Lion’s great jaws. But after a time he became +more at ease, and presently Toto and the Cowardly Lion had grown to be +good friends. + +During the rest of that day there was no other adventure to mar the +peace of their journey. Once, indeed, the Tin Woodman stepped upon a +beetle that was crawling along the road, and killed the poor little +thing. This made the Tin Woodman very unhappy, for he was always +careful not to hurt any living creature; and as he walked along he wept +several tears of sorrow and regret. These tears ran slowly down his +face and over the hinges of his jaw, and there they rusted. When +Dorothy presently asked him a question the Tin Woodman could not open +his mouth, for his jaws were tightly rusted together. He became greatly +frightened at this and made many motions to Dorothy to relieve him, but +she could not understand. The Lion was also puzzled to know what was +wrong. But the Scarecrow seized the oil-can from Dorothy’s basket and +oiled the Woodman’s jaws, so that after a few moments he could talk as +well as before. + +“This will serve me a lesson,” said he, “to look where I step. For if I +should kill another bug or beetle I should surely cry again, and crying +rusts my jaws so that I cannot speak.” + +Thereafter he walked very carefully, with his eyes on the road, and +when he saw a tiny ant toiling by he would step over it, so as not to +harm it. The Tin Woodman knew very well he had no heart, and therefore +he took great care never to be cruel or unkind to anything. + +“You people with hearts,” he said, “have something to guide you, and +need never do wrong; but I have no heart, and so I must be very +careful. When Oz gives me a heart of course I needn’t mind so much.” + + + + +Chapter VII +The Journey to the Great Oz + + +They were obliged to camp out that night under a large tree in the +forest, for there were no houses near. The tree made a good, thick +covering to protect them from the dew, and the Tin Woodman chopped a +great pile of wood with his axe and Dorothy built a splendid fire that +warmed her and made her feel less lonely. She and Toto ate the last of +their bread, and now she did not know what they would do for breakfast. + +“If you wish,” said the Lion, “I will go into the forest and kill a +deer for you. You can roast it by the fire, since your tastes are so +peculiar that you prefer cooked food, and then you will have a very +good breakfast.” + +“Don’t! Please don’t,” begged the Tin Woodman. “I should certainly weep +if you killed a poor deer, and then my jaws would rust again.” + +But the Lion went away into the forest and found his own supper, and no +one ever knew what it was, for he didn’t mention it. And the Scarecrow +found a tree full of nuts and filled Dorothy’s basket with them, so +that she would not be hungry for a long time. She thought this was very +kind and thoughtful of the Scarecrow, but she laughed heartily at the +awkward way in which the poor creature picked up the nuts. His padded +hands were so clumsy and the nuts were so small that he dropped almost +as many as he put in the basket. But the Scarecrow did not mind how +long it took him to fill the basket, for it enabled him to keep away +from the fire, as he feared a spark might get into his straw and burn +him up. So he kept a good distance away from the flames, and only came +near to cover Dorothy with dry leaves when she lay down to sleep. These +kept her very snug and warm, and she slept soundly until morning. + +When it was daylight, the girl bathed her face in a little rippling +brook, and soon after they all started toward the Emerald City. + +This was to be an eventful day for the travelers. They had hardly been +walking an hour when they saw before them a great ditch that crossed +the road and divided the forest as far as they could see on either +side. It was a very wide ditch, and when they crept up to the edge and +looked into it they could see it was also very deep, and there were +many big, jagged rocks at the bottom. The sides were so steep that none +of them could climb down, and for a moment it seemed that their journey +must end. + +“What shall we do?” asked Dorothy despairingly. + +“I haven’t the faintest idea,” said the Tin Woodman, and the Lion shook +his shaggy mane and looked thoughtful. + +But the Scarecrow said, “We cannot fly, that is certain. Neither can we +climb down into this great ditch. Therefore, if we cannot jump over it, +we must stop where we are.” + +“I think I could jump over it,” said the Cowardly Lion, after measuring +the distance carefully in his mind. + +“Then we are all right,” answered the Scarecrow, “for you can carry us +all over on your back, one at a time.” + +“Well, I’ll try it,” said the Lion. “Who will go first?” + +“I will,” declared the Scarecrow, “for, if you found that you could not +jump over the gulf, Dorothy would be killed, or the Tin Woodman badly +dented on the rocks below. But if I am on your back it will not matter +so much, for the fall would not hurt me at all.” + +“I am terribly afraid of falling, myself,” said the Cowardly Lion, “but +I suppose there is nothing to do but try it. So get on my back and we +will make the attempt.” + +The Scarecrow sat upon the Lion’s back, and the big beast walked to the +edge of the gulf and crouched down. + +“Why don’t you run and jump?” asked the Scarecrow. + +“Because that isn’t the way we Lions do these things,” he replied. Then +giving a great spring, he shot through the air and landed safely on the +other side. They were all greatly pleased to see how easily he did it, +and after the Scarecrow had got down from his back the Lion sprang +across the ditch again. + +Dorothy thought she would go next; so she took Toto in her arms and +climbed on the Lion’s back, holding tightly to his mane with one hand. +The next moment it seemed as if she were flying through the air; and +then, before she had time to think about it, she was safe on the other +side. The Lion went back a third time and got the Tin Woodman, and then +they all sat down for a few moments to give the beast a chance to rest, +for his great leaps had made his breath short, and he panted like a big +dog that has been running too long. + +They found the forest very thick on this side, and it looked dark and +gloomy. After the Lion had rested they started along the road of yellow +brick, silently wondering, each in his own mind, if ever they would +come to the end of the woods and reach the bright sunshine again. To +add to their discomfort, they soon heard strange noises in the depths +of the forest, and the Lion whispered to them that it was in this part +of the country that the Kalidahs lived. + +“What are the Kalidahs?” asked the girl. + +“They are monstrous beasts with bodies like bears and heads like +tigers,” replied the Lion, “and with claws so long and sharp that they +could tear me in two as easily as I could kill Toto. I’m terribly +afraid of the Kalidahs.” + +“I’m not surprised that you are,” returned Dorothy. “They must be +dreadful beasts.” + +The Lion was about to reply when suddenly they came to another gulf +across the road. But this one was so broad and deep that the Lion knew +at once he could not leap across it. + +So they sat down to consider what they should do, and after serious +thought the Scarecrow said: + +“Here is a great tree, standing close to the ditch. If the Tin Woodman +can chop it down, so that it will fall to the other side, we can walk +across it easily.” + +“That is a first-rate idea,” said the Lion. “One would almost suspect +you had brains in your head, instead of straw.” + +The Woodman set to work at once, and so sharp was his axe that the tree +was soon chopped nearly through. Then the Lion put his strong front +legs against the tree and pushed with all his might, and slowly the big +tree tipped and fell with a crash across the ditch, with its top +branches on the other side. + +They had just started to cross this queer bridge when a sharp growl +made them all look up, and to their horror they saw running toward them +two great beasts with bodies like bears and heads like tigers. + +“They are the Kalidahs!” said the Cowardly Lion, beginning to tremble. + +“Quick!” cried the Scarecrow. “Let us cross over.” + +So Dorothy went first, holding Toto in her arms, the Tin Woodman +followed, and the Scarecrow came next. The Lion, although he was +certainly afraid, turned to face the Kalidahs, and then he gave so loud +and terrible a roar that Dorothy screamed and the Scarecrow fell over +backward, while even the fierce beasts stopped short and looked at him +in surprise. + +But, seeing they were bigger than the Lion, and remembering that there +were two of them and only one of him, the Kalidahs again rushed +forward, and the Lion crossed over the tree and turned to see what they +would do next. Without stopping an instant the fierce beasts also began +to cross the tree. And the Lion said to Dorothy: + +“We are lost, for they will surely tear us to pieces with their sharp +claws. But stand close behind me, and I will fight them as long as I am +alive.” + +“Wait a minute!” called the Scarecrow. He had been thinking what was +best to be done, and now he asked the Woodman to chop away the end of +the tree that rested on their side of the ditch. The Tin Woodman began +to use his axe at once, and, just as the two Kalidahs were nearly +across, the tree fell with a crash into the gulf, carrying the ugly, +snarling brutes with it, and both were dashed to pieces on the sharp +rocks at the bottom. + +“Well,” said the Cowardly Lion, drawing a long breath of relief, “I see +we are going to live a little while longer, and I am glad of it, for it +must be a very uncomfortable thing not to be alive. Those creatures +frightened me so badly that my heart is beating yet.” + +“Ah,” said the Tin Woodman sadly, “I wish I had a heart to beat.” + +This adventure made the travelers more anxious than ever to get out of +the forest, and they walked so fast that Dorothy became tired, and had +to ride on the Lion’s back. To their great joy the trees became thinner +the farther they advanced, and in the afternoon they suddenly came upon +a broad river, flowing swiftly just before them. On the other side of +the water they could see the road of yellow brick running through a +beautiful country, with green meadows dotted with bright flowers and +all the road bordered with trees hanging full of delicious fruits. They +were greatly pleased to see this delightful country before them. + +“How shall we cross the river?” asked Dorothy. + +“That is easily done,” replied the Scarecrow. “The Tin Woodman must +build us a raft, so we can float to the other side.” + +So the Woodman took his axe and began to chop down small trees to make +a raft, and while he was busy at this the Scarecrow found on the +riverbank a tree full of fine fruit. This pleased Dorothy, who had +eaten nothing but nuts all day, and she made a hearty meal of the ripe +fruit. + +But it takes time to make a raft, even when one is as industrious and +untiring as the Tin Woodman, and when night came the work was not done. +So they found a cozy place under the trees where they slept well until +the morning; and Dorothy dreamed of the Emerald City, and of the good +Wizard Oz, who would soon send her back to her own home again. + + + + +Chapter VIII +The Deadly Poppy Field + + +Our little party of travelers awakened the next morning refreshed and +full of hope, and Dorothy breakfasted like a princess off peaches and +plums from the trees beside the river. Behind them was the dark forest +they had passed safely through, although they had suffered many +discouragements; but before them was a lovely, sunny country that +seemed to beckon them on to the Emerald City. + +To be sure, the broad river now cut them off from this beautiful land. +But the raft was nearly done, and after the Tin Woodman had cut a few +more logs and fastened them together with wooden pins, they were ready +to start. Dorothy sat down in the middle of the raft and held Toto in +her arms. When the Cowardly Lion stepped upon the raft it tipped badly, +for he was big and heavy; but the Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman stood +upon the other end to steady it, and they had long poles in their hands +to push the raft through the water. + +They got along quite well at first, but when they reached the middle of +the river the swift current swept the raft downstream, farther and +farther away from the road of yellow brick. And the water grew so deep +that the long poles would not touch the bottom. + +“This is bad,” said the Tin Woodman, “for if we cannot get to the land +we shall be carried into the country of the Wicked Witch of the West, +and she will enchant us and make us her slaves.” + +“And then I should get no brains,” said the Scarecrow. + +“And I should get no courage,” said the Cowardly Lion. + +“And I should get no heart,” said the Tin Woodman. + +“And I should never get back to Kansas,” said Dorothy. + +“We must certainly get to the Emerald City if we can,” the Scarecrow +continued, and he pushed so hard on his long pole that it stuck fast in +the mud at the bottom of the river. Then, before he could pull it out +again—or let go—the raft was swept away, and the poor Scarecrow was +left clinging to the pole in the middle of the river. + +“Good-bye!” he called after them, and they were very sorry to leave +him. Indeed, the Tin Woodman began to cry, but fortunately remembered +that he might rust, and so dried his tears on Dorothy’s apron. + +Of course this was a bad thing for the Scarecrow. + +“I am now worse off than when I first met Dorothy,” he thought. “Then, +I was stuck on a pole in a cornfield, where I could make-believe scare +the crows, at any rate. But surely there is no use for a Scarecrow +stuck on a pole in the middle of a river. I am afraid I shall never +have any brains, after all!” + +Down the stream the raft floated, and the poor Scarecrow was left far +behind. Then the Lion said: + +“Something must be done to save us. I think I can swim to the shore and +pull the raft after me, if you will only hold fast to the tip of my +tail.” + +So he sprang into the water, and the Tin Woodman caught fast hold of +his tail. Then the Lion began to swim with all his might toward the +shore. It was hard work, although he was so big; but by and by they +were drawn out of the current, and then Dorothy took the Tin Woodman’s +long pole and helped push the raft to the land. + +They were all tired out when they reached the shore at last and stepped +off upon the pretty green grass, and they also knew that the stream had +carried them a long way past the road of yellow brick that led to the +Emerald City. + +“What shall we do now?” asked the Tin Woodman, as the Lion lay down on +the grass to let the sun dry him. + +“We must get back to the road, in some way,” said Dorothy. + +“The best plan will be to walk along the riverbank until we come to the +road again,” remarked the Lion. + +So, when they were rested, Dorothy picked up her basket and they +started along the grassy bank, to the road from which the river had +carried them. It was a lovely country, with plenty of flowers and fruit +trees and sunshine to cheer them, and had they not felt so sorry for +the poor Scarecrow, they could have been very happy. + +They walked along as fast as they could, Dorothy only stopping once to +pick a beautiful flower; and after a time the Tin Woodman cried out: +“Look!” + +Then they all looked at the river and saw the Scarecrow perched upon +his pole in the middle of the water, looking very lonely and sad. + +“What can we do to save him?” asked Dorothy. + +The Lion and the Woodman both shook their heads, for they did not know. +So they sat down upon the bank and gazed wistfully at the Scarecrow +until a Stork flew by, who, upon seeing them, stopped to rest at the +water’s edge. + +“Who are you and where are you going?” asked the Stork. + +“I am Dorothy,” answered the girl, “and these are my friends, the Tin +Woodman and the Cowardly Lion; and we are going to the Emerald City.” + +“This isn’t the road,” said the Stork, as she twisted her long neck and +looked sharply at the queer party. + +“I know it,” returned Dorothy, “but we have lost the Scarecrow, and are +wondering how we shall get him again.” + +“Where is he?” asked the Stork. + +“Over there in the river,” answered the little girl. + +“If he wasn’t so big and heavy I would get him for you,” remarked the +Stork. + +“He isn’t heavy a bit,” said Dorothy eagerly, “for he is stuffed with +straw; and if you will bring him back to us, we shall thank you ever +and ever so much.” + +“Well, I’ll try,” said the Stork, “but if I find he is too heavy to +carry I shall have to drop him in the river again.” + +So the big bird flew into the air and over the water till she came to +where the Scarecrow was perched upon his pole. Then the Stork with her +great claws grabbed the Scarecrow by the arm and carried him up into +the air and back to the bank, where Dorothy and the Lion and the Tin +Woodman and Toto were sitting. + +When the Scarecrow found himself among his friends again, he was so +happy that he hugged them all, even the Lion and Toto; and as they +walked along he sang “Tol-de-ri-de-oh!” at every step, he felt so gay. + +“I was afraid I should have to stay in the river forever,” he said, +“but the kind Stork saved me, and if I ever get any brains I shall find +the Stork again and do her some kindness in return.” + +“That’s all right,” said the Stork, who was flying along beside them. +“I always like to help anyone in trouble. But I must go now, for my +babies are waiting in the nest for me. I hope you will find the Emerald +City and that Oz will help you.” + +“Thank you,” replied Dorothy, and then the kind Stork flew into the air +and was soon out of sight. + +They walked along listening to the singing of the brightly colored +birds and looking at the lovely flowers which now became so thick that +the ground was carpeted with them. There were big yellow and white and +blue and purple blossoms, besides great clusters of scarlet poppies, +which were so brilliant in color they almost dazzled Dorothy’s eyes. + +“Aren’t they beautiful?” the girl asked, as she breathed in the spicy +scent of the bright flowers. + +“I suppose so,” answered the Scarecrow. “When I have brains, I shall +probably like them better.” + +“If I only had a heart, I should love them,” added the Tin Woodman. + +“I always did like flowers,” said the Lion. “They seem so helpless and +frail. But there are none in the forest so bright as these.” + +They now came upon more and more of the big scarlet poppies, and fewer +and fewer of the other flowers; and soon they found themselves in the +midst of a great meadow of poppies. Now it is well known that when +there are many of these flowers together their odor is so powerful that +anyone who breathes it falls asleep, and if the sleeper is not carried +away from the scent of the flowers, he sleeps on and on forever. But +Dorothy did not know this, nor could she get away from the bright red +flowers that were everywhere about; so presently her eyes grew heavy +and she felt she must sit down to rest and to sleep. + +But the Tin Woodman would not let her do this. + +“We must hurry and get back to the road of yellow brick before dark,” +he said; and the Scarecrow agreed with him. So they kept walking until +Dorothy could stand no longer. Her eyes closed in spite of herself and +she forgot where she was and fell among the poppies, fast asleep. + +“What shall we do?” asked the Tin Woodman. + +“If we leave her here she will die,” said the Lion. “The smell of the +flowers is killing us all. I myself can scarcely keep my eyes open, and +the dog is asleep already.” + +It was true; Toto had fallen down beside his little mistress. But the +Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman, not being made of flesh, were not +troubled by the scent of the flowers. + +“Run fast,” said the Scarecrow to the Lion, “and get out of this deadly +flower bed as soon as you can. We will bring the little girl with us, +but if you should fall asleep you are too big to be carried.” + +So the Lion aroused himself and bounded forward as fast as he could go. +In a moment he was out of sight. + +“Let us make a chair with our hands and carry her,” said the Scarecrow. +So they picked up Toto and put the dog in Dorothy’s lap, and then they +made a chair with their hands for the seat and their arms for the arms +and carried the sleeping girl between them through the flowers. + +On and on they walked, and it seemed that the great carpet of deadly +flowers that surrounded them would never end. They followed the bend of +the river, and at last came upon their friend the Lion, lying fast +asleep among the poppies. The flowers had been too strong for the huge +beast and he had given up at last, and fallen only a short distance +from the end of the poppy bed, where the sweet grass spread in +beautiful green fields before them. + +“We can do nothing for him,” said the Tin Woodman, sadly; “for he is +much too heavy to lift. We must leave him here to sleep on forever, and +perhaps he will dream that he has found courage at last.” + +“I’m sorry,” said the Scarecrow. “The Lion was a very good comrade for +one so cowardly. But let us go on.” + +They carried the sleeping girl to a pretty spot beside the river, far +enough from the poppy field to prevent her breathing any more of the +poison of the flowers, and here they laid her gently on the soft grass +and waited for the fresh breeze to waken her. + + + + +Chapter IX +The Queen of the Field Mice + + +“We cannot be far from the road of yellow brick, now,” remarked the +Scarecrow, as he stood beside the girl, “for we have come nearly as far +as the river carried us away.” + +The Tin Woodman was about to reply when he heard a low growl, and +turning his head (which worked beautifully on hinges) he saw a strange +beast come bounding over the grass toward them. It was, indeed, a great +yellow Wildcat, and the Woodman thought it must be chasing something, +for its ears were lying close to its head and its mouth was wide open, +showing two rows of ugly teeth, while its red eyes glowed like balls of +fire. As it came nearer the Tin Woodman saw that running before the +beast was a little gray field mouse, and although he had no heart he +knew it was wrong for the Wildcat to try to kill such a pretty, +harmless creature. + +So the Woodman raised his axe, and as the Wildcat ran by he gave it a +quick blow that cut the beast’s head clean off from its body, and it +rolled over at his feet in two pieces. + +The field mouse, now that it was freed from its enemy, stopped short; +and coming slowly up to the Woodman it said, in a squeaky little voice: + +“Oh, thank you! Thank you ever so much for saving my life.” + +“Don’t speak of it, I beg of you,” replied the Woodman. “I have no +heart, you know, so I am careful to help all those who may need a +friend, even if it happens to be only a mouse.” + +“Only a mouse!” cried the little animal, indignantly. “Why, I am a +Queen—the Queen of all the Field Mice!” + +“Oh, indeed,” said the Woodman, making a bow. + +“Therefore you have done a great deed, as well as a brave one, in +saving my life,” added the Queen. + +At that moment several mice were seen running up as fast as their +little legs could carry them, and when they saw their Queen they +exclaimed: + +“Oh, your Majesty, we thought you would be killed! How did you manage +to escape the great Wildcat?” They all bowed so low to the little Queen +that they almost stood upon their heads. + +“This funny tin man,” she answered, “killed the Wildcat and saved my +life. So hereafter you must all serve him, and obey his slightest +wish.” + +“We will!” cried all the mice, in a shrill chorus. And then they +scampered in all directions, for Toto had awakened from his sleep, and +seeing all these mice around him he gave one bark of delight and jumped +right into the middle of the group. Toto had always loved to chase mice +when he lived in Kansas, and he saw no harm in it. + +But the Tin Woodman caught the dog in his arms and held him tight, +while he called to the mice, “Come back! Come back! Toto shall not hurt +you.” + +At this the Queen of the Mice stuck her head out from underneath a +clump of grass and asked, in a timid voice, “Are you sure he will not +bite us?” + +“I will not let him,” said the Woodman; “so do not be afraid.” + +One by one the mice came creeping back, and Toto did not bark again, +although he tried to get out of the Woodman’s arms, and would have +bitten him had he not known very well he was made of tin. Finally one +of the biggest mice spoke. + +“Is there anything we can do,” it asked, “to repay you for saving the +life of our Queen?” + +“Nothing that I know of,” answered the Woodman; but the Scarecrow, who +had been trying to think, but could not because his head was stuffed +with straw, said, quickly, “Oh, yes; you can save our friend, the +Cowardly Lion, who is asleep in the poppy bed.” + +“A Lion!” cried the little Queen. “Why, he would eat us all up.” + +“Oh, no,” declared the Scarecrow; “this Lion is a coward.” + +“Really?” asked the Mouse. + +“He says so himself,” answered the Scarecrow, “and he would never hurt +anyone who is our friend. If you will help us to save him I promise +that he shall treat you all with kindness.” + +“Very well,” said the Queen, “we trust you. But what shall we do?” + +“Are there many of these mice which call you Queen and are willing to +obey you?” + +“Oh, yes; there are thousands,” she replied. + +“Then send for them all to come here as soon as possible, and let each +one bring a long piece of string.” + +The Queen turned to the mice that attended her and told them to go at +once and get all her people. As soon as they heard her orders they ran +away in every direction as fast as possible. + +“Now,” said the Scarecrow to the Tin Woodman, “you must go to those +trees by the riverside and make a truck that will carry the Lion.” + +So the Woodman went at once to the trees and began to work; and he soon +made a truck out of the limbs of trees, from which he chopped away all +the leaves and branches. He fastened it together with wooden pegs and +made the four wheels out of short pieces of a big tree trunk. So fast +and so well did he work that by the time the mice began to arrive the +truck was all ready for them. + +They came from all directions, and there were thousands of them: big +mice and little mice and middle-sized mice; and each one brought a +piece of string in his mouth. It was about this time that Dorothy woke +from her long sleep and opened her eyes. She was greatly astonished to +find herself lying upon the grass, with thousands of mice standing +around and looking at her timidly. But the Scarecrow told her about +everything, and turning to the dignified little Mouse, he said: + +“Permit me to introduce to you her Majesty, the Queen.” + +Dorothy nodded gravely and the Queen made a curtsy, after which she +became quite friendly with the little girl. + +The Scarecrow and the Woodman now began to fasten the mice to the +truck, using the strings they had brought. One end of a string was tied +around the neck of each mouse and the other end to the truck. Of course +the truck was a thousand times bigger than any of the mice who were to +draw it; but when all the mice had been harnessed, they were able to +pull it quite easily. Even the Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman could sit +on it, and were drawn swiftly by their queer little horses to the place +where the Lion lay asleep. + +After a great deal of hard work, for the Lion was heavy, they managed +to get him up on the truck. Then the Queen hurriedly gave her people +the order to start, for she feared if the mice stayed among the poppies +too long they also would fall asleep. + +At first the little creatures, many though they were, could hardly stir +the heavily loaded truck; but the Woodman and the Scarecrow both pushed +from behind, and they got along better. Soon they rolled the Lion out +of the poppy bed to the green fields, where he could breathe the sweet, +fresh air again, instead of the poisonous scent of the flowers. + +Dorothy came to meet them and thanked the little mice warmly for saving +her companion from death. She had grown so fond of the big Lion she was +glad he had been rescued. + +Then the mice were unharnessed from the truck and scampered away +through the grass to their homes. The Queen of the Mice was the last to +leave. + +“If ever you need us again,” she said, “come out into the field and +call, and we shall hear you and come to your assistance. Good-bye!” + +“Good-bye!” they all answered, and away the Queen ran, while Dorothy +held Toto tightly lest he should run after her and frighten her. + +After this they sat down beside the Lion until he should awaken; and +the Scarecrow brought Dorothy some fruit from a tree near by, which she +ate for her dinner. + + + + +Chapter X +The Guardian of the Gate + + +It was some time before the Cowardly Lion awakened, for he had lain +among the poppies a long while, breathing in their deadly fragrance; +but when he did open his eyes and roll off the truck he was very glad +to find himself still alive. + +“I ran as fast as I could,” he said, sitting down and yawning, “but the +flowers were too strong for me. How did you get me out?” + +Then they told him of the field mice, and how they had generously saved +him from death; and the Cowardly Lion laughed, and said: + +“I have always thought myself very big and terrible; yet such little +things as flowers came near to killing me, and such small animals as +mice have saved my life. How strange it all is! But, comrades, what +shall we do now?” + +“We must journey on until we find the road of yellow brick again,” said +Dorothy, “and then we can keep on to the Emerald City.” + +So, the Lion being fully refreshed, and feeling quite himself again, +they all started upon the journey, greatly enjoying the walk through +the soft, fresh grass; and it was not long before they reached the road +of yellow brick and turned again toward the Emerald City where the +Great Oz dwelt. + +The road was smooth and well paved, now, and the country about was +beautiful, so that the travelers rejoiced in leaving the forest far +behind, and with it the many dangers they had met in its gloomy shades. +Once more they could see fences built beside the road; but these were +painted green, and when they came to a small house, in which a farmer +evidently lived, that also was painted green. They passed by several of +these houses during the afternoon, and sometimes people came to the +doors and looked at them as if they would like to ask questions; but no +one came near them nor spoke to them because of the great Lion, of +which they were very much afraid. The people were all dressed in +clothing of a lovely emerald-green color and wore peaked hats like +those of the Munchkins. + +“This must be the Land of Oz,” said Dorothy, “and we are surely getting +near the Emerald City.” + +“Yes,” answered the Scarecrow. “Everything is green here, while in the +country of the Munchkins blue was the favorite color. But the people do +not seem to be as friendly as the Munchkins, and I’m afraid we shall be +unable to find a place to pass the night.” + +“I should like something to eat besides fruit,” said the girl, “and I’m +sure Toto is nearly starved. Let us stop at the next house and talk to +the people.” + +So, when they came to a good-sized farmhouse, Dorothy walked boldly up +to the door and knocked. + +A woman opened it just far enough to look out, and said, “What do you +want, child, and why is that great Lion with you?” + +“We wish to pass the night with you, if you will allow us,” answered +Dorothy; “and the Lion is my friend and comrade, and would not hurt you +for the world.” + +“Is he tame?” asked the woman, opening the door a little wider. + +“Oh, yes,” said the girl, “and he is a great coward, too. He will be +more afraid of you than you are of him.” + +“Well,” said the woman, after thinking it over and taking another peep +at the Lion, “if that is the case you may come in, and I will give you +some supper and a place to sleep.” + +So they all entered the house, where there were, besides the woman, two +children and a man. The man had hurt his leg, and was lying on the +couch in a corner. They seemed greatly surprised to see so strange a +company, and while the woman was busy laying the table the man asked: + +“Where are you all going?” + +“To the Emerald City,” said Dorothy, “to see the Great Oz.” + +“Oh, indeed!” exclaimed the man. “Are you sure that Oz will see you?” + +“Why not?” she replied. + +“Why, it is said that he never lets anyone come into his presence. I +have been to the Emerald City many times, and it is a beautiful and +wonderful place; but I have never been permitted to see the Great Oz, +nor do I know of any living person who has seen him.” + +“Does he never go out?” asked the Scarecrow. + +“Never. He sits day after day in the great Throne Room of his Palace, +and even those who wait upon him do not see him face to face.” + +“What is he like?” asked the girl. + +“That is hard to tell,” said the man thoughtfully. “You see, Oz is a +Great Wizard, and can take on any form he wishes. So that some say he +looks like a bird; and some say he looks like an elephant; and some say +he looks like a cat. To others he appears as a beautiful fairy, or a +brownie, or in any other form that pleases him. But who the real Oz is, +when he is in his own form, no living person can tell.” + +“That is very strange,” said Dorothy, “but we must try, in some way, to +see him, or we shall have made our journey for nothing.” + +“Why do you wish to see the terrible Oz?” asked the man. + +“I want him to give me some brains,” said the Scarecrow eagerly. + +“Oh, Oz could do that easily enough,” declared the man. “He has more +brains than he needs.” + +“And I want him to give me a heart,” said the Tin Woodman. + +“That will not trouble him,” continued the man, “for Oz has a large +collection of hearts, of all sizes and shapes.” + +“And I want him to give me courage,” said the Cowardly Lion. + +“Oz keeps a great pot of courage in his Throne Room,” said the man, +“which he has covered with a golden plate, to keep it from running +over. He will be glad to give you some.” + +“And I want him to send me back to Kansas,” said Dorothy. + +“Where is Kansas?” asked the man, with surprise. + +“I don’t know,” replied Dorothy sorrowfully, “but it is my home, and +I’m sure it’s somewhere.” + +“Very likely. Well, Oz can do anything; so I suppose he will find +Kansas for you. But first you must get to see him, and that will be a +hard task; for the Great Wizard does not like to see anyone, and he +usually has his own way. But what do YOU want?” he continued, speaking +to Toto. Toto only wagged his tail; for, strange to say, he could not +speak. + +The woman now called to them that supper was ready, so they gathered +around the table and Dorothy ate some delicious porridge and a dish of +scrambled eggs and a plate of nice white bread, and enjoyed her meal. +The Lion ate some of the porridge, but did not care for it, saying it +was made from oats and oats were food for horses, not for lions. The +Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman ate nothing at all. Toto ate a little of +everything, and was glad to get a good supper again. + +The woman now gave Dorothy a bed to sleep in, and Toto lay down beside +her, while the Lion guarded the door of her room so she might not be +disturbed. The Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman stood up in a corner and +kept quiet all night, although of course they could not sleep. + +The next morning, as soon as the sun was up, they started on their way, +and soon saw a beautiful green glow in the sky just before them. + +“That must be the Emerald City,” said Dorothy. + +As they walked on, the green glow became brighter and brighter, and it +seemed that at last they were nearing the end of their travels. Yet it +was afternoon before they came to the great wall that surrounded the +City. It was high and thick and of a bright green color. + +In front of them, and at the end of the road of yellow brick, was a big +gate, all studded with emeralds that glittered so in the sun that even +the painted eyes of the Scarecrow were dazzled by their brilliancy. + +There was a bell beside the gate, and Dorothy pushed the button and +heard a silvery tinkle sound within. Then the big gate swung slowly +open, and they all passed through and found themselves in a high arched +room, the walls of which glistened with countless emeralds. + +Before them stood a little man about the same size as the Munchkins. He +was clothed all in green, from his head to his feet, and even his skin +was of a greenish tint. At his side was a large green box. + +When he saw Dorothy and her companions the man asked, “What do you wish +in the Emerald City?” + +“We came here to see the Great Oz,” said Dorothy. + +The man was so surprised at this answer that he sat down to think it +over. + +“It has been many years since anyone asked me to see Oz,” he said, +shaking his head in perplexity. “He is powerful and terrible, and if +you come on an idle or foolish errand to bother the wise reflections of +the Great Wizard, he might be angry and destroy you all in an instant.” + +“But it is not a foolish errand, nor an idle one,” replied the +Scarecrow; “it is important. And we have been told that Oz is a good +Wizard.” + +“So he is,” said the green man, “and he rules the Emerald City wisely +and well. But to those who are not honest, or who approach him from +curiosity, he is most terrible, and few have ever dared ask to see his +face. I am the Guardian of the Gates, and since you demand to see the +Great Oz I must take you to his Palace. But first you must put on the +spectacles.” + +“Why?” asked Dorothy. + +“Because if you did not wear spectacles the brightness and glory of the +Emerald City would blind you. Even those who live in the City must wear +spectacles night and day. They are all locked on, for Oz so ordered it +when the City was first built, and I have the only key that will unlock +them.” + +He opened the big box, and Dorothy saw that it was filled with +spectacles of every size and shape. All of them had green glasses in +them. The Guardian of the Gates found a pair that would just fit +Dorothy and put them over her eyes. There were two golden bands +fastened to them that passed around the back of her head, where they +were locked together by a little key that was at the end of a chain the +Guardian of the Gates wore around his neck. When they were on, Dorothy +could not take them off had she wished, but of course she did not wish +to be blinded by the glare of the Emerald City, so she said nothing. + +Then the green man fitted spectacles for the Scarecrow and the Tin +Woodman and the Lion, and even on little Toto; and all were locked fast +with the key. + +Then the Guardian of the Gates put on his own glasses and told them he +was ready to show them to the Palace. Taking a big golden key from a +peg on the wall, he opened another gate, and they all followed him +through the portal into the streets of the Emerald City. + + + + +Chapter XI +The Wonderful City of Oz + + +Even with eyes protected by the green spectacles, Dorothy and her +friends were at first dazzled by the brilliancy of the wonderful City. +The streets were lined with beautiful houses all built of green marble +and studded everywhere with sparkling emeralds. They walked over a +pavement of the same green marble, and where the blocks were joined +together were rows of emeralds, set closely, and glittering in the +brightness of the sun. The window panes were of green glass; even the +sky above the City had a green tint, and the rays of the sun were +green. + +There were many people—men, women, and children—walking about, and +these were all dressed in green clothes and had greenish skins. They +looked at Dorothy and her strangely assorted company with wondering +eyes, and the children all ran away and hid behind their mothers when +they saw the Lion; but no one spoke to them. Many shops stood in the +street, and Dorothy saw that everything in them was green. Green candy +and green pop corn were offered for sale, as well as green shoes, green +hats, and green clothes of all sorts. At one place a man was selling +green lemonade, and when the children bought it Dorothy could see that +they paid for it with green pennies. + +There seemed to be no horses nor animals of any kind; the men carried +things around in little green carts, which they pushed before them. +Everyone seemed happy and contented and prosperous. + +The Guardian of the Gates led them through the streets until they came +to a big building, exactly in the middle of the City, which was the +Palace of Oz, the Great Wizard. There was a soldier before the door, +dressed in a green uniform and wearing a long green beard. + +“Here are strangers,” said the Guardian of the Gates to him, “and they +demand to see the Great Oz.” + +“Step inside,” answered the soldier, “and I will carry your message to +him.” + +So they passed through the Palace Gates and were led into a big room +with a green carpet and lovely green furniture set with emeralds. The +soldier made them all wipe their feet upon a green mat before entering +this room, and when they were seated he said politely: + +“Please make yourselves comfortable while I go to the door of the +Throne Room and tell Oz you are here.” + +They had to wait a long time before the soldier returned. When, at +last, he came back, Dorothy asked: + +“Have you seen Oz?” + +“Oh, no,” returned the soldier; “I have never seen him. But I spoke to +him as he sat behind his screen and gave him your message. He said he +will grant you an audience, if you so desire; but each one of you must +enter his presence alone, and he will admit but one each day. +Therefore, as you must remain in the Palace for several days, I will +have you shown to rooms where you may rest in comfort after your +journey.” + +“Thank you,” replied the girl; “that is very kind of Oz.” + +The soldier now blew upon a green whistle, and at once a young girl, +dressed in a pretty green silk gown, entered the room. She had lovely +green hair and green eyes, and she bowed low before Dorothy as she +said, “Follow me and I will show you your room.” + +So Dorothy said good-bye to all her friends except Toto, and taking the +dog in her arms followed the green girl through seven passages and up +three flights of stairs until they came to a room at the front of the +Palace. It was the sweetest little room in the world, with a soft +comfortable bed that had sheets of green silk and a green velvet +counterpane. There was a tiny fountain in the middle of the room, that +shot a spray of green perfume into the air, to fall back into a +beautifully carved green marble basin. Beautiful green flowers stood in +the windows, and there was a shelf with a row of little green books. +When Dorothy had time to open these books she found them full of queer +green pictures that made her laugh, they were so funny. + +In a wardrobe were many green dresses, made of silk and satin and +velvet; and all of them fitted Dorothy exactly. + +“Make yourself perfectly at home,” said the green girl, “and if you +wish for anything ring the bell. Oz will send for you tomorrow +morning.” + +She left Dorothy alone and went back to the others. These she also led +to rooms, and each one of them found himself lodged in a very pleasant +part of the Palace. Of course this politeness was wasted on the +Scarecrow; for when he found himself alone in his room he stood +stupidly in one spot, just within the doorway, to wait till morning. It +would not rest him to lie down, and he could not close his eyes; so he +remained all night staring at a little spider which was weaving its web +in a corner of the room, just as if it were not one of the most +wonderful rooms in the world. The Tin Woodman lay down on his bed from +force of habit, for he remembered when he was made of flesh; but not +being able to sleep, he passed the night moving his joints up and down +to make sure they kept in good working order. The Lion would have +preferred a bed of dried leaves in the forest, and did not like being +shut up in a room; but he had too much sense to let this worry him, so +he sprang upon the bed and rolled himself up like a cat and purred +himself asleep in a minute. + +The next morning, after breakfast, the green maiden came to fetch +Dorothy, and she dressed her in one of the prettiest gowns, made of +green brocaded satin. Dorothy put on a green silk apron and tied a +green ribbon around Toto’s neck, and they started for the Throne Room +of the Great Oz. + +First they came to a great hall in which were many ladies and gentlemen +of the court, all dressed in rich costumes. These people had nothing to +do but talk to each other, but they always came to wait outside the +Throne Room every morning, although they were never permitted to see +Oz. As Dorothy entered they looked at her curiously, and one of them +whispered: + +“Are you really going to look upon the face of Oz the Terrible?” + +“Of course,” answered the girl, “if he will see me.” + +“Oh, he will see you,” said the soldier who had taken her message to +the Wizard, “although he does not like to have people ask to see him. +Indeed, at first he was angry and said I should send you back where you +came from. Then he asked me what you looked like, and when I mentioned +your silver shoes he was very much interested. At last I told him about +the mark upon your forehead, and he decided he would admit you to his +presence.” + +Just then a bell rang, and the green girl said to Dorothy, “That is the +signal. You must go into the Throne Room alone.” + +She opened a little door and Dorothy walked boldly through and found +herself in a wonderful place. It was a big, round room with a high +arched roof, and the walls and ceiling and floor were covered with +large emeralds set closely together. In the center of the roof was a +great light, as bright as the sun, which made the emeralds sparkle in a +wonderful manner. + +But what interested Dorothy most was the big throne of green marble +that stood in the middle of the room. It was shaped like a chair and +sparkled with gems, as did everything else. In the center of the chair +was an enormous Head, without a body to support it or any arms or legs +whatever. There was no hair upon this head, but it had eyes and a nose +and mouth, and was much bigger than the head of the biggest giant. + +As Dorothy gazed upon this in wonder and fear, the eyes turned slowly +and looked at her sharply and steadily. Then the mouth moved, and +Dorothy heard a voice say: + +“I am Oz, the Great and Terrible. Who are you, and why do you seek me?” + +It was not such an awful voice as she had expected to come from the big +Head; so she took courage and answered: + +“I am Dorothy, the Small and Meek. I have come to you for help.” + +The eyes looked at her thoughtfully for a full minute. Then said the +voice: + +“Where did you get the silver shoes?” + +“I got them from the Wicked Witch of the East, when my house fell on +her and killed her,” she replied. + +“Where did you get the mark upon your forehead?” continued the voice. + +“That is where the Good Witch of the North kissed me when she bade me +good-bye and sent me to you,” said the girl. + +Again the eyes looked at her sharply, and they saw she was telling the +truth. Then Oz asked, “What do you wish me to do?” + +“Send me back to Kansas, where my Aunt Em and Uncle Henry are,” she +answered earnestly. “I don’t like your country, although it is so +beautiful. And I am sure Aunt Em will be dreadfully worried over my +being away so long.” + +The eyes winked three times, and then they turned up to the ceiling and +down to the floor and rolled around so queerly that they seemed to see +every part of the room. And at last they looked at Dorothy again. + +“Why should I do this for you?” asked Oz. + +“Because you are strong and I am weak; because you are a Great Wizard +and I am only a little girl.” + +“But you were strong enough to kill the Wicked Witch of the East,” said +Oz. + +“That just happened,” returned Dorothy simply; “I could not help it.” + +“Well,” said the Head, “I will give you my answer. You have no right to +expect me to send you back to Kansas unless you do something for me in +return. In this country everyone must pay for everything he gets. If +you wish me to use my magic power to send you home again you must do +something for me first. Help me and I will help you.” + +“What must I do?” asked the girl. + +“Kill the Wicked Witch of the West,” answered Oz. + +“But I cannot!” exclaimed Dorothy, greatly surprised. + +“You killed the Witch of the East and you wear the silver shoes, which +bear a powerful charm. There is now but one Wicked Witch left in all +this land, and when you can tell me she is dead I will send you back to +Kansas—but not before.” + +The little girl began to weep, she was so much disappointed; and the +eyes winked again and looked upon her anxiously, as if the Great Oz +felt that she could help him if she would. + +“I never killed anything, willingly,” she sobbed. “Even if I wanted to, +how could I kill the Wicked Witch? If you, who are Great and Terrible, +cannot kill her yourself, how do you expect me to do it?” + +“I do not know,” said the Head; “but that is my answer, and until the +Wicked Witch dies you will not see your uncle and aunt again. Remember +that the Witch is Wicked—tremendously Wicked—and ought to be killed. +Now go, and do not ask to see me again until you have done your task.” + +Sorrowfully Dorothy left the Throne Room and went back where the Lion +and the Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman were waiting to hear what Oz had +said to her. “There is no hope for me,” she said sadly, “for Oz will +not send me home until I have killed the Wicked Witch of the West; and +that I can never do.” + +Her friends were sorry, but could do nothing to help her; so Dorothy +went to her own room and lay down on the bed and cried herself to +sleep. + +The next morning the soldier with the green whiskers came to the +Scarecrow and said: + +“Come with me, for Oz has sent for you.” + +So the Scarecrow followed him and was admitted into the great Throne +Room, where he saw, sitting in the emerald throne, a most lovely Lady. +She was dressed in green silk gauze and wore upon her flowing green +locks a crown of jewels. Growing from her shoulders were wings, +gorgeous in color and so light that they fluttered if the slightest +breath of air reached them. + +When the Scarecrow had bowed, as prettily as his straw stuffing would +let him, before this beautiful creature, she looked upon him sweetly, +and said: + +“I am Oz, the Great and Terrible. Who are you, and why do you seek me?” + +Now the Scarecrow, who had expected to see the great Head Dorothy had +told him of, was much astonished; but he answered her bravely. + +“I am only a Scarecrow, stuffed with straw. Therefore I have no brains, +and I come to you praying that you will put brains in my head instead +of straw, so that I may become as much a man as any other in your +dominions.” + +“Why should I do this for you?” asked the Lady. + +“Because you are wise and powerful, and no one else can help me,” +answered the Scarecrow. + +“I never grant favors without some return,” said Oz; “but this much I +will promise. If you will kill for me the Wicked Witch of the West, I +will bestow upon you a great many brains, and such good brains that you +will be the wisest man in all the Land of Oz.” + +“I thought you asked Dorothy to kill the Witch,” said the Scarecrow, in +surprise. + +“So I did. I don’t care who kills her. But until she is dead I will not +grant your wish. Now go, and do not seek me again until you have earned +the brains you so greatly desire.” + +The Scarecrow went sorrowfully back to his friends and told them what +Oz had said; and Dorothy was surprised to find that the Great Wizard +was not a Head, as she had seen him, but a lovely Lady. + +“All the same,” said the Scarecrow, “she needs a heart as much as the +Tin Woodman.” + +On the next morning the soldier with the green whiskers came to the Tin +Woodman and said: + +“Oz has sent for you. Follow me.” + +So the Tin Woodman followed him and came to the great Throne Room. He +did not know whether he would find Oz a lovely Lady or a Head, but he +hoped it would be the lovely Lady. “For,” he said to himself, “if it is +the head, I am sure I shall not be given a heart, since a head has no +heart of its own and therefore cannot feel for me. But if it is the +lovely Lady I shall beg hard for a heart, for all ladies are themselves +said to be kindly hearted.” + +But when the Woodman entered the great Throne Room he saw neither the +Head nor the Lady, for Oz had taken the shape of a most terrible Beast. +It was nearly as big as an elephant, and the green throne seemed hardly +strong enough to hold its weight. The Beast had a head like that of a +rhinoceros, only there were five eyes in its face. There were five long +arms growing out of its body, and it also had five long, slim legs. +Thick, woolly hair covered every part of it, and a more +dreadful-looking monster could not be imagined. It was fortunate the +Tin Woodman had no heart at that moment, for it would have beat loud +and fast from terror. But being only tin, the Woodman was not at all +afraid, although he was much disappointed. + +“I am Oz, the Great and Terrible,” spoke the Beast, in a voice that was +one great roar. “Who are you, and why do you seek me?” + +“I am a Woodman, and made of tin. Therefore I have no heart, and cannot +love. I pray you to give me a heart that I may be as other men are.” + +“Why should I do this?” demanded the Beast. + +“Because I ask it, and you alone can grant my request,” answered the +Woodman. + +Oz gave a low growl at this, but said, gruffly: “If you indeed desire a +heart, you must earn it.” + +“How?” asked the Woodman. + +“Help Dorothy to kill the Wicked Witch of the West,” replied the Beast. +“When the Witch is dead, come to me, and I will then give you the +biggest and kindest and most loving heart in all the Land of Oz.” + +So the Tin Woodman was forced to return sorrowfully to his friends and +tell them of the terrible Beast he had seen. They all wondered greatly +at the many forms the Great Wizard could take upon himself, and the +Lion said: + +“If he is a Beast when I go to see him, I shall roar my loudest, and so +frighten him that he will grant all I ask. And if he is the lovely +Lady, I shall pretend to spring upon her, and so compel her to do my +bidding. And if he is the great Head, he will be at my mercy; for I +will roll this head all about the room until he promises to give us +what we desire. So be of good cheer, my friends, for all will yet be +well.” + +The next morning the soldier with the green whiskers led the Lion to +the great Throne Room and bade him enter the presence of Oz. + +The Lion at once passed through the door, and glancing around saw, to +his surprise, that before the throne was a Ball of Fire, so fierce and +glowing he could scarcely bear to gaze upon it. His first thought was +that Oz had by accident caught on fire and was burning up; but when he +tried to go nearer, the heat was so intense that it singed his +whiskers, and he crept back tremblingly to a spot nearer the door. + +Then a low, quiet voice came from the Ball of Fire, and these were the +words it spoke: + +“I am Oz, the Great and Terrible. Who are you, and why do you seek me?” + +And the Lion answered, “I am a Cowardly Lion, afraid of everything. I +came to you to beg that you give me courage, so that in reality I may +become the King of Beasts, as men call me.” + +“Why should I give you courage?” demanded Oz. + +“Because of all Wizards you are the greatest, and alone have power to +grant my request,” answered the Lion. + +The Ball of Fire burned fiercely for a time, and the voice said, “Bring +me proof that the Wicked Witch is dead, and that moment I will give you +courage. But as long as the Witch lives, you must remain a coward.” + +The Lion was angry at this speech, but could say nothing in reply, and +while he stood silently gazing at the Ball of Fire it became so +furiously hot that he turned tail and rushed from the room. He was glad +to find his friends waiting for him, and told them of his terrible +interview with the Wizard. + +“What shall we do now?” asked Dorothy sadly. + +“There is only one thing we can do,” returned the Lion, “and that is to +go to the land of the Winkies, seek out the Wicked Witch, and destroy +her.” + +“But suppose we cannot?” said the girl. + +“Then I shall never have courage,” declared the Lion. + +“And I shall never have brains,” added the Scarecrow. + +“And I shall never have a heart,” spoke the Tin Woodman. + +“And I shall never see Aunt Em and Uncle Henry,” said Dorothy, +beginning to cry. + +“Be careful!” cried the green girl. “The tears will fall on your green +silk gown and spot it.” + +So Dorothy dried her eyes and said, “I suppose we must try it; but I am +sure I do not want to kill anybody, even to see Aunt Em again.” + +“I will go with you; but I’m too much of a coward to kill the Witch,” +said the Lion. + +“I will go too,” declared the Scarecrow; “but I shall not be of much +help to you, I am such a fool.” + +“I haven’t the heart to harm even a Witch,” remarked the Tin Woodman; +“but if you go I certainly shall go with you.” + +Therefore it was decided to start upon their journey the next morning, +and the Woodman sharpened his axe on a green grindstone and had all his +joints properly oiled. The Scarecrow stuffed himself with fresh straw +and Dorothy put new paint on his eyes that he might see better. The +green girl, who was very kind to them, filled Dorothy’s basket with +good things to eat, and fastened a little bell around Toto’s neck with +a green ribbon. + +They went to bed quite early and slept soundly until daylight, when +they were awakened by the crowing of a green cock that lived in the +back yard of the Palace, and the cackling of a hen that had laid a +green egg. + + + + +Chapter XII +The Search for the Wicked Witch + + +The soldier with the green whiskers led them through the streets of the +Emerald City until they reached the room where the Guardian of the +Gates lived. This officer unlocked their spectacles to put them back in +his great box, and then he politely opened the gate for our friends. + +“Which road leads to the Wicked Witch of the West?” asked Dorothy. + +“There is no road,” answered the Guardian of the Gates. “No one ever +wishes to go that way.” + +“How, then, are we to find her?” inquired the girl. + +“That will be easy,” replied the man, “for when she knows you are in +the country of the Winkies she will find you, and make you all her +slaves.” + +“Perhaps not,” said the Scarecrow, “for we mean to destroy her.” + +“Oh, that is different,” said the Guardian of the Gates. “No one has +ever destroyed her before, so I naturally thought she would make slaves +of you, as she has of the rest. But take care; for she is wicked and +fierce, and may not allow you to destroy her. Keep to the West, where +the sun sets, and you cannot fail to find her.” + +They thanked him and bade him good-bye, and turned toward the West, +walking over fields of soft grass dotted here and there with daisies +and buttercups. Dorothy still wore the pretty silk dress she had put on +in the palace, but now, to her surprise, she found it was no longer +green, but pure white. The ribbon around Toto’s neck had also lost its +green color and was as white as Dorothy’s dress. + +The Emerald City was soon left far behind. As they advanced the ground +became rougher and hillier, for there were no farms nor houses in this +country of the West, and the ground was untilled. + +In the afternoon the sun shone hot in their faces, for there were no +trees to offer them shade; so that before night Dorothy and Toto and +the Lion were tired, and lay down upon the grass and fell asleep, with +the Woodman and the Scarecrow keeping watch. + +Now the Wicked Witch of the West had but one eye, yet that was as +powerful as a telescope, and could see everywhere. So, as she sat in +the door of her castle, she happened to look around and saw Dorothy +lying asleep, with her friends all about her. They were a long distance +off, but the Wicked Witch was angry to find them in her country; so she +blew upon a silver whistle that hung around her neck. + +At once there came running to her from all directions a pack of great +wolves. They had long legs and fierce eyes and sharp teeth. + +“Go to those people,” said the Witch, “and tear them to pieces.” + +“Are you not going to make them your slaves?” asked the leader of the +wolves. + +“No,” she answered, “one is of tin, and one of straw; one is a girl and +another a Lion. None of them is fit to work, so you may tear them into +small pieces.” + +“Very well,” said the wolf, and he dashed away at full speed, followed +by the others. + +It was lucky the Scarecrow and the Woodman were wide awake and heard +the wolves coming. + +“This is my fight,” said the Woodman, “so get behind me and I will meet +them as they come.” + +He seized his axe, which he had made very sharp, and as the leader of +the wolves came on the Tin Woodman swung his arm and chopped the wolf’s +head from its body, so that it immediately died. As soon as he could +raise his axe another wolf came up, and he also fell under the sharp +edge of the Tin Woodman’s weapon. There were forty wolves, and forty +times a wolf was killed, so that at last they all lay dead in a heap +before the Woodman. + +Then he put down his axe and sat beside the Scarecrow, who said, “It +was a good fight, friend.” + +They waited until Dorothy awoke the next morning. The little girl was +quite frightened when she saw the great pile of shaggy wolves, but the +Tin Woodman told her all. She thanked him for saving them and sat down +to breakfast, after which they started again upon their journey. + +Now this same morning the Wicked Witch came to the door of her castle +and looked out with her one eye that could see far off. She saw all her +wolves lying dead, and the strangers still traveling through her +country. This made her angrier than before, and she blew her silver +whistle twice. + +Straightway a great flock of wild crows came flying toward her, enough +to darken the sky. + +And the Wicked Witch said to the King Crow, “Fly at once to the +strangers; peck out their eyes and tear them to pieces.” + +The wild crows flew in one great flock toward Dorothy and her +companions. When the little girl saw them coming she was afraid. + +But the Scarecrow said, “This is my battle, so lie down beside me and +you will not be harmed.” + +So they all lay upon the ground except the Scarecrow, and he stood up +and stretched out his arms. And when the crows saw him they were +frightened, as these birds always are by scarecrows, and did not dare +to come any nearer. But the King Crow said: + +“It is only a stuffed man. I will peck his eyes out.” + +The King Crow flew at the Scarecrow, who caught it by the head and +twisted its neck until it died. And then another crow flew at him, and +the Scarecrow twisted its neck also. There were forty crows, and forty +times the Scarecrow twisted a neck, until at last all were lying dead +beside him. Then he called to his companions to rise, and again they +went upon their journey. + +When the Wicked Witch looked out again and saw all her crows lying in a +heap, she got into a terrible rage, and blew three times upon her +silver whistle. + +Forthwith there was heard a great buzzing in the air, and a swarm of +black bees came flying toward her. + +“Go to the strangers and sting them to death!” commanded the Witch, and +the bees turned and flew rapidly until they came to where Dorothy and +her friends were walking. But the Woodman had seen them coming, and the +Scarecrow had decided what to do. + +“Take out my straw and scatter it over the little girl and the dog and +the Lion,” he said to the Woodman, “and the bees cannot sting them.” +This the Woodman did, and as Dorothy lay close beside the Lion and held +Toto in her arms, the straw covered them entirely. + +The bees came and found no one but the Woodman to sting, so they flew +at him and broke off all their stings against the tin, without hurting +the Woodman at all. And as bees cannot live when their stings are +broken that was the end of the black bees, and they lay scattered thick +about the Woodman, like little heaps of fine coal. + +Then Dorothy and the Lion got up, and the girl helped the Tin Woodman +put the straw back into the Scarecrow again, until he was as good as +ever. So they started upon their journey once more. + +The Wicked Witch was so angry when she saw her black bees in little +heaps like fine coal that she stamped her foot and tore her hair and +gnashed her teeth. And then she called a dozen of her slaves, who were +the Winkies, and gave them sharp spears, telling them to go to the +strangers and destroy them. + +The Winkies were not a brave people, but they had to do as they were +told. So they marched away until they came near to Dorothy. Then the +Lion gave a great roar and sprang towards them, and the poor Winkies +were so frightened that they ran back as fast as they could. + +When they returned to the castle the Wicked Witch beat them well with a +strap, and sent them back to their work, after which she sat down to +think what she should do next. She could not understand how all her +plans to destroy these strangers had failed; but she was a powerful +Witch, as well as a wicked one, and she soon made up her mind how to +act. + +There was, in her cupboard, a Golden Cap, with a circle of diamonds and +rubies running round it. This Golden Cap had a charm. Whoever owned it +could call three times upon the Winged Monkeys, who would obey any +order they were given. But no person could command these strange +creatures more than three times. Twice already the Wicked Witch had +used the charm of the Cap. Once was when she had made the Winkies her +slaves, and set herself to rule over their country. The Winged Monkeys +had helped her do this. The second time was when she had fought against +the Great Oz himself, and driven him out of the land of the West. The +Winged Monkeys had also helped her in doing this. Only once more could +she use this Golden Cap, for which reason she did not like to do so +until all her other powers were exhausted. But now that her fierce +wolves and her wild crows and her stinging bees were gone, and her +slaves had been scared away by the Cowardly Lion, she saw there was +only one way left to destroy Dorothy and her friends. + +So the Wicked Witch took the Golden Cap from her cupboard and placed it +upon her head. Then she stood upon her left foot and said slowly: + +“Ep-pe, pep-pe, kak-ke!” + +Next she stood upon her right foot and said: + +“Hil-lo, hol-lo, hel-lo!” + +After this she stood upon both feet and cried in a loud voice: + +“Ziz-zy, zuz-zy, zik!” + +Now the charm began to work. The sky was darkened, and a low rumbling +sound was heard in the air. There was a rushing of many wings, a great +chattering and laughing, and the sun came out of the dark sky to show +the Wicked Witch surrounded by a crowd of monkeys, each with a pair of +immense and powerful wings on his shoulders. + +One, much bigger than the others, seemed to be their leader. He flew +close to the Witch and said, “You have called us for the third and last +time. What do you command?” + +“Go to the strangers who are within my land and destroy them all except +the Lion,” said the Wicked Witch. “Bring that beast to me, for I have a +mind to harness him like a horse, and make him work.” + +“Your commands shall be obeyed,” said the leader. Then, with a great +deal of chattering and noise, the Winged Monkeys flew away to the place +where Dorothy and her friends were walking. + +Some of the Monkeys seized the Tin Woodman and carried him through the +air until they were over a country thickly covered with sharp rocks. +Here they dropped the poor Woodman, who fell a great distance to the +rocks, where he lay so battered and dented that he could neither move +nor groan. + +Others of the Monkeys caught the Scarecrow, and with their long fingers +pulled all of the straw out of his clothes and head. They made his hat +and boots and clothes into a small bundle and threw it into the top +branches of a tall tree. + +The remaining Monkeys threw pieces of stout rope around the Lion and +wound many coils about his body and head and legs, until he was unable +to bite or scratch or struggle in any way. Then they lifted him up and +flew away with him to the Witch’s castle, where he was placed in a +small yard with a high iron fence around it, so that he could not +escape. + +But Dorothy they did not harm at all. She stood, with Toto in her arms, +watching the sad fate of her comrades and thinking it would soon be her +turn. The leader of the Winged Monkeys flew up to her, his long, hairy +arms stretched out and his ugly face grinning terribly; but he saw the +mark of the Good Witch’s kiss upon her forehead and stopped short, +motioning the others not to touch her. + +“We dare not harm this little girl,” he said to them, “for she is +protected by the Power of Good, and that is greater than the Power of +Evil. All we can do is to carry her to the castle of the Wicked Witch +and leave her there.” + +So, carefully and gently, they lifted Dorothy in their arms and carried +her swiftly through the air until they came to the castle, where they +set her down upon the front doorstep. Then the leader said to the +Witch: + +“We have obeyed you as far as we were able. The Tin Woodman and the +Scarecrow are destroyed, and the Lion is tied up in your yard. The +little girl we dare not harm, nor the dog she carries in her arms. Your +power over our band is now ended, and you will never see us again.” + +Then all the Winged Monkeys, with much laughing and chattering and +noise, flew into the air and were soon out of sight. + +The Wicked Witch was both surprised and worried when she saw the mark +on Dorothy’s forehead, for she knew well that neither the Winged +Monkeys nor she, herself, dare hurt the girl in any way. She looked +down at Dorothy’s feet, and seeing the Silver Shoes, began to tremble +with fear, for she knew what a powerful charm belonged to them. At +first the Witch was tempted to run away from Dorothy; but she happened +to look into the child’s eyes and saw how simple the soul behind them +was, and that the little girl did not know of the wonderful power the +Silver Shoes gave her. So the Wicked Witch laughed to herself, and +thought, “I can still make her my slave, for she does not know how to +use her power.” Then she said to Dorothy, harshly and severely: + +“Come with me; and see that you mind everything I tell you, for if you +do not I will make an end of you, as I did of the Tin Woodman and the +Scarecrow.” + +Dorothy followed her through many of the beautiful rooms in her castle +until they came to the kitchen, where the Witch bade her clean the pots +and kettles and sweep the floor and keep the fire fed with wood. + +Dorothy went to work meekly, with her mind made up to work as hard as +she could; for she was glad the Wicked Witch had decided not to kill +her. + +With Dorothy hard at work, the Witch thought she would go into the +courtyard and harness the Cowardly Lion like a horse; it would amuse +her, she was sure, to make him draw her chariot whenever she wished to +go to drive. But as she opened the gate the Lion gave a loud roar and +bounded at her so fiercely that the Witch was afraid, and ran out and +shut the gate again. + +“If I cannot harness you,” said the Witch to the Lion, speaking through +the bars of the gate, “I can starve you. You shall have nothing to eat +until you do as I wish.” + +So after that she took no food to the imprisoned Lion; but every day +she came to the gate at noon and asked, “Are you ready to be harnessed +like a horse?” + +And the Lion would answer, “No. If you come in this yard, I will bite +you.” + +The reason the Lion did not have to do as the Witch wished was that +every night, while the woman was asleep, Dorothy carried him food from +the cupboard. After he had eaten he would lie down on his bed of straw, +and Dorothy would lie beside him and put her head on his soft, shaggy +mane, while they talked of their troubles and tried to plan some way to +escape. But they could find no way to get out of the castle, for it was +constantly guarded by the yellow Winkies, who were the slaves of the +Wicked Witch and too afraid of her not to do as she told them. + +The girl had to work hard during the day, and often the Witch +threatened to beat her with the same old umbrella she always carried in +her hand. But, in truth, she did not dare to strike Dorothy, because of +the mark upon her forehead. The child did not know this, and was full +of fear for herself and Toto. Once the Witch struck Toto a blow with +her umbrella and the brave little dog flew at her and bit her leg in +return. The Witch did not bleed where she was bitten, for she was so +wicked that the blood in her had dried up many years before. + +Dorothy’s life became very sad as she grew to understand that it would +be harder than ever to get back to Kansas and Aunt Em again. Sometimes +she would cry bitterly for hours, with Toto sitting at her feet and +looking into her face, whining dismally to show how sorry he was for +his little mistress. Toto did not really care whether he was in Kansas +or the Land of Oz so long as Dorothy was with him; but he knew the +little girl was unhappy, and that made him unhappy too. + +Now the Wicked Witch had a great longing to have for her own the Silver +Shoes which the girl always wore. Her bees and her crows and her wolves +were lying in heaps and drying up, and she had used up all the power of +the Golden Cap; but if she could only get hold of the Silver Shoes, +they would give her more power than all the other things she had lost. +She watched Dorothy carefully, to see if she ever took off her shoes, +thinking she might steal them. But the child was so proud of her pretty +shoes that she never took them off except at night and when she took +her bath. The Witch was too much afraid of the dark to dare go in +Dorothy’s room at night to take the shoes, and her dread of water was +greater than her fear of the dark, so she never came near when Dorothy +was bathing. Indeed, the old Witch never touched water, nor ever let +water touch her in any way. + +But the wicked creature was very cunning, and she finally thought of a +trick that would give her what she wanted. She placed a bar of iron in +the middle of the kitchen floor, and then by her magic arts made the +iron invisible to human eyes. So that when Dorothy walked across the +floor she stumbled over the bar, not being able to see it, and fell at +full length. She was not much hurt, but in her fall one of the Silver +Shoes came off; and before she could reach it, the Witch had snatched +it away and put it on her own skinny foot. + +The wicked woman was greatly pleased with the success of her trick, for +as long as she had one of the shoes she owned half the power of their +charm, and Dorothy could not use it against her, even had she known how +to do so. + +The little girl, seeing she had lost one of her pretty shoes, grew +angry, and said to the Witch, “Give me back my shoe!” + +“I will not,” retorted the Witch, “for it is now my shoe, and not +yours.” + +“You are a wicked creature!” cried Dorothy. “You have no right to take +my shoe from me.” + +“I shall keep it, just the same,” said the Witch, laughing at her, “and +someday I shall get the other one from you, too.” + +This made Dorothy so very angry that she picked up the bucket of water +that stood near and dashed it over the Witch, wetting her from head to +foot. + +Instantly the wicked woman gave a loud cry of fear, and then, as +Dorothy looked at her in wonder, the Witch began to shrink and fall +away. + +“See what you have done!” she screamed. “In a minute I shall melt +away.” + +“I’m very sorry, indeed,” said Dorothy, who was truly frightened to see +the Witch actually melting away like brown sugar before her very eyes. + +“Didn’t you know water would be the end of me?” asked the Witch, in a +wailing, despairing voice. + +“Of course not,” answered Dorothy. “How should I?” + +“Well, in a few minutes I shall be all melted, and you will have the +castle to yourself. I have been wicked in my day, but I never thought a +little girl like you would ever be able to melt me and end my wicked +deeds. Look out—here I go!” + +With these words the Witch fell down in a brown, melted, shapeless mass +and began to spread over the clean boards of the kitchen floor. Seeing +that she had really melted away to nothing, Dorothy drew another bucket +of water and threw it over the mess. She then swept it all out the +door. After picking out the silver shoe, which was all that was left of +the old woman, she cleaned and dried it with a cloth, and put it on her +foot again. Then, being at last free to do as she chose, she ran out to +the courtyard to tell the Lion that the Wicked Witch of the West had +come to an end, and that they were no longer prisoners in a strange +land. + + + + +Chapter XIII +The Rescue + + +The Cowardly Lion was much pleased to hear that the Wicked Witch had +been melted by a bucket of water, and Dorothy at once unlocked the gate +of his prison and set him free. They went in together to the castle, +where Dorothy’s first act was to call all the Winkies together and tell +them that they were no longer slaves. + +There was great rejoicing among the yellow Winkies, for they had been +made to work hard during many years for the Wicked Witch, who had +always treated them with great cruelty. They kept this day as a +holiday, then and ever after, and spent the time in feasting and +dancing. + +“If our friends, the Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman, were only with us,” +said the Lion, “I should be quite happy.” + +“Don’t you suppose we could rescue them?” asked the girl anxiously. + +“We can try,” answered the Lion. + +So they called the yellow Winkies and asked them if they would help to +rescue their friends, and the Winkies said that they would be delighted +to do all in their power for Dorothy, who had set them free from +bondage. So she chose a number of the Winkies who looked as if they +knew the most, and they all started away. They traveled that day and +part of the next until they came to the rocky plain where the Tin +Woodman lay, all battered and bent. His axe was near him, but the blade +was rusted and the handle broken off short. + +The Winkies lifted him tenderly in their arms, and carried him back to +the Yellow Castle again, Dorothy shedding a few tears by the way at the +sad plight of her old friend, and the Lion looking sober and sorry. +When they reached the castle Dorothy said to the Winkies: + +“Are any of your people tinsmiths?” + +“Oh, yes. Some of us are very good tinsmiths,” they told her. + +“Then bring them to me,” she said. And when the tinsmiths came, +bringing with them all their tools in baskets, she inquired, “Can you +straighten out those dents in the Tin Woodman, and bend him back into +shape again, and solder him together where he is broken?” + +The tinsmiths looked the Woodman over carefully and then answered that +they thought they could mend him so he would be as good as ever. So +they set to work in one of the big yellow rooms of the castle and +worked for three days and four nights, hammering and twisting and +bending and soldering and polishing and pounding at the legs and body +and head of the Tin Woodman, until at last he was straightened out into +his old form, and his joints worked as well as ever. To be sure, there +were several patches on him, but the tinsmiths did a good job, and as +the Woodman was not a vain man he did not mind the patches at all. + +When, at last, he walked into Dorothy’s room and thanked her for +rescuing him, he was so pleased that he wept tears of joy, and Dorothy +had to wipe every tear carefully from his face with her apron, so his +joints would not be rusted. At the same time her own tears fell thick +and fast at the joy of meeting her old friend again, and these tears +did not need to be wiped away. As for the Lion, he wiped his eyes so +often with the tip of his tail that it became quite wet, and he was +obliged to go out into the courtyard and hold it in the sun till it +dried. + +“If we only had the Scarecrow with us again,” said the Tin Woodman, +when Dorothy had finished telling him everything that had happened, “I +should be quite happy.” + +“We must try to find him,” said the girl. + +So she called the Winkies to help her, and they walked all that day and +part of the next until they came to the tall tree in the branches of +which the Winged Monkeys had tossed the Scarecrow’s clothes. + +It was a very tall tree, and the trunk was so smooth that no one could +climb it; but the Woodman said at once, “I’ll chop it down, and then we +can get the Scarecrow’s clothes.” + +Now while the tinsmiths had been at work mending the Woodman himself, +another of the Winkies, who was a goldsmith, had made an axe-handle of +solid gold and fitted it to the Woodman’s axe, instead of the old +broken handle. Others polished the blade until all the rust was removed +and it glistened like burnished silver. + +As soon as he had spoken, the Tin Woodman began to chop, and in a short +time the tree fell over with a crash, whereupon the Scarecrow’s clothes +fell out of the branches and rolled off on the ground. + +Dorothy picked them up and had the Winkies carry them back to the +castle, where they were stuffed with nice, clean straw; and behold! +here was the Scarecrow, as good as ever, thanking them over and over +again for saving him. + +Now that they were reunited, Dorothy and her friends spent a few happy +days at the Yellow Castle, where they found everything they needed to +make them comfortable. + +But one day the girl thought of Aunt Em, and said, “We must go back to +Oz, and claim his promise.” + +“Yes,” said the Woodman, “at last I shall get my heart.” + +“And I shall get my brains,” added the Scarecrow joyfully. + +“And I shall get my courage,” said the Lion thoughtfully. + +“And I shall get back to Kansas,” cried Dorothy, clapping her hands. +“Oh, let us start for the Emerald City tomorrow!” + +This they decided to do. The next day they called the Winkies together +and bade them good-bye. The Winkies were sorry to have them go, and +they had grown so fond of the Tin Woodman that they begged him to stay +and rule over them and the Yellow Land of the West. Finding they were +determined to go, the Winkies gave Toto and the Lion each a golden +collar; and to Dorothy they presented a beautiful bracelet studded with +diamonds; and to the Scarecrow they gave a gold-headed walking stick, +to keep him from stumbling; and to the Tin Woodman they offered a +silver oil-can, inlaid with gold and set with precious jewels. + +Every one of the travelers made the Winkies a pretty speech in return, +and all shook hands with them until their arms ached. + +Dorothy went to the Witch’s cupboard to fill her basket with food for +the journey, and there she saw the Golden Cap. She tried it on her own +head and found that it fitted her exactly. She did not know anything +about the charm of the Golden Cap, but she saw that it was pretty, so +she made up her mind to wear it and carry her sunbonnet in the basket. + +Then, being prepared for the journey, they all started for the Emerald +City; and the Winkies gave them three cheers and many good wishes to +carry with them. + + + + +Chapter XIV +The Winged Monkeys + + +You will remember there was no road—not even a pathway—between the +castle of the Wicked Witch and the Emerald City. When the four +travelers went in search of the Witch she had seen them coming, and so +sent the Winged Monkeys to bring them to her. It was much harder to +find their way back through the big fields of buttercups and yellow +daisies than it was being carried. They knew, of course, they must go +straight east, toward the rising sun; and they started off in the right +way. But at noon, when the sun was over their heads, they did not know +which was east and which was west, and that was the reason they were +lost in the great fields. They kept on walking, however, and at night +the moon came out and shone brightly. So they lay down among the sweet +smelling yellow flowers and slept soundly until morning—all but the +Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman. + +The next morning the sun was behind a cloud, but they started on, as if +they were quite sure which way they were going. + +“If we walk far enough,” said Dorothy, “I am sure we shall sometime +come to some place.” + +But day by day passed away, and they still saw nothing before them but +the scarlet fields. The Scarecrow began to grumble a bit. + +“We have surely lost our way,” he said, “and unless we find it again in +time to reach the Emerald City, I shall never get my brains.” + +“Nor I my heart,” declared the Tin Woodman. “It seems to me I can +scarcely wait till I get to Oz, and you must admit this is a very long +journey.” + +“You see,” said the Cowardly Lion, with a whimper, “I haven’t the +courage to keep tramping forever, without getting anywhere at all.” + +Then Dorothy lost heart. She sat down on the grass and looked at her +companions, and they sat down and looked at her, and Toto found that +for the first time in his life he was too tired to chase a butterfly +that flew past his head. So he put out his tongue and panted and looked +at Dorothy as if to ask what they should do next. + +“Suppose we call the field mice,” she suggested. “They could probably +tell us the way to the Emerald City.” + +“To be sure they could,” cried the Scarecrow. “Why didn’t we think of +that before?” + +Dorothy blew the little whistle she had always carried about her neck +since the Queen of the Mice had given it to her. In a few minutes they +heard the pattering of tiny feet, and many of the small gray mice came +running up to her. Among them was the Queen herself, who asked, in her +squeaky little voice: + +“What can I do for my friends?” + +“We have lost our way,” said Dorothy. “Can you tell us where the +Emerald City is?” + +“Certainly,” answered the Queen; “but it is a great way off, for you +have had it at your backs all this time.” Then she noticed Dorothy’s +Golden Cap, and said, “Why don’t you use the charm of the Cap, and call +the Winged Monkeys to you? They will carry you to the City of Oz in +less than an hour.” + +“I didn’t know there was a charm,” answered Dorothy, in surprise. “What +is it?” + +“It is written inside the Golden Cap,” replied the Queen of the Mice. +“But if you are going to call the Winged Monkeys we must run away, for +they are full of mischief and think it great fun to plague us.” + +“Won’t they hurt me?” asked the girl anxiously. + +“Oh, no. They must obey the wearer of the Cap. Good-bye!” And she +scampered out of sight, with all the mice hurrying after her. + +Dorothy looked inside the Golden Cap and saw some words written upon +the lining. These, she thought, must be the charm, so she read the +directions carefully and put the Cap upon her head. + +“Ep-pe, pep-pe, kak-ke!” she said, standing on her left foot. + +“What did you say?” asked the Scarecrow, who did not know what she was +doing. + +“Hil-lo, hol-lo, hel-lo!” Dorothy went on, standing this time on her +right foot. + +“Hello!” replied the Tin Woodman calmly. + +“Ziz-zy, zuz-zy, zik!” said Dorothy, who was now standing on both feet. +This ended the saying of the charm, and they heard a great chattering +and flapping of wings, as the band of Winged Monkeys flew up to them. + +The King bowed low before Dorothy, and asked, “What is your command?” + +“We wish to go to the Emerald City,” said the child, “and we have lost +our way.” + +“We will carry you,” replied the King, and no sooner had he spoken than +two of the Monkeys caught Dorothy in their arms and flew away with her. +Others took the Scarecrow and the Woodman and the Lion, and one little +Monkey seized Toto and flew after them, although the dog tried hard to +bite him. + +The Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman were rather frightened at first, for +they remembered how badly the Winged Monkeys had treated them before; +but they saw that no harm was intended, so they rode through the air +quite cheerfully, and had a fine time looking at the pretty gardens and +woods far below them. + +Dorothy found herself riding easily between two of the biggest Monkeys, +one of them the King himself. They had made a chair of their hands and +were careful not to hurt her. + +“Why do you have to obey the charm of the Golden Cap?” she asked. + +“That is a long story,” answered the King, with a winged laugh; “but as +we have a long journey before us, I will pass the time by telling you +about it, if you wish.” + +“I shall be glad to hear it,” she replied. + +“Once,” began the leader, “we were a free people, living happily in the +great forest, flying from tree to tree, eating nuts and fruit, and +doing just as we pleased without calling anybody master. Perhaps some +of us were rather too full of mischief at times, flying down to pull +the tails of the animals that had no wings, chasing birds, and throwing +nuts at the people who walked in the forest. But we were careless and +happy and full of fun, and enjoyed every minute of the day. This was +many years ago, long before Oz came out of the clouds to rule over this +land. + +“There lived here then, away at the North, a beautiful princess, who +was also a powerful sorceress. All her magic was used to help the +people, and she was never known to hurt anyone who was good. Her name +was Gayelette, and she lived in a handsome palace built from great +blocks of ruby. Everyone loved her, but her greatest sorrow was that +she could find no one to love in return, since all the men were much +too stupid and ugly to mate with one so beautiful and wise. At last, +however, she found a boy who was handsome and manly and wise beyond his +years. Gayelette made up her mind that when he grew to be a man she +would make him her husband, so she took him to her ruby palace and used +all her magic powers to make him as strong and good and lovely as any +woman could wish. When he grew to manhood, Quelala, as he was called, +was said to be the best and wisest man in all the land, while his manly +beauty was so great that Gayelette loved him dearly, and hastened to +make everything ready for the wedding. + +“My grandfather was at that time the King of the Winged Monkeys which +lived in the forest near Gayelette’s palace, and the old fellow loved a +joke better than a good dinner. One day, just before the wedding, my +grandfather was flying out with his band when he saw Quelala walking +beside the river. He was dressed in a rich costume of pink silk and +purple velvet, and my grandfather thought he would see what he could +do. At his word the band flew down and seized Quelala, carried him in +their arms until they were over the middle of the river, and then +dropped him into the water. + +“‘Swim out, my fine fellow,’ cried my grandfather, ‘and see if the +water has spotted your clothes.’ Quelala was much too wise not to swim, +and he was not in the least spoiled by all his good fortune. He +laughed, when he came to the top of the water, and swam in to shore. +But when Gayelette came running out to him she found his silks and +velvet all ruined by the river. + +“The princess was angry, and she knew, of course, who did it. She had +all the Winged Monkeys brought before her, and she said at first that +their wings should be tied and they should be treated as they had +treated Quelala, and dropped in the river. But my grandfather pleaded +hard, for he knew the Monkeys would drown in the river with their wings +tied, and Quelala said a kind word for them also; so that Gayelette +finally spared them, on condition that the Winged Monkeys should ever +after do three times the bidding of the owner of the Golden Cap. This +Cap had been made for a wedding present to Quelala, and it is said to +have cost the princess half her kingdom. Of course my grandfather and +all the other Monkeys at once agreed to the condition, and that is how +it happens that we are three times the slaves of the owner of the +Golden Cap, whosoever he may be.” + +“And what became of them?” asked Dorothy, who had been greatly +interested in the story. + +“Quelala being the first owner of the Golden Cap,” replied the Monkey, +“he was the first to lay his wishes upon us. As his bride could not +bear the sight of us, he called us all to him in the forest after he +had married her and ordered us always to keep where she could never +again set eyes on a Winged Monkey, which we were glad to do, for we +were all afraid of her. + +“This was all we ever had to do until the Golden Cap fell into the +hands of the Wicked Witch of the West, who made us enslave the Winkies, +and afterward drive Oz himself out of the Land of the West. Now the +Golden Cap is yours, and three times you have the right to lay your +wishes upon us.” + +As the Monkey King finished his story Dorothy looked down and saw the +green, shining walls of the Emerald City before them. She wondered at +the rapid flight of the Monkeys, but was glad the journey was over. The +strange creatures set the travelers down carefully before the gate of +the City, the King bowed low to Dorothy, and then flew swiftly away, +followed by all his band. + +“That was a good ride,” said the little girl. + +“Yes, and a quick way out of our troubles,” replied the Lion. “How +lucky it was you brought away that wonderful Cap!” + + + + +Chapter XV +The Discovery of Oz, the Terrible + + +The four travelers walked up to the great gate of Emerald City and rang +the bell. After ringing several times, it was opened by the same +Guardian of the Gates they had met before. + +“What! are you back again?” he asked, in surprise. + +“Do you not see us?” answered the Scarecrow. + +“But I thought you had gone to visit the Wicked Witch of the West.” + +“We did visit her,” said the Scarecrow. + +“And she let you go again?” asked the man, in wonder. + +“She could not help it, for she is melted,” explained the Scarecrow. + +“Melted! Well, that is good news, indeed,” said the man. “Who melted +her?” + +“It was Dorothy,” said the Lion gravely. + +“Good gracious!” exclaimed the man, and he bowed very low indeed before +her. + +Then he led them into his little room and locked the spectacles from +the great box on all their eyes, just as he had done before. Afterward +they passed on through the gate into the Emerald City. When the people +heard from the Guardian of the Gates that Dorothy had melted the Wicked +Witch of the West, they all gathered around the travelers and followed +them in a great crowd to the Palace of Oz. + +The soldier with the green whiskers was still on guard before the door, +but he let them in at once, and they were again met by the beautiful +green girl, who showed each of them to their old rooms at once, so they +might rest until the Great Oz was ready to receive them. + +The soldier had the news carried straight to Oz that Dorothy and the +other travelers had come back again, after destroying the Wicked Witch; +but Oz made no reply. They thought the Great Wizard would send for them +at once, but he did not. They had no word from him the next day, nor +the next, nor the next. The waiting was tiresome and wearing, and at +last they grew vexed that Oz should treat them in so poor a fashion, +after sending them to undergo hardships and slavery. So the Scarecrow +at last asked the green girl to take another message to Oz, saying if +he did not let them in to see him at once they would call the Winged +Monkeys to help them, and find out whether he kept his promises or not. +When the Wizard was given this message he was so frightened that he +sent word for them to come to the Throne Room at four minutes after +nine o’clock the next morning. He had once met the Winged Monkeys in +the Land of the West, and he did not wish to meet them again. + +The four travelers passed a sleepless night, each thinking of the gift +Oz had promised to bestow on him. Dorothy fell asleep only once, and +then she dreamed she was in Kansas, where Aunt Em was telling her how +glad she was to have her little girl at home again. + +Promptly at nine o’clock the next morning the green-whiskered soldier +came to them, and four minutes later they all went into the Throne Room +of the Great Oz. + +Of course each one of them expected to see the Wizard in the shape he +had taken before, and all were greatly surprised when they looked about +and saw no one at all in the room. They kept close to the door and +closer to one another, for the stillness of the empty room was more +dreadful than any of the forms they had seen Oz take. + +Presently they heard a solemn Voice, that seemed to come from somewhere +near the top of the great dome, and it said: + +“I am Oz, the Great and Terrible. Why do you seek me?” + +They looked again in every part of the room, and then, seeing no one, +Dorothy asked, “Where are you?” + +“I am everywhere,” answered the Voice, “but to the eyes of common +mortals I am invisible. I will now seat myself upon my throne, that you +may converse with me.” Indeed, the Voice seemed just then to come +straight from the throne itself; so they walked toward it and stood in +a row while Dorothy said: + +“We have come to claim our promise, O Oz.” + +“What promise?” asked Oz. + +“You promised to send me back to Kansas when the Wicked Witch was +destroyed,” said the girl. + +“And you promised to give me brains,” said the Scarecrow. + +“And you promised to give me a heart,” said the Tin Woodman. + +“And you promised to give me courage,” said the Cowardly Lion. + +“Is the Wicked Witch really destroyed?” asked the Voice, and Dorothy +thought it trembled a little. + +“Yes,” she answered, “I melted her with a bucket of water.” + +“Dear me,” said the Voice, “how sudden! Well, come to me tomorrow, for +I must have time to think it over.” + +“You’ve had plenty of time already,” said the Tin Woodman angrily. + +“We shan’t wait a day longer,” said the Scarecrow. + +“You must keep your promises to us!” exclaimed Dorothy. + +The Lion thought it might be as well to frighten the Wizard, so he gave +a large, loud roar, which was so fierce and dreadful that Toto jumped +away from him in alarm and tipped over the screen that stood in a +corner. As it fell with a crash they looked that way, and the next +moment all of them were filled with wonder. For they saw, standing in +just the spot the screen had hidden, a little old man, with a bald head +and a wrinkled face, who seemed to be as much surprised as they were. +The Tin Woodman, raising his axe, rushed toward the little man and +cried out, “Who are you?” + +“I am Oz, the Great and Terrible,” said the little man, in a trembling +voice. “But don’t strike me—please don’t—and I’ll do anything you want +me to.” + +Our friends looked at him in surprise and dismay. + +“I thought Oz was a great Head,” said Dorothy. + +“And I thought Oz was a lovely Lady,” said the Scarecrow. + +“And I thought Oz was a terrible Beast,” said the Tin Woodman. + +“And I thought Oz was a Ball of Fire,” exclaimed the Lion. + +“No, you are all wrong,” said the little man meekly. “I have been +making believe.” + +“Making believe!” cried Dorothy. “Are you not a Great Wizard?” + +“Hush, my dear,” he said. “Don’t speak so loud, or you will be +overheard—and I should be ruined. I’m supposed to be a Great Wizard.” + +“And aren’t you?” she asked. + +“Not a bit of it, my dear; I’m just a common man.” + +“You’re more than that,” said the Scarecrow, in a grieved tone; “you’re +a humbug.” + +“Exactly so!” declared the little man, rubbing his hands together as if +it pleased him. “I am a humbug.” + +“But this is terrible,” said the Tin Woodman. “How shall I ever get my +heart?” + +“Or I my courage?” asked the Lion. + +“Or I my brains?” wailed the Scarecrow, wiping the tears from his eyes +with his coat sleeve. + +“My dear friends,” said Oz, “I pray you not to speak of these little +things. Think of me, and the terrible trouble I’m in at being found +out.” + +“Doesn’t anyone else know you’re a humbug?” asked Dorothy. + +“No one knows it but you four—and myself,” replied Oz. “I have fooled +everyone so long that I thought I should never be found out. It was a +great mistake my ever letting you into the Throne Room. Usually I will +not see even my subjects, and so they believe I am something terrible.” + +“But, I don’t understand,” said Dorothy, in bewilderment. “How was it +that you appeared to me as a great Head?” + +“That was one of my tricks,” answered Oz. “Step this way, please, and I +will tell you all about it.” + +He led the way to a small chamber in the rear of the Throne Room, and +they all followed him. He pointed to one corner, in which lay the great +Head, made out of many thicknesses of paper, and with a carefully +painted face. + +“This I hung from the ceiling by a wire,” said Oz. “I stood behind the +screen and pulled a thread, to make the eyes move and the mouth open.” + +“But how about the voice?” she inquired. + +“Oh, I am a ventriloquist,” said the little man. “I can throw the sound +of my voice wherever I wish, so that you thought it was coming out of +the Head. Here are the other things I used to deceive you.” He showed +the Scarecrow the dress and the mask he had worn when he seemed to be +the lovely Lady. And the Tin Woodman saw that his terrible Beast was +nothing but a lot of skins, sewn together, with slats to keep their +sides out. As for the Ball of Fire, the false Wizard had hung that also +from the ceiling. It was really a ball of cotton, but when oil was +poured upon it the ball burned fiercely. + +“Really,” said the Scarecrow, “you ought to be ashamed of yourself for +being such a humbug.” + +“I am—I certainly am,” answered the little man sorrowfully; “but it was +the only thing I could do. Sit down, please, there are plenty of +chairs; and I will tell you my story.” + +So they sat down and listened while he told the following tale. + +“I was born in Omaha—” + +“Why, that isn’t very far from Kansas!” cried Dorothy. + +“No, but it’s farther from here,” he said, shaking his head at her +sadly. “When I grew up I became a ventriloquist, and at that I was very +well trained by a great master. I can imitate any kind of a bird or +beast.” Here he mewed so like a kitten that Toto pricked up his ears +and looked everywhere to see where she was. “After a time,” continued +Oz, “I tired of that, and became a balloonist.” + +“What is that?” asked Dorothy. + +“A man who goes up in a balloon on circus day, so as to draw a crowd of +people together and get them to pay to see the circus,” he explained. + +“Oh,” she said, “I know.” + +“Well, one day I went up in a balloon and the ropes got twisted, so +that I couldn’t come down again. It went way up above the clouds, so +far that a current of air struck it and carried it many, many miles +away. For a day and a night I traveled through the air, and on the +morning of the second day I awoke and found the balloon floating over a +strange and beautiful country. + +“It came down gradually, and I was not hurt a bit. But I found myself +in the midst of a strange people, who, seeing me come from the clouds, +thought I was a great Wizard. Of course I let them think so, because +they were afraid of me, and promised to do anything I wished them to. + +“Just to amuse myself, and keep the good people busy, I ordered them to +build this City, and my Palace; and they did it all willingly and well. +Then I thought, as the country was so green and beautiful, I would call +it the Emerald City; and to make the name fit better I put green +spectacles on all the people, so that everything they saw was green.” + +“But isn’t everything here green?” asked Dorothy. + +“No more than in any other city,” replied Oz; “but when you wear green +spectacles, why of course everything you see looks green to you. The +Emerald City was built a great many years ago, for I was a young man +when the balloon brought me here, and I am a very old man now. But my +people have worn green glasses on their eyes so long that most of them +think it really is an Emerald City, and it certainly is a beautiful +place, abounding in jewels and precious metals, and every good thing +that is needed to make one happy. I have been good to the people, and +they like me; but ever since this Palace was built, I have shut myself +up and would not see any of them. + +“One of my greatest fears was the Witches, for while I had no magical +powers at all I soon found out that the Witches were really able to do +wonderful things. There were four of them in this country, and they +ruled the people who live in the North and South and East and West. +Fortunately, the Witches of the North and South were good, and I knew +they would do me no harm; but the Witches of the East and West were +terribly wicked, and had they not thought I was more powerful than they +themselves, they would surely have destroyed me. As it was, I lived in +deadly fear of them for many years; so you can imagine how pleased I +was when I heard your house had fallen on the Wicked Witch of the East. +When you came to me, I was willing to promise anything if you would +only do away with the other Witch; but, now that you have melted her, I +am ashamed to say that I cannot keep my promises.” + +“I think you are a very bad man,” said Dorothy. + +“Oh, no, my dear; I’m really a very good man, but I’m a very bad +Wizard, I must admit.” + +“Can’t you give me brains?” asked the Scarecrow. + +“You don’t need them. You are learning something every day. A baby has +brains, but it doesn’t know much. Experience is the only thing that +brings knowledge, and the longer you are on earth the more experience +you are sure to get.” + +“That may all be true,” said the Scarecrow, “but I shall be very +unhappy unless you give me brains.” + +The false Wizard looked at him carefully. + +“Well,” he said with a sigh, “I’m not much of a magician, as I said; +but if you will come to me tomorrow morning, I will stuff your head +with brains. I cannot tell you how to use them, however; you must find +that out for yourself.” + +“Oh, thank you—thank you!” cried the Scarecrow. “I’ll find a way to use +them, never fear!” + +“But how about my courage?” asked the Lion anxiously. + +“You have plenty of courage, I am sure,” answered Oz. “All you need is +confidence in yourself. There is no living thing that is not afraid +when it faces danger. The True courage is in facing danger when you are +afraid, and that kind of courage you have in plenty.” + +“Perhaps I have, but I’m scared just the same,” said the Lion. “I shall +really be very unhappy unless you give me the sort of courage that +makes one forget he is afraid.” + +“Very well, I will give you that sort of courage tomorrow,” replied Oz. + +“How about my heart?” asked the Tin Woodman. + +“Why, as for that,” answered Oz, “I think you are wrong to want a +heart. It makes most people unhappy. If you only knew it, you are in +luck not to have a heart.” + +“That must be a matter of opinion,” said the Tin Woodman. “For my part, +I will bear all the unhappiness without a murmur, if you will give me +the heart.” + +“Very well,” answered Oz meekly. “Come to me tomorrow and you shall +have a heart. I have played Wizard for so many years that I may as well +continue the part a little longer.” + +“And now,” said Dorothy, “how am I to get back to Kansas?” + +“We shall have to think about that,” replied the little man. “Give me +two or three days to consider the matter and I’ll try to find a way to +carry you over the desert. In the meantime you shall all be treated as +my guests, and while you live in the Palace my people will wait upon +you and obey your slightest wish. There is only one thing I ask in +return for my help—such as it is. You must keep my secret and tell no +one I am a humbug.” + +They agreed to say nothing of what they had learned, and went back to +their rooms in high spirits. Even Dorothy had hope that “The Great and +Terrible Humbug,” as she called him, would find a way to send her back +to Kansas, and if he did she was willing to forgive him everything. + + + + +Chapter XVI +The Magic Art of the Great Humbug + + +Next morning the Scarecrow said to his friends: + +“Congratulate me. I am going to Oz to get my brains at last. When I +return I shall be as other men are.” + +“I have always liked you as you were,” said Dorothy simply. + +“It is kind of you to like a Scarecrow,” he replied. “But surely you +will think more of me when you hear the splendid thoughts my new brain +is going to turn out.” Then he said good-bye to them all in a cheerful +voice and went to the Throne Room, where he rapped upon the door. + +“Come in,” said Oz. + +The Scarecrow went in and found the little man sitting down by the +window, engaged in deep thought. + +“I have come for my brains,” remarked the Scarecrow, a little uneasily. + +“Oh, yes; sit down in that chair, please,” replied Oz. “You must excuse +me for taking your head off, but I shall have to do it in order to put +your brains in their proper place.” + +“That’s all right,” said the Scarecrow. “You are quite welcome to take +my head off, as long as it will be a better one when you put it on +again.” + +So the Wizard unfastened his head and emptied out the straw. Then he +entered the back room and took up a measure of bran, which he mixed +with a great many pins and needles. Having shaken them together +thoroughly, he filled the top of the Scarecrow’s head with the mixture +and stuffed the rest of the space with straw, to hold it in place. + +When he had fastened the Scarecrow’s head on his body again he said to +him, “Hereafter you will be a great man, for I have given you a lot of +bran-new brains.” + +The Scarecrow was both pleased and proud at the fulfillment of his +greatest wish, and having thanked Oz warmly he went back to his +friends. + +Dorothy looked at him curiously. His head was quite bulged out at the +top with brains. + +“How do you feel?” she asked. + +“I feel wise indeed,” he answered earnestly. “When I get used to my +brains I shall know everything.” + +“Why are those needles and pins sticking out of your head?” asked the +Tin Woodman. + +“That is proof that he is sharp,” remarked the Lion. + +“Well, I must go to Oz and get my heart,” said the Woodman. So he +walked to the Throne Room and knocked at the door. + +“Come in,” called Oz, and the Woodman entered and said, “I have come +for my heart.” + +“Very well,” answered the little man. “But I shall have to cut a hole +in your breast, so I can put your heart in the right place. I hope it +won’t hurt you.” + +“Oh, no,” answered the Woodman. “I shall not feel it at all.” + +So Oz brought a pair of tinsmith’s shears and cut a small, square hole +in the left side of the Tin Woodman’s breast. Then, going to a chest of +drawers, he took out a pretty heart, made entirely of silk and stuffed +with sawdust. + +“Isn’t it a beauty?” he asked. + +“It is, indeed!” replied the Woodman, who was greatly pleased. “But is +it a kind heart?” + +“Oh, very!” answered Oz. He put the heart in the Woodman’s breast and +then replaced the square of tin, soldering it neatly together where it +had been cut. + +“There,” said he; “now you have a heart that any man might be proud of. +I’m sorry I had to put a patch on your breast, but it really couldn’t +be helped.” + +“Never mind the patch,” exclaimed the happy Woodman. “I am very +grateful to you, and shall never forget your kindness.” + +“Don’t speak of it,” replied Oz. + +Then the Tin Woodman went back to his friends, who wished him every joy +on account of his good fortune. + +The Lion now walked to the Throne Room and knocked at the door. + +“Come in,” said Oz. + +“I have come for my courage,” announced the Lion, entering the room. + +“Very well,” answered the little man; “I will get it for you.” + +He went to a cupboard and reaching up to a high shelf took down a +square green bottle, the contents of which he poured into a green-gold +dish, beautifully carved. Placing this before the Cowardly Lion, who +sniffed at it as if he did not like it, the Wizard said: + +“Drink.” + +“What is it?” asked the Lion. + +“Well,” answered Oz, “if it were inside of you, it would be courage. +You know, of course, that courage is always inside one; so that this +really cannot be called courage until you have swallowed it. Therefore +I advise you to drink it as soon as possible.” + +The Lion hesitated no longer, but drank till the dish was empty. + +“How do you feel now?” asked Oz. + +“Full of courage,” replied the Lion, who went joyfully back to his +friends to tell them of his good fortune. + +Oz, left to himself, smiled to think of his success in giving the +Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman and the Lion exactly what they thought +they wanted. “How can I help being a humbug,” he said, “when all these +people make me do things that everybody knows can’t be done? It was +easy to make the Scarecrow and the Lion and the Woodman happy, because +they imagined I could do anything. But it will take more than +imagination to carry Dorothy back to Kansas, and I’m sure I don’t know +how it can be done.” + + + + +Chapter XVII +How the Balloon Was Launched + + +For three days Dorothy heard nothing from Oz. These were sad days for +the little girl, although her friends were all quite happy and +contented. The Scarecrow told them there were wonderful thoughts in his +head; but he would not say what they were because he knew no one could +understand them but himself. When the Tin Woodman walked about he felt +his heart rattling around in his breast; and he told Dorothy he had +discovered it to be a kinder and more tender heart than the one he had +owned when he was made of flesh. The Lion declared he was afraid of +nothing on earth, and would gladly face an army or a dozen of the +fierce Kalidahs. + +Thus each of the little party was satisfied except Dorothy, who longed +more than ever to get back to Kansas. + +On the fourth day, to her great joy, Oz sent for her, and when she +entered the Throne Room he greeted her pleasantly: + +“Sit down, my dear; I think I have found the way to get you out of this +country.” + +“And back to Kansas?” she asked eagerly. + +“Well, I’m not sure about Kansas,” said Oz, “for I haven’t the faintest +notion which way it lies. But the first thing to do is to cross the +desert, and then it should be easy to find your way home.” + +“How can I cross the desert?” she inquired. + +“Well, I’ll tell you what I think,” said the little man. “You see, when +I came to this country it was in a balloon. You also came through the +air, being carried by a cyclone. So I believe the best way to get +across the desert will be through the air. Now, it is quite beyond my +powers to make a cyclone; but I’ve been thinking the matter over, and I +believe I can make a balloon.” + +“How?” asked Dorothy. + +“A balloon,” said Oz, “is made of silk, which is coated with glue to +keep the gas in it. I have plenty of silk in the Palace, so it will be +no trouble to make the balloon. But in all this country there is no gas +to fill the balloon with, to make it float.” + +“If it won’t float,” remarked Dorothy, “it will be of no use to us.” + +“True,” answered Oz. “But there is another way to make it float, which +is to fill it with hot air. Hot air isn’t as good as gas, for if the +air should get cold the balloon would come down in the desert, and we +should be lost.” + +“We!” exclaimed the girl. “Are you going with me?” + +“Yes, of course,” replied Oz. “I am tired of being such a humbug. If I +should go out of this Palace my people would soon discover I am not a +Wizard, and then they would be vexed with me for having deceived them. +So I have to stay shut up in these rooms all day, and it gets tiresome. +I’d much rather go back to Kansas with you and be in a circus again.” + +“I shall be glad to have your company,” said Dorothy. + +“Thank you,” he answered. “Now, if you will help me sew the silk +together, we will begin to work on our balloon.” + +So Dorothy took a needle and thread, and as fast as Oz cut the strips +of silk into proper shape the girl sewed them neatly together. First +there was a strip of light green silk, then a strip of dark green and +then a strip of emerald green; for Oz had a fancy to make the balloon +in different shades of the color about them. It took three days to sew +all the strips together, but when it was finished they had a big bag of +green silk more than twenty feet long. + +Then Oz painted it on the inside with a coat of thin glue, to make it +airtight, after which he announced that the balloon was ready. + +“But we must have a basket to ride in,” he said. So he sent the soldier +with the green whiskers for a big clothes basket, which he fastened +with many ropes to the bottom of the balloon. + +When it was all ready, Oz sent word to his people that he was going to +make a visit to a great brother Wizard who lived in the clouds. The +news spread rapidly throughout the city and everyone came to see the +wonderful sight. + +Oz ordered the balloon carried out in front of the Palace, and the +people gazed upon it with much curiosity. The Tin Woodman had chopped a +big pile of wood, and now he made a fire of it, and Oz held the bottom +of the balloon over the fire so that the hot air that arose from it +would be caught in the silken bag. Gradually the balloon swelled out +and rose into the air, until finally the basket just touched the +ground. + +Then Oz got into the basket and said to all the people in a loud voice: + +“I am now going away to make a visit. While I am gone the Scarecrow +will rule over you. I command you to obey him as you would me.” + +The balloon was by this time tugging hard at the rope that held it to +the ground, for the air within it was hot, and this made it so much +lighter in weight than the air without that it pulled hard to rise into +the sky. + +“Come, Dorothy!” cried the Wizard. “Hurry up, or the balloon will fly +away.” + +“I can’t find Toto anywhere,” replied Dorothy, who did not wish to +leave her little dog behind. Toto had run into the crowd to bark at a +kitten, and Dorothy at last found him. She picked him up and ran +towards the balloon. + +She was within a few steps of it, and Oz was holding out his hands to +help her into the basket, when, crack! went the ropes, and the balloon +rose into the air without her. + +“Come back!” she screamed. “I want to go, too!” + +“I can’t come back, my dear,” called Oz from the basket. “Good-bye!” + +“Good-bye!” shouted everyone, and all eyes were turned upward to where +the Wizard was riding in the basket, rising every moment farther and +farther into the sky. + +And that was the last any of them ever saw of Oz, the Wonderful Wizard, +though he may have reached Omaha safely, and be there now, for all we +know. But the people remembered him lovingly, and said to one another: + +“Oz was always our friend. When he was here he built for us this +beautiful Emerald City, and now he is gone he has left the Wise +Scarecrow to rule over us.” + +Still, for many days they grieved over the loss of the Wonderful +Wizard, and would not be comforted. + + + + +Chapter XVIII +Away to the South + + +Dorothy wept bitterly at the passing of her hope to get home to Kansas +again; but when she thought it all over she was glad she had not gone +up in a balloon. And she also felt sorry at losing Oz, and so did her +companions. + +The Tin Woodman came to her and said: + +“Truly I should be ungrateful if I failed to mourn for the man who gave +me my lovely heart. I should like to cry a little because Oz is gone, +if you will kindly wipe away my tears, so that I shall not rust.” + +“With pleasure,” she answered, and brought a towel at once. Then the +Tin Woodman wept for several minutes, and she watched the tears +carefully and wiped them away with the towel. When he had finished, he +thanked her kindly and oiled himself thoroughly with his jeweled +oil-can, to guard against mishap. + +The Scarecrow was now the ruler of the Emerald City, and although he +was not a Wizard the people were proud of him. “For,” they said, “there +is not another city in all the world that is ruled by a stuffed man.” +And, so far as they knew, they were quite right. + +The morning after the balloon had gone up with Oz, the four travelers +met in the Throne Room and talked matters over. The Scarecrow sat in +the big throne and the others stood respectfully before him. + +“We are not so unlucky,” said the new ruler, “for this Palace and the +Emerald City belong to us, and we can do just as we please. When I +remember that a short time ago I was up on a pole in a farmer’s +cornfield, and that now I am the ruler of this beautiful City, I am +quite satisfied with my lot.” + +“I also,” said the Tin Woodman, “am well-pleased with my new heart; +and, really, that was the only thing I wished in all the world.” + +“For my part, I am content in knowing I am as brave as any beast that +ever lived, if not braver,” said the Lion modestly. + +“If Dorothy would only be contented to live in the Emerald City,” +continued the Scarecrow, “we might all be happy together.” + +“But I don’t want to live here,” cried Dorothy. “I want to go to +Kansas, and live with Aunt Em and Uncle Henry.” + +“Well, then, what can be done?” inquired the Woodman. + +The Scarecrow decided to think, and he thought so hard that the pins +and needles began to stick out of his brains. Finally he said: + +“Why not call the Winged Monkeys, and ask them to carry you over the +desert?” + +“I never thought of that!” said Dorothy joyfully. “It’s just the thing. +I’ll go at once for the Golden Cap.” + +When she brought it into the Throne Room she spoke the magic words, and +soon the band of Winged Monkeys flew in through the open window and +stood beside her. + +“This is the second time you have called us,” said the Monkey King, +bowing before the little girl. “What do you wish?” + +“I want you to fly with me to Kansas,” said Dorothy. + +But the Monkey King shook his head. + +“That cannot be done,” he said. “We belong to this country alone, and +cannot leave it. There has never been a Winged Monkey in Kansas yet, +and I suppose there never will be, for they don’t belong there. We +shall be glad to serve you in any way in our power, but we cannot cross +the desert. Good-bye.” + +And with another bow, the Monkey King spread his wings and flew away +through the window, followed by all his band. + +Dorothy was ready to cry with disappointment. “I have wasted the charm +of the Golden Cap to no purpose,” she said, “for the Winged Monkeys +cannot help me.” + +“It is certainly too bad!” said the tender-hearted Woodman. + +The Scarecrow was thinking again, and his head bulged out so horribly +that Dorothy feared it would burst. + +“Let us call in the soldier with the green whiskers,” he said, “and ask +his advice.” + +So the soldier was summoned and entered the Throne Room timidly, for +while Oz was alive he never was allowed to come farther than the door. + +“This little girl,” said the Scarecrow to the soldier, “wishes to cross +the desert. How can she do so?” + +“I cannot tell,” answered the soldier, “for nobody has ever crossed the +desert, unless it is Oz himself.” + +“Is there no one who can help me?” asked Dorothy earnestly. + +“Glinda might,” he suggested. + +“Who is Glinda?” inquired the Scarecrow. + +“The Witch of the South. She is the most powerful of all the Witches, +and rules over the Quadlings. Besides, her castle stands on the edge of +the desert, so she may know a way to cross it.” + +“Glinda is a Good Witch, isn’t she?” asked the child. + +“The Quadlings think she is good,” said the soldier, “and she is kind +to everyone. I have heard that Glinda is a beautiful woman, who knows +how to keep young in spite of the many years she has lived.” + +“How can I get to her castle?” asked Dorothy. + +“The road is straight to the South,” he answered, “but it is said to be +full of dangers to travelers. There are wild beasts in the woods, and a +race of queer men who do not like strangers to cross their country. For +this reason none of the Quadlings ever come to the Emerald City.” + +The soldier then left them and the Scarecrow said: + +“It seems, in spite of dangers, that the best thing Dorothy can do is +to travel to the Land of the South and ask Glinda to help her. For, of +course, if Dorothy stays here she will never get back to Kansas.” + +“You must have been thinking again,” remarked the Tin Woodman. + +“I have,” said the Scarecrow. + +“I shall go with Dorothy,” declared the Lion, “for I am tired of your +city and long for the woods and the country again. I am really a wild +beast, you know. Besides, Dorothy will need someone to protect her.” + +“That is true,” agreed the Woodman. “My axe may be of service to her; +so I also will go with her to the Land of the South.” + +“When shall we start?” asked the Scarecrow. + +“Are you going?” they asked, in surprise. + +“Certainly. If it wasn’t for Dorothy I should never have had brains. +She lifted me from the pole in the cornfield and brought me to the +Emerald City. So my good luck is all due to her, and I shall never +leave her until she starts back to Kansas for good and all.” + +“Thank you,” said Dorothy gratefully. “You are all very kind to me. But +I should like to start as soon as possible.” + +“We shall go tomorrow morning,” returned the Scarecrow. “So now let us +all get ready, for it will be a long journey.” + + + + +Chapter XIX +Attacked by the Fighting Trees + + +The next morning Dorothy kissed the pretty green girl good-bye, and +they all shook hands with the soldier with the green whiskers, who had +walked with them as far as the gate. When the Guardian of the Gate saw +them again he wondered greatly that they could leave the beautiful City +to get into new trouble. But he at once unlocked their spectacles, +which he put back into the green box, and gave them many good wishes to +carry with them. + +“You are now our ruler,” he said to the Scarecrow; “so you must come +back to us as soon as possible.” + +“I certainly shall if I am able,” the Scarecrow replied; “but I must +help Dorothy to get home, first.” + +As Dorothy bade the good-natured Guardian a last farewell she said: + +“I have been very kindly treated in your lovely City, and everyone has +been good to me. I cannot tell you how grateful I am.” + +“Don’t try, my dear,” he answered. “We should like to keep you with us, +but if it is your wish to return to Kansas, I hope you will find a +way.” He then opened the gate of the outer wall, and they walked forth +and started upon their journey. + +The sun shone brightly as our friends turned their faces toward the +Land of the South. They were all in the best of spirits, and laughed +and chatted together. Dorothy was once more filled with the hope of +getting home, and the Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman were glad to be of +use to her. As for the Lion, he sniffed the fresh air with delight and +whisked his tail from side to side in pure joy at being in the country +again, while Toto ran around them and chased the moths and butterflies, +barking merrily all the time. + +“City life does not agree with me at all,” remarked the Lion, as they +walked along at a brisk pace. “I have lost much flesh since I lived +there, and now I am anxious for a chance to show the other beasts how +courageous I have grown.” + +They now turned and took a last look at the Emerald City. All they +could see was a mass of towers and steeples behind the green walls, and +high up above everything the spires and dome of the Palace of Oz. + +“Oz was not such a bad Wizard, after all,” said the Tin Woodman, as he +felt his heart rattling around in his breast. + +“He knew how to give me brains, and very good brains, too,” said the +Scarecrow. + +“If Oz had taken a dose of the same courage he gave me,” added the +Lion, “he would have been a brave man.” + +Dorothy said nothing. Oz had not kept the promise he made her, but he +had done his best, so she forgave him. As he said, he was a good man, +even if he was a bad Wizard. + +The first day’s journey was through the green fields and bright flowers +that stretched about the Emerald City on every side. They slept that +night on the grass, with nothing but the stars over them; and they +rested very well indeed. + +In the morning they traveled on until they came to a thick wood. There +was no way of going around it, for it seemed to extend to the right and +left as far as they could see; and, besides, they did not dare change +the direction of their journey for fear of getting lost. So they looked +for the place where it would be easiest to get into the forest. + +The Scarecrow, who was in the lead, finally discovered a big tree with +such wide-spreading branches that there was room for the party to pass +underneath. So he walked forward to the tree, but just as he came under +the first branches they bent down and twined around him, and the next +minute he was raised from the ground and flung headlong among his +fellow travelers. + +This did not hurt the Scarecrow, but it surprised him, and he looked +rather dizzy when Dorothy picked him up. + +“Here is another space between the trees,” called the Lion. + +“Let me try it first,” said the Scarecrow, “for it doesn’t hurt me to +get thrown about.” He walked up to another tree, as he spoke, but its +branches immediately seized him and tossed him back again. + +“This is strange,” exclaimed Dorothy. “What shall we do?” + +“The trees seem to have made up their minds to fight us, and stop our +journey,” remarked the Lion. + +“I believe I will try it myself,” said the Woodman, and shouldering his +axe, he marched up to the first tree that had handled the Scarecrow so +roughly. When a big branch bent down to seize him the Woodman chopped +at it so fiercely that he cut it in two. At once the tree began shaking +all its branches as if in pain, and the Tin Woodman passed safely under +it. + +“Come on!” he shouted to the others. “Be quick!” They all ran forward +and passed under the tree without injury, except Toto, who was caught +by a small branch and shaken until he howled. But the Woodman promptly +chopped off the branch and set the little dog free. + +The other trees of the forest did nothing to keep them back, so they +made up their minds that only the first row of trees could bend down +their branches, and that probably these were the policemen of the +forest, and given this wonderful power in order to keep strangers out +of it. + +The four travelers walked with ease through the trees until they came +to the farther edge of the wood. Then, to their surprise, they found +before them a high wall which seemed to be made of white china. It was +smooth, like the surface of a dish, and higher than their heads. + +“What shall we do now?” asked Dorothy. + +“I will make a ladder,” said the Tin Woodman, “for we certainly must +climb over the wall.” + + + + +Chapter XX +The Dainty China Country + + +While the Woodman was making a ladder from wood which he found in the +forest Dorothy lay down and slept, for she was tired by the long walk. +The Lion also curled himself up to sleep and Toto lay beside him. + +The Scarecrow watched the Woodman while he worked, and said to him: + +“I cannot think why this wall is here, nor what it is made of.” + +“Rest your brains and do not worry about the wall,” replied the +Woodman. “When we have climbed over it, we shall know what is on the +other side.” + +After a time the ladder was finished. It looked clumsy, but the Tin +Woodman was sure it was strong and would answer their purpose. The +Scarecrow waked Dorothy and the Lion and Toto, and told them that the +ladder was ready. The Scarecrow climbed up the ladder first, but he was +so awkward that Dorothy had to follow close behind and keep him from +falling off. When he got his head over the top of the wall the +Scarecrow said, “Oh, my!” + +“Go on,” exclaimed Dorothy. + +So the Scarecrow climbed farther up and sat down on the top of the +wall, and Dorothy put her head over and cried, “Oh, my!” just as the +Scarecrow had done. + +Then Toto came up, and immediately began to bark, but Dorothy made him +be still. + +The Lion climbed the ladder next, and the Tin Woodman came last; but +both of them cried, “Oh, my!” as soon as they looked over the wall. +When they were all sitting in a row on the top of the wall, they looked +down and saw a strange sight. + +Before them was a great stretch of country having a floor as smooth and +shining and white as the bottom of a big platter. Scattered around were +many houses made entirely of china and painted in the brightest colors. +These houses were quite small, the biggest of them reaching only as +high as Dorothy’s waist. There were also pretty little barns, with +china fences around them; and many cows and sheep and horses and pigs +and chickens, all made of china, were standing about in groups. + +But the strangest of all were the people who lived in this queer +country. There were milkmaids and shepherdesses, with brightly colored +bodices and golden spots all over their gowns; and princesses with most +gorgeous frocks of silver and gold and purple; and shepherds dressed in +knee breeches with pink and yellow and blue stripes down them, and +golden buckles on their shoes; and princes with jeweled crowns upon +their heads, wearing ermine robes and satin doublets; and funny clowns +in ruffled gowns, with round red spots upon their cheeks and tall, +pointed caps. And, strangest of all, these people were all made of +china, even to their clothes, and were so small that the tallest of +them was no higher than Dorothy’s knee. + +No one did so much as look at the travelers at first, except one little +purple china dog with an extra-large head, which came to the wall and +barked at them in a tiny voice, afterwards running away again. + +“How shall we get down?” asked Dorothy. + +They found the ladder so heavy they could not pull it up, so the +Scarecrow fell off the wall and the others jumped down upon him so that +the hard floor would not hurt their feet. Of course they took pains not +to light on his head and get the pins in their feet. When all were +safely down they picked up the Scarecrow, whose body was quite +flattened out, and patted his straw into shape again. + +“We must cross this strange place in order to get to the other side,” +said Dorothy, “for it would be unwise for us to go any other way except +due South.” + +They began walking through the country of the china people, and the +first thing they came to was a china milkmaid milking a china cow. As +they drew near, the cow suddenly gave a kick and kicked over the stool, +the pail, and even the milkmaid herself, and all fell on the china +ground with a great clatter. + +Dorothy was shocked to see that the cow had broken her leg off, and +that the pail was lying in several small pieces, while the poor +milkmaid had a nick in her left elbow. + +“There!” cried the milkmaid angrily. “See what you have done! My cow +has broken her leg, and I must take her to the mender’s shop and have +it glued on again. What do you mean by coming here and frightening my +cow?” + +“I’m very sorry,” returned Dorothy. “Please forgive us.” + +But the pretty milkmaid was much too vexed to make any answer. She +picked up the leg sulkily and led her cow away, the poor animal limping +on three legs. As she left them the milkmaid cast many reproachful +glances over her shoulder at the clumsy strangers, holding her nicked +elbow close to her side. + +Dorothy was quite grieved at this mishap. + +“We must be very careful here,” said the kind-hearted Woodman, “or we +may hurt these pretty little people so they will never get over it.” + +A little farther on Dorothy met a most beautifully dressed young +Princess, who stopped short as she saw the strangers and started to run +away. + +Dorothy wanted to see more of the Princess, so she ran after her. But +the china girl cried out: + +“Don’t chase me! Don’t chase me!” + +She had such a frightened little voice that Dorothy stopped and said, +“Why not?” + +“Because,” answered the Princess, also stopping, a safe distance away, +“if I run I may fall down and break myself.” + +“But could you not be mended?” asked the girl. + +“Oh, yes; but one is never so pretty after being mended, you know,” +replied the Princess. + +“I suppose not,” said Dorothy. + +“Now there is Mr. Joker, one of our clowns,” continued the china lady, +“who is always trying to stand upon his head. He has broken himself so +often that he is mended in a hundred places, and doesn’t look at all +pretty. Here he comes now, so you can see for yourself.” + +Indeed, a jolly little clown came walking toward them, and Dorothy +could see that in spite of his pretty clothes of red and yellow and +green he was completely covered with cracks, running every which way +and showing plainly that he had been mended in many places. + +The Clown put his hands in his pockets, and after puffing out his +cheeks and nodding his head at them saucily, he said: + + “My lady fair, + Why do you stare +At poor old Mr. Joker? + You’re quite as stiff + And prim as if +You’d eaten up a poker!” + + +“Be quiet, sir!” said the Princess. “Can’t you see these are strangers, +and should be treated with respect?” + +“Well, that’s respect, I expect,” declared the Clown, and immediately +stood upon his head. + +“Don’t mind Mr. Joker,” said the Princess to Dorothy. “He is +considerably cracked in his head, and that makes him foolish.” + +“Oh, I don’t mind him a bit,” said Dorothy. “But you are so beautiful,” +she continued, “that I am sure I could love you dearly. Won’t you let +me carry you back to Kansas, and stand you on Aunt Em’s mantel? I could +carry you in my basket.” + +“That would make me very unhappy,” answered the china Princess. “You +see, here in our country we live contentedly, and can talk and move +around as we please. But whenever any of us are taken away our joints +at once stiffen, and we can only stand straight and look pretty. Of +course that is all that is expected of us when we are on mantels and +cabinets and drawing-room tables, but our lives are much pleasanter +here in our own country.” + +“I would not make you unhappy for all the world!” exclaimed Dorothy. +“So I’ll just say good-bye.” + +“Good-bye,” replied the Princess. + +They walked carefully through the china country. The little animals and +all the people scampered out of their way, fearing the strangers would +break them, and after an hour or so the travelers reached the other +side of the country and came to another china wall. + +It was not so high as the first, however, and by standing upon the +Lion’s back they all managed to scramble to the top. Then the Lion +gathered his legs under him and jumped on the wall; but just as he +jumped, he upset a china church with his tail and smashed it all to +pieces. + +“That was too bad,” said Dorothy, “but really I think we were lucky in +not doing these little people more harm than breaking a cow’s leg and a +church. They are all so brittle!” + +“They are, indeed,” said the Scarecrow, “and I am thankful I am made of +straw and cannot be easily damaged. There are worse things in the world +than being a Scarecrow.” + + + + +Chapter XXI +The Lion Becomes the King of Beasts + + +After climbing down from the china wall the travelers found themselves +in a disagreeable country, full of bogs and marshes and covered with +tall, rank grass. It was difficult to walk without falling into muddy +holes, for the grass was so thick that it hid them from sight. However, +by carefully picking their way, they got safely along until they +reached solid ground. But here the country seemed wilder than ever, and +after a long and tiresome walk through the underbrush they entered +another forest, where the trees were bigger and older than any they had +ever seen. + +“This forest is perfectly delightful,” declared the Lion, looking +around him with joy. “Never have I seen a more beautiful place.” + +“It seems gloomy,” said the Scarecrow. + +“Not a bit of it,” answered the Lion. “I should like to live here all +my life. See how soft the dried leaves are under your feet and how rich +and green the moss is that clings to these old trees. Surely no wild +beast could wish a pleasanter home.” + +“Perhaps there are wild beasts in the forest now,” said Dorothy. + +“I suppose there are,” returned the Lion, “but I do not see any of them +about.” + +They walked through the forest until it became too dark to go any +farther. Dorothy and Toto and the Lion lay down to sleep, while the +Woodman and the Scarecrow kept watch over them as usual. + +When morning came, they started again. Before they had gone far they +heard a low rumble, as of the growling of many wild animals. Toto +whimpered a little, but none of the others was frightened, and they +kept along the well-trodden path until they came to an opening in the +wood, in which were gathered hundreds of beasts of every variety. There +were tigers and elephants and bears and wolves and foxes and all the +others in the natural history, and for a moment Dorothy was afraid. But +the Lion explained that the animals were holding a meeting, and he +judged by their snarling and growling that they were in great trouble. + +As he spoke several of the beasts caught sight of him, and at once the +great assemblage hushed as if by magic. The biggest of the tigers came +up to the Lion and bowed, saying: + +“Welcome, O King of Beasts! You have come in good time to fight our +enemy and bring peace to all the animals of the forest once more.” + +“What is your trouble?” asked the Lion quietly. + +“We are all threatened,” answered the tiger, “by a fierce enemy which +has lately come into this forest. It is a most tremendous monster, like +a great spider, with a body as big as an elephant and legs as long as a +tree trunk. It has eight of these long legs, and as the monster crawls +through the forest he seizes an animal with a leg and drags it to his +mouth, where he eats it as a spider does a fly. Not one of us is safe +while this fierce creature is alive, and we had called a meeting to +decide how to take care of ourselves when you came among us.” + +The Lion thought for a moment. + +“Are there any other lions in this forest?” he asked. + +“No; there were some, but the monster has eaten them all. And, besides, +they were none of them nearly so large and brave as you.” + +“If I put an end to your enemy, will you bow down to me and obey me as +King of the Forest?” inquired the Lion. + +“We will do that gladly,” returned the tiger; and all the other beasts +roared with a mighty roar: “We will!” + +“Where is this great spider of yours now?” asked the Lion. + +“Yonder, among the oak trees,” said the tiger, pointing with his +forefoot. + +“Take good care of these friends of mine,” said the Lion, “and I will +go at once to fight the monster.” + +He bade his comrades good-bye and marched proudly away to do battle +with the enemy. + +The great spider was lying asleep when the Lion found him, and it +looked so ugly that its foe turned up his nose in disgust. Its legs +were quite as long as the tiger had said, and its body covered with +coarse black hair. It had a great mouth, with a row of sharp teeth a +foot long; but its head was joined to the pudgy body by a neck as +slender as a wasp’s waist. This gave the Lion a hint of the best way to +attack the creature, and as he knew it was easier to fight it asleep +than awake, he gave a great spring and landed directly upon the +monster’s back. Then, with one blow of his heavy paw, all armed with +sharp claws, he knocked the spider’s head from its body. Jumping down, +he watched it until the long legs stopped wiggling, when he knew it was +quite dead. + +The Lion went back to the opening where the beasts of the forest were +waiting for him and said proudly: + +“You need fear your enemy no longer.” + +Then the beasts bowed down to the Lion as their King, and he promised +to come back and rule over them as soon as Dorothy was safely on her +way to Kansas. + + + + +Chapter XXII +The Country of the Quadlings + + +The four travelers passed through the rest of the forest in safety, and +when they came out from its gloom saw before them a steep hill, covered +from top to bottom with great pieces of rock. + +“That will be a hard climb,” said the Scarecrow, “but we must get over +the hill, nevertheless.” + +So he led the way and the others followed. They had nearly reached the +first rock when they heard a rough voice cry out, “Keep back!” + +“Who are you?” asked the Scarecrow. + +Then a head showed itself over the rock and the same voice said, “This +hill belongs to us, and we don’t allow anyone to cross it.” + +“But we must cross it,” said the Scarecrow. “We’re going to the country +of the Quadlings.” + +“But you shall not!” replied the voice, and there stepped from behind +the rock the strangest man the travelers had ever seen. + +He was quite short and stout and had a big head, which was flat at the +top and supported by a thick neck full of wrinkles. But he had no arms +at all, and, seeing this, the Scarecrow did not fear that so helpless a +creature could prevent them from climbing the hill. So he said, “I’m +sorry not to do as you wish, but we must pass over your hill whether +you like it or not,” and he walked boldly forward. + +As quick as lightning the man’s head shot forward and his neck +stretched out until the top of the head, where it was flat, struck the +Scarecrow in the middle and sent him tumbling, over and over, down the +hill. Almost as quickly as it came the head went back to the body, and +the man laughed harshly as he said, “It isn’t as easy as you think!” + +A chorus of boisterous laughter came from the other rocks, and Dorothy +saw hundreds of the armless Hammer-Heads upon the hillside, one behind +every rock. + +The Lion became quite angry at the laughter caused by the Scarecrow’s +mishap, and giving a loud roar that echoed like thunder, he dashed up +the hill. + +Again a head shot swiftly out, and the great Lion went rolling down the +hill as if he had been struck by a cannon ball. + +Dorothy ran down and helped the Scarecrow to his feet, and the Lion +came up to her, feeling rather bruised and sore, and said, “It is +useless to fight people with shooting heads; no one can withstand +them.” + +“What can we do, then?” she asked. + +“Call the Winged Monkeys,” suggested the Tin Woodman. “You have still +the right to command them once more.” + +“Very well,” she answered, and putting on the Golden Cap she uttered +the magic words. The Monkeys were as prompt as ever, and in a few +moments the entire band stood before her. + +“What are your commands?” inquired the King of the Monkeys, bowing low. + +“Carry us over the hill to the country of the Quadlings,” answered the +girl. + +“It shall be done,” said the King, and at once the Winged Monkeys +caught the four travelers and Toto up in their arms and flew away with +them. As they passed over the hill the Hammer-Heads yelled with +vexation, and shot their heads high in the air, but they could not +reach the Winged Monkeys, which carried Dorothy and her comrades safely +over the hill and set them down in the beautiful country of the +Quadlings. + +“This is the last time you can summon us,” said the leader to Dorothy; +“so good-bye and good luck to you.” + +“Good-bye, and thank you very much,” returned the girl; and the Monkeys +rose into the air and were out of sight in a twinkling. + +The country of the Quadlings seemed rich and happy. There was field +upon field of ripening grain, with well-paved roads running between, +and pretty rippling brooks with strong bridges across them. The fences +and houses and bridges were all painted bright red, just as they had +been painted yellow in the country of the Winkies and blue in the +country of the Munchkins. The Quadlings themselves, who were short and +fat and looked chubby and good-natured, were dressed all in red, which +showed bright against the green grass and the yellowing grain. + +The Monkeys had set them down near a farmhouse, and the four travelers +walked up to it and knocked at the door. It was opened by the farmer’s +wife, and when Dorothy asked for something to eat the woman gave them +all a good dinner, with three kinds of cake and four kinds of cookies, +and a bowl of milk for Toto. + +“How far is it to the Castle of Glinda?” asked the child. + +“It is not a great way,” answered the farmer’s wife. “Take the road to +the South and you will soon reach it.” + +Thanking the good woman, they started afresh and walked by the fields +and across the pretty bridges until they saw before them a very +beautiful Castle. Before the gates were three young girls, dressed in +handsome red uniforms trimmed with gold braid; and as Dorothy +approached, one of them said to her: + +“Why have you come to the South Country?” + +“To see the Good Witch who rules here,” she answered. “Will you take me +to her?” + +“Let me have your name, and I will ask Glinda if she will receive you.” +They told who they were, and the girl soldier went into the Castle. +After a few moments she came back to say that Dorothy and the others +were to be admitted at once. + + + + +Chapter XXIII +Glinda The Good Witch Grants Dorothy’s Wish + + +Before they went to see Glinda, however, they were taken to a room of +the Castle, where Dorothy washed her face and combed her hair, and the +Lion shook the dust out of his mane, and the Scarecrow patted himself +into his best shape, and the Woodman polished his tin and oiled his +joints. + +When they were all quite presentable they followed the soldier girl +into a big room where the Witch Glinda sat upon a throne of rubies. + +She was both beautiful and young to their eyes. Her hair was a rich red +in color and fell in flowing ringlets over her shoulders. Her dress was +pure white but her eyes were blue, and they looked kindly upon the +little girl. + +“What can I do for you, my child?” she asked. + +Dorothy told the Witch all her story: how the cyclone had brought her +to the Land of Oz, how she had found her companions, and of the +wonderful adventures they had met with. + +“My greatest wish now,” she added, “is to get back to Kansas, for Aunt +Em will surely think something dreadful has happened to me, and that +will make her put on mourning; and unless the crops are better this +year than they were last, I am sure Uncle Henry cannot afford it.” + +Glinda leaned forward and kissed the sweet, upturned face of the loving +little girl. + +“Bless your dear heart,” she said, “I am sure I can tell you of a way +to get back to Kansas.” Then she added, “But, if I do, you must give me +the Golden Cap.” + +“Willingly!” exclaimed Dorothy; “indeed, it is of no use to me now, and +when you have it you can command the Winged Monkeys three times.” + +“And I think I shall need their service just those three times,” +answered Glinda, smiling. + +Dorothy then gave her the Golden Cap, and the Witch said to the +Scarecrow, “What will you do when Dorothy has left us?” + +“I will return to the Emerald City,” he replied, “for Oz has made me +its ruler and the people like me. The only thing that worries me is how +to cross the hill of the Hammer-Heads.” + +“By means of the Golden Cap I shall command the Winged Monkeys to carry +you to the gates of the Emerald City,” said Glinda, “for it would be a +shame to deprive the people of so wonderful a ruler.” + +“Am I really wonderful?” asked the Scarecrow. + +“You are unusual,” replied Glinda. + +Turning to the Tin Woodman, she asked, “What will become of you when +Dorothy leaves this country?” + +He leaned on his axe and thought a moment. Then he said, “The Winkies +were very kind to me, and wanted me to rule over them after the Wicked +Witch died. I am fond of the Winkies, and if I could get back again to +the Country of the West, I should like nothing better than to rule over +them forever.” + +“My second command to the Winged Monkeys,” said Glinda “will be that +they carry you safely to the land of the Winkies. Your brain may not be +so large to look at as those of the Scarecrow, but you are really +brighter than he is—when you are well polished—and I am sure you will +rule the Winkies wisely and well.” + +Then the Witch looked at the big, shaggy Lion and asked, “When Dorothy +has returned to her own home, what will become of you?” + +“Over the hill of the Hammer-Heads,” he answered, “lies a grand old +forest, and all the beasts that live there have made me their King. If +I could only get back to this forest, I would pass my life very happily +there.” + +“My third command to the Winged Monkeys,” said Glinda, “shall be to +carry you to your forest. Then, having used up the powers of the Golden +Cap, I shall give it to the King of the Monkeys, that he and his band +may thereafter be free for evermore.” + +The Scarecrow and the Tin Woodman and the Lion now thanked the Good +Witch earnestly for her kindness; and Dorothy exclaimed: + +“You are certainly as good as you are beautiful! But you have not yet +told me how to get back to Kansas.” + +“Your Silver Shoes will carry you over the desert,” replied Glinda. “If +you had known their power you could have gone back to your Aunt Em the +very first day you came to this country.” + +“But then I should not have had my wonderful brains!” cried the +Scarecrow. “I might have passed my whole life in the farmer’s +cornfield.” + +“And I should not have had my lovely heart,” said the Tin Woodman. “I +might have stood and rusted in the forest till the end of the world.” + +“And I should have lived a coward forever,” declared the Lion, “and no +beast in all the forest would have had a good word to say to me.” + +“This is all true,” said Dorothy, “and I am glad I was of use to these +good friends. But now that each of them has had what he most desired, +and each is happy in having a kingdom to rule besides, I think I should +like to go back to Kansas.” + +“The Silver Shoes,” said the Good Witch, “have wonderful powers. And +one of the most curious things about them is that they can carry you to +any place in the world in three steps, and each step will be made in +the wink of an eye. All you have to do is to knock the heels together +three times and command the shoes to carry you wherever you wish to +go.” + +“If that is so,” said the child joyfully, “I will ask them to carry me +back to Kansas at once.” + +She threw her arms around the Lion’s neck and kissed him, patting his +big head tenderly. Then she kissed the Tin Woodman, who was weeping in +a way most dangerous to his joints. But she hugged the soft, stuffed +body of the Scarecrow in her arms instead of kissing his painted face, +and found she was crying herself at this sorrowful parting from her +loving comrades. + +Glinda the Good stepped down from her ruby throne to give the little +girl a good-bye kiss, and Dorothy thanked her for all the kindness she +had shown to her friends and herself. + +Dorothy now took Toto up solemnly in her arms, and having said one last +good-bye she clapped the heels of her shoes together three times, +saying: + +“Take me home to Aunt Em!” + + +Instantly she was whirling through the air, so swiftly that all she +could see or feel was the wind whistling past her ears. + +The Silver Shoes took but three steps, and then she stopped so suddenly +that she rolled over upon the grass several times before she knew where +she was. + +At length, however, she sat up and looked about her. + +“Good gracious!” she cried. + +For she was sitting on the broad Kansas prairie, and just before her +was the new farmhouse Uncle Henry built after the cyclone had carried +away the old one. Uncle Henry was milking the cows in the barnyard, and +Toto had jumped out of her arms and was running toward the barn, +barking furiously. + +Dorothy stood up and found she was in her stocking-feet. For the Silver +Shoes had fallen off in her flight through the air, and were lost +forever in the desert. + + + + +Chapter XXIV +Home Again + + +Aunt Em had just come out of the house to water the cabbages when she +looked up and saw Dorothy running toward her. + +“My darling child!” she cried, folding the little girl in her arms and +covering her face with kisses. “Where in the world did you come from?” + +“From the Land of Oz,” said Dorothy gravely. “And here is Toto, too. +And oh, Aunt Em! I’m so glad to be at home again!” + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WONDERFUL WIZARD OF OZ *** + +***** This file should be named 55-0.txt or 55-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/5/55/ + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/dwhite75.ipynb b/dwhite75.ipynb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..659b24d --- /dev/null +++ b/dwhite75.ipynb @@ -0,0 +1,456 @@ +{ + "cells": [ + { + "cell_type": "markdown", + "metadata": {}, + "source": [ + "# Written text as operational data\n", + "\n", + "Written text is one type of data\n", + "\n", + "### Why people write?\n", + "\n", + " - To communicate: their thoughts, feelings, urgency, needs, information\n", + "\n", + "### Why people communicate?\n", + "\n", + "1. To express emotions\n", + "1. To share information\n", + "1. To enable or elicit an action\n", + "1. ...\n", + "\n", + "### We will use written text for the purpose other than \n", + "1. To experience emotion\n", + "1. To learn something the author intended us to learn\n", + "1. To do what the author intended us to do\n", + "\n", + "### Instead, we will use written text to recognize who wrote it\n", + " - By calculating and comparing word frequencies in written documents\n", + " \n", + "See, for example, likely fictional story https://medium.com/@amuse/how-the-nsa-caught-satoshi-nakamoto-868affcef595" + ] + }, + { + "cell_type": "markdown", + "metadata": {}, + "source": [ + "### Example 1. Dictionaries in python (associative arrays)\n", + "\n", + "Plot the frequency distribution of words on a web page." + ] + }, + { + "cell_type": "code", + "execution_count": 5, + "metadata": {}, + "outputs": [ + { + "name": "stdout", + "output_type": "stream", + "text": [ + "class=\"menu-item\t54\n", + "